Table of Contents

 

 

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, DC 20549

 

 

FORM 10-K

 

 

(Mark One)

x ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES
EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2015

OR

 

¨ TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES
EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the transition period from                      to                     

Commission File Number: 001-37500

 

 

Chiasma, Inc.

(Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in Its Charter)

 

 

 

Delaware   76-0722250

(State or Other Jurisdiction of

Incorporation or Organization)

 

(IRS Employer

Identification No.)

60 Wells Avenue, Suite 102

Newton, MA

  02459
(Address of Principal Executive Offices)   (Zip Code)

(617)-928-5300

(Registrant’s Telephone Number, Including Area Code)

 

 

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

 

Title of each class

 

Name of each exchange on which registered

Common Stock, $0.01 par value   NASDAQ Global Market

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None

 

 

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.    Yes   ¨     No   x

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Exchange Act.    Yes   ¨     No   x

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant: (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.    Yes   x     No   ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§ 232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files).    Yes   x     No   ¨

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K.   x

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):

 

Large accelerated filer   ¨    Accelerated filer   ¨
Non-accelerated filer   x   (Do not check if a smaller reporting company)    Smaller reporting company   ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act).    Yes   ¨     No   x

As of June 30, 2015, the last business day of the registrant’s most recently completed second fiscal quarter, there was no established public market for the registrant’s Common Stock. The registrant’s Common Stock began trading on the NASDAQ Global Select Market on July 16, 2015. The aggregate market value of the registrant’s common stock held by non-affiliates (without admitting that any person whose shares are not included in such calculation is an affiliate) computed by reference to the price at which the common stock was last sold on March 8, 2016 was $113,131,741. The registrant has provided this information as of March 8, 2016 because our common stock was not publicly traded as of the last business day of its most recently completed second fiscal quarter. As of March 8, 2016 there were 24,275,268 shares of common stock, $0.01 par value per share, outstanding.

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE

The registrant intends to file a definitive proxy statement pursuant to Regulation 14A within 120 days of the end of the fiscal year ended December 31, 2015. Portions of such definitive proxy statement are incorporated by reference into Part III of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

 

 

 


Table of Contents

CHIASMA, INC.

ANNUAL REPORT ON FORM 10-K

For the Year Ended December 31, 2015

Table of Contents

 

     Page  

PART I.

  

Item 1.

   Business      3   

Item 1A.

   Risk Factors      37   

Item 1B.

   Unresolved Staff Comments      84   

Item 2.

   Properties      84   

Item 3.

   Legal Proceedings      85   

Item 4.

   Mine Safety Disclosures      85   

PART II.

     

Item 5.

  

Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

     85   

Item 6.

   Selected Financial Data      88   

Item 7.

   Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations      90   

Item 7A.

   Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk      101   

Item 8.

   Financial Statements and Supplementary Data      102   

Item 9.

   Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure      102   

Item 9A.

   Controls and Procedures      102   

Item 9B.

   Other Information      103   

PART III

     

Item 10.

   Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance      103   

Item 11.

   Executive Compensation      103   

Item 12.

  

Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters

     103   

Item 13.

   Certain Relationships and Related Transactions and Director Independence      103   

Item 14.

   Principal Accountant Fees and Services      104   

PART IV

     

Item 15.

   Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules      104   

Signatures

        107   

 

2


Table of Contents

SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

This Annual Report on Form 10-K, or this Annual Report, contains forward-looking statements within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and is subject to the “safe harbor” created by those sections. Any statements about our expectations, beliefs, plans, objectives, assumptions or future events or performance are not historical facts and may be forward-looking. Some of the forward-looking statements can be identified by the use of forward-looking terms such as “believes,” “expects,” “may,” “will,” “should,” “seek,” “intends,” “plans,” “estimates,” “projects,” “anticipates,” or other comparable terms. These forward-looking statements involve risk and uncertainties. We cannot guarantee future results, levels of activity, performance or achievements, and you should not place undue reliance on our forward-looking statements. Our actual results may differ significantly from the results discussed in the forward-looking statements. Factors that might cause such a difference include, but are not limited to, those set forth in “Item 1A. Risk Factors” and elsewhere in this Annual Report. Except as may be required by law, we have no plans to update our forward-looking statements to reflect events or circumstances after the date of this Annual Report. We caution readers not to place undue reliance upon any such forward-looking statements, which speak only as of the date made.

Unless the content requires otherwise, references to “Chiasma,” “the Company,” “we,” “our,” and “us,” in this Annual Report refer to Chiasma, Inc. and its subsidiaries .

PART I

Item 1. Business

Overview

We are a late-stage biopharmaceutical company focused on improving the lives of patients suffering from orphan diseases by developing and commercializing novel oral forms of therapies that are available today only by injection. Using our proprietary Transient Permeability Enhancer, or TPE, technology platform, we seek to develop oral therapies that eliminate the significant limitations and burdens generally associated with existing injectable therapies. We have completed a multinational Phase 3 clinical trial of our most advanced TPE platform-based product candidate, oral octreotide capsules (conditionally trade named MYCAPSSA, and referred to herein as octreotide capsules), for the treatment of acromegaly, a condition that results in the body’s production of excess growth hormone. Octreotide is an analog of somatostatin, a natural inhibitor of growth hormone secretion. We believe that our lead product candidate, if approved by regulatory authorities, will be the first somatostatin analog available for oral administration. Our octreotide capsules product candidate has been granted orphan designation in the United States and the European Union for the treatment of acromegaly. We submitted a new drug application, or NDA, to the U.S. Food and Drug Administration, or FDA, on June 15, 2015, seeking approval for the marketing and sale of octreotide capsules for the maintenance therapy of adult patients with acromegaly. On August 14, 2015, we received notice from the FDA that our NDA was accepted for filing to permit a substantive review. The FDA has granted a standard 505(b)(2) review for the NDA and has set a target review date under the Prescription Drug User Fee Act, or PDUFA, of April 15, 2016. In light of our clinical data and feedback from patients and healthcare providers, we believe that octreotide capsules, if approved, could become a new standard of care in acromegaly.

Acromegaly is a condition caused by a benign tumor of the pituitary gland that releases excess growth hormone, or GH, which in turn elevates insulin-like growth factor 1, or IGF-1. These elevated hormone levels result in a number of painful and disfiguring symptoms, including some acute, such as headaches, joint pain and fatigue, and some long-term, such as enlarged hands, feet and internal organs, as well as altered facial features. If not treated promptly, acromegaly can lead to serious illness and is associated with premature death, primarily due to cardiovascular disease. According to data published by the Mayo Clinic in 2013, the mortality rate of people afflicted by acromegaly who go untreated is two to three times higher than that of the general population. Recent

 

3


Table of Contents

data from a published study presented at the Endocrine Society’s Annual Meeting in 2015 suggest that the global prevalence of acromegaly may be between 85 and 118 cases per million people.

The current standard of care for patients diagnosed with acromegaly and not otherwise cured by surgery consists of lifelong, once-monthly injections of an extended release somatostatin analog, primarily octreotide or lanreotide. These products contain a viscous formulation and are typically administered by a healthcare professional with large-gauge needles into the muscle or deep subcutaneously, that is, deeply under the skin. While injectable somatostatin analogs are generally effective at reducing GH and IGF-1 levels and therefore providing disease control, the injections are associated with significant limitations and patient burdens, including suboptimal symptom control, pain, injection-site reactions and other injection-related side effects, inconvenience, lost work days and emotional issues. The worldwide market for injectable somatostatin analogs is approximately $2.2 billion annually, of which we estimate approximately $730 million represents annual sales for the treatment of acromegaly.

Our lead product candidate, octreotide capsules or MYCAPSSA, is the first somatostatin analog formulated for oral administration to complete a Phase 3 clinical trial and demonstrate clinical proof of concept in treating patients with acromegaly. In our initial Phase 3 clinical trial, we observed that octreotide capsules maintained reduced levels of GH and IGF-1, or biochemical disease response, and improved symptom control. In this 155-patient Phase 3 clinical trial designed to evaluate octreotide capsules in acromegaly patients previously controlled on injectable somatostatin analogs, 65% of patients receiving octreotide capsules twice a day for up to seven months achieved the primary endpoint, maintenance of biochemical response. This biochemical response was durable and 86% of patients who completed the seven-month core treatment period of the trial elected to continue on oral therapy during the six-month extension phase for up to a total of 13 months of treatment after first dosing, rather than switch back to injections. In the majority of patients in our trial, octreotide capsules achieved comparable biochemical response and reduced incidence and severity of acromegaly symptoms relative to injectable somatostatin analogs currently used to treat this disease. The adverse events observed for octreotide capsules were similar to those previously reported for injectable somatostatin analogs, but without injection-site reactions.

Based in part on the data from our Phase 3 clinical trial, we submitted an NDA on June 15, 2015 seeking approval for the marketing and sale of octreotide capsules for the maintenance therapy of adult patients with acromegaly. We anticipate a regulatory decision by the FDA on marketing approval on the PDUFA date of April 15, 2016. To support approval by the European Medicines Agency, or the EMA, we initiated an additional international Phase 3 clinical trial of octreotide capsules in acromegaly in March 2016 to show parallel comparative safety and effectiveness as required by the EMA. Assuming we receive favorable results from this second Phase 3 clinical trial, we expect to submit a marketing authorization application, or MAA, to the EMA in 2019. In addition, if we receive regulatory approval of octreotide capsules in acromegaly, we expect to initiate a clinical trial in the second half of 2016 to support development for neuroendocrine tumors, or NET, which are currently treated predominantly by injectable somatostatin analogs, and a clinical trial in 2017 for another new indication.

We believe that approximately 8,000 adult acromegaly patients are chronically treated with somatostatin analogs in the United States, and that approximately 90% of these patients are managed by fewer than 1,000 accounts. Patients with acromegaly undergoing treatment in the United States are treated by endocrinologists at a small number of academic institutions with pituitary experts (pituitary centers), regional academic centers or hospital systems (regional referral centers) and some community endocrinologists. We believe we will be able to market octreotide capsules, if approved, directly to pituitary centers, regional referral centers and high-volume community endocrinologists through our own targeted sales force. We also intend to engage in direct patient outreach efforts. We believe that the clinical benefits and preferences of patients and healthcare professionals for an oral product together with our patient-centric approach could enable octreotide capsules, if approved, to become a new standard of care in acromegaly.

 

4


Table of Contents

We retain worldwide rights to develop and commercialize octreotide capsules with no royalty obligations to third parties. We intend to commercialize octreotide capsules ourselves in the United States and we plan to explore the strategic merits of collaboration opportunities for commercializing octreotide capsules in Europe and the rest of the world. Octreotide capsules is currently protected by issued patents lasting until at least 2029 in the United States, United Kingdom and Japan, and pending patent applications in additional jurisdictions that will last until 2029, if granted. We are also pursuing additional patent applications relating to particular uses, dosages and packaging for octreotide capsules.

We also intend to use our TPE platform to develop other oral medications, beyond octreotide capsules, to help improve the lives of patients suffering from other debilitating diseases that are currently being treated with injectable therapies. In contrast to conventional small molecule drugs, the oral absorption of larger molecules, such as peptides and other protein molecules, is limited due to low intestinal permeability and digestion in the stomach and intestine. Our TPE platform transiently enhances intestine permeability, allowing peptides and other drugs that are otherwise poorly absorbed when administered orally to pass through the intestine and reach therapeutic levels in the blood. We believe our TPE platform is particularly well suited to therapies used in chronic indications for which injections are required and for which the active agent can be administered without adverse safety implications. While our technology will not be appropriate for all drugs that cannot currently be administered orally, based on our nonclinical proof of concept data, we believe that we can administer a number of peptide-based drugs orally using our TPE technology and achieve therapeutic levels in the blood.

As we consider new peptide-based drugs to develop using our TPE platform, to reduce the development time and expenses and overall level of investment required, where possible, we intend to focus our efforts on drugs for which we may utilize the FDA’s 505(b)(2) regulatory pathway in the United States and the hybrid application pathway, which is analogous to the 505(b)(2) regulatory pathway, in Europe. With octreotide capsules, we brought a TPE-based product candidate from concept to the first clinical trial within 18 months and then initiated a Phase 3 study approximately two years later.

We have assembled an experienced team with extensive drug discovery, development and commercialization capabilities.

Strategy

Our goal is to become a leading patient-focused biopharmaceutical company by developing and commercializing octreotide capsules for acromegaly and other orphan indications, and leveraging our TPE platform to develop and commercialize novel oral products for other debilitating diseases currently treated only by injectable therapies. Our strategy to pursue this goal includes the following elements:

 

    Obtain U.S. regulatory approval of octreotide capsules for the treatment of acromegaly. Based in part on the results of our Phase 3 clinical trial, we submitted an NDA to the FDA on June 15, 2015 seeking approval for the marketing and sale of octreotide capsules for the maintenance therapy of adult patients with acromegaly. We anticipate a regulatory decision from the FDA on marketing approval on the PDUFA date of April 15, 2016.

 

    Independently commercialize octreotide capsules in the United States.  In anticipation of receiving marketing approval from the FDA, we are building a focused in-house sales and marketing organization to identify pituitary specialists and community endocrinologists who comprise the top prescribers of therapies for acromegaly and are preparing to market octreotide capsules to these physicians.

 

    Obtain European regulatory approval of octreotide capsules for the treatment of acromegaly. To support approval in Europe, we initiated an additional Phase 3 clinical trial in March of 2016, with a protocol that has been accepted by the EMA, to evaluate the comparative safety and efficacy of octreotide capsules in adult acromegaly patients. Following completion of the trial, assuming favorable results, we expect to submit our MAA to the EMA in 2019.

 

5


Table of Contents
    Explore collaboration opportunities in Europe and the rest of the world for octreotide capsules in acromegaly and other indications. We intend to explore collaborations to commercialize octreotide capsules in acromegaly and other orphan indications outside of the United States. However, depending on our evaluation of the strategic merits of these collaboration opportunities, we may decide to retain commercial rights in key markets.

 

    Pursue the development of octreotide capsules in additional indications currently treated by injectable therapies, such as NET. If we receive regulatory approval of octreotide capsules in acromegaly, we plan to initiate a clinical trial of octreotide capsules to support development in NET in the second half of 2016.

 

    Leverage our proprietary TPE platform to develop a pipeline of new high-value oral therapeutics. We have obtained nonclinical proof of concept data for intestinal absorption of several oral peptides currently available only in injectable forms. Based on these studies, we intend to pursue, where applicable, development of new oral therapies based on published safety and efficacy data of the currently available injected form. In addition, we plan to evaluate collaboration opportunities to expand the scope of our pipeline and the utilization of our TPE platform to create novel oral therapies.

Competitive Strengths

We believe we are well positioned to achieve our corporate and strategic goals based on the following key strengths:

 

    Octreotide capsules have the potential to become a standard of care in the treatment of acromegaly . In our Phase 3 clinical trial, we observed the ability of octreotide capsules to reduce the significant limitations and burdens associated with existing injectable somatostatin analogs, while also providing comparable biochemical response and improved symptom control. Based on this and other clinical data and feedback from patients and healthcare providers, we believe that octreotide capsules, if approved, could become a new standard of care in acromegaly.

 

    Octreotide capsules is the only somatostatin analog formulated for oral administration in clinical development. Based in part on the data from our completed Phase 3 clinical trial, we submitted an NDA on June 15, 2015 seeking approval for the marketing and sale of octreotide capsules for the maintenance therapy of adult patients with acromegaly. To our knowledge, there are no other oral formulations of somatostatin analogs that have achieved clinical proof of concept or that are in clinical development.

 

    Identifiable potential patients for octreotide capsules are already receiving medical care for acromegaly and receiving regular somatostatin analog injections. We believe that approximately 8,000 adult acromegaly patients are chronically treated with somatostatin analogs in the United States, and that approximately 90% of these patients are managed by fewer than 1,000 accounts. Patients with acromegaly undergoing treatment in the United States are treated by endocrinologists at a small number of academic institutions with pituitary experts (pituitary centers), regional academic centers or hospital systems (regional referral centers) and some community endocrinologists. We believe we will be able to market octreotide capsules, if approved, directly to pituitary centers, regional referral centers and high-volume community endocrinologists through our own targeted sales force. We also intend to engage in direct patient outreach efforts. We believe that the clinical benefits and preferences of patients and healthcare professionals for an oral product together with our patient-centric approach could enable octreotide capsules, if approved, to become a new standard of care in acromegaly.

 

   

Our business model and regulatory strategy may target product candidates with shorter development timelines and lower associated expenses . Our pursuit of the 505(b)(2) regulatory pathway in the United States and the hybrid application pathway in Europe, where applicable, may allow shorter development timelines and reduced development expenses. For octreotide capsules, we generated proof of concept clinical data in healthy volunteers three years after we began development, completed our Phase 3 clinical trial in acromegaly within a further four years, and are now seeking U.S. regulatory

 

6


Table of Contents
 

approval utilizing the FDA’s 505(b)(2) regulatory pathway. For comparison, the typical timeline for development of a new chemical entity, or NCE, under a traditional NDA program is over 10 years. We intend to continue to pursue, where possible, product development opportunities where an injected peptide product is available and we will be able to leverage already published data on its mechanism of action, safety and efficacy.

 

    We believe that we have the ability to leverage our proprietary TPE platform to develop additional high-value oral therapeutics . Our TPE technology enhances the absorption through the intestinal wall of drugs that otherwise would not be able to be absorbed efficiently by that route. Using our TPE technology, we have identified multiple potential product candidates that may potentially address areas of unmet medical need. We have obtained nonclinical proof of concept data for intestinal absorption of several peptides that are currently available only in injectable forms. Based on data obtained from these studies, we believe we can develop new oral therapies from already approved injectable therapies using a similar development strategy as we employed with octreotide capsules.

 

    Our leadership team has significant drug development and commercial experience and possesses important intellectual capital. Our President and Chief Executive Officer, Mark Leuchtenberger, has extensive experience in commercial operations, business development and preparing biopharmaceutical companies for product approval and commercialization. Our Chief Development Officer, Roni Mamluk, Ph.D., led the development of octreotide capsules and is one of the primary inventors of our TPE technology. Our Chief Commercial Officer, Anand Varadan, has significant business and commercial experience, having most recently served as Vice President of Marketing for the U.S. Inflammation and Nephrology Businesses Unit at Amgen, Inc. Our Chief Financial Officer, Mark J. Fitzpatrick, has more than 20 years of financial management experience in both public and private companies, having most recently served as Chief Financial Officer at Aegerion Pharmaceuticals, Inc., Proteon Therapeutics, Inc. and RenaMed Biologics, Inc. Our General Counsel, Tara McCarthy, has more than ten years of legal experience in the biopharmaceutical industry having most recently served as the Vice President, Commercial Law at Vertex Pharmaceuticals Incorporated. In addition, our Head of Clinical, Gary Patou, M.D., brings over 20 years of extensive experience in clinical and regulatory affairs to the organization, having taken several drugs through development and FDA approval.

Our Product Candidate Pipeline

Leveraging our TPE platform, we have developed a pipeline of oral product candidates. Our most advanced product candidate is MYCAPSSA (octreotide capsules) for acromegaly. In addition, if we receive regulatory approval of octreotide capsules in acromegaly, we expect to initiate a clinical trial of octreotide capsules to support development in NET, in the second half of 2016. We also intend to initiate additional clinical trials of octreotide capsules in a new orphan indication, once selected, in 2017. We have also identified several peptides currently available only in injectable forms that we believe we can develop into oral formulations with our TPE technology, using a similar development strategy as we employed with octreotide capsules. We have obtained nonclinical proof of concept data for various peptides, currently available as injections, and are conducting further nonclinical development on a second product candidate that we expect to announce publicly late in 2016, assuming we obtain promising results.

 

 

Product Candidate  

 

 

Indication

 

 

Status

 

Octreotide Capsules

 

 

Acromegaly - U.S.

 

 

 

FDA set NDA PDUFA goal date of April 15, 2016

 

 

 

Acromegaly - EU

 

 

 

Company initiated Phase 3 clinical trial in March 2016

 

 

 

Neuroendocrine Tumors (NET)

 

 

 

Company plans to initiate clinical trial supporting indication in 2H 2016

 

 

 

New Orphan Indication

 

 

 

Company plans to initiate clinical trial supporting new indication in 2017

 

CH2

 

 

Orphan indication

 

 

 

Company plans to announce in 2H 2016

 

 

7


Table of Contents

Our Lead Product Candidate, Octreotide capsules (MYCAPSSA) in Acromegaly

Our lead product candidate, octreotide capsules or MYCAPSSA, has completed a Phase 3 clinical trial for the treatment of acromegaly. In June 2015, we submitted our NDA for octreotide capsules as a maintenance therapy for acromegaly in the United States. On August 14, 2015, we received notice from the FDA that our NDA was accepted for filing to permit a substantive review. The FDA has granted a standard review for the NDA and has set a target review date under the Prescription Drug User Fee Act, or PDUFA, of April 15, 2016. We anticipate a regulatory decision on marketing approval on April 15, 2016. In addition to the clinical data we submitted to the FDA, the EMA has advised us that a clinical trial demonstrating non-inferiority of octreotide capsules compared to injectable somatostatin analogs as active controls will be required prior to regulatory approval. We have agreed on the Phase 3 clinical trial protocol with the EMA and we initiated this trial in March of 2016. If successful, we expect to submit our MAA to the EMA in 2019.

Overview of Acromegaly

Acromegaly results from the overproduction of GH, most often due to the growth of a benign tumor in the pituitary gland in middle-aged adults. GH, in turn, stimulates the production of IGF-1 in the liver which stimulates the growth of bones and other tissues.

Progression of acromegaly can result in significant health problems such as hypertension, enlargement of the heart, or cardiomyopathy, sleep apnea, type-2 diabetes, and abnormal growths in the colon and uterus. Acromegaly is associated with a number of symptoms, some acute, such as headaches, joint pain and fatigue, and some long-term, such as enlarged hands, feet and internal organs, as well as altered facial features. Because acromegaly is uncommon and physical changes occur gradually, the condition is often not recognized immediately, sometimes not for years. If not treated promptly, acromegaly can lead to serious illness and is associated with premature death, primarily due to cardiovascular disease. However, both surgical and drug treatments are available for acromegaly that can reduce the risk of complications and premature death and significantly improve symptom control.

Surgery is often the first line of therapy for acromegaly and, in most cases, surgical removal of the pituitary tumor can result in normalization of GH and IGF-1 levels. In many other cases, however, the levels of GH remain elevated even after surgery due to residual tumor and many patients therefore also require a therapeutic intervention. The body’s natural inhibitor of excess GH secretion is somatostatin, a peptide hormone. Octreotide and lanreotide, analogs of somatostatin with a significantly longer half-life in the blood than natural somatostatin, have achieved widespread adoption by physicians treating patients afflicted with acromegaly. These somatostatin analogs are routinely administered by injection by a healthcare professional. If not administered with proper technique, the injection may not effectively deliver the medication. There is currently no oral formulation of a somatostatin analog on the market and none, we believe, in clinical development except octreotide capsules.

Incidence and Prevalence of Acromegaly and Current Treatment Landscape

There are an estimated 69,000 individuals with acromegaly worldwide. The U.S. National Institutes of Health, or NIH, estimates that there are roughly 20,000 individuals with acromegaly in the United States, based on its published prevalence of an estimated 60 cases per million. In thirteen studies of acromegaly prevalence since 1980, an average of approximately 75 cases per million was determined, suggesting roughly 24,000 individuals with acromegaly in the United States. However, recent data presented at the Endocrine Society’s Annual Meeting in 2015 suggest that pituitary tumors may be more prevalent than previously thought, and that the global prevalence of acromegaly may be higher, between 85 and 118 cases per million people. NIH also cites an annual incidence of three to four new cases per million each year.

According to publicly available financial reports, injectable forms of octreotide and lanreotide generate worldwide sales of approximately $2.2 billion annually for the treatment of acromegaly and NET as well as some smaller indications. We believe approximately $730 million of this total represents the annual sales for the

 

8


Table of Contents

treatment of acromegaly. The great majority of these sales come from once-monthly long acting formulations that must be administered by intramuscular or deep subcutaneous injections with large-gauge needles. Although we are initially targeting acromegaly with octreotide capsules, we believe that this product candidate, if approved, has the potential to become a standard of care for other indications currently treated primarily with injectable somatostatin analogs such as NET.

Current Therapeutic Options and Their Limitations

For acromegaly patients not cured by surgery, the current standard of care involves injectable somatostatin analogs. These therapies are associated with significant patient limitations and burdens. Currently, the first therapeutic treatment options are octreotide, marketed by Novartis AG, or Novartis, which is administered monthly and intramuscularly using a large gauge needle, and lanreotide, marketed by Ipsen SA, or Ipsen, another long-acting analog of somatostatin, which is administered monthly using a deep subcutaneous injection. For patients not controlled on these somatostatin analogs, the typical second line of treatment options includes pegvisomant daily injections, marketed by Pfizer, Inc., or Pfizer, and pasireotide LAR, marketed by Novartis, which is another somatostatin analog administered via intramuscular injection.

Current Injectable Treatment Options for Acromegaly

 

  Product      Company       Rout      

 

Needle  

(length/gauge)  

 

     Status      

 

  Octreotide LAR

 

    

 

Novartis    

 

 

 

Intramuscular    

 

 

 

1.5”/20 G  

 

    

 

Marketed      

 

  Lanreotide Depot

     Ipsen      

 

Deep    

Subcutaneous    

 

  0.79”/19 G        Marketed      

 

  Pasireotide LAR

 

    

 

Novartis    

 

 

 

Intramuscular    

 

 

 

1.5”/20 G  

 

    

 

Marketed      

 

 

  Pegvisomant

 

    

 

Pfizer    

 

 

 

Subcutaneous    

 

 

 

1”/21 – 27 G  

 

    

 

Marketed      

 

Injections of these somatostatin analogs present several issues related to patient comfort and convenience as well as breakthrough, or returning, symptoms of the disease near the end of the dosing cycle prior to the next scheduled injection. These issues include:

 

    Suboptimal control. In a patient-reported outcomes survey that we conducted in 195 acromegaly patients receiving injected somatostatin analogs, or our patient survey, 52% of patients reported that the treatment effects begin to wane near the end of the monthly cycle prior to the next injection, and 32% of controlled patients still experienced some symptoms.

 

    Pain. Injections with somatostatin analogs require a large-gauge needle to slowly inject a viscous solution into the muscle or deep into subcutaneous tissue. Patients report these injections to be very painful. Often, this pain persists for several days after the injection. In our patient survey, 70% of patients said they experienced pain during the injection and approximately half of these patients experienced continuing pain days later.

 

    Injection-site reactions . Patients frequently experience hardness, nodules and swelling at the site of the injection as well as bruising and inflammation.

 

    Lack of convenience. The treatment effectiveness is dependent on proper delivery technique and thus the injections are typically administered by a healthcare professional. The monthly injection schedule for injectable somatostatin analogs and the associated travel to the healthcare provider is inconvenient for many patients.

 

    Emotional impact . In our patient survey, 36% of patients said that they felt a loss of independence due to the requirement for chronic injections that typically require them to visit a healthcare professional.

 

9


Table of Contents
    Lost work days . In our patient survey, 16% of patients said that the treatment burden associated with the injectable therapies caused them to regularly miss work for injections. These patients missed an average of 11 days a year.

Since injectable somatostatin analogs are the standard of care for other diseases beyond acromegaly, including diseases such as NET, these limitations and burdens are also associated with the treatment of the other indications we intend to pursue with octreotide capsules.

Our Solution: Octreotide capsules

Octreotide capsules is a novel formulation of octreotide developed utilizing our TPE platform. We are developing octreotide capsules as a liquid-filled solid gelatin capsule formulation which is intended to be taken twice a day. We expect that acromegaly patients who are prescribed octreotide capsules, if approved, will receive a 28-day supply of pills, which may be stored at room temperature by the patient for up to one month. Based on the data from our clinical trials, we believe octreotide capsules have the potential to deliver biochemical response while improving symptoms and reducing the burden of disease and treatment in patients afflicted with acromegaly.

Clinical Program for Octreotide Capsules in Acromegaly

Regulatory Pathway

We are seeking regulatory approval of octreotide capsules for the maintenance therapy of acromegaly in the United States utilizing the FDA’s 505(b)(2) regulatory pathway. The 505(b)(2) pathway enables us to rely, in part, on the FDA’s prior findings of safety and efficacy of an approved product, or published literature, in support of our NDA. In the case of octreotide capsules in acromegaly, the approved product to which our NDA submission refers is the short-acting subcutaneous injectable formulation of octreotide that was the original product approved by the FDA before the long-acting formulation was developed. Since this formulation of octreotide has been approved by the FDA in generic form and is therefore no longer proprietary, we are not aware of any third party from which we would be required to obtain any license or acquire any rights to commercialize octreotide capsules, if approved. We have conducted a series of Phase 1 clinical trials, including a trial to demonstrate that the bioavailability of octreotide administered in our TPE formulation is comparable to the bioavailability of octreotide administered in the short-acting subcutaneous injectable formulation. We have also conducted a Phase 1 clinical trial to evaluate the bioactivity of octreotide capsules in healthy subjects, and a Phase 3 clinical trial to evaluate the safety and efficacy of octreotide capsules in patients with acromegaly, consisting of seven months of treatment plus an optional six-month extension phase.

In December 2014, we met with the FDA to discuss our clinical development of octreotide capsules, including the full 13-month data from our Phase 3 clinical trial. At this meeting, the FDA advised us that it had not identified an issue that would preclude us from submitting an NDA for review. Accordingly, we submitted our NDA for octreotide capsules for maintenance therapy in acromegaly to the FDA on June 15, 2015. On August 14, 2015, we received notice from the FDA that our NDA was accepted for filing to permit a substantive review. The FDA has granted a standard review for the NDA and has set a target review date under the PDUFA date of April 15, 2016.

We also intend to seek regulatory approval of octreotide capsules for the treatment of acromegaly in Europe utilizing the hybrid application pathway, which is analogous to the 505(b)(2) regulatory pathway in the United States. In addition to the clinical data we submitted to the FDA, the EMA has advised us that a clinical trial demonstrating non-inferiority of octreotide capsules compared to injectable somatostatin analogs as active controls will be required prior to regulatory approval by EMA. Our Phase 3 clinical trial protocol has been accepted by the EMA and we initiated this trial in March of 2016. If successful, we expect to submit an MAA to the EMA in 2019.

 

10


Table of Contents

Completed Phase 3 Clinical Trial

In March 2012, we initiated a Phase 3 multi-center, open-label, baseline-controlled clinical trial to evaluate the safety and efficacy of octreotide capsules in patients with acromegaly who responded to and tolerated treatment with somatostatin analogs. We completed this trial in November 2014 and the results were published in the Journal of Clinical Endocrinology & Metabolism in February 2015 and presented at the Endocrine Society’s Annual Meeting in March 2015.

Trial Design

A total of 155 patients with acromegaly, each of whom was classified as a responder to a long-acting injectable somatostatin analog, were enrolled in the trial. Two weeks after their last monthly injection of the long-acting injectable somatostatin analog, patients were reassessed to obtain baseline IGF-1 and GH levels. Both the screening and baseline measurements were performed while patients were still on active injection therapy. The 155 patients enrolled in the trial are referred to as the intent to treat, or ITT, group.

After baseline levels were obtained, no less than one month following their last monthly injection of the long-acting injectable somatostatin analog, a core treatment period with octreotide capsules was initiated. This core treatment period consisted of a dose-escalation phase of at least two months in duration, designed to find an appropriate dose of octreotide capsules for each individual patient, and a fixed-dose phase of up to five months in duration, during which period the appropriate therapeutic dose identified in the dose-escalation phase was maintained. Since data from our prior clinical trials demonstrated a significant reduction in bioavailability when octreotide capsules is administered with a high-fat meal, patients in this Phase 3 clinical trial were required to fast for at least one hour before and at least one to two hours after each dose.

Patients who entered the core treatment phase of the trial initially received a 40 mg daily dose (administered in two pills a day), which was increased to daily doses of 60 mg or 80 mg on an as-required basis to maintain biochemical response and/or symptom control, at the discretion of the investigator. For each patient, the core treatment phase lasted for seven months after his or her first dose of octreotide capsules. Patients could then opt to continue treatment with octreotide capsules during an extension period of up to an additional six months, with a two-week period for final follow-up. Four patients dropped out of the trial after receiving at least one dose of octreotide capsules but before a biochemical response could be measured, resulting in a modified intent to treat, or mITT, group of 151 patients.

The primary objective of the trial was to determine the efficacy of octreotide capsules in patients with acromegaly, as measured by effect on IGF-1 and GH levels, with responders defined as patients who achieve an IGF-1 level less than 1.3 times the upper limit of normal, or ULN, adjusted for age and an integrated GH level over two hours less than 2.5 ng/mL. Secondary objectives included assessment of safety and tolerability of octreotide capsules, and comparison of efficacy of octreotide capsules versus long-acting injectable somatostatin analog.

 

11


Table of Contents

Phase 3 Clinical Trial Design

 

LOGO

Trial Results

Of the 155 patients enrolled, four were not evaluable and of the 151 in the mITT group, 49 patients discontinued, the majority during the dose-escalation phase. Of the 151 patients in the mITT group, patients discontinued for a variety of reasons, including treatment failures because the patient could not be controlled on 80 mg, the highest dose available (24); withdrawals due to adverse events (18); or patient choice, sponsor request and lost to follow up (7). Of the 110 patients that completed the dose-escalation phase, 52 patients, or 47%, were receiving the 40 mg daily dose, 25 patients, or 23%, were receiving the 60 mg dose, and 33 patients, or 30%, were receiving the 80 mg dose.

After completion of the dose-escalation phase, the remaining 110 patients entered the fixed dose phase of the core treatment period and continued on octreotide capsules at their respective doses until seven months after first dosing. A total of 102 patients completed the fixed dose phase of the trial, 88 of whom, or 86%, voluntarily chose to remain on octreotide capsules during the six-month extension phase, for a total of 13 months of treatment after first dosing. A total of 82 patients completed the six-month extension phase of the trial.

Overall, 65% of patients in the mITT group were classified as responders at the end of the seven-month core treatment phase, which was the primary endpoint for the trial. Applying a worst-case imputation method, whereby all patients who withdrew from the study prematurely (regardless of reason) are treated as non-responders, 53% of patients were classified as responders at the end of the seven-month core treatment phase. By the end of the six-month extension phase, or 13 months after first dosing, the responder rate was 62% in the mITT group. Of the 110 patients that completed the dose-escalation phase, and therefore received an optimized dose of oral octreotride, 75% were classified as responders. For all 151 patients included in the mITT group, the responder rate on long-acting injectable somatostatin analogs was 89% at baseline, prior to initiation of octreotide capsules. Endocrinologists indicated that effectiveness in at least 50% of patients treated would be sufficient for an oral treatment to be successful.

 

12


Table of Contents

Overall Phase 3 Response in mITT Group vs. Baseline

 

LOGO

We further assessed the quality of the responses to octreotide capsules. The quality of the patient responses on octreotide capsules was comparable to the quality of the responses on injectable therapies. In the mITT group, mean GH levels on octreotide capsules therapy were below the baseline values on injectable therapies at all time points assessed through the end of the extension phase. The median GH level in the mITT group at baseline was 0.77 ng/mL, which dropped to 0.40 ng/mL within two hours of the first dose of octreotide capsules and 0.49 ng/mL by the end of the extension phase, 13 months later. IGF-1 levels were stably maintained below 1.3 times the ULN for up to 13 months in the mITT group.

GH and IGF-1 Response in mITT Group Throughout the Duration of the Phase 3 Trial

 

LOGO    LOGO

We also assessed control of acromegaly symptoms, the incidence of symptoms, and the severity and number of symptoms in patients using octreotide capsules in a retrospective analysis performed after completion of the trial. At baseline, 81% of patients in the mITT group, the majority of whom were classified as responders, still had acromegaly symptoms, such as headaches, excessive perspiration, muscle weakness and/or joint pain and swelling. Patients who completed 13 months of treatment reported significantly fewer acromegaly symptoms at the conclusion of the trial than at the time of their baseline screening, and this result was statistically significant, with p-values of less than 0.020. P-value is a conventional statistical method for measuring the statistical significance of clinical results. A p-value of 0.05 or less is generally considered to represent statistical significance, meaning that there is a less than 1-in-20 likelihood that the observed results occurred by chance. There was also a reduction in the severity of symptoms reported. In addition, breakthrough, or returning, symptoms of acromegaly were reported by 36% of patients receiving injections at baseline compared to 22% at 13 months on octreotide capsules through a questionnaire conducted in a subset of the patients in the clinical trial.

 

13


Table of Contents

Reduced Number of Acromegaly Symptoms at Conclusion of Octreotide Capsules Trial

(Fixed Dose Population (n = 110))

 

LOGO

 

LOGO

The safety profile of octreotide capsules was consistent with the known safety profile of octreotide and the disease burden of acromegaly, with the most common adverse events observed in the gastrointestinal system, such as nausea and diarrhea, the nervous system, such as headaches, and the musculoskeletal system, such as joint pain, but without adverse injection-site reactions. No new or unexpected safety signals were observed.

We only performed statistical analysis on the symptom reductions for our Phase 3 trial of octreotide capsules in acromegaly and did not perform statistical analysis related to the biochemistry, specifically the reduction in GH and IGF-1 levels.

Initiated European Phase 3 Clinical Trial

In addition to the clinical data submitted to the FDA with our NDA, the EMA has advised us that a clinical trial demonstrating that octreotide capsules is not inferior to injectable somatostatin analogs included in the same study as active controls will be required prior to regulatory approval. Comparative effectiveness is an important regulatory consideration in Europe. We have agreed to the clinical trial protocol with the EMA and have initiated an international Phase 3 clinical trial of octreotide capsules in acromegaly in March 2016 to show parallel comparative safety and effectiveness as required by the EMA.

 

14


Table of Contents

This trial is called MPOWERED TM , M aintenance of Acromegaly P atients with O ctreotide Capsules Compared W ith Injections - E valuation of Re sponse D urability. This trial will be an open-label, randomized, active-controlled study of octreotide capsules in patients who have been classified as responders to a once-a-month injectable somatostatin analog based on criteria comparable to the criteria utilized in our completed Phase 3 clinical trial. The new trial is intended to demonstrate non-inferiority, comparing efficacy responses as between two randomized groups of patients who demonstrated response to octreotide capsules. We currently expect to enroll approximately 150 patients in the trial in the United States, Europe and other foreign countries. The patients will enter a run-in phase on octreotide capsules. Each patient will initially receive a daily dose of 40 mg of octreotide capsules, which will be increased up to a maximum of 80 mg daily dose if lower doses are not effective. Similar to the requirements of our first Phase 3 clinical trial, patients will be required to take oral octreotide on an empty stomach.

Patients identified as responders will be randomized (2:3) to either a long-acting injectable somatostatin analog or octreotide capsules at the appropriate dose identified during the run-in phase, and followed for nine months. After completion of this randomized controlled phase, we expect that all eligible patients will have the option of entering an extension phase during which period these patients would receive octreotide capsules at the dose identified during the run-in phase.

Patients who do not respond during the run-in phase will not enter the randomized phase but will be switched back to long-acting injectable somatostatin analog and followed for an additional three months.

The primary efficacy endpoint for this trial will relate to IGF-1 with responders defined as patients who achieve an IGF-1 level less than 1.3 times the ULN adjusted for age, the same IGF-1 efficacy criteria utilized in our completed Phase 3 clinical trial. Measurements of IGF-1 will be taken throughout the randomized phase of the trial and a time weighted average of these biochemical measures will be calculated. In addition, assessment of symptom control and patient reported outcomes are expected to be included.

In selected centers, patients who are non-responders but with modestly elevated IGF-1s on octreotide capsules alone, will be offered the opportunity to determine if they can respond to a combination of octreotide capsules with a second oral agent called cabergoline. Cabergoline is used for the treatment of mild acromegaly. It has a different mechanism of action and publications have suggested it may have an additive effective to somatostatin analogs. This sub-study, which the EMA did not accept as part of the final protocol for comparative effectiveness, is unlikely to be sufficient to gain regulatory approval for the combination of both drugs but may provide useful information to physicians.

Design of Planned Phase 3 to Support EMA Approval

 

LOGO

Phase 1 Clinical Trials of Octreotide Capsules

Together with a group of academic collaborators, we conducted a series of Phase 1 clinical trials to demonstrate that the bioavailability of octreotide administered in our TPE formulation is comparable to the bioavailability of

 

15


Table of Contents

octreotide administered in the short-acting subcutaneous, or sc, formulation. These trials demonstrated similar pharmacokinetics for octreotide capsules and octreotide 0.1 mg sc injection and that a 20 mg oral dose of octreotide capsules produced systemic exposure comparable to octreotide 0.1 mg sc injection in healthy volunteers. There was no effect of route of administration on octreotide elimination, and the mean elimination half-life (t1/2) was comparable with the two treatments. However, these studies also demonstrated that the bioavailability of octreotide capsules is approximately 90% lower when it is taken with a high-fat meal rather than in the fasted state. Accordingly, our prior Phase 3 clinical trial required fasting for at least one hour before and at least one to two hours after each dose.

Pharmacokinetics of Octreotide capsules vs. SC Octreotide in Phase 1 Trial

 

LOGO

In addition, to demonstrate the bioactivity of octreotide capsules, as measured by reduction in GH levels, we conducted a Phase 1 clinical trial in 16 healthy volunteers. In this crossover study, a single 20 mg dose of octreotide capsules was shown to suppress mean GH levels below 0.25 ng/mL (p < 0.05). This is similar to the effect seen in published results using octreotide injections.

Suppression of GH Levels in Healthy Volunteers

 

LOGO

Also in this trial, we evaluated the ability of octreotide capsules to suppress GH levels in healthy subjects whose production of GH had been transiently stimulated by dosing with growth hormone-releasing hormone, or GHRH, and arginine. GHRH and arginine are used in routine clinical testing for deficiencies in GH production. In a

 

16


Table of Contents

healthy person, their administration leads to a large increase in GH levels, which is what was observed in this trial. A single 20 mg dose of octreotide capsules lowered the levels of GH by 80% (p < 0.001) following dosing with GHRH and arginine.

Data from our Phase 1 bioavailability and bioactivity clinical trials were published in the Journal of Clinical Endocrinology & Metabolism in July 2012.

A total of 11 clinical pharmacology studies have evaluated the safety of octreotide capsules. In all of these studies, the safety profile of octreotide capsules was consistent with the known safety profile of the short-acting octreotide 0.1 mg sc injection. No new or unexpected safety issues were detected during any of the clinical pharmacology studies. In particular, no new safety issues related to the novel formulation or route of administration were observed.

Other Indications for Octreotide Capsules

If we receive regulatory approval for octreotide capsules in acromegaly, we plan to submit an investigational new drug application, or IND, and initiate a clinical trial to support the development of octreotide capsules in NET in the second half of 2016. We believe that the data generated in the Phase 1 clinical trials of octreotide capsules that we have conducted, coupled with the Phase 3 clinical trial data we have generated for octreotide capsules in acromegaly, will be sufficient for us to move to clinical development for NET. In addition, we intend to initiate clinical trials of octreotide capsules in a new orphan indication, once selected, in 2017.

NETs are formed by hormone-producing cells in the body’s neuroendocrine system. NETs most frequently form in tissues derived from the embryonic gut such as small intestine, appendix, proximal colon and pancreas. According to an article published in the Journal of Clinical Oncology in 2008, the prevalence of NETs in the United States is estimated to be 5.25 cases per 100,000 people. Over 70% of NETs from the gastrointestinal tract and pancreas express somatostatin receptors. Injectable somatostatin analogs have been approved for the treatment of symptom relief of NETs, mainly for a type known as carcinoids. NETs are associated with numerous clinical symptoms, the most debilitating of which is frequent diarrhea. Approximately 80% of patients experience frequent watery stools up to 30 times a day accompanied by abdominal cramping. Approximately 85% of patients also experience episodic flushing resulting in red to violet coloration of the head, neck and upper chest and a mild burning sensation. This flushing can also lead to reduced blood pressure. Two injectable forms of somatostatin analogs marketed by Novartis are currently the only approved therapies for relief of these symptoms.

Until recently, somatostatin analogs have been indicated only for the treatment of symptoms of carcinoid or gastroentero-NETs. In December 2014, the FDA expanded the label for lanreotide to include the treatment of patients with pancreatic NETs based on its ability to improve progression-free survival in otherwise untreatable cases. This expanded label is expected to result in a substantial increase in the number of NET patients treated with somatostatin analogs.

Octreotide is known to be effective in controlling symptoms of NETs. It is the standard of care for carcinoid, a form of NET, and related symptoms. Approximately 50% of somatostatin analog sales, or more than $1.0 billion annually, are estimated to be associated with treatment of NET and we believe that octreotide capsules have the potential to capture a significant portion of this market.

Our Proprietary Transient Permeability Enhancer Technology Platform

Our Transient Permeability Enhancer, or TPE, technology is a proprietary platform, developed internally by our scientists, that enhances the absorption through the intestinal wall of drugs that otherwise would not be absorbed efficiently by that route. Using our TPE technology, we can transiently and reversibly open the so-called tight junctions between the cells lining the inner intestinal wall, enabling drug molecules to be absorbed intact. Our TPE formulation is a suspension of water-soluble particles containing a precise combination of medium-chain fatty acid salts and drug substance in a fat-soluble medium. In creating a TPE formulation, we make no chemical modifications to the drug substance.

 

17


Table of Contents

Oral delivery of peptides and nucleic acids is limited due to their inherent vulnerability to digestive processes and their poor intestinal absorption. The same intestinal absorption limitation applies to certain small molecules that have poor bioavailability. The cells at the surface of the intestine, columnar epithelial cells, are connected by tight junctions that form a barrier preventing permeation by water-soluble molecules as well as by viruses and bacteria. Our TPE technology induces the transient opening of these tight junctions, allowing peptides and other macromolecules up to a certain size, but not toxins, viruses and bacteria, to cross the intestinal barrier and enabling access to the blood.

The permeability of intestinal tight junctions is known to be altered by a number of dietary factors such as fatty acids, polysaccharides and flavonoids. Transient, reversible opening of the tight junctions and an increase in epithelial permeability are a normal part of intestinal physiology. These permeability adjustments allow the gut to balance two opposing functions: creating a barrier to the passage of microorganisms while facilitating the absorption of nutrients following a meal. In developing the TPE platform, our goal was to establish the ability to reproducibly induce transient increases in the permeability of tight junctions, allowing absorption of specifically formulated drug molecules.

We have conducted extensive nonclinical studies to demonstrate the ability of our TPE technology to increase the permeability of the intestinal epithelial layer and therefore absorb molecules of different shapes, sizes and doses. As a result of these studies, we believe that our TPE technology can be applied to multiple additional peptide drug products as well as small molecules with poor bioavailability.

Our TPE Platform

 

LOGO

Other Product Candidates

We believe that our TPE platform can serve as the foundation for a pipeline of proprietary oral versions of injectable drugs. The technology is particularly well suited for drugs that are used for certain chronic indications, where frequent injections are currently required. To reduce the development time and overall level of investment required, we intend to focus on orphan indications and, where possible, follow the FDA’s 505(b)(2) regulatory pathway in the United States or the hybrid application pathway in Europe. With octreotide capsules, our team completed the nonclinical work necessary to submit an IND for a TPE-based product within 18 months of initiating work on the product, and then initiated a Phase 3 study approximately two years later.

We have also identified several peptides currently available only in injectable forms that using our TPE platform we believe we can develop as oral products. We have obtained nonclinical proof of concept data for some of these product candidates. We expect to announce our second product candidate for clinical development in late 2016.

 

18


Table of Contents

Prior License Agreement with Roche

In January 2013, we entered into a license agreement with F. Hoffmann-La Roche Ltd. and Hoffmann-La Roche Inc., collectively Roche, for the development and commercialization of octreotide capsules. Under the terms of the license agreement, we had responsibility for continued clinical development through completion of our Phase 3 clinical trial, establishment of commercial-scale manufacturing and completion of ongoing nonclinical activities. Roche assumed responsibility for development and commercialization thereafter. The agreement provided for an upfront payment of $65.0 million, future consideration of up to $530 million in development and commercial milestones, and the right to receive tiered, double-digit royalties on net sales of octreotide capsules.

In January 2014, we received the clinical results from the seven-month core treatment period of the octreotide capsules Phase 3 clinical trial. These results did not include the six-month extension period of the trial, which allowed patients the opportunity to choose to continue on oral therapy. In May 2014, Roche conducted a pre-NDA meeting with the FDA. In July 2014, Roche elected to terminate the license agreement and transitioned octreotide capsules and all materials related to the clinical development programs back to us. We subsequently entered into a termination agreement with Roche, which included our purchase of active pharmaceutical ingredient for future manufacturing of octreotide capsules and a trademark associated with octreotide capsules for an aggregate of $5.1 million payable over three years. We have no further obligations to Roche.

In October 2014, we completed analyses of the full 13-month clinical results from our Phase 3 clinical trial of octreotide capsules. Subsequently, in December 2014, we met with the FDA to discuss our clinical development of octreotide capsules, including the full 13-month data from our Phase 3 clinical trial. Based on the results of this meeting, we submitted an NDA to the FDA on June 15, 2015, and the PDUFA date for FDA’s marketing approval decision is April 15, 2016.

Commercialization Strategy

We retain worldwide rights to develop and commercialize octreotide capsules with no royalty obligations to third parties. We intend to commercialize octreotide capsules ourselves in the United States employing a strategy that differentiates our product candidate, if approved, and is tailored to the needs of patients and their physicians. We have been conducting market research and other pre-commercial activities in the United States since 2010 to better understand satisfaction levels and key unmet needs with respect to current treatments for acromegaly and to build awareness of octreotide capsules. This market research has been conducted with endocrinologists, nurses and people with acromegaly. In surveys commissioned by us, more than 80% of people with acromegaly expressed a preference for an oral treatment, and endocrinologists surveyed predicted that an oral treatment would ultimately become the preferred treatment option. Endocrinologists indicated that effectiveness in at least 50% of patients treated would be sufficient for an oral treatment to be successful. To assess the attitudes of commercial third-party payors’ toward reimbursement for octreotide capsules, in 2010 we conducted research with 12 such payors collectively representing 111 million covered lives. Payors representing nearly 90% of these covered lives said they would reimburse an oral treatment assuming pricing was in a range comparable to the existing injectable therapy market leader, octreotide.

We believe the current U.S. market for acromegaly treatments is concentrated. We believe that approximately 8,000 adult acromegaly patients are chronically treated with somatostatin analogs in the United States, and that approximately 90% of these patients are managed by fewer than 1,000 accounts. Patients with acromegaly undergoing treatment in the United States are treated by endocrinologists at a small number of academic institutions with pituitary experts (pituitary centers), regional academic centers or hospital systems (regional referral centers) and some community endocrinologists. We believe we will be able to market octreotide capsules, if approved, directly to pituitary centers, regional referral centers and high-volume community endocrinologists through our own targeted sales force. We also intend to engage in direct patient outreach efforts. We believe that the clinical benefits and preferences of patients and healthcare professionals for an oral therapy together with our patient-centric approach could enable octreotide capsules, if approved, to become a new standard of care in acromegaly.

 

19


Table of Contents

We intend to seek approval to commercialize octreotide capsules in Europe following the completion of the Phase 3 trial required by the EMA and, if successful, plan to submit an MAA to the EMA in 2019. We plan to explore the strategic merits of collaboration opportunities for commercializing octreotide capsules in Europe and the rest of the world in order to maximize the availability of the product candidate, if approved, to patients. However, depending on our evaluation of the strategic merits of these collaboration opportunities, we may decide to retain commercial rights in key markets.

Manufacturing

We depend on third-party suppliers and contract manufacturing organizations, or CMOs, for all of our required raw materials and drug substance and to manufacture and package drug product for clinical and commercial use. We plan to establish a distribution channel in the United States utilizing third-party logistics and specialty pharmacies to distribute product directly to patients who have been prescribed octreotide capsules.

We have qualified Novetide Ltd., a subsidiary of Teva API Pharmaceuticals Industries (TAPI) Ltd., in Israel, and Bachem Americas Inc., in the United States, as suppliers of the generic active pharmaceutical ingredient, or API, octreotide acetate. We believe that the manufacturing scale and capacity at both suppliers is sufficient to supply our expected market demands for the foreseeable future.

All excipients, or substances formulated together with the API, used in manufacture of octreotide capsules are readily available. The octreotide API is formulated with our TPE technology by Lyophilization Services of New England Inc. and filled into capsules and enteric-coated by Encap Drug Delivery, a division of Capsugel, in Scotland. All manufacturers periodically undergo inspections by regulatory authorities.

Octreotide capsules are refrigerated and our NDA includes primary stability data covering 24 months under these storage conditions. We have requested 36 months refrigerated stability for octreotide capsules in our NDA, and we believe we have generated the stability data necessary to support this request. We have also obtained data regarding additional one-month storage at room temperature to support storage of octreotide capsules at room temperature. The FDA has previously indicated that the testing parameters for our control strategy and product release and stability specifications are acceptable. The manufacturing process for the API has been validated at both of our API manufacturers and we believe the process validation of octreotide capsules manufactured at our CMOs as well as final product packaging will be completed by the end of the second quarter of 2016.

Competition

Our industry is highly competitive and subject to rapid and significant technological change as researchers learn more about diseases and develop new technologies and treatments. Our potential competitors include primarily large pharmaceutical, biotechnology companies and specialty pharmaceutical companies. Key competitive factors affecting the commercial success of octreotide capsules and any other product candidates we may develop are likely to be efficacy, safety and tolerability profile, reliability, convenience of administration, price and reimbursement and effectiveness of our promotional activities.

The standards of care for patients suffering from acromegaly all involve injectable therapies. Novartis markets octreotide LAR, which is administered monthly and intramuscularly using a large gauge needle. Ipsen markets lanreotide, another long-acting analog of somatostatin, like octreotide, which is administered monthly using a deep subcutaneous injection. Both therapies, which are currently the first drug treatment options for patients, involve side effects related to the injections and inconvenience due to the timing and requirements of the injections. Pfizer markets pegvisomant daily injections and Novartis also markets pasireotide LAR, which is another somatostatin analog administered via intramuscular injection. Pegvisomant daily injections and pasireotide LAR are significantly more costly than injectable octreotide and lanreotide. The label for pasireotide LAR includes a warning about hyperglycemia and diabetes, which can sometimes be severe. The label advises healthcare professionals administering pasireotide LAR to monitor glucose levels periodically during therapy and

 

20


Table of Contents

to monitor glucose levels more frequently in the months that follow initiation or discontinuation of therapy and following dose adjustment. We are aware of other companies involved in early-stage nonclinical and clinical studies of similar somatostatin analogs, but all involve administration via injection.

Many of our existing or potential competitors have substantially greater financial, technical and human resources than we do and significantly greater experience in the discovery and development of product candidates, obtaining FDA and other regulatory approvals of products and the commercialization of those products. Mergers and acquisitions in the pharmaceutical and biotechnology industries may result in even more resources being concentrated among a small number of our competitors. Accordingly, our competitors may be more successful than we may be in obtaining FDA approval of drugs and achieving widespread market acceptance. Our competitors’ drugs, or drugs they may develop in the future, may be more effective, or more effectively marketed and sold, than any drug we may commercialize and may render octreotide capsules or any future product candidates we may develop obsolete or non-competitive before we can recover the expenses of developing and commercializing octreotide capsules or any future product candidates we may develop. Our competitors may also obtain FDA or other regulatory approval of their products more rapidly than we may obtain approval of ours. We anticipate that we will face intense and increasing competition as new drugs enter the market and more advanced technologies become available. If we are unable to compete effectively, our opportunity to generate revenue from the sale of octreotide capsules or any future product candidates we may develop, if approved, will be adversely affected.

Intellectual Property

We strive to protect the proprietary technology that we believe is important to our business, including seeking and maintaining patents intended to cover our product candidates and compositions, their methods of use and processes for their manufacture, and any other aspects of inventions that are commercially important to the development of our business. We also rely on trade secrets to protect aspects of our business that are not amenable to, or that we do not consider appropriate for, patent protection.

We plan to continue to expand our intellectual property estate by filing patent applications directed to compositions, methods of treatment, and dosage regimens identified in the course of our business. Our success will depend on our ability to obtain and maintain patent and other proprietary protection for commercially important technology, inventions and know-how related to our business, defend and enforce our patents, preserve the confidentiality of our trade secrets and operate without infringing the valid and enforceable patents and proprietary rights of third parties. We also rely on know-how, continuing technological innovation and in-licensing opportunities to develop and maintain our proprietary position. We seek to obtain domestic and international patent protection, and endeavor to promptly file patent applications for new commercially valuable inventions.

The patent positions of biopharmaceutical companies like us are generally uncertain and involve complex legal, scientific and factual questions. In addition, the coverage claimed in a patent application can be significantly reduced before the patent is issued, and patent scope can be reinterpreted by the courts after issuance. Moreover, many jurisdictions permit third parties to challenge issued patents in administrative proceedings, which may result in further narrowing or even cancellation of patent claims. We cannot predict whether the patent applications we are currently pursuing will issue as patents in any particular jurisdiction or whether the claims of any issued patents will provide sufficient protection from competitors.

Because patent applications in the United States and certain other jurisdictions are maintained in secrecy for 18 months or potentially even longer, and since publication of discoveries in the scientific or patent literature often lags behind actual discoveries, we cannot be certain of the priority of inventions covered by pending patent applications. Moreover, we may have to participate in interference proceedings or derivation proceedings declared by the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office, or the USPTO, to determine priority of invention.

 

21


Table of Contents

Patents

As of March 1, 2016, our patent portfolio included three patents issued in the United States; patents issued in foreign jurisdictions; patent applications pending in the United States; and patent applications pending in various foreign jurisdictions. These patents and patent applications include narrow and broad claims directed to octreotide compositions formulated with our TPE technology; capsules containing such compositions; methods of treatment using such compositions; and methods of making various compositions with our TPE technology.

One patent family that we own includes three issued U.S. patents and one pending patent application with claims directed to enteric-coated oral dosage form comprising octreotide compositions, capsules containing octreotide compositions, and methods of treating various conditions with related octreotide compositions. Other patents in this family have issued in Australia, Hong Kong, Japan, Mexico, New Zealand, Russia, South Africa, and the United Kingdom, and patent applications are pending in other jurisdictions, including Brazil, Canada, China, Europe, Israel and Korea, Mexico, Russia, Australia, and Japan. Patents in this family are expected to expire in 2029, absent any adjustments or extensions.

We also own one Patent Cooperation Treaty, or PCT, patent application and two pending U.S. provisional patent applications with claims directed to further uses of octreotide. No U.S. nonprovisional PCT, or foreign filings have yet been made, which would claim priority to the two U.S. provisional patent applications. Patents issuing from any U.S. nonprovisional and foreign-filed patent applications claiming priority to these applications are expected to expire in 2035 for the PCT application and 2037 for the two provisional patent applications, absent any adjustments or extensions.

We also own a PCT patent application directed to a dosage regimen for octreotide and also directed to methods of treating acromegaly with certain octreotide-containing compositions and dosage regimens. Patents issuing from any U.S. nonprovisional and foreign-filed applications claiming priority to this application are expected to expire in 2036, absent any adjustments or extensions.

Additionally we own two patent applications directed to proprietary packaging for distribution of octreotide. One of these is a PCT patent application, which, if issued, is expected to expire in 2035, absent any adjustments or extensions. The other patent application is a U.S. design patent application, which, if issued, is expected to expire 15 years after issuance.

Finally we own two pending U.S. provisional patent applications directed to further uses of our TPE technology.

Patent Term

The base term of a U.S. utility patent is 20 years from the filing date of the earliest-filed non-provisional patent application from which the patent claims priority. The base term of a U.S. design patent is 15 years from issuance once the Patent Law Treaties Implementation Act of 2012 takes effect on May 13, 2015. The term of a U.S. patent can be lengthened by patent term adjustment, which compensates the owner of the patent for administrative delays at the USPTO. In some cases, the term of a U.S. patent is shortened by terminal disclaimer that reduces its term to that of an earlier-expiring patent.

Government Regulation

Government authorities in the United States at the federal, state and local level and in other countries extensively regulate, among other things, the research, development, testing, manufacture, quality control, approval, labeling, packaging, storage, record-keeping, promotion, advertising, distribution, post-approval monitoring and reporting, marketing and export and import of drug products such as our lead product candidate, octreotide capsules. Generally, before a new drug can be marketed, considerable data demonstrating its quality, safety and efficacy must be obtained, organized into a format specific to each regulatory authority, submitted for review and approved by the regulatory authority.

 

22


Table of Contents

United States Drug Development

In the United States, the FDA regulates drugs under the Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act, or FDCA, and its implementing regulations. Drugs are also subject to other federal, state and local statutes and regulations. The process of obtaining regulatory approvals and the subsequent compliance with appropriate federal, state, local and foreign statutes and regulations require the expenditure of substantial time and financial resources. Failure to comply with the applicable U.S. requirements at any time during the product development process, approval process or after approval, may subject an applicant to administrative or judicial sanctions. These sanctions could include, among other actions, the FDA’s refusal to approve pending applications, withdrawal of an approval, a clinical hold, untitled or warning letters, voluntary product recalls or withdrawals from the market, product seizures, total or partial suspension of production or distribution injunctions, fines, refusals of government contracts, restitution, disgorgement, or civil or criminal penalties. Any agency or judicial enforcement action could have a material adverse effect on us.

Octreotide capsules must be approved by the FDA through the NDA process before it may be legally marketed in the United States. The process required by the FDA before a drug may be marketed in the United States generally involves the following:

 

    completion of extensive nonclinical or nonclinical laboratory tests, animal studies and formulation studies in accordance with applicable regulations, including the FDA’s Good Laboratory Practice, or GLP, regulations;

 

    submission to the FDA of an IND, which must become effective before human clinical trials may begin;

 

    performance of adequate and well-controlled human clinical trials in accordance with applicable IND and other clinical study related regulations, sometimes referred to as good clinical practices, or GCPs, to establish the safety and efficacy of the proposed drug for its proposed indication;

 

    submission to the FDA of an NDA;

 

    a determination by the FDA within 60 days of its receipt of an NDA to file the NDA for review;

 

    satisfactory completion of an FDA pre-approval inspection of the manufacturing facility or facilities where the drug is produced to assess compliance with the FDA’s current good manufacturing practice requirements, or cGMP, to assure that the facilities, methods and controls are adequate to preserve the drug’s identity, strength, quality and purity;

 

    potential FDA audit of the clinical trial sites that generated the data in support of the NDA; and

 

    FDA review and approval of the NDA prior to any commercial marketing or sale of the drug in the United States.

The data required to support an NDA are generated in two distinct development stages: nonclinical and clinical. For new chemical entities, the nonclinical development stage generally involves synthesizing the active component, developing the formulation and determining the manufacturing process, as well as carrying out non-human toxicology, pharmacology and drug metabolism studies in the laboratory, which support subsequent clinical testing. The conduct of the nonclinical tests must comply with federal regulations and requirements including GLPs. The sponsor must submit the results of the nonclinical tests, together with manufacturing information, analytical data, any available clinical data or published literature and a proposed clinical protocol, to the FDA as part of the IND. An IND is a request for authorization from the FDA to administer an investigational drug product to humans. The central focus of an IND submission is on the general investigational plan and the protocol(s) for human studies. The IND automatically becomes effective 30 days after receipt by the FDA, unless the FDA raises concerns or questions regarding the proposed clinical trials and places the IND on clinical hold within that 30-day time period. In such a case, the IND sponsor and the FDA must resolve any outstanding concerns before the clinical trial can begin. The FDA may also impose clinical holds on a drug candidate at any

 

23


Table of Contents

time before or during clinical trials due to safety concerns or non-compliance. Accordingly, we cannot be sure that submission of an IND will result in the FDA allowing clinical trials to begin, or that, once begun, issues will not arise that could cause the trial to be suspended or terminated.

The clinical stage of development involves the administration of the drug candidate to healthy volunteers and/or patients under the supervision of qualified investigators, generally physicians not employed by or under the trial sponsor’s control, in accordance with GCPs, which include the requirement that all research subjects provide their informed consent for their participation in any clinical trial. Clinical trials are conducted under protocols detailing, among other things, the objectives of the clinical trial, dosing procedures, subject selection and exclusion criteria, and the parameters to be used to monitor subject safety and assess efficacy. Each protocol, and any subsequent amendments to the protocol, must be submitted to the FDA as part of the IND. Further, each clinical trial must be reviewed and approved by an independent institutional review board, or IRB, at or servicing each institution at which the clinical trial will be conducted. An IRB is charged with protecting the welfare and rights of trial participants and considers such items as whether the risks to individuals participating in the clinical trials are minimized and are reasonable in relation to anticipated benefits. The IRB also approves the informed consent form that must be provided to each clinical trial subject or his or her legal representative and must monitor the clinical trial until completion. There are also requirements governing the reporting of ongoing clinical trials and completed clinical trial results to public registries.

Clinical trials are generally conducted in three sequential phases, known as Phase 1, Phase 2 and Phase 3 clinical trials, and may overlap. Phase 1 generally involves a small number of healthy volunteers who are initially exposed to a single dose and then multiple doses of the product candidate. The primary purpose of these studies is to assess the metabolism, pharmacological action, side effect tolerability and safety of the drug. Phase 2 trials typically involve studies in disease-affected patients to determine the dose required to produce the desired benefits. At the same time, safety and further pharmacokinetic and pharmacodynamic information is collected, as well as identification of possible adverse effects and safety risks and preliminary evaluation of efficacy. Phase 3 trials generally involve large numbers of patients at multiple sites, and are designed to provide the data necessary to demonstrate the effectiveness of the product for its intended use, its safety in use, and to establish the overall benefit/risk relationship of the product and provide an adequate basis for product approval. Phase 3 trials may include comparisons with placebo and/or other comparator treatments. The duration of treatment is often extended to mimic the actual use of a product during marketing. Generally, two adequate and well-controlled Phase 3 clinical trials are required by the FDA for approval of an NDA.

Post-approval trials, sometimes referred to as Phase 4 clinical trials, may be conducted after initial marketing approval. These studies are used to gain additional experience from the treatment of patients in the intended therapeutic indication. In certain instances, FDA may mandate the performance of Phase 4 trials.

Progress reports detailing the results of the clinical trials, among other information, must be submitted at least annually to the FDA, and written IND safety reports must be submitted to the FDA and the investigators for serious and unexpected adverse events, findings from other studies or animal or in vitro testing that suggest a significant risk to humans exposed to the drug and any clinically important increase in the rate of a serious suspected adverse reaction over that listed in the protocol or investigator brochure. Phase 1, Phase 2 and Phase 3 clinical trials may not be completed successfully within any specified period, if at all. The FDA or the clinical trial sponsor may suspend or terminate a clinical trial at any time on various grounds, including a finding that the research subjects or patients are being exposed to an unacceptable health risk. Similarly, an IRB can suspend or terminate approval of a clinical trial at its institution if the clinical trial is not being conducted in accordance with the IRB’s requirements or if the drug has been associated with unexpected serious harm to patients. Additionally, some clinical trials are overseen by an independent group of qualified experts organized by the clinical trial sponsor, known as a data safety monitoring board or committee. This group provides authorization for whether or not a trial may move forward at designated check points based on access to certain data from the study. The clinical trial sponsor may also suspend or terminate a clinical trial based on evolving business objectives and/or competitive climate.

 

24


Table of Contents

Concurrent with clinical trials, companies usually complete additional animal studies and must also develop additional information about the chemistry and physical characteristics of the drug as well as finalize a process for manufacturing the product in commercial quantities in accordance with cGMP requirements. The manufacturing process must be capable of consistently producing quality batches of the drug candidate and, among other things, must develop methods for testing the identity, strength, quality and purity of the final drug product. Additionally, appropriate packaging must be selected and tested and stability studies must be conducted to demonstrate that the drug candidate does not undergo unacceptable deterioration over its shelf life.

NDA and FDA Review Process

Following trial completion, trial data are analyzed to assess safety and efficacy. The results of nonclinical studies and clinical trials are then submitted to the FDA in an NDA along with proposed labeling for the product and information about the manufacturing process and facilities that will be used to ensure product quality, results of analytical testing conducted on the chemistry of the drug, and other relevant information. The NDA is a request for approval to market the drug and must contain proof of safety, purity, potency and efficacy, which is demonstrated by extensive nonclinical and clinical testing. The application includes both negative or ambiguous results of nonclinical studies and clinical trials as well as positive findings. Data may come from company-sponsored clinical trials intended to test the safety and effectiveness of a use of a product, or from a number of alternative sources, including studies initiated by investigators. To support marketing approval, the data submitted must be sufficient in quality and quantity to establish the safety and effectiveness of the investigational drug product to the satisfaction of the FDA. The submission of an NDA is subject to the payment of substantial user fees; a waiver of such fees may be obtained under certain limited circumstances. FDA approval of an NDA must be obtained before marketing a drug in the United States.

In addition, under the Pediatric Research Equity Act, or PREA, an NDA or supplement to an NDA must contain data to assess the safety and effectiveness of the drug for the claimed indications in all relevant pediatric subpopulations and to support dosing and administration for each pediatric subpopulation for which the product is safe and effective. The FDA may grant deferrals for submission of data or full or partial waivers. An NDA applicant must submit to the FDA a pediatric study plan typically 60 days after an end-of-Phase 2 meeting with the agency. Because octreotide capsules received orphan drug designation for the treatment of acromegaly, we do not need to comply with the requirements of PREA at this time. If, however, we seek other indications for octreotide capsules or pursue approval of any other product candidate that does not have orphan drug designation, we may need to comply with PREA or otherwise seek a waiver .

The FDA reviews all NDAs submitted before it accepts them for filing and may request additional information rather than accepting an NDA for filing. The FDA must make a decision on accepting an NDA for filing within 60 days of receipt. Once the submission is accepted for filing, the FDA begins an in-depth review of the NDA. The decision to accept the NDA for filing means that the FDA has made a threshold determination that the application is sufficiently complete to permit a substantive review. Under the goals and policies agreed to by the FDA under the Prescription Drug User Fee Act, or PDUFA, the FDA has ten months from the receipt of an NDA for a non-new molecular entity in which to complete its initial review of a standard NDA and respond to the applicant. The FDA does not always meet its PDUFA goal dates for standard NDAs, and the review process is often significantly extended by FDA requests for additional information or clarification.

After the NDA submission is accepted for filing, the FDA reviews the NDA to determine, among other things, whether the proposed product is safe and effective for its intended use, and whether the product is being manufactured in accordance with cGMPs to assure and preserve the product’s identity, strength, quality and purity. The FDA may refer applications for novel drug products or drug products which present difficult questions of safety or efficacy to an advisory committee, typically a panel that includes clinicians and other experts, for review, evaluation and a recommendation as to whether the application should be approved and under what conditions. The FDA is not bound by the recommendations of an advisory committee, but it considers such recommendations carefully when making decisions. The FDA will likely re-analyze the clinical trial data,

 

25


Table of Contents

which could result in extensive discussions between the FDA and us during the review process. The review and evaluation of an NDA by the FDA is extensive and time consuming and may take longer than originally planned to complete, and we may not receive a timely approval, if at all.

Before approving an NDA, the FDA will conduct a pre-approval inspection of the manufacturing facilities for the new product to determine whether they comply with cGMPs. The FDA will not approve the product unless it determines that the manufacturing processes and facilities are in compliance with cGMP requirements and adequate to assure consistent production of the product within required specifications. In addition, before approving an NDA, the FDA may also audit data from clinical trials to ensure compliance with GCP requirements. After the FDA evaluates the application, manufacturing process and manufacturing facilities, it may issue an approval letter or a Complete Response Letter. An approval letter authorizes commercial marketing of the drug with specific prescribing information for specific indications. A Complete Response Letter indicates that the review cycle of the application is complete and the application will not be approved in its present form. A Complete Response Letter usually describes all of the specific deficiencies in the NDA identified by the FDA. The Complete Response Letter may require additional clinical data and/or an additional pivotal Phase 3 clinical trial(s), and/or other significant and time-consuming requirements related to clinical trials, nonclinical studies or manufacturing. If a Complete Response Letter is issued, the applicant may either resubmit the NDA, addressing all of the deficiencies identified in the letter, withdraw the application or request a hearing. Even if such data and information are submitted, the FDA may ultimately decide that the NDA does not satisfy the criteria for approval. Data obtained from clinical trials are not always conclusive, and the FDA may interpret data differently than we interpret the same data.

There is no assurance that the FDA will ultimately approve a drug product for marketing in the United States, and we may encounter significant difficulties or costs during the review process. If a product receives marketing approval, the approval may be significantly limited to specific diseases and dosages or the indications for use may otherwise be limited, which could restrict the commercial value of the product. Further, the FDA may require that certain contraindications, warnings or precautions be included in the product labeling or may condition the approval of the NDA on other changes to the proposed labeling, development of adequate controls and specifications, or a commitment to conduct post-market testing or clinical trials and surveillance to monitor the effects of approved products. For example, the FDA may require Phase 4 testing which involves clinical trials designed to further assess drug safety and effectiveness and may require testing and surveillance programs to monitor the safety of approved products that have been commercialized. The FDA may also place other conditions on approvals including the requirement for a risk evaluation and mitigation strategy, or REMS, to assure the safe use of the drug. If the FDA concludes a REMS is needed, the sponsor of the NDA must submit a proposed REMS; the FDA will not approve the NDA without an approved REMS, if required. A REMS could include medication guides, physician communication plans, or elements to assure safe use, such as restricted distribution methods, patient registries and other risk minimization tools. Any of these limitations on approval or marketing could restrict the commercial promotion, distribution, prescription or dispensing of products. Product approvals may be withdrawn for non-compliance with regulatory requirements or if problems occur following initial marketing.

505(b)(2) Approval Process

Section 505(b)(2) of the FDCA provides an alternate regulatory pathway for the FDA to approve a new drug and permits reliance for such approval on published literature or an FDA finding of safety and effectiveness for a previously approved drug product. Specifically, section 505(b)(2) permits the filing of an NDA where one or more of the investigations relied upon by the applicant for approval were not conducted by or for the applicant and for which the applicant has not obtained a right of reference. The applicant may rely upon published literature and/or the FDA’s findings of safety and effectiveness for a previously approved drug. Typically, 505(b)(2) applicants must perform additional trials to support the change from the previously approved drug and to further demonstrate the new drug’s safety and effectiveness. The FDA may then approve the new product candidate for all or some of the labeled indications for which the referenced product has been approved, as well as for any new indication sought by the section 505(b)(2) applicant.

 

26


Table of Contents

Our lead product candidate, octreotide capsules, is based upon an already approved version of the same drug in an immediate-release formulation for subcutaneous injection, rather than a new chemical entity product candidate. Accordingly, we expect to be able to rely on information from previously conducted studies involving the immediate-release subcutaneous octreotide product in our clinical development plans and our NDA submission.

Post-Marketing Requirements

Following approval of a new product, a pharmaceutical company and the approved product are subject to continuing regulation by the FDA, including, among other things, monitoring and recordkeeping activities, reporting to the applicable regulatory authorities of adverse events with the product, providing the regulatory authorities with updated safety and efficacy information, and product sampling and distribution requirements in accordance with the Prescription Drug Marketing Act, a part of the FDCA. Modifications or enhancements to the product or its labeling or changes of the site of manufacture are often subject to the approval of the FDA and other regulators, which may or may not be received or may result in a lengthy review process.

Prescription drug advertising is subject to federal, state and foreign regulations. In the United States, the FDA regulates prescription drug promotion and advertising, including direct-to-consumer advertising. Prescription drug promotional materials must be submitted to the FDA in conjunction with their first use. In addition, a pharmaceutical company must comply with restrictions on promoting drugs for uses or in patient populations that are not described in the drug’s approved labeling (known as “off-label use”), limitations on industry-sponsored scientific and educational activities, and requirements for promotional activities involving the internet. Although physicians may prescribe legally available drugs for off-label uses, manufacturers may not market or promote such off-label uses.

In the United States, once a product is approved, its manufacture is subject to comprehensive and continuing regulation by the FDA. The FDA regulations require that products be manufactured in specific approved facilities and in accordance with cGMPs. We rely, and expect to continue to rely, on third parties for the production of clinical and commercial quantities of our products in accordance with cGMP regulations. cGMP regulations require among other things, quality control and quality assurance as well as the corresponding maintenance of records and documentation and the obligation to investigate and correct any deviations from cGMP. Drug manufacturers and other entities involved in the manufacture and distribution of approved drugs are required to register their establishments with the FDA and certain state agencies, and are subject to periodic unannounced inspections by the FDA and certain state agencies for compliance with cGMPs and other laws. Accordingly, manufacturers must continue to expend time, money, and effort in the area of production and quality control to maintain cGMP compliance. These regulations also impose certain organizational, procedural and documentation requirements with respect to manufacturing and quality assurance activities. NDA holders using contract manufacturers, laboratories or packagers are responsible for the selection and monitoring of qualified firms, and, in certain circumstances, qualified suppliers to these firms. These firms and, where applicable, their suppliers are subject to inspections by the FDA at any time, and the discovery of violative conditions, including failure to conform to cGMPs, could result in enforcement actions that interrupt the operation of any such facilities or the ability to distribute products manufactured, processed or tested by them. Discovery of problems with a product after approval may result in restrictions on a product, manufacturer, or holder of an approved NDA, including, among other things, recall or withdrawal of the product from the market.

The FDA also may require post-marketing testing, known as Phase 4 testing, REMS and surveillance to monitor the effects of an approved product or place conditions on an approval that could restrict the distribution or use of the product. Discovery of previously unknown problems with a product or the failure to comply with applicable FDA requirements can have negative consequences, including adverse publicity, judicial or administrative enforcement, untitled or warning letters from the FDA, mandated corrective advertising or communications with doctors, and civil or criminal penalties, among others. Newly discovered or developed safety or effectiveness data may require changes to a product’s approved labeling, including the addition of new warnings and

 

27


Table of Contents

contraindications, and also may require the implementation of other risk management measures. Also, new government requirements, including those resulting from new legislation, may be established, or the FDA’s policies may change, which could delay or prevent regulatory approval of our products under development and impact approved products already on the market.

Other Regulatory Matters

The distribution of pharmaceutical products is subject to additional requirements and regulations, including extensive record-keeping, licensing, storage and security requirements intended to prevent the unauthorized sale of pharmaceutical products.

The failure to comply with regulatory requirements subjects firms to possible legal or regulatory action. Depending on the circumstances, failure to meet applicable regulatory requirements can result in criminal prosecution, fines or other penalties, injunctions, voluntary recall, seizure of products, total or partial suspension of production, denial or withdrawal of product approvals, exclusion from federal healthcare programs, or refusal to allow a firm to enter into supply contracts, including government contracts. In addition, even if a firm complies with FDA and other requirements, new information regarding the safety or effectiveness of a product could lead the FDA to modify or withdraw product approval. Prohibitions or restrictions on sales or withdrawal of future products marketed by us could materially affect our business in an adverse way.

Changes in regulations, statutes or the interpretation of existing regulations could impact our business in the future by requiring, for example: (i) changes to our manufacturing arrangements; (ii) additions or modifications to product labeling; (iii) the voluntary recall or discontinuation of our products; or (iv) additional record-keeping requirements. If any such changes were to be imposed, they could adversely affect the operation of our business.

Orphan Designation and Exclusivity

The FDA may grant orphan drug designation to drugs intended to treat a rare disease or condition that affects fewer than 200,000 individuals in the United States. Alternatively, orphan drug designation may be available if the disease of the condition affects more than 200,000 individuals in the United States and there is no reasonable expectation that the cost of developing and making the drug for this type of disease or condition will be recovered from sales in the United States.

Orphan drug designation entitles a party to financial incentives such as opportunities for grant funding towards clinical trial costs, tax advantages, and user-fee waivers. In addition, if a product is the first to receive FDA approval of the indication for which it has orphan designation, the product is entitled to orphan drug exclusivity, which means the FDA may not approve any other application to market the same drug for the same indication for a period of seven years, except in limited circumstances, such as a showing of clinical superiority over the product with orphan exclusivity.

U.S. Marketing Exclusivity

Market exclusivity provisions under the FDCA can also delay the submission or the approval of certain marketing applications. The FDA provides three years of marketing exclusivity for an NDA, or supplement to an existing NDA, if new clinical investigations, other than bioavailability studies, that were conducted or sponsored by the applicant are deemed by the FDA to be essential to the approval of the application, for example new indications, dosages or strengths of an existing drug. This three-year exclusivity covers only the modification for which the drug received approval on the basis of the new clinical investigations and does not prohibit the FDA from approving ANDAs for drugs containing the active agent for the original indication or condition of use. Three-year exclusivity will not delay the submission or approval of a full NDA. However, an applicant submitting a full NDA would be required to conduct or obtain a right of reference to all of the nonclinical studies and adequate and well-controlled clinical trials necessary to demonstrate safety and effectiveness. Orphan drug

 

28


Table of Contents

exclusivity, as described above, may offer a seven-year period of marketing exclusivity, except in certain circumstances. Pediatric exclusivity is another type of regulatory market exclusivity in the United States. Pediatric exclusivity, if granted, adds six months to existing exclusivity periods and patent terms. This six-month exclusivity, which runs from the end of other exclusivity protection and patent term, may be granted based on the voluntary completion of a pediatric trial in accordance with an FDA-issued “Written Request” for such a trial.

Other Regulations

We are also subject to numerous federal, state and local laws relating to such matters as safe working conditions, manufacturing practices, environmental protection, fire hazard control and disposal of hazardous or potentially hazardous substances. We may incur significant costs to comply with such laws and regulations now or in the future.

European Orphan Designation and Exclusivity

In the European Union, the European Commission, after reviewing the opinion of the EMA’s Committee for Orphan Medicinal Products, or COMP, grants orphan drug designation to promote the development of products that are intended for the diagnosis, prevention or treatment of life-threatening or chronically debilitating conditions that affect not more than five in 10,000 persons in the European Union Community, or when, without incentives, it is unlikely that sales of such products in the European Union would be sufficient to justify the necessary investment in developing the products. Additionally, orphan drug designation is only available where no satisfactory method of diagnosis, prevention, or treatment of the condition has been authorized (or the product would be a significant benefit to those affected).

In the European Union, orphan drug designation entitles a party to financial incentives such as reduction of fees or fee waivers and 10 years of market exclusivity is granted following medicinal product approval. This period may be reduced to six years if the orphan drug designation criteria are no longer met, including where it is shown that the product is sufficiently profitable not to justify maintenance of market exclusivity. Market exclusivity would not prevent the approval of a similar drug that is shown to be safer, more effective or otherwise clinically superior.

Orphan drug designation must be requested before submitting an application for marketing approval. Orphan drug designation does not convey any advantage in, or shorten the duration of, the regulatory review and approval process.

Coverage and Reimbursement

Sales of any products for which we receive regulatory approval for commercial sale will depend in part on the availability of coverage and adequate reimbursement from third-party payors, including government healthcare program administrative authorities, managed care organizations, private health insurers, and other entities. Patients who are prescribed medications for the treatment of their conditions, and their prescribing physicians, generally rely on third-party payors to reimburse all or part of the costs associated with their prescription drugs. Patients are unlikely to use our products unless coverage is provided and reimbursement is adequate to cover a significant portion of the cost of our products. Therefore, our products, once approved, may not obtain market acceptance unless coverage is provided and reimbursement is adequate to cover a significant portion of the cost of our products.

The process for determining whether a third-party payor will provide coverage for a drug product typically is separate from the process for setting the price of a drug product or for establishing the reimbursement rate that the payor will pay for the drug product once coverage is approved. Third-party payors may limit coverage to specific drug products on an approved list, also known as a formulary, which might not include all of the FDA-approved drugs for a particular indication. A decision by a third-party payor not to cover our product candidates

 

29


Table of Contents

could reduce physician utilization of our products once approved. Moreover, a third-party payor’s decision to provide coverage for a drug product does not imply that an adequate reimbursement rate will be approved or that any required patient cost-sharing amount will be acceptable to the patient. Adequate third-party reimbursement may not be available to enable us to maintain price levels sufficient to realize an appropriate return on our investment in product development. Additionally, coverage and reimbursement for drug products can differ significantly from payor to payor and among the insured lives of an individual payor depending upon the benefits applicable to the insured person. One third-party payor’s decision to cover a particular drug product or service does not ensure that other payors will also provide coverage for the medical product or service, or will provide coverage at an adequate reimbursement rate. As a result, the coverage determination process will require us to provide scientific and clinical support for the use of our products to each payor separately and will be a time-consuming process.

The containment of healthcare costs has become a priority of federal, state and foreign governments, and the prices of drugs have been a focus in this effort. Third-party payors are increasingly challenging the prices charged for drug products and medical services, examining the medical necessity and reviewing the cost effectiveness of drug products and medical services, in addition to questioning safety and efficacy. If these third-party payors do not consider our products to be cost-effective compared to other available therapies, they may not cover our products after FDA approval or, if they do, the level of payment may not be sufficient to allow us to sell our products at a profit.

The American Recovery and Reinvestment Act of 2009 provides funding for the federal government to compare the effectiveness of different treatments for the same illness. The Department of Health and Human Services, the Agency for Healthcare Research and Quality and the National Institutes for Health develop research plans and periodically report on the status of the research and related expenditures to Congress. Although the results of the comparative effectiveness studies are not intended to mandate coverage policies for governmental or private payors, it is not clear what effect, if any, the research will have on the sales of our product candidates, if any such product or the condition that it is intended to treat is the subject of a study. It is also possible that comparative effectiveness research demonstrating benefits in a competitor’s product could adversely affect the sales of our product candidates, once approved.

In addition, in some foreign countries, the proposed pricing for a drug must be approved before it may be lawfully marketed. The requirements governing drug pricing vary widely from country to country. For example, the European Union provides options for its member states to restrict the range of medicinal products for which their national health insurance systems provide reimbursement and to control the prices of medicinal products for human use. A member state may approve a specific price for the medicinal product or it may instead adopt a system of direct or indirect controls on the profitability of the company placing the medicinal product on the market. There can be no assurance that any country that has price controls or reimbursement limitations for pharmaceutical products will allow favorable reimbursement and pricing arrangements for any of our products. Historically, products launched in the European Union do not follow price structures of the United States and generally tend to be significantly lower.

Anti-Kickback and False Claims Laws and Other Regulatory Matters

In the United States, among other things, the research, manufacturing, distribution, sale and promotion of drug products are potentially subject to regulation and enforcement by various federal, state and local authorities in addition to the FDA, including the Centers for Medicare & Medicaid Services, other divisions of the United States Department of Health and Human Services (e.g., the Office of Inspector General), the Drug Enforcement Administration, the Consumer Product Safety Commission, the Federal Trade Commission, the Occupational Safety & Health Administration, the Environmental Protection Agency, state attorneys general and other state and local government agencies. Our current and future business activities, including for example, sales, marketing and scientific/educational grant programs must comply with healthcare regulatory laws, including the Federal Anti-Kickback Statute, the Federal False Claims Act, as amended, the privacy regulations

 

30


Table of Contents

promulgated under the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act, or HIPAA, as amended, physician payment transparency laws, and similar state laws. Pricing and rebate programs must comply with the Medicaid Drug Rebate Program requirements of the Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act of 1990, as amended, and the Veterans Health Care Act of 1992, as amended. If products are made available to authorized users of the Federal Supply Schedule of the General Services Administration, additional laws and requirements apply. The handling of any controlled substances must comply with the U.S. Controlled Substances Act and Controlled Substances Import and Export Act. Products must meet applicable child-resistant packaging requirements under the U.S. Poison Prevention Packaging Act. All of these activities are also potentially subject to federal and state consumer protection and unfair competition laws.

The Federal Anti-Kickback Statute makes it illegal for any person, including a prescription drug manufacturer (or a party acting on its behalf) to knowingly and willfully solicit, receive, offer, or pay any remuneration that is intended to induce the referral of business, including the purchasing, leasing, ordering or arranging for or recommending the purchase, lease or order of, any good, facility, item or service for which payment may be made, in whole or in part, under a federal healthcare program, such as Medicare or Medicaid. The term “remuneration” has been broadly interpreted to include anything of value. The Federal Anti-Kickback Statute has been interpreted to apply to arrangements between pharmaceutical manufacturers on one hand and prescribers, purchasers and formulary managers on the other. Although there are a number of statutory exceptions and regulatory safe harbors protecting some common activities from prosecution, the exceptions and safe harbors are drawn narrowly. Practices that involve remuneration that may be alleged to be intended to induce prescribing, purchases or recommendations may be subject to scrutiny if they do not qualify for an exception or safe harbor. Failure to meet all of the requirements of a particular applicable statutory exception or regulatory safe harbor does not make the conduct per se illegal under the Federal Anti-Kickback Statute. Instead, the legality of the arrangement will be evaluated on a case-by-case basis based on a cumulative review of all of its facts and circumstances. Additionally, the intent standard under the Federal Anti-Kickback Statute was amended by the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act, as amended by the Health Care and Education Reconciliation Act of 2010, or collectively the ACA, to a stricter standard such that a person or entity no longer needs to have actual knowledge of the statute or specific intent to violate it in order to have committed a violation. In addition, the ACA codified case law that a claim including items or services resulting from a violation of the Federal Anti-Kickback Statute constitutes a false or fraudulent claim for purposes of the Federal False Claims Act. Violations of this law are punishable by up to five years in prison, criminal fines, administrative civil money penalties, and exclusion from participation in federal healthcare programs. In addition, many states have adopted laws similar to the Federal Anti-Kickback Statute. Some of these state prohibitions apply to the referral of patients for healthcare services reimbursed by any insurer, not just federal healthcare programs such as Medicare and Medicaid. Due to the breadth of these federal and state anti-kickback laws, and the potential for additional legal or regulatory change in this area, it is possible that our future business activities, including our sales and marketing practices and/or our future relationships with endocrinologists and other healthcare providers might be challenged under anti-kickback laws, which could harm us.

The Federal False Claims Act prohibits anyone from, among other things, knowingly presenting, or causing to be presented, for payment to federal programs (including Medicare and Medicaid) claims for items or services, including drugs, that are false or fraudulent. This statute has been interpreted to prohibit presenting claims for items or services not provided as claimed, or claims for medically unnecessary items or services. Although we would not submit claims directly to payors, manufacturers can be held liable under these laws if they are deemed to “cause” the submission of false or fraudulent claims by, for example, providing inaccurate billing or coding information to customers or promoting a product off-label. In addition, our future activities relating to the reporting of wholesaler or estimated retail prices for our products, the reporting of prices used to calculate Medicaid rebate information and other information affecting federal, state and third-party reimbursement for our products, and the sale and marketing of our products, are subject to scrutiny under this law. For example, pharmaceutical companies have been found liable under the Federal False Claims Act in connection with their off-label promotion of drugs. Penalties for a False Claims Act violation include three times the actual damages sustained by the government, plus mandatory civil penalties of between $5,500 and $11,000 for each separate

 

31


Table of Contents

false claim, the potential for exclusion from participation in federal healthcare programs, and, although the Federal False Claims Act is a civil statute, conduct that results in a False Claims Act violation may also implicate various federal criminal statutes. If the government were to allege that we were, or convict us of, violating these false claims laws, we could be subject to a substantial fine and may suffer a decline in our stock price. In addition, private individuals have the ability to bring actions under the Federal False Claims Act and certain states have enacted laws modeled after the Federal False Claims Act.

Similarly, the civil monetary penalties statute imposes penalties against any person or entity who, among other things, is determined to have presented or caused to be presented a claim to a federal health program that the person knows or should know is for an item or service that was not provided as claimed or is false or fraudulent.

Additionally, HIPAA created federal criminal statutes that prohibit, among other things, knowingly and willfully executing, or attempting to execute, a scheme to defraud any healthcare benefit program, including private third-party payors and knowingly and willfully falsifying, concealing or covering up a material fact or making any materially false, fictitious or fraudulent statement in connection with the delivery of or payment for healthcare benefits, items or services.

The ACA included a provision commonly referred to as the Sunshine Act, which requires certain pharmaceutical manufacturers to track and report annually certain financial arrangements with physicians and teaching hospitals, including any “transfer of value” provided, as well as any ownership or investment interests held by physicians and their immediate family members. Covered manufacturers are required to submit reports to CMS by the 90th day of each subsequent calendar year. The information reported for the first reporting period was publicly available on a searchable website in September 2014. Information reported for subsequent reporting periods will also be publicly available and searchable on the CMS website. There are also an increasing number of state and foreign laws that require manufacturers to make reports to states or foreign governments on pricing and marketing information. Many of these laws contain ambiguities as to what is required to comply with the laws. In addition, given the lack of clarity with respect to these laws and their implementation, our reporting actions could be subject to the penalty provisions of the pertinent state, federal or foreign authorities. These laws may affect our sales, marketing and other promotional activities by imposing administrative and compliance burdens on us. We are engaging in significant efforts to establish systems and processes in order to comply with these laws and regulations. Failure to comply with the reporting requirements would result in significant civil monetary penalties.

In addition, we may be subject to data privacy and security regulation by both the federal government and the states in which we conduct our business. HIPAA, as amended by the Health Information Technology for Economic and Clinical Health Act, or HITECH, and their respective implementing regulations, including the final omnibus rule published on January 25, 2013, imposes specified requirements relating to the privacy, security and transmission of individually identifiable health information. Among other things, HITECH makes certain of HIPAA’s privacy and security standards directly applicable to business associates, defined as independent contractors or agents of covered entities that create, receive, maintain or transmit protected health information in connection with providing a service for or on behalf of a covered entity. HITECH also created four new tiers of civil monetary penalties and gave state attorneys general new authority to file civil actions for damages or injunctions in federal courts to enforce the federal HIPAA laws and seek attorneys’ fees and costs associated with pursuing federal civil actions. In addition, state laws govern the privacy and security of health information in certain circumstances, many of which differ from each other in significant ways and may not have the same effect, thus complicating compliance efforts.

In addition to HIPAA and HITECH, other federal and state laws, including state security breach notification laws, state health information privacy laws and federal and state consumer protection laws, govern the collection, use and disclosure of personal information. Various foreign countries also have, or are developing, laws governing the collection, use and transmission of personal information. The legislative and regulatory landscape for privacy and data protection continues to evolve, and there has been an increasing amount of focus on privacy and data protection issues with the potential to affect our business.

 

32


Table of Contents

The failure to comply with applicable regulatory requirements subjects us to possible legal or regulatory action. Depending on the circumstances, failure to meet applicable regulatory requirements can result in significant criminal, civil and/or administrative penalties, damages, fines, disgorgement, exclusion from participation in federal healthcare programs, such as Medicare and Medicaid, injunctions, recall or seizure of products, total or partial suspension of production, denial or withdrawal of product approvals, refusal to allow us to enter into supply contracts, including government contracts, contractual damages, reputational harm, administrative burdens, diminished profits and future earnings, and the curtailment or restructuring of our operations, any of which could adversely affect our ability to operate our business and our results of operations. Even if we are not determined to have violated applicable regulatory or legal requirements, government investigations into alleged violations typically requires the expenditure of significant resources and could generate negative publicity, which could harm our business.

We are developing a comprehensive compliance program that establishes internal controls to facilitate adherence to the law and program requirements to which we will or may become subject because we intend to commercialize products that could be reimbursed under a federal healthcare program and other governmental healthcare programs.

Affordable Care Act and Other Reform Initiatives

In the United States and some foreign jurisdictions, there have been, and likely will continue to be, a number of legislative and regulatory changes and proposed changes regarding the healthcare system directed at broadening the availability of healthcare and containing or lowering the cost of healthcare.

In March 2010, the ACA, was enacted. The ACA includes measures that have significantly changed, and are expected to continue to significantly change, the way healthcare is financed by both governmental and private insurers. Among the provisions of the ACA of greatest importance to the pharmaceutical industry are the following:

 

    The Medicaid Drug Rebate Program requires pharmaceutical manufacturers to enter into and have in effect a national rebate agreement with the Secretary of the Department of Health and Human Services in exchange for state Medicaid coverage of most of the manufacturer’s drugs. ACA made several changes to the Medicaid Drug Rebate Program, including increasing pharmaceutical manufacturers’ rebate liability by raising the minimum basic Medicaid rebate on most branded prescription drugs and biologic agents to 23.1% of average manufacturer price, or AMP, and adding a new rebate calculation for “line extensions” (i.e., new formulations, such as extended release formulations) of solid oral dosage forms of branded products, as well as potentially impacting their rebate liability by modifying the statutory definition of AMP.

 

    The ACA expanded the types of entities eligible to receive discounted 340B pricing, although, with the exception of children’s hospitals, these newly eligible entities will not be eligible to receive discounted 340B pricing on orphan drugs used in orphan indications. In addition, because 340B pricing is determined based on AMP and Medicaid drug rebate data, the revisions to the Medicaid rebate formula and AMP definition described above could cause the required 340B discounts to increase. The ACA imposed a requirement on manufacturers of branded drugs and biologic agents to provide a 50% discount off the negotiated price of branded drugs dispensed to Medicare Part D beneficiaries in the coverage gap (i.e., “donut hole”).

 

    The ACA imposed an annual, nondeductible fee on any entity that manufactures or imports certain branded prescription drugs and biologic products, apportioned among these entities according to their market share in certain government healthcare programs, although this fee would not apply to sales of certain products approved exclusively for orphan indications.

 

   

The ACA included the Sunshine Act, which required certain pharmaceutical manufacturers to track and annually report to CMS certain financial arrangements with physicians and teaching hospitals,

 

33


Table of Contents
 

including any “transfer of value” provided, as well as any ownership or investment interests held by physicians and their immediate family members.

 

    The ACA established a new Patient-Centered Outcomes Research Institute to oversee, identify priorities in, and conduct comparative clinical effectiveness research, along with funding for such research. The research conducted by the Patient-Centered Outcomes Research Institute may affect the market for certain pharmaceutical products.

 

    The ACA created the Independent Payment Advisory Board which has the authority to recommend certain changes to the Medicare program to reduce expenditures by the program that could result in reduced payments for prescription drugs. Under certain circumstances, these recommendations will become law unless Congress enacts legislation that will achieve the same or greater Medicare cost savings.

 

    The ACA established the Center for Medicare and Medicaid Innovation within CMS to test innovative payment and service delivery models to lower Medicare and Medicaid spending, potentially including prescription drug spending. Funding has been allocated to support the mission of the Center for Medicare and Medicaid Innovation through 2019.

Many of the details regarding the implementation of the ACA are still evolving, and at this time, it remains unclear the full effect that the ACA will have on our business.

Other legislative changes have been proposed and adopted in the United States since the ACA was enacted. In August 2011, the Budget Control Act of 2011, among other things, created measures for spending reductions by Congress. A Joint Select Committee on Deficit Reduction, tasked with recommending a targeted deficit reduction of at least $1.2 trillion for the years 2013 through 2021, was unable to reach required goals, thereby triggering the legislation’s automatic reduction to several government programs. This includes aggregate reductions of Medicare payments to providers up to 2% per fiscal year, which went into effect in April 2013 and will remain in effect through 2024 unless additional congressional action is taken. In January 2013, President Obama signed into law the American Taxpayer Relief Act of 2012, which, among other things, further reduced Medicare payments to several providers, including hospitals, imaging centers and cancer treatment centers, and increased the statute of limitations period for the government to recover overpayments to providers from three to five years. Any reduction in reimbursement from Medicare or other government programs may result in a similar reduction in payments from private payors, which may adversely affect our future profitability.

European Union Drug Development

In the European Union, octreotide capsules and any future product candidates we may develop will also be subject to extensive regulatory requirements. As in the United States, medicinal products can only be marketed if marketing authorizations from the competent regulatory agencies have been obtained.

Similar to the United States, the various phases of nonclinical and clinical research in the European Union are subject to significant regulatory controls. Although the EU Clinical Trials Directive 2001/20/EC has sought to harmonize the EU clinical trials regulatory framework, setting out common rules for the control and authorization of clinical trials in the EU, the EU Member States have transposed and applied the provisions of the Directive differently. This has led to significant variations in the member state regimes. Under the current regime, before a clinical trial can be initiated it must be approved in each of the EU countries where the trial is to be conducted by two distinct bodies: the National Competent Authority, or NCA, and one or more Ethics Committees, or ECs. Under the current regime all suspected unexpected serious adverse reactions to the investigated drug that occur during the clinical trial have to be reported to the NCA and ECs of the Member State where they occurred.

On April 16, 2014, the European Commission adopted new clinical trials legislation in an effort to ensure that the rules for conducting clinical trials in the EU will be identical. The new legislation, among other things, will

 

34


Table of Contents

implement a streamlined application procedure with a single entry point for review, harmonize the process for assessing applications for clinical trials, simplify reporting procedures, and increase transparency regarding clinical trials and their outcomes. The legislation, however, is not effective until May 28, 2016, at the earliest. Until then, the current law, Clinical Trials Directive 2001/20/EC, continues to govern all clinical trials performed in the EU.

European Union Drug Review and Approval

In the European Economic Area, or EEA, which is comprised of the 27 Member States of the European Union plus Norway, Iceland and Liechtenstein, medicinal products can only be commercialized after obtaining a Marketing Authorization, or MA. There are two types of marketing authorizations:

The Community MA , which is issued by the European Commission through the Centralized Procedure, based on the opinion of the Committee for Medicinal Products for Human Use, or CHMP, of the European Medicines Agency, or EMA, and which is valid throughout the entire territory of the EEA. The Centralized Procedure is mandatory for certain types of products, such as biotechnology medicinal products, orphan medicinal products, such as octreotide capsules, and medicinal products containing a new active substance indicated for the treatment of AIDS, cancer, neurodegenerative disorders, diabetes, auto-immune and viral diseases. The Centralized Procedure is optional for products containing a new active substance not yet authorized in the EEA, or for products that constitute a significant therapeutic, scientific or technical innovation or which are in the interest of public health in the EU.

National MAs , which are issued by the competent authorities of the Member States of the EEA and only cover their respective territory, are available for products not falling within the mandatory scope of the Centralized Procedure. Where a product has already been authorized for marketing in a Member State of the EEA, this National MA can be recognized in another Member States through the Mutual Recognition Procedure. If the product has not received a National MA in any Member State at the time of application, it can be approved simultaneously in various Member States through the Decentralized Procedure. Under the Decentralized Procedure an identical dossier is submitted to the competent authorities of each of the Member States in which the MA is sought, one of which is selected by the applicant as the Reference Member State, or RMS. The competent authority of the RMS prepares a draft assessment report, a draft summary of the product characteristics, or SPC, and a draft of the labeling and package leaflet, which are sent to the other Member States (referred to as the Member States Concerned) for their approval. If the Member States Concerned raise no objections, based on a potential serious risk to public health, to the assessment, SPC, labeling, or packaging proposed by the RMS, the product is subsequently granted a national MA in all the Member States (i.e. in the RMS and the Member States Concerned).

Under the above described procedures, before granting the MA, the EMA or the competent authorities of the Member States of the EEA make an assessment of the risk-benefit balance of the product on the basis of scientific criteria concerning its quality, safety and efficacy.

The approval process and requirements governing the conduct of clinical trials, drug review and approval, product licensing, pricing and reimbursement vary greatly from place to place, and the time in the EEA and other foreign territories may be longer or shorter than that required for FDA approval.

Employees

As of March 1, 2016, we had 65 full-time employees, the majority of whom are located in the United States and the remainder are located in Israel. While none of our employees are represented by a labor union or party to any collective bargaining agreement certain provisions of the collective bargaining agreements between the Histadrut (General Federation of Labor in Israel) and the Coordination Bureau of Economic Organizations (including the Industrialists’ Associations) are applicable to our employees by extension orders issued by the Israel Ministry of Economy (previously the Israeli Ministry of Trade, Industry and Labor).

 

35


Table of Contents

Israeli labor laws principally govern the length of the workday, minimum wages for employees, procedures for hiring and dismissing employees, determination of severance pay, annual leave, sick days, advance notice of termination of employment, equal opportunity and anti-discrimination laws and other conditions of employment. Subject to certain exceptions, Israeli law generally requires severance pay upon the retirement, death or dismissal of an employee, and requires us and our employees to make payments to the National Insurance Institute, which is similar to the U.S. Social Security Administration. Our Israeli employees have defined-benefit pension plans that comply with applicable Israeli legal requirements, which also include the mandatory pension payments required by applicable law and allocations for severance pay.

We have never experienced any employment-related work stoppages and believe our relationship with our employees is good.

Research and Development

During the year ended December 31, 2015, our total research and development expenses was $19.0 million compared to $11.5 million in the year ended December 31, 2014. The increases was primarily due to the filing of an NDA for octreotide capsules in acromegaly in the United States and related activities as well as activities associated with the manufacturing process validation, as well as initiation activities with respect to our recently initiated Phase 3 clinical trial for the treatment of acromegaly using octreotide capsules in Europe and an increase in salaries and related expenses due to the hiring of research and development employees

Corporate Information

We were incorporated under the laws of the State of Delaware and commenced business operations in 2001. Our principal executive offices are located at 60 Wells Avenue, Suite 102, Newton, MA 02459 and our telephone number is (617)-928-5300. Our website address is www.chiasmapharma.com. Through our website, we make available, free of charge, our annual report on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, proxy statement on Form DEF 14A, current reports on Form 8-K, and any amendments to these reports, as soon as reasonably practicable after we electronically file such material or furnish them to the Securities and Exchange Commission, or the SEC. In addition, the public may read and copy any materials filed by us with the SEC at the SEC’s Reference Room, which is located at 100 F Street NE, Washington, D.C., 20549. Interested parties may call (800) SEC-0330 for further information on the Reference Room. The SEC also maintains a website containing reports, proxy materials and information statements, among other information, at http://www.sec.gov . The information contained on our website, or that can be accessed through our website, is not a part of this annual report on Form 10-K and is not incorporated by reference into this Form 10-K.

We own various U.S. federal trademark registrations and applications, and unregistered trademarks and service marks, including “Chiasma,” “TPE”, “MYCAPSSA,” and our corporate logo. All trademarks or trade names referred to in this Form 10-K are the property of their respective owners. Solely for convenience, the trademarks and trade names in this Form 10-K may be referred to without the ® and ™ symbols, but such references should not be construed as any indicator that their respective owners will not assert, to the fullest extent under applicable law, their rights thereto. We do not intend our use or display other companies’ trademarks and trade names to imply a relationship with, or endorsement or sponsorship of us by, any other companies.

 

36


Table of Contents
Item 1A. Risk Factors

Investing in our common stock involves a high degree of risk. You should carefully consider the risks described below, as well as the other information in this Annual Report on Form 10-K and in our other public filings before making an investment decision. Our business, prospects, financial condition, or operating results could be harmed by any of these risks, as well as other risks not currently known to us or that we currently consider immaterial. If any such risks or uncertainties actually occur, our business, financial condition or operating results could differ materially from the plans, projections and other forward-looking statements included in the section titled “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and elsewhere in this report and in our other public filings. The trading price of our common stock could decline due to any of these risks, and as a result, you may lose all or part of your investment.

Risks Related to Development, Regulatory Approval and Commercialization of Octreotide capsules and any Future Product Candidates

There can be no assurance that our NDA submitted to the FDA for octreotide capsules will be approved and there can be no assurance that the FDA will complete its review of our NDA by the PDUFA date.

On June 15, 2015, we submitted to the U.S. Food and Drug Administration, or the FDA, a new drug application, or an NDA, for the marketing and sale of octreotide capsules, conditionally trade-named MYCAPSSA, an oral drug proposed for the maintenance therapy of adult patients with acromegaly. On August 14, 2015, we received notice from the FDA that our NDA was accepted for filing to permit a substantive review. The FDA has granted a standard review for the NDA and has set a target review date under the Prescription Drug User Fee Act, or PDUFA, of April 15, 2016. The FDA also has conditionally accepted the proposed trade name of Mycapssa for octreotide capsules. Acceptance of the NDA filing does not represent final evaluation of the adequacy of the data submitted in the NDA and is not a guarantee of approval. The FDA may ultimately deny approval of the application and require additional testing or data. There also can be no assurance that the FDA will complete its review by the PDUFA target date. If any of the foregoing occur it could have a material adverse effect on our operations and financial condition.

We are heavily dependent on the regulatory approval of octreotide capsules for the treatment of acromegaly in the United States and Europe, and subsequent commercial success of octreotide capsules, both of which may never occur.

We are a biopharmaceutical company with no products approved by regulatory authorities or available for commercial sale. As a result, our future success is currently dependent upon the regulatory approval and commercial success of octreotide capsules for the treatment of acromegaly in the United States, Europe and other countries. Our ability to generate revenues in the near term will depend on our ability to obtain regulatory approval and successfully commercialize octreotide capsules on our own in the United States, the first country in which we intend to make octreotide capsules available for sale. We may experience delays in obtaining regulatory approval in the United States for octreotide capsules, if it is approved at all, and our stock price may be negatively impacted. Even if we receive regulatory approval, the timing of the commercial launch of octreotide capsules in the United States is dependent upon a number of factors, including, but not limited to, hiring sales and marketing personnel, pricing and reimbursement timelines, the production of sufficient quantities of commercial drug product and implementation of marketing and distribution infrastructure, and we do not anticipate commercial sales of octreotide capsules until mid-2016, at the earliest.

In addition, we have incurred and expect to continue to incur significant expenses and to utilize a substantial portion of our effort and financial resources as we continue to pursue the approval of octreotide capsules in the United States, Europe and elsewhere, prepare for the commercial launch of octreotide capsules and continue to grow our operational capabilities. This represents a significant investment in the clinical, commercial and

 

37


Table of Contents

regulatory success of octreotide capsules, which is uncertain. The success of octreotide capsules, if approved, will depend on several factors, including:

 

    execution of an effective sales and marketing strategy for the commercialization of octreotide capsules;

 

    acceptance by patients, the medical community and third-party payors;

 

    the incidence and prevalence of acromegaly in those markets in which octreotide capsules is approved;

 

    the prevalence and severity of side effects, if any, experienced with octreotide capsules;

 

    the availability, perceived advantages, cost, safety and efficacy of alternative treatments;

 

    our success in educating physicians and patients about the benefits, administration and use of octreotide capsules;

 

    successful implementation of our manufacturing processes that are included in our NDA and production of sufficient quantities of commercial drug product;

 

    maintaining compliance with regulatory requirements, including current good manufacturing practices, or cGMPs; and

 

    obtaining and maintaining patent, trademark and trade secret protection and regulatory exclusivity and otherwise protecting our rights in our intellectual property portfolio.

We may also fail to develop future product candidates. If this were to occur, we would continue to be dependent on the regulatory approval and successful commercialization of octreotide capsules, our development costs may increase and our ability to generate revenue or profits, or to raise additional capital could be impaired all of which could result in our market value and stock price declining significantly.

If we are not able to obtain required regulatory approvals for octreotide capsules, we will not be able to commercialize the product candidate and our ability to generate revenue or profits or to raise future capital could be limited.

On June 15, 2015, we submitted an NDA to the FDA, for octreotide capsules for the maintenance therapy of acromegaly, which has been accepted for filing to permit a substantive review. The FDA has set a target PDUFA date of April 15, 2016. In October 2015, the European Medicines Agency, or EMA, accepted the design, enrollment criteria and required duration of Chiasma’s Phase 3 trial to evaluate the non-inferiority of octreotide capsules to injectable somatostatin analogs in adult patients with acromegaly. This clinical trial which we initiated in March 2016 is an open-label, randomized, active-controlled study that is anticipated to include approximately 150 patients in the European Union, the United States and certain other countries. This clinical trial is designed to show comparative effectiveness as required by the EMA, to support MAA submission and approval. The FDA may not approve our NDA and our planned Phase 3 clinical trial may not be successful and therefore we may never receive approval to market octreotide capsules in the United States, Europe or elsewhere.

The research, testing, manufacturing, labeling, packaging, storage, approval, sale, marketing, advertising and promotion, export, import and distribution of drug products are subject to extensive regulation by the FDA and other regulatory authorities in the United States and other countries, which regulations differ from country to country and change over time. We are not permitted to market octreotide capsules in the United States until we receive approval of an NDA from the FDA, or in any foreign countries until we receive the requisite approvals in such countries. In the United States, the FDA generally requires the completion of nonclinical testing and clinical trials of each drug to establish its safety and efficacy and extensive pharmaceutical development to ensure its quality and other factors before an NDA is approved. Regulatory authorities in other jurisdictions impose similar requirements and may impose pricing restrictions. Of the large number of drugs in development, only a small percentage result in the submission of an NDA to the FDA and even fewer are approved for commercialization.

Even if regulatory approval is obtained, subsequent safety, efficacy, quality or other issues can result in a product approval being suspended or withdrawn. Other than the submission of our NDA for octreotide capsules in

 

38


Table of Contents

acromegaly to the FDA, we have not yet submitted comparable applications to other regulatory authorities. If our development efforts for octreotide capsules, including regulatory approval, are not successful for its planned indications or are delayed, or if adequate demand for octreotide capsules is not generated, our business will be harmed.

The success of octreotide capsules will depend on the receipt and maintenance of regulatory approval and the issuance and maintenance of such approvals is uncertain and subject to a number of risks, including the following:

 

    the FDA or comparable foreign regulatory authorities, institutional review boards, or IRBs, or ethics committees may disagree with the design or conduct of our clinical trials;

 

    we may not be able to provide acceptable evidence of octreotide capsules safety and efficacy;

 

    the results of our clinical trials may not meet the level of statistical or clinical significance required by the FDA, the EMA or other regulatory agencies for marketing approval;

 

    the dosing of octreotide capsules in a particular clinical trial may not be at an optimal level;

 

    patients in our clinical trials may suffer adverse effects for reasons that may or may not be related to octreotide capsules;

 

    the data collected from clinical trials may not be sufficient to obtain regulatory approval in the United States or elsewhere;

 

    the FDA or comparable foreign regulatory authorities may identify deficiencies with the manufacturing processes or facilities of third-party manufacturers with which we contract for clinical and commercial supplies or may later suspend or withdraw approval of our products;

 

    the approval policies or regulations of the FDA or comparable foreign regulatory authorities may significantly change in a manner rendering our clinical data insufficient for approval; and

 

    even if we obtain marketing approval in one or more countries, future safety or other issues could result in the suspension or withdrawal of regulatory approval in such countries.

In particular, we cannot guarantee that regulators will agree with our assessment of the results of the clinical trials we have conducted to date or that any future trials will be successful. For example, the FDA may not agree that the data from our completed Phase 3 trial and other data and information in our NDA demonstrate sufficient efficacy or clinical benefit of octreotide capsules. The FDA has advised us that the interpretability of the efficacy findings from our Phase 3 clinical trial will be a review issue, in particular whether the response rate evidenced in our Phase 3 clinical trial is sufficient to warrant approval. The agency also advised us that the population for the primary analysis should be all enrolled and treated patients at baseline and that analyses based on the modified intent to treat, per protocol and fixed dose, populations will be regarded as supportive. The FDA, EMA and other regulators have substantial discretion in the approval process and may refuse to accept any application or may decide that our data are insufficient for approval and require additional clinical trials, or nonclinical or other studies.

In addition, varying interpretations of the data obtained from nonclinical and clinical testing or manufacturing could delay, limit or prevent regulatory approval of octreotide capsules or other product candidates we may develop in the future. Of note, in July 2014, F. Hoffmann-La Roche Ltd. and Hoffmann-La Roche Inc., collectively Roche, elected to terminate our license agreement for octreotide capsules after reviewing the data from the seven-month core treatment period of our Phase 3 clinical trial and after a May 2014 pre-NDA meeting with the FDA. Roche cited no reason for its decision in its formal notice of termination, but stated publicly at the time that it had elected to make this decision after receiving additional information about our Phase 3 clinical trial and after further consultation with regulatory authorities. Subsequent to this decision, we independently met with the FDA to discuss the clinical development of octreotide capsules, including the Phase 3 clinical results from the six-month extension phase of the clinical trial (in addition to the seven-month core data provided by

 

39


Table of Contents

Roche in May 2014). At this meeting, the FDA advised us that it had not identified an issue that would preclude us from submitting an NDA for review. However, there can be no assurance that the FDA will determine that the data package included in the NDA, in particular the results from our Phase 3 clinical trial, will be sufficient to warrant approval of the NDA. The FDA has advised us that interpreting efficacy from a voluntary long-term extension study is subject to limitations and therefore the data at the seven-month time point in our Phase 3 clinical trial will carry more weight in the efficacy evaluation than the extension data. The FDA has also informed us that, in its view, a single-arm study is not as informative as a controlled study such as an active control trial using a non-inferiority design, and that the interpretability of the efficacy findings we submit from our single-arm study, and whether these findings are robust enough to warrant approval, will be review issues as the agency evaluates our NDA. The FDA may ultimately determine that our data are insufficient for approval. The FDA may require that we conduct additional clinical trials, or other studies, before octreotide capsules can be approved.

We have only limited experience in filing the applications necessary to gain regulatory approvals and have relied before and expect to continue to rely on consultants and third-party contract research organizations, or CROs, with expertise in this area to assist us in this process. Securing FDA approval requires the submission of extensive nonclinical and clinical data, information about product manufacturing processes and inspection of facilities and supporting information to the FDA for each therapeutic indication to establish a product candidate’s safety and efficacy for each indication and manufacturing quality. Octreotide capsules or any future product candidates we may develop may prove to have undesirable or unintended side effects, toxicities or other characteristics that may preclude our obtaining regulatory approval or prevent or limit commercial use with respect to one or all intended indications.

The process of obtaining regulatory approvals is expensive, often takes many years, if approval is obtained at all, and can vary substantially based upon, among other things, the type, complexity and novelty of the product candidates involved, the jurisdiction in which regulatory approval is sought and the substantial discretion of the regulatory authorities. Changes in the regulatory approval policy during the development period, changes in or the enactment of additional statutes or regulations, or changes in regulatory review for a submitted product application may cause delays in the approval or rejection of an application or may result in future withdrawal of approval. Regulatory approval obtained in one jurisdiction does not necessarily mean that a product candidate will receive regulatory approval in all jurisdictions in which we may seek approval, but the failure to obtain approval in one jurisdiction may negatively impact our ability to seek approval in a different jurisdiction. Failure to obtain regulatory marketing approval of octreotide capsules in any indication will prevent us from commercializing the product candidate, and our ability to generate revenue will be impaired.

Our development, regulatory and commercialization strategy for octreotide capsules depends, in part, on published scientific literature and the FDA’s prior findings regarding the safety and efficacy of approved products containing octreotide.

The Drug Price Competition and Patent Term Restoration Act of 1984, or the Hatch-Waxman Act, added Section 505(b)(2) to the Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act, or Section 505(b)(2). Section 505(b)(2) permits the submission of an NDA where at least some of the information required for approval comes from investigations that were not conducted by or for the applicant and for which the applicant has not obtained a right of reference or use from the person by or for whom the investigations were conducted. The FDA interprets Section 505(b)(2) to permit the applicant to rely, in part, upon published literature or the FDA’s previous findings of safety and efficacy for an approved product. The FDA also requires companies to perform additional clinical trials or measurements to support any difference from the previously approved product. The FDA may then approve the new product candidate for all or some of the label indications for which the listed drug has been approved, as well as for any new indication(s) sought by the Section 505(b)(2) applicant as supported by additional data. The label, however, may require all or some of the limitations, contraindications, warnings or precautions included in the listed drug’s label, including a black box warning, or may require additional limitations, contraindications, warnings or precautions.

 

40


Table of Contents

We have designed our nonclinical and clinical programs to seek regulatory approval for octreotide capsules for registration filing in the United States using the FDA’s 505(b)(2) regulatory pathway and using the hybrid application pathway, which is analogous to the 505(b)(2) regulatory pathway, in Europe. As such, our NDA in the United States relies, and our marketing authorization application, or MAA, in Europe will rely, in part, on previous findings of safety and efficacy for an approved immediate-release injectable octreotide product and published scientific literature for which we have not received a right of reference. Even though we expect to be able to take advantage of Section 505(b)(2) and the hybrid application pathway to support potential regulatory approval of octreotide capsules in the United States and Europe, the relevant regulatory authorities may require us to perform additional clinical trials or measurements to support approval over and above the clinical trials that we have already completed or initiated and the additional clinical trials we currently plan to commence with respect to indications other than acromegaly. The relevant regulatory authorities also may determine that we have not provided sufficient data to justify reliance on prior investigations involving the approved immediate-release injectable octreotide product.

In addition, notwithstanding the approval of many products by the FDA pursuant to Section 505(b)(2), in the past some pharmaceutical companies and others have objected to the FDA’s interpretation of Section 505(b)(2). For example, parties have filed citizen petitions objecting to the FDA approving a Section 505(b)(2) NDA on both scientific and legal and regulatory grounds. Scientific arguments have included the assertions that for the FDA to determine the similarity of the drug in the 505(b)(2) NDA to the listed drug, the agency would need to reference proprietary manufacturing information or trade secrets in the listed drug’s NDA; that it would be scientifically inappropriate for the FDA to rely on public or nonpublic information about the listed drug because it differs in various ways from the drug in the 505(b)(2) NDA; or that differences between the listed drug and the drug in the 505(b)(2) NDA may impair the latter’s safety and effectiveness. Legal and regulatory arguments have included the assertion that Section 505(b)(2) NDAs must contain a full report of investigations conducted on the drug proposed for approval, and that approving a drug through the 505(b)(2) regulatory pathway would lower the approval standards. In addition, citizen petitions have made patent-based challenges against 505(b)(2) NDAs. For example, petitioners have asserted that the FDA should refuse to file a 505(b)(2) NDA unless it references a specific NDA as the listed drug, because it is “most similar” to the proposed drug, and provides appropriate patent certification to all patents listed for that NDA; or that when a 505(b)(2) NDA is pending before the agency, but before it is approved, where the FDA approves an NDA for a drug that is pharmaceutically equivalent to the drug that is the subject of the 505(b)(2) NDA, then the FDA should require that the 505(b)(2) NDA be resubmitted referencing the approved NDA as the listed drug and certifying to the listed patents for that approved drug. However, if the FDA or EMA changes its interpretation of Section 505(b)(2) or the hybrid application pathway, or if the FDA’s or EMA’s interpretation is successfully challenged in court, this could delay or even prevent the FDA or EMA, as applicable, from approving any Section 505(b)(2) NDAs or hybrid application pathway MAAs that we submit. Such a result could require us to conduct additional testing and costly clinical trials, which could substantially delay or prevent the approval and launch of octreotide capsules for the treatment of acromegaly or any future product candidates we may develop.

Clinical drug development involves a lengthy and expensive process with an uncertain outcome, results of earlier studies and trials may not be predictive of future trial results, and approval in one jurisdiction may not be predictive of approval in other jurisdictions.

We initiated a second Phase 3 clinical trial of octreotide capsules in acromegaly to support approval by the EMA, and intend to initiate clinical trials of octreotide capsules in indications other than acromegaly, such as neuroendocrine tumors, or NETs. Clinical testing is expensive and can take many years to complete, and its outcome is inherently uncertain, and we will continue to be subject to these risks. Failure can occur at any time during the clinical trial process and results of future trials can adversely affect regulatory approvals previously received. The results of nonclinical studies and prior clinical trials may not be predictive of the results of future clinical trials. For example, the positive results generated in our completed clinical trials for octreotide capsules in acromegaly do not ensure that future clinical trials, including the additional Phase 3 trial required to support EMA approval or other trials required by the FDA, or clinical trials for other indications, will also generate

 

41


Table of Contents

positive results. In particular, the EMA required that we amend the protocol for our Phase 3 clinical trial to use multiple time points rather than a single time point for the primary endpoint determination used for our initial Phase 3 clinical trial. The EMA agreed that we use the same cut off of IGF-1 < 1.3 times the upper limit of normal as the threshold for response. The fact that we have not used such an endpoint previously for regulatory submissions introduces a higher level of uncertainty in the outcome of this planned Phase 3 European clinical trial, or for other studies using this methodology for assessing the success of our product candidate. We cannot assure you that the FDA or EMA will view the results as we do or that any future trials of octreotide capsules, including our planned second Phase 3 clinical trial in acromegaly or clinical trials for other indications, such as NET, will achieve positive results. Product candidates in later stages of clinical trials may fail to show the desired safety and efficacy traits despite having progressed through nonclinical studies and prior clinical trials. A number of companies in the biopharmaceutical industry have suffered significant setbacks in advanced clinical trials due to lack of efficacy or adverse safety profiles, notwithstanding promising results in prior trials.

Despite the results reported in earlier nonclinical studies and clinical trials for octreotide capsules for the treatment of acromegaly, any future clinical trial results of octreotide capsules may not be successful in any particular indication. A number of factors could contribute to a lack of favorable safety and efficacy results for octreotide capsules for other indications. For example, such trials could result in increased variability due to varying site characteristics, such as local standards of care, differences in evaluation period, and due to varying patient characteristics including demographic factors and health status. If later-stage clinical trials do not produce favorable results, our ability to achieve regulatory approval of octreotide capsules for the treatment of acromegaly or other indications, and any other product candidates we may develop, may be adversely impacted.

Further, our NDA relies upon the FDA’s 505(b)(2) regulatory pathway for octreotide capsules in acromegaly in the United States. There can be no assurance that our clinical trials, or the clinical trials conducted by third parties, will demonstrate sufficient safety and efficacy for the FDA to approve octreotide capsules for the treatment of acromegaly or any other indication that may be specified in future NDA submissions. Even if we do obtain approval from the FDA for octreotide capsules for the treatment of acromegaly in the United States, we may not be successful in obtaining approval from the EMA or other regulatory authorities.

Any negative clinical results from, termination or suspension of, or delays in the commencement or completion of, any necessary future trials of octreotide capsules for the treatment of acromegaly or for any additional indications, in the United States or other countries, or future clinical trials of product candidates we may develop could result in increased costs to us, delay or limit our ability to generate revenue, negatively impact our commercial prospects and cause our market value and stock price to fall.

Delays in the completion of the Phase 3 clinical trial we initiated in March 2016 to support marketing approval of octreotide capsules in acromegaly in Europe, the clinical trials of octreotide capsules for NETs and other indications, or any future clinical trials we intend to conduct for other product candidates we may develop, or negative findings in those trials, could significantly affect our product development costs or our ability to commercialize octreotide capsules. For example, in October 2015, the EMA required us to revise our protocol for our planned Phase 3 clinical trial to extend the control period from six months to nine months. The final protocol accepted by EMA therefore resulted in additional time to complete our second Phase 3 clinical trial of octreotide capsules. While we have initiated an international Phase 3 clinical trial of octreotide capsules in acromegaly in March 2016 to show parallel comparative safety and effectiveness as required by the EMA, we do not know whether future trials will begin or whether all of our planned clinical trials, including the EMA Phase 3 trial, will be completed on schedule, if at all, or will be successful. The commencement and completion of these clinical trials can be delayed for a number of reasons, including delays related to:

 

    the FDA, the EMA or any other relevant regulatory authority failing to grant permission to proceed and placing the clinical trial on hold;

 

    delays in patient enrollment and variability in the number and types of patients available for clinical trials, which is particularly challenging for orphan indications;

 

42


Table of Contents
    a facility manufacturing octreotide capsules or any other product candidate we may develop being ordered by the FDA, EMA or other government or regulatory authorities to temporarily or permanently shut down due to violations of cGMP requirements or other applicable requirements, or cross-contaminations of product candidates in the manufacturing process;

 

    any changes to our manufacturing process that may be necessary or desired;

 

    patients choosing an alternative treatment for any of the indications for which we are developing octreotide capsules or potential product candidates, or participating in competing clinical trials;

 

    difficulty in maintaining contact with patients after treatment, resulting in incomplete data;

 

    patients experiencing drug-related adverse effects;

 

    reports from clinical testing on similar technologies and products raising safety and/or efficacy concerns;

 

    third-party clinical investigators losing their license or permits necessary to perform our clinical trials, not performing our clinical trials on our anticipated schedule or employing methods consistent with the clinical trial protocol, good clinical practice, or GCP, requirements, or other third parties not performing data collection and analysis in a timely or accurate manner;

 

    inspections of clinical trial sites by the FDA, EMA or other regulatory authorities finding regulatory violations that require us to undertake corrective action, result in suspension or termination of one or more sites or the imposition of a clinical hold on the entire trial, or that prohibit us from using some or all of the data in support of our marketing applications;

 

    third-party contractors becoming debarred or suspended or otherwise penalized by the FDA or other government or regulatory authorities for violations of regulatory requirements, in which case we may need to find a substitute contractor, and we may not be able to use some or any of the data produced by such contractors in support of our marketing applications;

 

    one or more IRBs or ethics committees refusing to approve, suspending or terminating the study at an investigational site, precluding enrollment of additional patients, or withdrawing its approval of the trial;

 

    reaching agreement on acceptable terms with prospective CROs and clinical trial sites, the terms of which can be subject to extensive negotiation and may vary significantly among different CROs and trial sites;

 

    deviations of the clinical sites from trial protocols or dropping out of a trial;

 

    delays in adding new clinical trial sites;

 

    the inability of the CRO to execute any clinical trials for any reason; or

 

    government or regulatory delays or “clinical holds” requiring suspension or termination of a trial.

Product development costs for octreotide capsules in acromegaly, NET or any other future indications we may pursue or for product candidates we may develop in the future will increase if we have delays in testing or approval, or if we need to perform more or larger clinical studies than planned. If we experience delays in completion of, or if we, the FDA, other regulatory authorities, IRBs or other reviewing entities, or any of our clinical trial sites suspend or terminate any of our clinical trials of octreotide capsules for any indication, its commercial prospects may be harmed and our ability to generate product revenues will be delayed. Any delays in completing our clinical trials will increase our costs, slow down our development and approval process and jeopardize our ability to commence product sales and generate revenues. Any of these occurrences may harm our business, financial condition and prospects significantly. In addition, many of the factors that cause, or lead to, termination or suspension of, or a delay in the commencement or completion of, clinical trials may also ultimately lead to the denial or even withdrawal of regulatory approval of octreotide capsules for any indication.

 

43


Table of Contents

In addition, if one or more clinical trials are delayed, our competitors may be able to bring products to market before we do, and the commercial viability of octreotide capsules could be significantly reduced.

Changes in regulatory requirements and guidance may also occur and we may need to amend clinical trial protocols submitted to applicable regulatory authorities to reflect these changes. Amendments may require us to resubmit clinical trial protocols to IRBs or ethics committees for re-examination, which may impact the costs, timing or successful completion of a clinical trial.

The FDA’s and other regulatory authorities’ policies may change, and additional government regulations may be enacted that could prevent, limit or delay regulatory approval of octreotide capsules and any future product candidates we may develop. We cannot predict the likelihood, nature or extent of government regulation that may arise from future legislation or administrative action, either in the United States or abroad. If we are slow or unable to adapt to changes in existing requirements or the adoption of new requirements or policies, or if we are not able to maintain regulatory compliance, we may lose any marketing approval that we may have obtained, and we may not achieve or sustain profitability, which would harm our business, prospects, financial condition and results of operations.

If we are required to conduct additional clinical trials or other studies with respect to octreotide capsules or any future product candidates we may develop beyond those that we currently contemplate, or if we are unable to successfully complete our clinical trials or other studies, we may be delayed in obtaining regulatory approval of octreotide capsules and any future product candidates we may develop, we may not be able to obtain regulatory approval at all or we may obtain approval of indications that are not as broad as intended. Our product development costs will also increase if we experience delays in testing or approvals, and we may not have sufficient funding to complete the testing and approval process for octreotide capsules or any future product candidates we may develop. Significant clinical trial delays could allow our competitors to bring products to market before we do and impair our ability to commercialize our products if and when approved. If any of this occurs, our business would be harmed.

We may find it difficult to enroll patients in our clinical trials, in particular with respect to octreotide capsules and any other product candidates that we may pursue, which could delay or prevent clinical trials of octreotide capsules and any future product candidates we may develop and potentially harm our business.

Identifying and qualifying patients to participate in clinical trials of octreotide capsules and any future product candidates we may develop is critical to our success. The timing of our clinical trials depends on the speed at which we can recruit patients to participate in testing octreotide capsules and any future product candidates we may develop as well as completion of required follow-up periods. If patients are unable or unwilling to participate in our clinical trials for any reason, including if patients choose to enroll in competitive clinical trials for similar patient populations, the timeline for recruiting patients, conducting studies and obtaining regulatory approval of octreotide capsules and any future product candidates we may develop may be delayed. These delays could result in increased costs, delays in advancing octreotide capsules or any of our future product candidates, delays in testing the effectiveness of our product candidates or termination of the clinical trials altogether.

We may not be able to identify, recruit and enroll a sufficient number of patients, or those with required or desired characteristics to achieve diversity in a trial, to complete our clinical trials in a timely manner. In particular, the conditions for which we currently plan to evaluate octreotide capsules are orphan diseases with limited patient pools from which to draw for clinical trials. The eligibility criteria of our clinical trials will further limit the pool of available trial participants.

Patient enrollment is affected by factors including:

 

    severity of the disease under investigation;

 

    design of the clinical trial protocol;

 

44


Table of Contents
    size and nature of the patient population;

 

    eligibility criteria for the trial in question;

 

    perceived risks and benefits of the product candidate under trial;

 

    proximity and availability of clinical trial sites for prospective patients;

 

    availability of competing therapies and clinical trials;

 

    perceptions of patients and healthcare providers as to the potential advantages of the drug being studied in relation to other available therapies, including any new drugs that may be approved for the indications we are investigating;

 

    efforts to facilitate timely enrollment of patients in clinical trials;

 

    patient referral practices of physicians; and

 

    our ability to monitor patients adequately during and after treatment.

If we have difficulty enrolling a sufficient number of patients to conduct our clinical trials as planned, we may be forced to delay, limit or terminate ongoing or planned clinical trials, any of which would have an adverse effect on our business. We could encounter delays if physicians encounter unresolved ethical issues associated with enrolling patients in clinical trials of octreotide capsules and any future product candidates we may develop in lieu of prescribing existing treatments that have established safety and efficacy profiles. We plan to seek initial marketing approval of octreotide capsules in the United States and Europe. We may not be able to initiate or continue clinical trials if we cannot enroll a sufficient number of eligible patients to participate in the clinical trials required by the FDA, the EMA or other regulatory authorities. Our ability to successfully initiate, enroll and complete a clinical trial in any foreign country is subject to numerous risks unique to conducting business in foreign countries, including:

 

    difficulty in establishing or managing relationships with CROs and physicians;

 

    different requirements and standards for conducting clinical trials;

 

    our inability to locate qualified local consultants, physicians and partners; and

 

    the potential burden of complying with a variety of foreign laws, medical standards and regulatory requirements, including the regulation of pharmaceutical and biotechnology products and treatments.

Even if we receive regulatory approval of oral octreotide for acromegaly, we may still face future development and regulatory challenges that could inhibit or preclude our ability to commercialize oral octreotide for any indication.

Even if we obtain regulatory approval of octreotide capsules for the treatment of acromegaly, NET and other indications we may pursue, or any other product candidates we may develop, they will be subject to ongoing requirements by the FDA and comparable foreign regulatory authorities governing manufacturing, quality control, further development, labeling, packaging, storage, distribution, safety surveillance, import, export, advertising, promotion, recordkeeping and reporting of safety and other post-market information. The safety profile of octreotide capsules and any future product candidates we may develop will continue to be closely monitored by the FDA and comparable foreign regulatory authorities after approval. If new safety information becomes available after approval of octreotide capsules and any future product candidates we may develop, the FDA or comparable foreign regulatory authorities may require labeling changes or establishment of a Risk Evaluation and Mitigation Strategy, or REMS, or similar strategy, impose significant restrictions on our product candidates, indicated uses or marketing, or impose ongoing requirements for potentially costly post-approval studies or post-market surveillance. For example, the label ultimately approved for octreotide capsules, if it achieves marketing approval, may include restrictions on use, which could limit the marketability of octreotide capsules and impair our ability to have octreotide capsules gain market acceptance.

 

45


Table of Contents

In addition, manufacturers of drug products and their facilities are subject to continual review and periodic inspections by the FDA and other regulatory authorities for compliance with cGMP and other regulations. If we or a regulatory authority discover previously unknown problems with a product, such as adverse events of unanticipated severity or frequency, or problems with the facility where the product is manufactured, we may recall or withdraw the product from the market or a regulatory authority may impose restrictions on that product, the manufacturing facility or us, including requiring suspension of manufacturing. If we, our products or the manufacturing facilities for our products fail to comply with applicable regulatory requirements, a regulatory authority may, among other things:

 

    issue warning letters or untitled letters;

 

    mandate modifications to promotional materials or require us to provide corrective information to healthcare practitioners;

 

    require us to enter into a consent decree, which can include imposition of various fines, reimbursements for inspection costs, required due dates for specific actions and penalties for noncompliance;

 

    seek an injunction or impose civil or criminal penalties or monetary fines;

 

    suspend or withdraw regulatory approval;

 

    suspend any ongoing clinical trials;

 

    refuse to approve pending applications or supplements to applications filed by us;

 

    suspend or impose restrictions on operations, including costly new manufacturing requirements; or

 

    seize or detain products, refuse to permit the import or export of products, or request that we initiate a product recall.

The occurrence of any event or penalty described above may inhibit or preclude our ability to commercialize octreotide capsules and any future product candidates we may develop and generate revenue.

We face substantial competition from larger companies with considerable resources that already have somatostatin analogs available in the market, and they or others may also discover, develop or commercialize additional products before or more successfully than we do.

Our industry is highly competitive and subject to rapid and significant technological change as researchers learn more about diseases and develop new technologies and treatments. Our potential competitors include primarily large pharmaceutical, biotechnology and specialty pharmaceutical companies. In attempting to achieve the widespread commercialization of octreotide capsules, we will face competition from established drugs and major brand names and also generic versions of these products. In addition, new products developed by others could emerge as competitors to our future products. Key competitive factors affecting the commercial success of octreotide capsules and any other product candidates we may develop are likely to be efficacy, safety and tolerability profile, reliability, convenience of administration, price and reimbursement and effectiveness of our promotional activities. For example, physicians may choose not to prescribe octreotide capsules, if approved, because a lower percentage of patients responded to it in our Phase 3 trial compared to their previous treatments with currently available injectable somatostatin analogs. Competition could also force us to lower prices or could result in reduced sales.

The current pharmaceutical treatment options for patients suffering from acromegaly all involve injectable therapies marketed by large pharmaceutical companies with substantial resources and well-established presence in the endocrinology market. Novartis AG, or Novartis, markets octreotide LAR, which is administered monthly and intramuscularly using a large-gauge needle. Ipsen SA markets lanreotide, another long-acting analog of somatostatin, like octreotide, which is administered monthly using a deep subcutaneous injection. Pfizer, Inc. markets pegvisomant daily injections and Novartis also markets pasireotide LAR, which is another somatostatin

 

46


Table of Contents

analog administered via intramuscular injection. We are aware of other companies involved in early-stage nonclinical and clinical studies of similar somatostatin analogs, but we believe most involve administration via injection.

Many of our existing or potential competitors have substantially greater financial, technical and human resources than we do and significantly greater experience in the discovery and development of product candidates, obtaining FDA and other regulatory approvals of products and the commercialization of those products. These companies also have long-established relationships within the medical and patient community, including patients, physicians, nurses and commercial third-party payors and government payors. Our ability to compete successfully will depend largely on our ability to:

 

    discover and develop product candidates that are competitive with or superior to other products in the market;

 

    obtain required regulatory approvals;

 

    adequately communicate the benefits of octreotide capsules, if approved;

 

    attract and retain qualified personnel;

 

    obtain and maintain patent and/or other proprietary protection for octreotide capsules and any future product candidates we may develop; and

 

    in certain geographies, obtain collaboration arrangements to commercialize octreotide capsules and any future product candidates we may develop.

Mergers and acquisitions in the pharmaceutical and biotechnology industries may result in even more resources being concentrated among a small number of our competitors. Accordingly, our competitors may be more successful than we may be in obtaining FDA approval of drugs and achieving widespread market acceptance. Our competitors’ drugs may be more effective, or more effectively marketed and sold, than any drug we may commercialize and may render octreotide capsules or any future product candidates we may develop obsolete or non-competitive before we can recover the expenses of developing and commercializing octreotide capsules or any future product candidates we may develop. Our competitors may also obtain FDA or other regulatory approval of their products more rapidly than we may obtain approval of ours. We anticipate that we will face intense and increasing competition as new drugs enter the market and more advanced technologies become available. For example, a competitor could develop another oral formulation of a somatostatin analog or other technology that could make administration of peptide-based therapies more convenient. If we are unable to compete effectively, our opportunity to generate revenue from the sale of octreotide capsules or any future product candidates we may develop, if approved, could be impaired.

The number of patients suffering from acromegaly is small, and has not been established with precision. Our assumptions and estimates regarding prevalence may be wrong. If our octreotide capsules product candidate is approved for sale, and the actual number of patients in the applicable market is smaller than we estimate, our revenue could be adversely affected, possibly materially.

There are an estimated 69,000 individuals with acromegaly worldwide. The U.S. National Institutes of Health, or NIH, estimates that there are roughly 20,000 individuals with acromegaly in the United States, based on its published prevalence of an estimated 60 cases per million. In thirteen studies of acromegaly prevalence since 1980, an average of approximately 75 cases per million was determined, suggesting roughly 24,000 individuals with acromegaly in the United States. However, recent data presented at the Endocrine Society’s Annual Meeting in 2015 suggest that pituitary tumors may be more prevalent than previously thought, and that the global prevalence of acromegaly may be higher, between 85 and 118 cases per million people. NIH also cites an annual incidence of three to four new cases per million each year. We believe that approximately 8,000 adult acromegaly patients are chronically treated with somatostatin analogs in the United States. However, there is no guarantee that these estimates are correct. The number of patients with acromegaly, in particular the number of

 

47


Table of Contents

patients for whom our octreotide capsules product, if approved, is approved for use, could actually be significantly lower than these estimates.

We believe that the actual size of the total addressable acromegaly market in those markets in which our octreotide capsules product is approved, if at all, will be determined only after we have substantial history as a commercial company. If the total addressable market for our products is smaller than we expect, our revenue could be adversely affected, possibly materially.

Even if we receive regulatory approval of octreotide capsules, it may not achieve an adequate level of acceptance by physicians, patients and third-party payors and government payors, and we may not generate sufficient revenue or be able to achieve or sustain profitability.

The commercial success of octreotide capsules will depend in large part on the willingness of physicians to prescribe these products to their patients. Octreotide capsules will compete against products that have achieved broad recognition and acceptance among medical professionals. In order to achieve an acceptable level of prescriptions for octreotide capsules, we must be able to meet the needs of both the medical community and patients with respect to cost, efficacy and other factors. The degree of market acceptance of octreotide capsules will depend on a number of factors, including:

 

    the clinical safety, efficacy, tolerability and other factors regarding octreotide capsules relative to injectable somatostatin analogs;

 

    relative convenience, the number of capsules that need to be taken, the requirement to fast before and after each dose of octreotide capsules, and other factors affecting the ease of administration;

 

    the prevalence and severity of any adverse effects;

 

    the willingness of physicians to prescribe octreotide capsules and of the target patient population to try new therapies;

 

    the introduction of any new products that may in the future become available to treat indications for which octreotide capsules may be approved;

 

    changes in the clinical or economic profiles of alternative treatments;

 

    new procedures or methods of treatment that may reduce the incidences of any of the indications in which octreotide capsules may show utility;

 

    pricing and cost-effectiveness;

 

    the effectiveness of our or any future collaborators’ sales and marketing, as well as disease education and awareness programs;

 

    limitations or warnings contained in FDA-approved labeling;

 

    our ability to obtain and maintain sufficient third-party coverage and adequate reimbursement from government health care programs, including Medicare and Medicaid, private health insurers and other third-party payors;

 

    the willingness of patients to pay out-of-pocket in the absence of third-party coverage or reimbursement;

 

    competitor activities; and

 

    our ability to reliably manufacture and supply octreotide capsules.

In addition, even if we obtain regulatory approvals, the timing or scope of any approvals may prohibit or reduce our ability to commercialize octreotide capsules successfully. For example, if the approval process takes too long, we may miss market opportunities and give other companies the ability to develop competing products or

 

48


Table of Contents

establish market dominance. Any regulatory approval we ultimately obtain may be limited or subject to restrictions or post-approval commitments that render octreotide capsules not commercially viable. For example, regulatory authorities may approve octreotide capsules for fewer or more limited indications than we request, may limit approved usage to narrower patient populations, may grant approval contingent on the performance of costly post-marketing clinical trials, or may approve octreotide capsules with a label that does not include the labeling claims necessary or desirable for the successful commercialization of that indication. Any of the foregoing scenarios could harm the commercial prospects for octreotide capsules.

Even if octreotide capsules is approved, it may not achieve an adequate level of acceptance by physicians, healthcare payors and patients, and we may not generate sufficient revenue or be able to achieve or sustain profitability. Our revenue and profitability may also be delayed during the period of time when commercial third-party payors and government payors are becoming familiar with octreotide capsules and patients are transitioning from injected alternatives to octreotide capsules. Our efforts to educate the medical community, patients and third-party payors on the benefits of octreotide capsules may require significant resources and may never be successful. Even if we are able to demonstrate and maintain a competitive advantage over our competitors, if the market for octreotide decreases, we may not generate sufficient revenue.

We currently have a small sales and marketing organization and, as a company, have not commercialized any products. If we are unable to establish effective sales and marketing capabilities in the United States and access them in Europe and other international markets, we may not succeed in commercializing octreotide capsules.

At present, we have a limited number of sales and marketing personnel. We intend to build our sales and marketing infrastructure to support commercial launch in the United States, assuming our NDA is approved. Therefore, since we expect to receive a response from the FDA with respect to our NDA in April 2016, then assuming the NDA is approved at that time, our sales and marketing team, as constituted at that time, will have worked together for only a limited period prior to our anticipated commercial launch of octreotide capsules. We cannot guarantee that we will be successful in marketing octreotide capsules in the United States.

We may not be able to establish a direct sales force in a cost-effective manner or realize a positive return on this investment. In addition, we will have to compete with other pharmaceutical and biotechnology companies to recruit, hire, train and retain sales and marketing personnel. Factors that may inhibit our efforts to commercialize octreotide capsules in the United States without strategic partners or licensees include:

 

    our inability to recruit and retain adequate numbers of effective sales and marketing personnel;

 

    the inability of our relatively small sales force to obtain access to or inform adequate numbers of physicians, particularly the pituitary centers and the significantly larger number of community endocrinologists, about the potential benefits of octreotide capsules;

 

    the lack of complementary products to be offered by sales personnel, which may put us at a competitive disadvantage relative to companies with more extensive product lines;

 

    the inability of market-access personnel to obtain sufficient levels of pricing and reimbursement in each jurisdiction; and

 

    unforeseen costs, expenses and delays associated with creating a commercial organization.

If we are not successful in timely recruiting of sales and marketing personnel or in building a sales and marketing infrastructure or if we do not successfully enter into appropriate collaboration arrangements, we will have difficulty commercializing octreotide capsules, which could harm our business, operating results and financial condition.

Expansion of our business into the European Union and other international markets will require significant management attention and additional financial resources. We currently intend to explore commercializing

 

49


Table of Contents

octreotide capsules in Europe and other international markets by entering into collaboration agreements with other biopharmaceutical companies, and we may not be successful in entering into these collaboration agreements. In the event that we do enter into such agreements, we may have limited or no control over the sales, marketing and distribution activities of these third parties. Additional factors and risks that may inhibit our efforts to commercialize octreotide capsules in foreign markets include:

 

    our inability to directly control commercial activities because we are relying on third parties, should we enter into third-party collaborations;

 

    varying pricing in different foreign markets, which could adversely affect pricing in the United States or other countries;

 

    the burden of complying with complex and changing foreign regulatory, tax, accounting and legal requirements;

 

    different medical practices and customs in foreign countries affecting acceptance in the marketplace;

 

    import or export licensing requirements;

 

    longer collection times for accounts receivable;

 

    longer lead times for shipping;

 

    language barriers for technical training;

 

    reduced protection of intellectual property rights in some foreign countries, and related prevalence of generic alternatives to therapeutics;

 

    foreign currency exchange rate fluctuations;

 

    our customers’ ability to obtain adequate reimbursement for octreotide capsules in foreign markets, either at all or at prices that exceed our costs; and

 

    the interpretation of contractual provisions governed by foreign laws in the event of a contract dispute.

Foreign sales of octreotide capsules could also be adversely affected by the imposition of governmental price controls, political and economic instability, trade restrictions and changes in tariffs.

Our future revenues may depend heavily on the success of the efforts of these third parties. We may not be able to establish a commercial operation in a cost-effective manner or realize a positive return on this investment, even with the assistance of one or more third-party collaborators, should we choose to enter into such an arrangement. In addition, we will have to compete with other pharmaceutical and biotechnology companies to recruit, hire, train and retain sales and marketing personnel.

If we or third-party collaborators are not successful in recruiting sales and marketing personnel or in building a sales and marketing infrastructure or if we do not successfully enter into additional collaboration arrangements with third parties, we may not be able to successfully commercialize octreotide capsules and any future product candidates we may develop in foreign markets, which could impair our business, operating results and financial condition.

Even with the potential assistance of third-party collaborators, we may not be successful in establishing a commercial operation in foreign markets for numerous reasons, including, but not limited to, failing to attract, retain and motivate the necessary skilled personnel and failing to develop a successful marketing strategy. Failure to establish a commercial operation in foreign markets will have a negative outcome on our ability to commercialize octreotide capsules and generate revenue.

Additionally, if approved for marketing in one or more countries, we and/or our potential third-party collaborators may encounter unexpected or unforeseen delays in establishing our commercial operations that

 

50


Table of Contents

delay the commercial launch in these countries. These delays may increase the cost of and the resources required for successful commercialization of octreotide capsules internationally. We do not have any experience in a commercial launch in Europe or elsewhere.

We currently have a small medical affairs organization and, as a company, have not had a medical affairs function until recently. If we are unable to establish effective medical affairs capabilities in the United States and build or access them in Europe and other international markets, our business may suffer.

At present, we have a small medical affairs organization responsible for a number of key activities within the company. These activities include, but are not limited to responding to unsolicited requests for medical information about our clinical trials, disease areas, and product candidates. Medical affairs is also responsible for providing expert advice to other functions within the organization, advising on medical education activities, reviewing promotional and non-promotional communications, supporting medical and scientific publications, reviewing grants for third party continuing medical education events, and providing an important scientific point of contact for physicians and scientists who seek to partner with us or better understand our science. If our NDA for octreotide capsules is approved by the FDA in April of 2016, medical affairs will also be responsible for managing any post-marketing study of octreotide capsules as well as sponsoring a patient registry.

Because our medical affairs organization is small and new, upon such approval our medical affairs group will have worked together for only a limited period prior to our anticipated launch of octreotide capsules. We cannot guarantee that we will be successful in executing all of the functions for which medical affairs is responsible, and failure to successfully execute these functions could harm our business in the following ways:

 

    Our reputation among key physicians and scientists in acromegaly and other disease areas of interest to us may suffer;

 

    We may become subject to regulatory or legal enforcement actions or private liability arising from violations of laws or regulations relating to the corporate practice of medicine, product liability, or failure to observe applicable FDA guidance regarding good reprint practices or the safe harbor for bona fide scientific exchange, or other applicable rules or standards;

 

    Post-marketing commitments, if any, may not be successfully met and post-marketing studies or registries may not be successfully established or managed;

 

    We may not be able to secure the advice and feedback of outside experts to help advance our knowledge and understanding of complex scientific and medical issues;

 

    We may incur reputational harm among patients who seek information relating to their condition or prescribed use of octreotide capsules, which may take the form of social media posts regarding the company, or other advocacy implicating us in a negative light;

 

    Our commercial and corporate functions may not receive adequate medical and scientific information in the creation of their external communications, which could lead to inaccurate information being disseminated about the company, its product candidates, its disease areas of interest, or its other scientific endeavors;

 

    Our promotional, non-promotional, grants, and medical events review processes may not provide an effective control to ensure compliance with applicable laws, regulations and standards; and

 

    We may not successfully interact with European or other ex-U.S. healthcare professionals and scientists who could help the company execute plans for expansion into Europe or other international markets.

 

51


Table of Contents

We will need to grow the size of our organization in order to establish our sales and marketing infrastructure, which is vital to our ability to successfully commercialize octreotide capsules, and we may experience difficulties in achieving and managing this growth.

We anticipate that in the near term our ability to generate revenues will depend solely on our ability to successfully commercialize octreotide capsules, if approved, in the United States. A commercial launch is a significant undertaking that requires substantial financial and managerial resources. As of March 1, 2016, we had 65 full-time employees. As our development and commercialization plans and strategies evolve, we will need to expand the size of our employee base for managerial, operational, sales, marketing, financial and other resources. The recruitment and hiring of these personnel will take time and could delay the commercialization of octreotide capsules. Future growth would impose significant added responsibilities on members of management, including the need to identify, recruit, maintain, motivate and integrate additional employees. Also, our management may have to divert a disproportionate amount of its attention away from our day-to-day activities and devote a substantial amount of time to managing these growth activities. Our future financial performance and our ability to commercialize octreotide capsules and other product candidates we may develop and to compete effectively will depend, in part, on our ability to effectively manage any future growth and related costs. We may not be able to effectively manage a rapid pace of growth and timely implement improvements to our management infrastructure and control systems.

We will need to build an effective healthcare compliance program to support the sales and marketing of an approved drug in a manner that is compliant with applicable laws and regulations.

Our marketing of pharmaceutical products is subject to extensive and complex laws and regulations. We are building a corporate compliance program designed to actively identify, prevent and mitigate risk through the implementation of compliance policies and systems, and through the establishment and communication of a culture of compliance. Among other laws, regulations and standards, we are subject to various U.S. federal and state laws, and comparable foreign laws pertaining to health care fraud and abuse, including anti-kickback and false claims statutes, laws prohibiting the promotion of drugs for unapproved or off-label uses, and laws requiring transparency regarding transfers of value to health care professionals and entities. Anti-kickback laws make it illegal for a prescription drug manufacturer to solicit, offer, receive or pay any remuneration to induce the referral of business, including the purchase or prescription of a particular drug; false claims laws prohibit anyone from presenting for payment to third-party payors, including Medicare and Medicaid, claims for reimbursed drugs or services that are false or fraudulent, claims for items or services not provided as claimed, or claims for medically unnecessary items or services; and the Sunshine Act and other state and federal transparency laws require certain pharmaceutical manufacturers to track and report certain financial arrangements with physicians and teaching hospitals, including certain “transfers of value” provided to them, as well as certain ownership or investment interests held by physicians and their immediate family members. We expect to devote substantial resources to develop, administer and grow this compliance program, but we may not be able to develop and implement it rapidly enough to keep pace with the rapid growth and activity of the commercial organization.

Even if we obtain marketing approval of octreotide capsules or any future product candidates we may develop, we will be subject to ongoing obligations and continued regulatory review with respect to the advertising and promotion of any product candidate that obtains approval.

Advertising and promotion of any product candidate that obtains approval in the United States will be heavily scrutinized by, among others, the FDA, the Department of Justice, or DOJ, the Office of Inspector General of the Department of Health and Human Services, or HHS, state attorneys general, members of Congress and the public, as well as by foreign regulatory authorities in the countries in which we commercialize octreotide capsules. Even if octreotide capsules is being marketed, the manufacture and marketing of octreotide capsules will be subject to ongoing regulation, including compliance with cGMPs, adverse event reporting requirements, guidance regarding the provision of reimbursement support and patient services, and general prohibitions against promoting products for unapproved or “off-label” uses. Violations of these ongoing regulations are subject to

 

52


Table of Contents

enforcement letters, inquiries and investigations, and civil and criminal sanctions by the FDA or other government agencies. Government investigation of these issues itself typically requires the expenditure of significant resources and can generate negative publicity, which could harm our business. Additionally, advertising and promotion of any product candidate that obtains approval outside of the United States will be heavily scrutinized by comparable foreign regulatory authorities.

In the United States, engaging in impermissible promotion of our drug products for “off-label” uses can also subject us to false claims litigation under federal and state statutes, and other litigation and/or investigation, which can lead to significant administrative civil and criminal penalties and fines and agreements that materially restrict the manner in which we promote or distribute our drug products. These false claims statutes include the federal False Claims Act, which allows any individual to bring a lawsuit against a pharmaceutical company on behalf of the federal government alleging submission of false or fraudulent claims, or causing to present such false or fraudulent claims, for payment by a federal program such as Medicare or Medicaid. If the government decides to intervene and prevails in the lawsuit, the individual will share in any fines or settlement funds. In recent years, these False Claims Act lawsuits against pharmaceutical companies have increased significantly in volume and breadth, leading to substantial civil and criminal settlements based on certain sales practices promoting “off-label” drug uses. This increasing focus and scrutiny has increased the risk that a pharmaceutical company will have to defend a false claim action, pay settlement fines or restitution, agree to comply with burdensome reporting and compliance obligations, and be excluded from the Medicare, Medicaid and other federal and state healthcare programs, among other penalties. If we do not lawfully promote our approved products, we may become subject to such litigation and/or investigation and, if we are not successful in defending against such actions, those actions could compromise our ability to become profitable.

The manufacture and packaging of pharmaceutical products such as octreotide capsules are subject to FDA requirements and those of similar foreign regulatory bodies. If we or our third-party manufacturers fail to satisfy these requirements, our product development and commercialization efforts may be harmed.

The manufacture and packaging of pharmaceutical products, such as octreotide capsules, if approved, are regulated by the FDA and similar foreign regulatory bodies and must be conducted in accordance with the FDA’s cGMP and comparable requirements of foreign regulatory bodies. There are a limited number of manufacturers that operate under these cGMP regulations who are both capable of manufacturing octreotide capsules and willing to do so. Failure by us or our third-party manufacturers to comply with applicable regulations or requirements could result in sanctions being imposed on us, including fines, injunctions, civil penalties, failure of regulatory authorities to grant marketing approval of our products, delays, suspension or withdrawal of approvals, seizures or voluntary recalls of product, operating restrictions and criminal prosecutions, any of which could harm our business. The same requirements and risks are applicable to the suppliers of the key raw material used to manufacture the active pharmaceutical ingredient, or API, for octreotide capsules.

Changes in the manufacturing process or procedure, including a change in the location where the product is manufactured or a change of a third-party manufacturer, may require prior FDA review and approval of the manufacturing process and procedures in accordance with the FDA’s cGMPs. Any new facility is subject to a pre-approval inspection by the FDA and would again require us to demonstrate product comparability to the FDA. There are comparable foreign requirements. This review may be costly and time consuming and could delay or prevent the launch of a product.

Furthermore, in order to obtain approval of our product candidates, including octreotide capsules, by the FDA and foreign regulatory agencies, we will be required to consistently produce the API, and the finished product in commercial quantities and of specified quality on a repeated basis and document our ability to do so. This requirement is referred to as process validation. Each of our potential API suppliers will likely use a different method to manufacture API, which has the potential to increase the risk to us that our manufacturers will fail to meet applicable regulatory requirements. We also need to complete required testing on the finished product in the packaging we propose for commercial sales. This includes testing of stability, measurement of impurities and

 

53


Table of Contents

testing of other product specifications by validated test methods. If the FDA does not consider the result of the process validation or required testing to be satisfactory, commercial supply after launch may be delayed.

The FDA and similar foreign regulatory bodies may also implement new requirements, or change their interpretation and enforcement of existing requirements, for manufacture, packaging or testing of products at any time. If we are unable to comply, we may be subject to regulatory, civil actions or penalties which could harm our business.

If we do not achieve our projected development and commercialization goals in the timeframes we announce and expect, the commercialization of octreotide capsules and any future product candidates we may develop may be delayed, and our business will be harmed.

We estimate for planning purposes the timing of the accomplishment of various scientific, clinical, regulatory and other product development objectives. These milestones may include our expectations regarding the commencement or completion of scientific studies, clinical trials, the submission of regulatory filings, or commercialization objectives. From time to time, we may publicly announce the expected timing of some of these milestones, such as the completion of an ongoing clinical trial, the initiation of other clinical programs, receipt of marketing approval, or a commercial launch of a product. The achievement of many of these milestones may be outside of our control. All of these milestones are based on a variety of assumptions which may cause the timing of achievement of the milestones to vary considerably from our estimates, including:

 

    our available capital resources or capital constraints we experience;

 

    the rate of progress, costs and results of our clinical trials and research and development activities, including the extent of scheduling conflicts with participating clinicians and collaborators, and our ability to identify and enroll patients who meet clinical trial eligibility criteria;

 

    our receipt of approvals by the FDA and other regulatory agencies and the timing thereof;

 

    other actions, decisions or rules issued by regulators;

 

    our ability to access sufficient, reliable and affordable supplies of compounds used in the manufacture of octreotide capsules and any future product candidates we may develop;

 

    the efforts of our collaborators and the success of our own efforts with respect to the commercialization of our products; and

 

    the securing of, costs related to, and timing issues associated with, product manufacturing as well as sales and marketing activities.

If we fail to achieve announced milestones in the timeframes we announce and expect, the commercialization of octreotide capsules and any future product candidates we may develop may be delayed and our business and results of operations may be harmed.

Octreotide capsules and other products we may develop may not be commercially viable if we fail to obtain coverage and an adequate level of reimbursement for these products from governmental payors, including Medicare and Medicaid programs, private insurers, and other third-party payors. The market for octreotide capsules and other products we may develop may also be limited by the indications for which their use may be reimbursed.

The availability of coverage and adequate levels of reimbursement by governmental and other third-party payors will affect the market for octreotide capsules, if approved, and other products that we may develop. These third-party payors continually attempt to contain or reduce the costs of health care, such as by challenging the prices charged for medical products and services and by applying value assessments to clinical outcomes using different safety and efficacy standards than used for marketing approval by the FDA and the EMA.

 

54


Table of Contents

In the United States, in the event that octreotide capsules is approved, we will seek to obtain reimbursement for octreotide capsules from third-party payors. In recent years, through legislative and regulatory actions, the federal government has made substantial changes to various payment systems under the Medicare program. Comprehensive reforms to the U.S. healthcare system were enacted in 2010 with the passage of the ACA. These reforms could significantly reduce payments from Medicare and Medicaid over the next 10 years. Reforms or other changes to these payment systems, including modifications to the conditions on qualification for payment, bundling of payments or the imposition of enrollment limitations on new providers, may change the availability, methods and rates of reimbursements from governmental payors, private insurers and other third-party payors for octreotide capsules and our other potential products. Some of these changes and proposed changes could result in reduced reimbursement rates for octreotide capsules and our other potential products, which would adversely affect our business strategy, operations and financial results.

In the United States, no uniform policy of coverage and reimbursement for products exists among third-party payors. As a result, obtaining coverage and reimbursement approval of a product from a governmental or other third-party payor is a time-consuming and costly process that could require us to provide to each payor supporting scientific, clinical and cost-effectiveness data for the use of our products on a payor-by-payor basis, with no assurance that coverage and adequate reimbursement will be obtained. Even if we obtain coverage for a given product, the resulting reimbursement payment rates might not be adequate for us to achieve or sustain profitability or may require co-payments that patients find unacceptably high.

We expect that private insurers will consider the efficacy, cost effectiveness and safety of octreotide capsules, if approved, in determining whether to provide reimbursement for octreotide capsules and at what level. Obtaining these additional approvals for reimbursement can be a time-consuming and expensive process. Even if we receive regulatory approval to market octreotide capsules, our business would be harmed if we do not receive approval of reimbursement of octreotide capsules from third-party payors on a timely or satisfactory basis. Medicare does not cover particular drugs if it determines that they are not “reasonable and necessary” for its beneficiaries. Limitations on coverage could also be imposed at the local Medicare carrier level or by fiscal intermediaries. Our business could be harmed if Medicare, local Medicare carriers or fiscal intermediaries were to make such a determination and deny or limit the reimbursement of octreotide capsules.

Our business could also be harmed if governments, private insurers, Medicare, Medicaid or other reimbursing bodies or payors limit the indications for which octreotide capsules will be reimbursed to a smaller set than we believe it is safe and effective in treating, or establish a limitation on the frequency with which octreotide capsules may be administered that is less often than we believe would be safe and effective, or establish a limitation on dose that is lower than we believe would be safe and effective.

We expect to experience pricing pressures in connection with the sale of octreotide capsules and any future product candidates we may develop due to healthcare reforms, as well as the trend toward programs aimed at reducing health care costs, the increasing influence of health maintenance organizations, additional legislative proposals, and the economic health of companies. If coverage and reimbursement for our products are unavailable, or are limited in scope or amount, or if pricing is set at unsatisfactory levels, our business could be harmed.

In Europe and many other foreign countries, the pricing of prescription pharmaceuticals is subject to governmental control, and each country has a different reviewing body that evaluates reimbursement dossiers submitted by holders of marketing authorizations for new drugs. That governing body then makes recommendations as to whether or not the drug should be reimbursed. In these countries, pricing negotiations with governmental authorities can take 12 months or longer after the receipt of regulatory approval. To obtain reimbursement or pricing approval in some countries, we may be required to conduct a clinical trial that compares the cost-effectiveness of our product candidate, such as octreotide capsules, to other available therapies.

 

55


Table of Contents

The longer term growth of our business depends on our efforts to leverage our TPE platform to expand our portfolio of product candidates, which may require substantial financial resources and may ultimately be unsuccessful.

The longer term growth of our business depends upon our ability to utilize our proprietary Transient Permeability Enhancer, or TPE, technology platform to develop and commercialize oral forms of therapies that are currently only available in injectable or other non-absorbable forms. In addition to the development and commercialization of octreotide capsules, we intend to pursue development of other product candidates. We may never be able to identify other peptide drugs or poorly absorbed small-molecule drugs that we can successfully develop into product candidates utilizing our TPE platform, let alone receive regulatory approval of such product candidates.

A significant portion of the research that we are conducting involves new technologies. Research programs to identify new disease targets and product candidates require substantial technical, financial and human resources whether or not we ultimately identify any product candidates. Our research programs may initially show promise in identifying potential product candidates, yet fail to yield product candidates for clinical development for a number of reasons, including:

 

    the research methodology used may not be successful in identifying potential product candidates; or

 

    potential product candidates may on further study be shown to have harmful side effects or other characteristics that indicate they are unlikely to be effective drugs.

There are a number of FDA, EMA and other health authority, as applicable, requirements that we must satisfy before we can commence a clinical trial. If we are able to identify additional potential product candidates, satisfaction of these regulatory requirements will entail substantial time, effort and financial resources. We may never satisfy these requirements. Any time, effort and financial resources we expend on development of other product candidates may impair our ability to continue development and commercialization of octreotide capsules for the treatment of acromegaly and other indications, and we may never commence clinical trials of such development programs despite expending significant resources in pursuit of their development. If we do commence clinical trials of other product candidates, these product candidates may never demonstrate sufficient safety and efficacy to be approved by the FDA or other regulatory authorities. If any of these events occur, we may be forced to abandon our development efforts for such program or programs, which would harm our business.

Our ability to develop a viable pipeline of potential future products may require us to enter into license agreements with third parties, and we may not be successful in negotiating the necessary agreements, or in achieving economic terms that will be sufficiently favorable to justify development of one or more such future products.

Although we are currently seeking to develop our pipeline of future potential products through internal research programs, we may also consider expanding the scope of our pipeline by licensing injectable or poorly absorbed drugs from third parties, with the goal of converting these drugs into novel oral forms of therapies using our TPE platform.

We may, however, be unable to license or acquire suitable product candidates from third parties, for a number of reasons. In particular, the licensing and acquisition of pharmaceutical products is a competitive area. Several more established companies are also pursuing strategies to license or acquire products in the somatostatin analog field. These established companies may have a competitive advantage over us due to their size, cash resources and greater clinical development and commercialization capabilities. Other factors that may prevent us from licensing or otherwise acquiring suitable product candidates include the following:

 

    we may be unable to license or acquire the relevant technology on terms that would allow us to make an appropriate return from the product, or the financial terms required by the owners of those technologies may be unfavorable enough to preclude successful development and commercialization for such products;

 

56


Table of Contents
    companies that perceive us to be their competitors may be unwilling to assign or license their product rights to us; or

 

    we may be unable to identify suitable products or product candidates within our areas of expertise.

Additionally, we may not have sufficient human and financial resources to develop suitable potential product candidates both through internal research programs and by obtaining rights from third parties, thereby limiting our ability to develop a diverse product portfolio. If we are unable to develop such a portfolio, our business may suffer.

We may be unable to obtain orphan drug designation or exclusivity for future product candidates we may develop. If our competitors are able to obtain orphan drug exclusivity for their products that are the same as our product candidates, we may not be able to have competing products approved by the applicable regulatory authority for a significant period of time.

Our octreotide capsules product candidate has been granted orphan designation in the United States and the European Union for the oral treatment of acromegaly. Regulatory authorities in some jurisdictions, including the United States and the European Union, may designate drugs for relatively small patient populations as orphan drugs. Under the Orphan Drug Act of 1983, the FDA may designate a product candidate as an orphan drug if it is intended to treat a rare disease or condition, which is generally defined as having a patient population of fewer than 200,000 individuals diagnosed annually in the United States, or a patient population greater than 200,000 in the United States where there is no reasonable expectation that the cost of developing the drug will be recovered from sales in the United States. In the European Union, the European Commission, after reviewing the opinion of the EMA’s Committee for Orphan Medicinal Products, or COMP, grants orphan drug designation to promote the development of products that are intended for the diagnosis, prevention or treatment of a life-threatening or chronically debilitating condition affecting not more than five in 10,000 persons in the European Union. Additionally, designation is granted for products intended for the diagnosis, prevention or treatment of a life-threatening, seriously debilitating or serious and chronic condition when, without incentives, it is unlikely that sales of the drug in the European Union would be sufficient to justify the necessary investment in developing the product candidate. Even if we request orphan drug designation for any future product candidates we may develop, there can be no assurances that the FDA or the European Commission will grant any of these product candidates such designation. Additionally, the designation by the FDA of any of our product candidates as an orphan drug does not guarantee that the FDA will accelerate regulatory review of or ultimately approve that product candidate.

Generally, if a product candidate with an orphan drug designation subsequently receives the first marketing approval of the indication for which it has such designation, the product is entitled to a period of marketing exclusivity, which precludes the EMA or the FDA from approving another marketing application for the same drug and indication for that time period, except in limited circumstances. The applicable period is seven years in the United States and 10 years in Europe. The European exclusivity period can be reduced to six years if a product no longer meets the criteria for orphan drug designation or if the product is sufficiently profitable so that market exclusivity is no longer justified. Orphan drug exclusivity may be lost if the FDA or EMA determines that the request for designation was materially defective or if the manufacturer is unable to assure sufficient quantity of the product to meet the needs of patients with the rare disease or condition.

Even though we have obtained orphan drug designation for octreotide capsules in acromegaly and may obtain orphan drug designation for octreotide capsules in other indications or for future product candidates we may develop, we may not obtain orphan drug exclusivity and any such exclusivity that we do obtain may not effectively protect the product candidate from competition because different drugs can be approved for the same condition and the same drugs can be approved for different indications and might then be used off-label in our approved indication. In the United States, even after an orphan drug is approved, the FDA can subsequently approve another drug for the same condition if the FDA concludes that the later drug is clinically superior in that it is shown to be safer, more effective or makes a major contribution to patient care. In addition, if one of our

 

57


Table of Contents

product candidates that receives an orphan drug designation is approved for a particular indication or use within the rare disease or condition, the FDA may later approve the same drug for additional indications or uses within that rare disease or condition that are not protected by our exclusive approval. As a result, if our product is approved and receives orphan drug status, the FDA can still approve other drugs for use in treating the same indication or disease covered by our product, which could create a more competitive market for us.

Our relationships with customers and third-party payors will be subject to applicable anti-kickback, fraud and abuse and other healthcare laws and regulations, which could expose us to criminal sanctions, civil penalties, contractual damages, reputational harm and diminished profits and future earnings.

Healthcare providers, physicians and third-party payors will play a primary role in the recommendation and prescription of octreotide capsules and any future product candidates we may develop for which we obtain marketing approval. Our arrangements with third-party payors and customers may expose us to broadly applicable fraud and abuse and other healthcare laws and regulations that may affect the business or financial arrangements and relationships through which we would market, sell and distribute our products. Even though we do not and will not control referrals of healthcare services or bill directly to Medicare, Medicaid or other third-party payors, federal and state healthcare laws and regulations pertaining to fraud and abuse and patients’ rights are and will be applicable to our business. Restrictions under applicable federal and state healthcare laws and regulations that may affect our operations and expose us to areas of risk including the following:

 

    the federal Anti-Kickback Statute, which prohibits, among other things, persons and entities from knowingly and willfully soliciting, offering, receiving or providing remuneration, directly or indirectly, in cash or in kind, to induce or reward, or in return for, either the referral of an individual for, or the purchase, order or recommendation of, any good or service, for which payment may be made under a federal healthcare program such as Medicare and Medicaid;

 

    federal civil and criminal false claims laws and civil monetary penalty laws, which impose criminal and civil penalties, including through civil whistleblower or qui tam actions, against individuals or entities for knowingly presenting, or causing to be presented, to the federal government, including the Medicare and Medicaid programs, claims for payment that are false or fraudulent or making a false statement to avoid, decrease or conceal an obligation to pay money to the federal government;

 

    the federal Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996, or HIPAA, which imposes criminal and civil liability for executing a scheme to defraud any healthcare benefit program and also created federal criminal laws that prohibit knowingly and willfully falsifying, concealing or covering up a material fact or making any materially false statements in connection with the delivery of or payment for healthcare benefits, items or services;

 

    HIPAA, as amended by the Health Information Technology for Economic and Clinical Health Act, which also imposes obligations, including mandatory contractual terms, with respect to safeguarding the privacy, security and transmission of certain individually identifiable health information;

 

    The ACA, or the Affordable Care Act, which requires certain manufacturers of drugs, devices, biologics and medical supplies that are reimbursable under Medicare, Medicaid or Children’s Health Insurance Program to report annually to Centers for Medicare and Medicaid Services, or CMS, information related to payments and other transfers of value to physicians and teaching hospitals, and ownership and investment interests held by physicians and their immediate family members and applicable group purchasing organizations; and

 

   

analogous state and foreign laws and regulations, such as state anti-kickback and false claims laws, which may apply to sales or marketing arrangements and claims involving healthcare items or services reimbursed by non-governmental third-party payors, including private insurers; some state laws which require pharmaceutical companies to comply with the pharmaceutical industry’s voluntary compliance guidelines and the relevant compliance guidance promulgated by the federal government and may require drug manufacturers to report information related to payments and other transfers of value to

 

58


Table of Contents
 

physicians and other healthcare providers or marketing expenditures; and state and foreign laws which govern the privacy and security of health information in specified circumstances, many of which differ from each other in significant ways and often are not preempted by federal law, thus complicating compliance efforts.

Efforts to ensure that our business arrangements with third parties are compliant with applicable healthcare laws and regulations will involve the expenditure of appropriate, and possibly significant, resources. Nonetheless, it is possible that governmental authorities will conclude that our business practices may not comply with current or future statutes, regulations or case law involving applicable fraud and abuse or other healthcare laws and regulations. If our operations are found to be in violation of any of these laws or any other governmental regulations that may apply to us, we may be subject to significant civil, criminal and administrative penalties, damages, fines, disgorgement, imprisonment, exclusion from government funded healthcare programs, such as Medicare and Medicaid, and the curtailment or restructuring of our operations. If any physicians or other healthcare providers or entities with whom we expect to do business are found to not be in compliance with applicable laws, they may be subject to criminal, civil or administrative sanctions, including exclusions from government funded healthcare programs.

Legislative or regulatory reform of the health care system in the United States and foreign jurisdictions may adversely impact our business, operations or financial results.

Our industry is highly regulated and changes in law may adversely impact our business, operations or financial results. In particular, in March 2010, the ACA was signed into law. This legislation changes the current system of healthcare insurance and benefits intended to broaden coverage and control costs. The law also contains provisions that will affect companies in the pharmaceutical industry and other healthcare related industries by imposing additional costs and changes to business practices. Provisions affecting pharmaceutical companies include the following:

 

    mandatory rebates for drugs sold into the Medicaid program have been increased, and the rebate requirement has been extended to drugs used in risk-based Medicaid managed care plans.

 

    the definition of “average manufacturer price” was revised for reporting purposes, which could increase the amount of Medicaid drug rebates by state.

 

    the 340B Drug Pricing Program under the Public Health Service Act has been extended to require mandatory discounts for drug products sold to certain critical access hospitals, cancer hospitals and other covered entities.

 

    pharmaceutical companies are required to offer discounts on brand-name drugs to patients who fall within the Medicare Part D coverage gap, commonly referred to as the “donut hole.”

 

    pharmaceutical companies are required to pay an annual non-tax deductible fee to the federal government based on each company’s market share of prior year total sales of branded products to certain federal healthcare programs. The aggregated industry-wide fee is expected to total $28 billion through 2019. Since we expect our branded pharmaceutical sales to constitute a small portion of the total federal health program pharmaceutical market, we do not expect this annual assessment to have a material impact on our financial condition.

Despite initiatives to invalidate the ACA, the U.S. Supreme Court has upheld certain key aspects of the legislation, including the requirement that all individuals maintain health insurance coverage or pay a penalty, referred to as the individual mandate, and a key provision of the ACA, which provides federal premium tax credits to individuals purchasing coverage through health insurance exchanges. Additionally, there are legal challenges to the ACA in lower courts on other grounds.

The full effects of the ACA cannot be known until it is fully implemented through regulations or guidance issued by CMS and other federal and state healthcare agencies. The financial impact of the ACA over the next few years

 

59


Table of Contents

will depend on a number of factors including but not limited to the policies reflected in implementing regulations and guidance and changes in sales volumes for products affected by the new system of rebates, discounts and fees. Although it is too early to determine the full effect of the ACA, the law appears likely to continue the pressure on pharmaceutical pricing, especially under the Medicare program, and may also increase our regulatory burdens and operating costs.

In addition, other legislative changes have been proposed and adopted in the United States since the ACA was enacted. On August 2, 2011, the Budget Control Act of 2011 among other things, created measures for spending reductions by Congress. A Joint Select Committee on Deficit Reduction, tasked with recommending a targeted deficit reduction of at least $1.2 trillion for the years 2013 through 2021, was unable to reach required goals, thereby triggering the legislation’s automatic reduction to several government programs. This includes aggregate reductions to Medicare payments to providers of up to 2% per fiscal year, starting in 2013, which will remain in effect until 2024 unless additional congressional action is taken. On January 2, 2013, the American Taxpayer Relief Act of 2012 was signed into law, which, among other things, increased the statute of limitations period for the government to recover overpayments to providers from three to five years. We expect that additional federal healthcare reform measures will be adopted in the future, any of which could limit the amounts that federal and state governments will pay for healthcare products and services, and in turn could significantly reduce the projected value of certain development projects and reduce our profitability.

In addition, in September 2007, the Food and Drug Administration Amendments Act of 2007 was enacted giving the FDA enhanced post-marketing authority including the authority to require post-marketing studies and clinical trials, labeling changes based on new safety information and compliance with risk evaluations and mitigation strategies approved by the FDA. The FDA’s exercise of this authority could result in delays or increased costs during product development, clinical trials and regulatory review, increased costs to ensure compliance with post-approval regulatory requirements and potential restrictions on the sale and/or distribution of approved products. Other legislative and regulatory initiatives have been made to expand post-approval requirements and restrict sales and promotional activities for pharmaceutical products. For example, the Drug Supply Chain Security Act of 2013 imposes new obligations on manufacturers of certain pharmaceutical products related to product tracking and tracing. We do not know whether additional legislative changes will be enacted, or whether the FDA regulations, guidance documents or interpretations will be changed, or what the impact of such changes on the marketing approvals of octreotide capsules, if any, may be. In addition, increased scrutiny by Congress of the FDA’s approval process may significantly delay or prevent marketing approval, as well as subject us to more stringent product labeling and post-marketing testing and other requirements.

Further, in some foreign jurisdictions, including the European Union and Canada, the pricing of prescription pharmaceuticals is subject to governmental control. In these countries, pricing negotiations with governmental authorities can take 12 months or longer after the receipt of regulatory approval and product launch. To obtain reimbursement or pricing approval in some countries, we may be required to conduct a clinical trial that compares the cost-effectiveness of octreotide capsules and any future product candidate we may develop to other available therapies. Our business could be harmed if reimbursement of our products is unavailable or limited in scope or amount or if pricing is set at unsatisfactory levels.

Moreover, we cannot predict what healthcare reform initiatives may be adopted in the future. Further, federal and state legislative and regulatory developments are likely, and we expect ongoing initiatives in the United States to increase pressure on drug pricing. Such reforms could have an adverse effect on anticipated revenues from octreotide capsules and any other product candidates that we may successfully develop and for which we may obtain regulatory approval and may affect our overall financial condition and ability to develop product candidates.

 

60


Table of Contents

We may not be able to maintain our current product liability coverage, and, even if we do, our coverage may not be adequate to cover any or all liabilities that we may incur, which could decrease our cash and harm our business.

We currently have $10.0 million in product liability insurance coverage in the aggregate, which may not be adequate to cover any or all liabilities that we may incur. Insurance coverage is increasingly expensive. We may not be able to maintain insurance coverage at a reasonable cost or in an amount adequate to satisfy any liability that may arise. We intend to expand our product liability insurance coverage to include the sale of commercial products if we obtain marketing approval of octreotide capsules and any future product candidates we may develop, but we may be unable to obtain commercially reasonable product liability insurance for our product candidates, if approved for marketing. Large judgments have been awarded in class action lawsuits based on drugs that had unanticipated side effects. A successful product liability claim or series of claims brought against us, particularly if judgments exceed our insurance coverage, could decrease our cash and harm our business. In addition, we may not be able to maintain sufficient insurance coverage at an acceptable cost or otherwise to protect against potential product liability claims, which could prevent or inhibit the commercial production and sale of our products.

Additionally, if any claims are brought against us, even if we are fully covered by insurance, we may suffer harm such as adverse publicity. We also could suffer diversion of attention of technical and management personnel and incur substantial costs in resolving disputes, including litigation, with our insurance provider regarding coverage.

Risks Related to Our Reliance on Third Parties

We are, and expect to be for the foreseeable future, dependent on a limited number of third parties to manufacture octreotide capsules, and our commercialization of octreotide capsules could be halted, delayed or made less profitable if those third parties fail to pass inspections by the FDA or comparable foreign regulatory authorities, fail to provide us with sufficient quantities of octreotide capsules or fail to do so at acceptable quality levels or prices or on a timely basis.

We do not currently have, nor do we plan to acquire, the capability or infrastructure to manufacture the API in octreotide capsules for use in our clinical trials or for commercial product, if regulatory approvals are obtained. We have qualified Novetide Ltd., a subsidiary of Teva Pharmaceuticals Industries Ltd., in Israel and an affiliate of Teva API, Inc. with whom we have established a long-term commercial supply agreement, and Bachem Americas Inc., in the United States, as suppliers of the generic API, octreotide acetate. All excipients, or substances formulated together with the API, used in manufacture of octreotide capsules are readily available. The octreotide API is lyophilized, formulated with our TPE technology, and filled into capsules and enteric-coated by Lyophilization Services of New England Inc. (“LSNE”) in Bedford, NH and Encap Drug Delivery, a division of Capsugel, or Encap, in Livingston, Scotland.

The facilities used by our contract manufacturers to manufacture octreotide capsules evaluated by the FDA including pursuant to inspections conducted following the acceptance of our NDA by the FDA for filing. We do not control the manufacturing process of, and are completely dependent on, our contract manufacturing partners for compliance with cGMPs for manufacture of both API and finished drug products. These cGMP regulations cover all aspects of the manufacturing, testing, quality control and record keeping relating to octreotide capsules. If our contract manufacturers cannot successfully manufacture material that conforms to our specifications and the strict regulatory requirements of the FDA or others, we will not be able to secure and/or maintain regulatory approval of our product candidate being manufactured at their manufacturing facilities. If the FDA or a comparable foreign regulatory authority finds deficiencies at these facilities and does not approve our NDA for octreotide capsules or if it withdraws any such approval in the future, we may need to find alternative manufacturing facilities, which would significantly impact our ability to develop, obtain regulatory approval of or market octreotide capsules, if approved.

Our contract manufacturers will be subject to ongoing periodic unannounced inspections by the FDA and corresponding state and foreign agencies for compliance with cGMPs and similar regulatory requirements. We

 

61


Table of Contents

do not have control over our contract manufacturers’ compliance with these regulations and requirements. Failure by any of our contract manufacturers to comply with applicable regulations could result in sanctions being imposed on us, including fines, injunctions, civil penalties, failure to grant approval to market octreotide capsules, delays, suspensions or withdrawals of approvals, operating restrictions and criminal prosecutions, any of which could harm our business. In addition, we have no control over the ability of our contract manufacturers to maintain adequate quality control, quality assurance and qualified personnel. Failure by our contract manufacturers to comply with or maintain any of these requirements could impair our ability to develop, obtain regulatory approval of or market octreotide capsules.

If, for any reason, these third parties are unable or unwilling to perform, we may not be able to terminate our agreements with them, and we may not be able to locate alternative manufacturers or formulators or enter into favorable agreements with them and we cannot be certain that any such third parties will have the manufacturing capacity to meet future requirements. If these manufacturers or any alternate manufacturer of finished drug product experiences any significant difficulties in its respective manufacturing processes for our API or finished octreotide capsules product or should cease doing business with us, we could experience significant interruptions in the supply of octreotide capsules or may not be able to create a supply of octreotide capsules at all. Were we to encounter manufacturing issues, our ability to produce a sufficient supply of octreotide capsules might be negatively affected. Our inability to coordinate the efforts of our third-party manufacturing partners, or the lack of capacity available at our third-party manufacturing partners, could impair our ability to supply octreotide capsules at required levels. Because of the significant regulatory requirements that we would need to satisfy in order to qualify a new bulk or finished product manufacturer, if we face these or other difficulties with our current manufacturing partners, we could experience significant interruptions in the supply of octreotide capsules if we decided to transfer the manufacture of octreotide capsules to one or more alternative manufacturers in an effort to deal with the difficulties.

Any manufacturing problem or the loss of a contract manufacturer could be disruptive to our operations and result in lost sales. Additionally, we rely on third parties to supply the raw materials needed to manufacture our potential products. Any reliance on suppliers may involve several risks, including a potential inability to obtain critical materials and reduced control over production costs, delivery schedules, reliability and quality. Any unanticipated disruption to future contract manufactures caused by problems at suppliers could delay shipment of octreotide capsules, increase our cost of goods sold and result in lost sales.

We cannot guarantee that our current manufacturing and supply partners or any alternative service providers will be able to reduce the costs of commercial scale manufacturing of octreotide capsules over time. If the manufacturing costs of octreotide capsules remain at current levels, these costs may significantly impact our operating results. In order to reduce costs, we may need to develop and implement process improvements. However, in order to do so, we will need, from time to time, to notify or make submissions with regulatory authorities, and the improvements may be subject to approval by such regulatory authorities. We cannot be sure that we will receive these necessary approvals or that these approvals will be granted in a timely fashion. We also cannot guarantee that we will be able to enhance and optimize output in our commercial manufacturing process. If we cannot enhance and optimize output, we may not be able to reduce our costs over time.

We have recently established commercial manufacturing agreements with Teva API, Inc. for the API in octreotide capsules and LSNE for certain testing and lyophilization services. We are currently in commercial manufacturing agreement negotiations with Encap Drug Delivery. We may not be able to reach or maintain agreements containing terms that are acceptable to us with our commercial manufacturers.

If our third-party manufacturers use hazardous and biological materials in a manner that causes injury or violates applicable law, we may be liable for damages.

Our research and development activities involve the controlled use of potentially hazardous substances, including chemical and biological materials by our third-party manufacturers. Our manufacturers are subject to federal,

 

62


Table of Contents

state and local laws and regulations in the United States governing medical, radioactive and hazardous materials. Although we believe that our manufacturers’ procedures for using, handling, storing and disposing of these materials comply with legally prescribed requirements, we cannot completely eliminate the risk of contamination or injury resulting from such materials. As a result of any such contamination or injury we may incur liability or local, city, state or federal authorities may curtail the use of these materials, interrupting our business operations. In the event of an accident, we could be held liable for damages or penalized with fines, and the liability could exceed our resources. Compliance with applicable environmental laws and regulations is expensive, and current or future environmental regulations may impair our research, development and production efforts, which could harm our business, prospects, financial condition or results of operations.

An important part of our strategy is to seek to enter into licensing or collaboration agreements with respect to octreotide capsules and future product candidates in certain territories. We may not be able to identify suitable collaborators and, even if we do, our dependence on such relationships may adversely affect our business.

Because we have limited resources, we may seek to enter into collaboration agreements with other pharmaceutical or biotechnology companies. Our strategy for commercializing octreotide capsules and any future product candidates we may develop outside of the United States may depend on our ability to enter into agreements with collaborators to obtain assistance and funding for the development and potential commercialization of our product candidates in the territories in which we may seek to partner. Despite our efforts, we may be unable to secure collaborative licensing or other arrangements that are necessary for us to further develop and commercialize our product candidates. Supporting diligence activities conducted by potential collaborators and negotiating the financial and other terms of a collaboration agreement are long and complex processes with uncertain results. Even if we are successful in entering into one or more collaboration agreements, collaborations may involve greater uncertainty for us, as we have less control over certain aspects of our collaborative programs than we do over our proprietary development and commercialization programs.

Any failure by our partners to perform their obligations or any decision by our partners to terminate these agreements could negatively impact our ability to successfully develop, obtain regulatory approvals for and commercialize our product candidates. In the event we grant exclusive rights to such partners, we could be precluded from potential commercialization of our product candidates within the territories in which we have a partner. In addition, any termination of our collaboration agreements will terminate any funding we may receive under the relevant collaboration agreement and may impair our ability to fund further development efforts and our progress in our development programs. For example, in July 2014, Roche elected to terminate a license agreement with us for octreotide capsules. As a result, we assumed responsibility for the further development and commercialization of octreotide capsules and will receive no additional funding from Roche for this purpose.

Further, our potential future collaborators may develop alternative products or pursue alternative technologies either on their own or in collaboration with others, including our competitors, and the priorities or focus of our collaborators may shift such that our product candidates receive less attention or resources than we would like, or they may be terminated altogether. Any such actions by our potential future collaborators may harm our business prospects and ability to earn revenues. In addition, we could have disputes with our potential future collaborators, such as the interpretation of terms in our agreements. Any such disagreements could lead to delays in the development or commercialization of our product candidates or could result in time-consuming and expensive litigation or arbitration, which may not be resolved in our favor.

We rely, and will rely in the future, on third parties to conduct our nonclinical studies and clinical trials. If these third parties do not appropriately carry out their contractual duties, fail to conduct high-quality studies or meet expected deadlines, regulatory approval and commercialization of octreotide capsules or any future candidates we may develop could be delayed or not obtained at all.

We do not have the ability to conduct all of our clinical trials independently. We will continue to rely on third parties, including clinical investigators, third-party CROs and consultants, to monitor, manage data for, and

 

63


Table of Contents

execute our ongoing nonclinical and planned clinical programs for octreotide capsules and other potential product candidates, and we control only some aspects of their activities. Because we rely on third parties, our internal capacity to perform these functions is limited. We currently have a small number of employees, which limits the internal resources we have available to identify and monitor our third-party providers. Nevertheless, we are responsible for ensuring that each of our nonclinical studies and clinical trials are conducted in accordance with the applicable protocol and legal, regulatory and scientific requirements and standards, including, for example, Good Laboratory Practices, the Animal Welfare Act and Good Clinical Practices, or GCPs. Our reliance on third parties does not relieve us of our regulatory responsibilities. Regulatory authorities enforce GCPs through periodic inspections of trial sponsors, principal investigators and trial sites. If we or any of these third parties fail to comply with applicable GCPs, the clinical data generated in our clinical trials may be deemed unreliable and the relevant regulatory authorities may require us to perform additional clinical trials in support of our marketing applications. We cannot assure you that upon inspection by a given regulatory authority, such regulatory authority will determine that any of our clinical trials comply with GCP requirements. Failure to comply with these regulations may require us to repeat nonclinical studies and clinical trials, which would delay the regulatory approval process.

The third parties conducting our nonclinical studies and clinical trials are not our employees, and, we cannot control whether or not they devote sufficient time and resources to our ongoing clinical and nonclinical programs. To the extent we are unable to identify and successfully manage the performance of third-party service providers in the future, our business may be adversely affected. If these third parties do not successfully carry out their contractual duties or obligations or meet expected deadlines, or if the quality or accuracy of the data they obtain is compromised due to the failure to adhere to our protocols, regulatory requirements or for other reasons, our nonclinical studies and clinical trials may be extended, delayed or terminated and we may not be able to obtain regulatory approval of or successfully commercialize octreotide capsules and any future product candidates we may develop. As a result, our results of operations and the commercial prospects for our product candidates could be harmed, our costs could increase and our ability to generate revenues could be delayed.

Risks Related to Our Financial Position and Capital Resources

We have incurred significant losses since our inception and anticipate that we will incur continued losses for the next several years and thus may never achieve or maintain profitability.

We have funded our operations to date through proceeds from sales of redeemable convertible preferred stock and, to a lesser extent, the issuance of convertible notes. On July 21, 2015, we completed the sale of 7,319,750 shares of our common stock in our IPO, at a price to the public of $16.00 per share, resulting in net proceeds of approximately $106.5 million after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and offering expenses payable by us. From our inception through December 31, 2015, we had received net proceeds of $267.9 million from such transactions, including amounts raised in the IPO. As of December 31, 2015, our cash and cash equivalents and marketable securities were $148.8 million. Since inception, we have incurred significant operating losses. Our net loss was $35.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2015 and $2.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2014. As of December 31, 2015, we had an accumulated deficit of $117.4 million. We have no products approved for commercialization and have never generated any product revenue. We expect to incur operating losses for at least the next several years. Past operating losses, combined with expected future operating losses, have had and will continue to have an adverse effect on our cash resources, stockholders’ equity and working capital. If we obtain regulatory approval of octreotide capsules or any future product candidates, we may incur significant sales, marketing, in-licensing and outsourced manufacturing expenses, as well as continued research and development expenses. In addition, we expect our research and development expenses to significantly increase in connection with our additional Phase 3 clinical trial for octreotide capsules for the treatment of acromegaly, and clinical trials for octreotide capsules for the treatment of NETs and other indications, and as we explore additional product candidates for our drug pipeline. As a public company, we will incur additional costs associated with operating as a public company. As a result, we expect to continue to incur significant operating losses for the foreseeable future. Because of the numerous risks and uncertainties associated

 

64


Table of Contents

with developing and commercializing pharmaceutical products, we are unable to predict the extent of any future losses or when we will become profitable, if at all.

Even if we achieve profitability, we may not be able to sustain or increase profitability on a quarterly or annual basis. Our failure to become and remain profitable could depress the value of our stock and impair our ability to raise capital, expand our business, maintain our development efforts, obtain regulatory approvals, diversify our product pipeline or continue our operations. A decline in the value of our company could also cause you to lose all or part of your investment.

We have not generated any revenue from any commercial products and may never be profitable.

Our ability to become profitable depends upon our ability to generate revenue. Unless and until marketing approval is obtained from either the FDA or EMA for octreotide capsules or any future product candidates we may develop, we may not be able to generate sufficient revenue to attain profitability. In addition, our ability to generate profits after any FDA or EMA approval of our product candidates is subject to our ability to contract for the manufacture of commercial quantities of our product candidates at acceptable cost levels and establish sales and marketing capabilities or identify and enter into one or more strategic collaborations to effectively market and sell any approved product candidate.

Even if octreotide capsules or any future product candidates is approved for commercial sale, any approved product candidate may not gain market acceptance or achieve commercial success. In addition, we would anticipate incurring significant costs associated with commercializing any approved product. We may not achieve profitability soon after generating product sales, if ever. If we are unable to generate product revenues, we will not become profitable and may be unable to continue operations without continued funding.

We have a limited operating history and no history of commercializing drugs, which may make it difficult for you to evaluate the success of our business to date and to assess our future viability.

Although we commenced operations in 2001, our operations to date have been largely focused on raising capital and developing octreotide capsules, including undertaking nonclinical studies and conducting clinical trials. Octreotide capsules is our only current product candidate for which we have conducted clinical trials and for octreotide capsules we have completed only a single later-stage clinical trial to date. We have not yet demonstrated our ability to successfully complete additional later-stage clinical trials, obtain regulatory approvals, manufacture a commercial-scale drug or arrange for a third party to do so on our behalf, or conduct sales and marketing activities necessary for successful commercialization. Consequently, any predictions you make about our future success or viability may not be as accurate as they could be if we had a longer operating history or a history of successfully developing and commercializing drugs.

We may encounter unforeseen expenses, difficulties, complications, delays and other known or unknown factors in achieving our business objectives. We will need to transition at some point from a company with a development focus to a company capable of supporting commercial activities. We may not be successful in such a transition.

We may need additional capital to support our growth, which may be difficult to obtain and restrict our operations and would result in additional dilution to our stockholders.

Our business will require additional capital that we have not yet secured. We expect that our cash and cash equivalents as of December 31, 2015 will fund our planned operating expenses and capital expenditure requirements through at least mid-2017. During this period, we expect to seek regulatory approval of octreotide capsules in the United States and, if this is granted, launch octreotide capsules in the United States, initiate an additional Phase 3 clinical trial of octreotide capsules to treat acromegaly required for European regulatory approval, continue development plans for the use of octreotide capsules in other indications, and conduct

 

65


Table of Contents

additional nonclinical studies to expand our product pipeline. However, the actual amount of funds that we will need will be determined by many factors, some of which are beyond our control, and we may need funds sooner than currently anticipated. These factors include but are not limited to:

 

    the status of our NDA for octreotide capsules in acromegaly;

 

    the amount of our future operating losses;

 

    expenses relating to the commercialization of octreotide capsules, if approved;

 

    if octreotide capsules is approved, the level of success of its initial commercial launch in the United States;

 

    the timing of approvals, if any, of octreotide capsules in additional jurisdictions;

 

    the need and cost of conducting additional clinical trials for octreotide capsules and our other drug candidates;

 

    the amount of our research and development, marketing, selling and general and administrative expenses;

 

    the extent to which we enter into, maintain, and derive revenues from licensing agreements, including agreements to out-license octreotide capsules, research and other collaborations, joint ventures and other business arrangements;

 

    our success in integrating, technologies or companies that we may acquire; and

 

    regulatory changes and technological developments in our markets.

General market conditions or the market price of our common stock may not support capital-raising transactions, such as an additional public or private offering of our common stock or other securities. In addition, our ability to raise additional capital may be dependent upon our stock being quoted on The NASDAQ Global Select Market or upon obtaining stockholder approval. There can be no assurance that we will be able to satisfy the criteria for continued listing on The NASDAQ Global Select Market or that we will be able to obtain stockholder approval if it is necessary. If we are unable to obtain additional funds on a timely basis or on terms favorable to us, even if our NDA for octreotide capsules is approved, we may be required to cease or reduce further commercialization, to cease or reduce certain research and development projects, to sell some or all of our technology or assets or to merge all or a portion of our business with another entity. In the event additional financing is needed or advisable, we may seek to fund our operations through the sale of equity securities, additional debt financing and strategic collaboration agreements. We cannot be sure that additional financing from any of these sources will be available when needed or that, if available, the additional financing will be obtained on terms favorable to us or our stockholders. If we raise additional funds by selling shares of our capital stock, the ownership interest of our current stockholders will be diluted. If we attempt to raise additional funds through strategic collaboration agreements, we may not be successful in obtaining collaboration agreements, or in receiving milestone or royalty payments under those agreements, or the terms of the debt may involve significant cash payment obligations as well as covenants and specific financial ratios that may restrict our ability to commercialize octreotide capsules or any future product candidates or operate our business.

Raising additional capital may cause dilution to our existing stockholders, restrict our operations or require us to relinquish rights.

We may seek additional capital through a combination of private and public equity offerings, debt financings and collaboration, strategic and licensing arrangements. To the extent that we raise additional capital through the sale of equity or convertible debt securities, your ownership interest will be diluted, and the terms may include liquidation or other preferences that adversely affect your rights as a stockholder. Debt financing, if available, may involve agreements that include covenants limiting or restricting our ability to take specific actions such as incurring additional debt, making capital expenditures or declaring dividends. If we raise additional funds

 

66


Table of Contents

through collaboration, strategic alliance and licensing arrangements with third parties, we may have to relinquish valuable rights to our technologies or product candidates, or grant licenses on terms that are not favorable to us.

Risks Related to Our Business and Industry

We depend on the knowledge and skill of our senior management and other key employees, and if we are unable to retain or if we fail to recruit additional highly skilled personnel, our business will be harmed.

Our ability to compete in the highly competitive pharmaceuticals industry depends in large part upon our ability to attract and retain highly qualified managerial, commercial, scientific and medical personnel. We are highly dependent on our management, commercial, scientific and medical personnel. In order to induce valuable employees to remain with us, we have provided employees with stock options that vest over time. The value to employees of stock options that vest over time is significantly affected by movements in our stock price that we cannot control and, together with our other compensation programs and benefits, may at any time be insufficient to counteract more lucrative offers from other companies.

We are highly dependent upon the principal members of our management team, including Mark Leuchtenberger, our Chief Executive Officer, Roni Mamluk, our Chief Development Officer, Anand Varadan, our Chief Commercial Officer, Tara McCarthy, our General Counsel and Mark J. Fitzpatrick, our Chief Financial Officer. These executives have significant research and development, regulatory industry, sales and marketing, operational, and/or corporate finance and legal experience. The loss of any executive or other principal member of our management team would impair our ability to identify, develop and market new products and conduct successful operations.

In addition, our growth will require us to hire a significant number of qualified technical, commercial and administrative personnel. There is intense competition from other companies and research and academic institutions for qualified personnel in the areas of our activities. Other biopharmaceutical companies with which we compete for qualified personnel may have greater financial and other resources, different risk profiles, and a longer history in the industry than we do. They also may provide more diverse opportunities and better chances for career advancement. Some of these characteristics may be more appealing to high-quality candidates than what we have to offer. If we are unable to continue to attract and retain high-quality personnel, the rate and success at which we can develop and commercialize octreotide capsules and any future product candidates we may develop would be impaired and could adversely affect our growth and financial performance.

We may acquire additional businesses or form strategic alliances in the future, and we may not realize the benefits of such acquisitions or alliances.

We may acquire additional businesses or products, form strategic alliances or create joint ventures with third parties that we believe will complement or augment our existing business. If we acquire businesses with promising markets or technologies, we may not be able to realize the benefit of acquiring such businesses if we are unable to successfully integrate them with our existing operations and company culture. We may have difficulty in developing, manufacturing and marketing the products of a newly acquired company that enhances the performance of our combined businesses or product lines to realize value from expected synergies. We cannot assure you that, following an acquisition, we will achieve the revenues or specific net income that justifies the acquisition.

Potential technological changes in our field of business create considerable uncertainty.

We are engaged in the biopharmaceutical field, which is characterized by extensive research efforts and rapid technological progress. New developments in research are expected to continue at a rapid pace in both industry and academia. We cannot assure you that research and discoveries by others will not render some or all of our programs or product candidates uncompetitive or obsolete. The longer-term success of our business depends

 

67


Table of Contents

upon our ability to utilize our TPE platform to develop and commercialize oral forms of therapies that are currently only available in injectable or other non-absorbable forms. We cannot assure you that unforeseen problems will not develop with our TPE technology or applications or that any commercially feasible products will ultimately be developed by us.

Our employees, independent contractors, consultants, commercial partners, principal investigators, CROs and vendors may engage in misconduct or other improper activities, including noncompliance with regulatory standards and requirements, which could cause significant liability for us and harm our reputation.

We are exposed to the risk that our employees, independent contractors, consultants, commercial partners, principal investigators, CROs and vendors may engage in fraudulent conduct or other misconduct, including intentional failures to comply with FDA regulations or similar regulations of comparable foreign regulatory authorities, to provide accurate information to the FDA or comparable foreign regulatory authorities, to comply with manufacturing standards we have established, to comply with federal and state healthcare fraud and abuse laws and regulations and similar laws and regulations established and enforced by comparable foreign regulatory authorities, and to report financial information or data accurately or disclose unauthorized activities to us. The misconduct of our employees and contractors could also involve the improper use of information obtained in the course of clinical trials, which could result in regulatory sanctions and serious harm to our reputation. In connection with our IPO, we implemented a code of conduct and ethics for our directors, officers and employees, but it is not always possible to identify and deter such misconduct, and the precautions we take to detect and prevent this activity may not be effective in controlling unknown or unmanaged risks or losses or in protecting us from governmental investigations or other actions or lawsuits stemming from a failure to be in compliance with such laws or regulations. If any such actions are instituted against us, and we are not successful in defending ourselves or asserting our rights, those actions could have a significant impact on our business and results of operations, including the imposition of significant fines or other sanctions.

Our business and operations would suffer in the event of computer system failures, cyber-attacks on our systems or deficiency in our cyber security.

Despite the implementation of security measures, our internal computer systems, and those of third parties on which we rely, are vulnerable to damage from computer viruses, unauthorized access, malware, natural disasters, fire, terrorism, war and telecommunication, electrical failures, cyber-attacks or cyber-intrusions over the Internet, attachments to emails, persons inside our organization, or persons with access to systems inside our organization. The risk of a security breach or disruption, particularly through cyber-attacks or cyber intrusion, including by computer hackers, foreign governments, and cyber terrorists, has generally increased as the number, intensity and sophistication of attempted attacks and intrusions from around the world have increased. In addition, our systems safeguard important confidential personal data regarding patients enrolled in our clinical trials. If a disruption event were to occur and cause interruptions in our operations, it could result in a disruption of our drug development programs. For example, the loss of clinical trial data from completed, ongoing or planned clinical trials could result in delays in our regulatory approval efforts and significantly increase our costs to recover or reproduce the data. To the extent that any disruption or security breach results in a loss of or damage to our data or applications, or inappropriate disclosure of confidential or proprietary information, we could incur liability and the further development of octreotide capsules and any future product candidates we may develop could be delayed.

Business disruptions could seriously harm our future revenues and financial condition and increase our costs and expenses.

Our operations could be subject to earthquakes, power shortages, telecommunications failures, water shortages, floods, hurricanes, typhoons, fires, extreme weather conditions, medical epidemics, military conflicts, acts of terrorism and other natural or man-made disasters or business interruptions. Some of our operations are in Israel, which has a history of certain conflicts. The occurrence of any business disruptions could seriously harm our

 

68


Table of Contents

operations and financial condition and increase our costs and expenses. We rely on third-party manufacturers to produce octreotide capsules. Our ability to obtain clinical supplies of octreotide capsules could be disrupted if the operations of these suppliers are affected by a man-made or natural disaster or other business interruption, as we do not carry insurance to cover such risks.

Laws and regulations governing conduct of international operations may negatively impact our development, manufacture and sale of products outside of the United States and require us to develop and implement costly compliance programs.

As we have substantial operations in Israel and may seek to further expand our operations outside of the United States, we must comply with numerous laws and regulations in Israel and each other jurisdiction in which we plan to operate. The creation and implementation of international business practices compliance programs is costly and such programs are difficult to enforce, particularly where we must rely on third parties.

The Foreign Corrupt Practices Act, or FCPA, prohibits any U.S. individual or business from paying, offering, authorizing payment or offering of anything of value, directly or indirectly, to any foreign official, political party or candidate for the purpose of influencing any act or decision of the foreign entity in order to assist the individual or business in obtaining or retaining business. The FCPA also obligates companies whose securities are listed in the United States to comply with certain accounting provisions requiring such companies to maintain books and records that accurately and fairly reflect all transactions of the corporation, including international subsidiaries, and to devise and maintain an adequate system of internal accounting controls for international operations. The anti-bribery provisions of the FCPA are enforced primarily by the DOJ. The Securities and Exchange Commission, or SEC, is involved with enforcement of the books and records provisions of the FCPA.

Compliance with the FCPA is expensive and difficult, particularly in countries in which corruption is a recognized problem. In addition, the FCPA presents particular challenges in the pharmaceutical industry, because, in many countries, hospitals are operated by the government, and doctors and other hospital employees are considered foreign officials. Certain payments to hospitals in connection with clinical trials and other work have been deemed to be improper payments to government officials and have led to FCPA enforcement actions.

Various laws, regulations and executive orders also restrict the use and dissemination outside of the United States, or the sharing with certain foreign nationals, of information classified for national security purposes, as well as certain products and technical data relating to those products. Our expanding presence outside of the United States will require us to dedicate additional resources to comply with these laws, and these laws may preclude us from developing, manufacturing, or selling octreotide capsules and any future product candidates we may develop outside of the United States, which could limit our growth potential and increase our development costs.

The failure to comply with laws governing international business practices may result in substantial penalties, including suspension or debarment from government contracting. Violation of the FCPA can result in significant civil and criminal penalties. Indictment alone under the FCPA can lead to suspension of the right to do business with the U.S. government until the pending claims are resolved. Conviction of a violation of the FCPA can result in long-term disqualification as a government contractor. The termination of a government contract or relationship as a result of our failure to satisfy any of our obligations under laws governing international business practices would have a negative impact on our operations and harm our reputation and ability to procure government contracts. Additionally, the SEC also may suspend or bar issuers from trading securities on U.S. exchanges for violations of the FCPA’s accounting provisions.

 

69


Table of Contents

Security breaches and other disruptions could compromise our information and expose us to liability, which would cause our business and reputation to suffer.

We collect and store sensitive data, including intellectual property, our proprietary business information and that of our manufacturers, business partners, healthcare professionals and patients. This includes, where required or permitted by applicable laws, personally identifiable information. The secure maintenance of this information is critical to our operations and business strategy. Despite our security measures, our information technology and infrastructure may be vulnerable to attacks by hackers or breached due to employee error, malfeasance or other disruptions. Any such breach could compromise our networks and the information stored there could be accessed, publicly disclosed, lost or stolen. Any such access, disclosure or other loss of information could result in legal claims or proceedings, liability under laws that protect the privacy of personal information, disrupt our operations, and damage our reputation which could adversely affect our business.

Compliance with changing European privacy laws could require us to incur significant costs or experience significant business disruption and failure to so comply could result in an adverse impact on our business.

In Europe, Directive 95/46/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council of 24 October 1995 on the protection of individuals with regard to the processing of personal data and on the free movement of such data, or the Directive, has required European Union member states to implement data protection laws to meet the strict privacy requirements of the Directive. Among other requirements, the Directive regulates transfers of personally identifiable data that is subject to the Directive, or Personal Data, to countries such as the United States, that have not been found to provide adequate protection to such Personal Data. We have not in the past and cannot in the future rely upon adherence to the U.S. Department of Commerce’s Safe Harbor Privacy Principles and compliance with the U.S.-EU and U.S.-Swiss Safe Harbor Frameworks as agreed to and set forth by the U.S. Department of Commerce, and the European Union and Switzerland, which established a means for legitimating the transfer of Personal Data by data controllers in the European Economic Area, or the EEA, to the United States. As a result of the October 6, 2015 European Union Court of Justice, or ECJ, opinion in Case C-362/14 ( Schrems v. Data Protection Commissioner ) regarding the adequacy of the U.S.-EU Safe Harbor Framework, the U.S. – EU Safe Harbor Framework is no longer deemed to be a valid method of compliance with requirements set forth in the Directive (and member states’ implementations thereof) regarding the transfer of Personal Data outside of the EEA.

Recently, it was announced that negotiators from Europe and the United States reached political agreement on a successor to the Safe Harbor framework that will be referred to as the EU-US Privacy Shield. However, it is likely to be months before all of the details regarding the Privacy Shield program are finalized and a procedure is introduced to allow interested companies to participate in the program. While the details regarding the Privacy Shield program continue to be finalized, we will continue to face uncertainty as to whether our efforts to comply with our obligations under European privacy laws will be sufficient. If we are investigated by a European data protection authority, we may face fines and other penalties. Any such investigation or charges by European data protection authorities could have a negative effect on our existing business and on our ability to attract and retain new customers. We may be unsuccessful in establishing conforming means of transferring data from the EEA, including due to ongoing legislative activity, which may vary the current data protection landscape.

The Directive may be replaced in time with the pending European General Data Protection Regulation, which may impose additional obligations and risk upon our business and which may increase substantially the penalties to which we could be subject in the event of any non-compliance. We may incur substantial expense in complying with the new obligations to be imposed by the European General Data Protection Regulation and we may be required to make significant changes in our operations, all of which may adversely affect our business.

 

70


Table of Contents

Exchange rate fluctuations between the U.S. dollar and non-U.S. currencies may negatively affect our results of operations.

The U.S. dollar is our functional and reporting currency, however, a portion of our operations are currently conducted in Israel and most of the Israeli expenses are currently paid in New Israeli Shekels, or NIS. We also contract with CROs internationally, primarily for the execution of clinical trials and manufacturing activities. A portion of these transactions are settled in Euros or Great British Pounds, or GBPs. As a result, we are exposed to the risk that the NIS, Euro or GBP may appreciate relative to the U.S. dollar, or, if the NIS, Euro or GBP instead devalue relative to the U.S. dollar, that the relative inflation rate may exceed such rate of devaluation, or that the timing of such devaluation may lag behind the relative inflation. In any such event, the U.S. dollar cost of our operations in Israel and transactions with certain CROs would increase and our U.S. dollar-denominated results of operations would be adversely affected. To date, we have not engaged in hedging transactions. In the future, we may enter into currency hedging transactions to decrease the risk of financial exposure from fluctuations in the exchange rates of our principal operating currencies. These measures, however, may not adequately protect us from the material adverse effects of such fluctuations. If the U.S. dollar cost of our operations increases, our U.S. dollar-measured results of operations will be adversely affected. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosure About Market Risk.”

Risks Related to Our Intellectual Property

If we are unable to protect our intellectual property rights or if our intellectual property rights are inadequate to protect our technology and product candidates, our competitors could develop and commercialize technology and drugs similar to ours, and our competitive position could be harmed.

Our commercial success will depend in large part on our ability to obtain and maintain patent and other intellectual property protection in the United States and other countries with respect to our proprietary technology and products. We rely on trade secret, patent, copyright and trademark laws, and confidentiality and other agreements with employees and third parties, all of which offer only limited protection. Our strategy is to seek patent protection for our product candidates and compositions, their methods of use and processes for their manufacture, and any other aspects of inventions that are commercially important to the development of our business.

The patent prosecution process is expensive and time-consuming, and we and any future licensors and licensees may not be able to apply for or prosecute patents on certain aspects of our product candidates or delivery technologies at a reasonable cost, in a timely fashion, or at all. We may not have the right to control the preparation, filing and prosecution of patent applications, or to maintain the rights to patents licensed to third parties. Therefore, these patents and applications may not be prosecuted and enforced in a manner consistent with the best interests of our business. It is also possible that we or any future licensors or licensees, will fail to identify patentable aspects of inventions made in the course of development and commercialization activities before it is too late to obtain patent protection on them. Therefore, our patents and applications may not be prosecuted and enforced in a manner consistent with the best interests of our business. It is possible that defects of form in the preparation or filing of our patents or patent applications may exist, or may arise in the future, such as with respect to proper priority claims, inventorship, claim scope or patent term adjustments. If any future licensors or licensees, are not fully cooperative or disagree with us as to the prosecution, maintenance, or enforcement of any patent rights, such patent rights could be compromised and we might not be able to prevent third parties from making, using, and selling competing products. If there are material defects in the form or preparation of our patents or patent applications, such patents or applications may be invalid or unenforceable. Moreover, our competitors may independently develop equivalent knowledge, methods, and know-how. Any of these outcomes could impair our ability to prevent competition from third parties, which may have an adverse impact on our business, financial condition, and operating results.

 

71


Table of Contents

The patent positions of biotechnology and pharmaceutical companies generally are highly uncertain, involve complex legal and factual questions and have in recent years been the subject of much litigation. As a result, the issuance, scope, validity, enforceability and commercial value of any patents that issue, are highly uncertain. The steps we have taken to protect our proprietary rights may not be adequate to preclude misappropriation of our proprietary information or infringement of our intellectual property rights, both inside and outside the United States. Further, the examination process may require us to narrow the claims of pending patent applications, which may limit the scope of patent protection that may be obtained if these applications issue. The rights that may be granted under future issued patents may not provide us with the proprietary protection or competitive advantages we are seeking. If we are unable to obtain and maintain patent protection for our technology and products, or if the scope of the patent protection obtained is not sufficient, our competitors could develop and commercialize technology and products similar or superior to ours, and our ability to successfully commercialize our technology and products may be impaired.

With respect to patent rights, we do not know whether any of our patent applications will result in issued patents or, if any of our patent applications do issue, whether such patents will protect our technology and drugs, in whole or in part, or whether such patents will effectively prevent others from commercializing competitive technologies and products. There is no guarantee that any of our issued or granted patents will not later be found invalid or unenforceable. Publications of discoveries in the scientific literature often lag behind the actual discoveries, and patent applications in the United States and other jurisdictions are typically not published until 18 months after filing or in some cases not at all, until they are issued as a patent. Therefore we cannot be certain that we were the first to make the inventions claimed in our pending patent applications, that we were the first to file for patent protection of such inventions, or that we have found all of the potentially relevant prior art relating to our patents and patent applications that could invalidate one or more of our patents or prevent one or more of our patent applications from issuing. Even if patents do successfully issue and even if such patents cover our product candidates, third parties may initiate oppositions, interferences, re-examinations, post-grant reviews, inter partes reviews, nullification or derivation actions in court or before patent offices or similar proceedings challenging the validity, enforceability, or scope of such patents, which may result in the patent claims being narrowed or invalidated. Furthermore, even if they are unchallenged, our patents and patent applications may not adequately protect our intellectual property, provide exclusivity for our product candidates, or prevent others from designing around our claims. Any of these outcomes could impair our ability to prevent competition from third parties.

Furthermore, the issuance of a patent is not conclusive as to its inventorship, scope, validity or enforceability, and our owned and licensed patents may be challenged in the courts or patent offices in the United States and abroad. Such challenges may result in loss of exclusivity or freedom to operate or in patent claims being narrowed, invalidated or held unenforceable, in whole or in part, which could limit our ability to stop others from using or commercializing similar or identical technology and drugs, or limit the duration of the patent protection of our technology and drugs. Given the amount of time required for the development, testing and regulatory review of new drug candidates, patents protecting such candidates might expire before or shortly after such candidates are commercialized. As a result, our owned and licensed patent portfolio may not provide us with sufficient rights to exclude others from commercializing drugs similar or identical to ours.

We may become involved in lawsuits to protect or enforce our patents or the patents of our licensors, which could be expensive, time consuming and unsuccessful.

Competitors may infringe our patents or the patents of our licensors. To counter infringement or unauthorized use, we may be required to file infringement claims, which can be expensive and time consuming. In a patent litigation in the United States, defendant counterclaims alleging invalidity or unenforceability are commonplace. Grounds for a validity challenge could be an alleged failure to meet any of several statutory requirements, for example, lack of novelty, obviousness or non-enablement. Grounds for an unenforceability assertion could be an allegation that someone connected with prosecution of the patent withheld relevant information from the USPTO, or made a misleading statement, during prosecution. The outcome following legal assertions of invalidity and

 

72


Table of Contents

unenforceability during patent litigation is unpredictable. A court may decide that a patent of ours or our licensors is not valid or is unenforceable, or may refuse to stop the other party from using the technology at issue on the grounds that our patents do not cover the technology in question. With respect to the validity question, for example, we cannot be certain that no invalidating prior art exists. An adverse result in any litigation or defense proceedings could put one or more of our patents at risk of being invalidated, found unenforceable, or interpreted narrowly, and it could put our patent applications at risk of not issuing. Defense of these claims, regardless of their merit, would involve substantial litigation expense and would be a substantial diversion of employee resources from our business. If a defendant were to prevail on a legal assertion of invalidity or unenforceability, we would lose at least part, and perhaps all, of the patent protection on one or more of our products or certain aspects of our platform technology. Such a loss of patent protection could have an adverse impact on our business.

Interference proceedings brought by the USPTO may be necessary to determine the priority of inventions with respect to our patents and patent applications or those of our collaborators or licensors. An unfavorable outcome could require us to cease using the technology or to attempt to license rights to it from the prevailing party. Our business could be harmed if a prevailing party does not offer us a license on terms that are acceptable to us. Litigation or interference proceedings may fail and, even if successful, may result in substantial costs and distraction of our management and other employees. We may not be able to prevent, alone or with our licensors, misappropriation of our proprietary rights, particularly in countries where the laws may not protect those rights as fully as in the United States. Furthermore, because of the substantial amount of discovery required in connection with intellectual property litigation, there is a risk that some of our confidential information could be compromised by disclosure during this type of litigation. In addition, there could be public announcements of the results of hearings, motions or other interim proceedings or developments. If securities analysts or investors perceive these results to be negative, it could have a substantial adverse effect on the price of our common stock.

Moreover, we may be subject to a third-party pre-issuance submission of prior art to the USPTO or other foreign patent offices, or become involved in opposition, derivation, reexamination, inter partes review, post-grant review or interference proceedings challenging our patent rights or the patent rights of others. An adverse determination in any such submission, proceeding or litigation could reduce the scope of, or invalidate, our patent rights, allow third parties to commercialize our technology or drugs and compete directly with us, without payment to us, or result in our inability to manufacture or commercialize drugs without infringing third-party patent rights. In addition, if the breadth or strength of protection provided by our patents and patent applications is threatened, it could dissuade companies from collaborating with us to license, develop, or commercialize current or future product candidates.

We may not be able to protect our intellectual property rights throughout the world.

Filing, prosecuting and defending patents on octreotide capsules and our TPE platform throughout the world would be prohibitively expensive, and our intellectual property rights in some countries outside the United States may be less extensive than those in the United States. In addition, the laws and practices of some foreign countries do not protect intellectual property rights, especially those relating to life sciences, to the same extent as federal and state laws in the United States. For example, novel formulations of existing drugs and manufacturing processes may not be patentable in certain jurisdictions, and the requirements for patentability may differ in certain countries, particularly developing countries. Also, some foreign countries, including European Union countries, India, Japan and China, have compulsory licensing laws under which a patent owner may be compelled under certain circumstances to grant licenses to third parties. Consequently, we may have limited remedies if patents are infringed or if we are compelled to grant a license to a third party, and we may not be able to prevent third parties from practicing our inventions in all countries outside the United States, or from selling or importing products made using our inventions into or within the United States or other jurisdictions. This could limit our potential revenue opportunities. Competitors may use our technologies in jurisdictions where we have not obtained patent protection to develop their own products, and may export otherwise infringing products to territories where we have patent protection, but where enforcement is not as strong as that in the

 

73


Table of Contents

United States. These products may compete with our products in jurisdictions where we do not have any issued patents and our patent claims or other intellectual property rights may not be effective or sufficient to prevent them from competing with us in these jurisdictions. Accordingly, our efforts to enforce intellectual property rights around the world may be inadequate to obtain a significant commercial advantage from our intellectual property. We may not prevail in any lawsuits that we initiate in these foreign countries and the damages or other remedies awarded, if any, may not be commercially meaningful.

Obtaining and maintaining our patent protection depends on compliance with various procedural, document submission, fee payment and other requirements imposed by governmental patent agencies, and our patent protection could be reduced or eliminated for non-compliance with these requirements.

Periodic maintenance fees, renewal fees, annuity fees and various other governmental fees on patents and applications are required to be paid to the USPTO and various governmental patent agencies outside of the United States in several stages over the lifetime of the patents and applications. The USPTO and various non-U.S. governmental patent agencies require compliance with a number of procedural, documentary, fee payment and other similar provisions during the patent application process and after a patent has issued. There are situations in which non-compliance can result in abandonment or lapse of the patent or patent application, resulting in partial or complete loss of patent rights in the relevant jurisdiction.

Third parties may initiate legal proceedings alleging that we are infringing their intellectual property rights, the outcome of which could be uncertain and could harm our business.

While our product candidates are in nonclinical studies and clinical trials, we believe that the use of our product candidates in these nonclinical studies and clinical trials falls within the scope of the exemptions provided by 35 U.S.C. Section 271(e) in the United States, which exempts from patent infringement liability activities reasonably related to the development and submission of information to the FDA. As our product candidates progress toward commercialization, the possibility of a patent infringement claim against us increases. There can be no assurance that our product candidates do not infringe other parties’ patents or other proprietary rights, however, and competitors or other parties may assert that we infringe their proprietary rights in any event. We may become party to, or threatened with, future adversarial proceedings or litigation regarding intellectual property rights with respect to our product candidates, including interference or derivation proceedings before the USPTO. Third parties may assert infringement claims against us based on existing patents or patents that may be granted in the future. If we are found to infringe a third party’s intellectual property rights, we could be required to obtain a license from such third party to continue commercializing our product candidates. However, we may not be able to obtain any required license on commercially reasonable terms or at all. Even if a license can be obtained on acceptable terms, the rights may be non-exclusive, which could give our competitors access to the same technology or intellectual property rights licensed to us. If we fail to obtain a required license, we may be unable to effectively market product candidates based on our technology, which could limit our ability to generate revenue or achieve profitability and possibly prevent us from generating revenue sufficient to sustain our operations. Alternatively, we may need to redesign our infringing products, which may be impossible or require substantial time and monetary expenditure. Under certain circumstances, we could be forced, including by court order, to cease commercializing our product candidates. In addition, in any such proceeding or litigation, we could be found liable for substantial monetary damages, potentially including treble damages and attorneys’ fees, if we are found to have willfully infringed. A finding of infringement could prevent us from commercializing our product candidates or force us to cease some of our business operations, which could harm our business. Any claims by third parties that we have misappropriated their confidential information or trade secrets could have a similar negative impact on our business.

The cost to us in defending or initiating any litigation or other proceeding relating to patent or other proprietary rights, even if resolved in our favor, could be substantial, and litigation would divert our management’s attention. Some of our competitors may be able to sustain the costs of complex patent litigation more effectively than we can because they have substantially greater resources. Uncertainties resulting from the initiation and continuation

 

74


Table of Contents

of patent litigation or other proceedings could delay our research and development efforts and limit our ability to continue our operations.

Octreotide capsules or any future products we may develop may infringe the intellectual property rights of others, which could increase our costs and delay or prevent our development and commercialization efforts.

Our success depends in part on avoiding infringement of the proprietary technologies of others. The pharmaceutical industry has been characterized by frequent litigation regarding patent and other intellectual property rights. Identification of third-party patent rights that may be relevant to our proprietary technology is difficult because patent searching is imperfect due to differences in terminology among patents, incomplete databases and the difficulty in assessing the meaning of patent claims. Additionally, because patent applications are maintained in secrecy until the application is published, we may be unaware of third-party patents that may be infringed by commercialization of octreotide capsules or any future product candidate. There may be certain issued patents and patent applications claiming subject matter that we may be required to license in order to research, develop, or commercialize octreotide capsules, and we do not know if such patents and patent applications would be available to license on commercially reasonable terms, or at all. Any claims of patent infringement asserted by third parties would be time-consuming and may:

 

    result in costly litigation;

 

    divert the time and attention of our technical personnel and management;

 

    cause product development or commercialization delays;

 

    prevent us from commercializing a product until the asserted patent expires or is held finally invalid or not infringed in a court of law;

 

    require us to cease or modify our use of the technology and/or develop non-infringing technology; or

 

    require us to enter into royalty or licensing agreements.

Although no third party has asserted a claim of infringement against us, others may hold proprietary rights that could prevent octreotide capsules from being marketed. Any patent-related legal action against our collaborators or us claiming damages and seeking to enjoin commercial activities relating to octreotide capsules or our processes could subject us to potential liability for damages and require us to obtain a license to continue to manufacture or market octreotide capsules or any future product candidates. We cannot predict whether we would prevail in any such actions or that any license required under any of these patents would be made available on commercially acceptable terms, if at all. In addition, we cannot be sure that we could redesign octreotide capsules or any future product candidates or processes to avoid infringement, if necessary. Accordingly, an adverse determination in a judicial or administrative proceeding, or the failure to obtain necessary licenses, could prevent us from developing and commercializing octreotide capsules or a future product candidate, which could harm our business, financial condition and operating results.

A number of companies, including several major pharmaceutical companies, have conducted research on pharmaceutical uses of somatostatin analogs, which resulted in the filing of many patent applications related to this research. If we were to challenge the validity of these or any issued U.S. patent in court, we would need to overcome a statutory presumption of validity that attaches to every U.S. patent. This means that, in order to prevail, we would have to present clear and convincing evidence as to the invalidity of the patent’s claims. If we were to challenge the validity of these or any issued U.S. patent in an administrative trial before the Patent Trial and Appeal Board in the USPTO, we would have to prove that the claims are unpatentable by a preponderance of the evidence. There is no assurance that a jury and/or court would find in our favor on questions of infringement, validity or enforceability.

 

75


Table of Contents

Our competitors may be able to circumvent our patents by developing similar or alternative technologies or products in a non-infringing manner.

Our competitors may seek to market generic versions of any approved products by submitting abbreviated NDAs to the FDA in which our competitors claim that our patents are invalid, unenforceable or not infringed. Alternatively, our competitors may seek approval to market their own products that are the same as, similar to or otherwise competitive with octreotide capsules and any future product candidates we may develop. In these circumstances, we may need to defend or assert our patents, by means including filing lawsuits alleging patent infringement requiring us to engage in complex, lengthy and costly litigation or other proceedings. In any of these types of proceedings, a court or government agency with jurisdiction may find our patents invalid, unenforceable or not infringed. We may also fail to identify patentable aspects of our research and development before it is too late to obtain patent protection. Even if we have valid and enforceable patents, these patents still may not provide protection against competing products or processes sufficient to achieve our business objectives.

Changes in either U.S. or foreign patent law or interpretation of such laws could diminish the value of patents in general, thereby impairing our ability to protect our products.

As is the case with other biotechnology companies, our success is heavily dependent on intellectual property, particularly patents. Obtaining and enforcing patents in the biotechnology industry involve both technological and legal complexity, and it therefore is costly, time-consuming and inherently uncertain. In addition, on September 16, 2011, the Leahy-Smith America Invents Act, or the AIA, was signed into law. The AIA includes a number of significant changes to U.S. patent law, including provisions that affect the way patent applications will be prosecuted and may also affect patent litigation.

An important change introduced by the AIA is that, as of March 16, 2013, the United States transitioned to a “first-to-file” system for deciding which party should be granted a patent when two or more patent applications are filed by different parties claiming the same invention. A third party that files a patent application in the USPTO after that date but before us could therefore be awarded a patent covering an invention of ours even if we had made the invention before it was made by the third party. This will require us to be cognizant going forward of the time from invention to filing of a patent application.

Among some of the other changes introduced by the AIA are changes that limit where a patentee may file a patent infringement suit and providing opportunities for third parties to challenge any issued patent in the USPTO. This applies to all of our U.S. patents, even those issued before March 16, 2013. Because of a lower evidentiary standard necessary to invalidate a patent claim in USPTO proceedings compared to the evidentiary standard in United States federal court, a third party could potentially provide evidence in a USPTO proceeding sufficient for the USPTO to hold a claim invalid even though the same evidence would be insufficient to invalidate the claim if first presented in a district court action. Accordingly, a third party may attempt to use the USPTO procedures to invalidate our patent claims that would not have been invalidated if first challenged by the third party as a defendant in a district court action.

Depending on decisions by the United States Congress, the federal courts, the USPTO, or similar authorities in foreign jurisdictions, the laws and regulations governing patents could change in unpredictable ways that would weaken our ability to obtain new patents or to enforce our existing patents and patents that we might obtain in the future.

If we are unable to protect the confidentiality of our trade secrets, our business and competitive position would be harmed.

In addition to seeking patent protection for certain aspects of our product candidates and delivery technologies, we also consider trade secrets, including confidential and unpatented know-how important to the maintenance of our competitive position. We protect trade secrets and confidential and unpatented know-how, in part, by

 

76


Table of Contents

entering into non-disclosure and confidentiality agreements with parties who have access to such knowledge, such as our employees, outside scientific collaborators, CROs, contract manufacturers, consultants, advisors and other third parties. We also enter into confidentiality and invention or patent assignment agreements with our employees and consultants that obligate them to maintain confidentiality and assign their inventions to us. Despite these efforts, any of these parties may breach the agreements and disclose our proprietary information, including our trade secrets, and we may not be able to obtain adequate remedies for such breaches. Enforcing a claim that a party illegally disclosed or misappropriated a trade secret is difficult, expensive and time-consuming, and the outcome is unpredictable. In addition, some courts in the United States and certain foreign jurisdictions are less willing or unwilling to protect trade secrets. If any of our trade secrets were to be lawfully obtained or independently developed by a competitor, we would have no right to prevent them from using that technology or information to compete with us. If any of our trade secrets were to be disclosed to or independently developed by a competitor, our competitive position would be harmed.

If our trademarks are not adequately protected, then we may not be able to build name recognition in our markets of interest and our business may be adversely affected.

Our trademarks may be challenged, infringed, circumvented or declared generic or determined to be infringing on other marks. We may not be able to protect our rights to these trademarks or may be forced to stop using these names, which we need for name recognition by potential partners or customers in our markets of interest. If we are unable to establish name recognition based on our trademarks, we may not be able to compete effectively and our business may be adversely affected.

We may be subject to claims that our employees, consultants or independent contractors have wrongfully used or disclosed confidential information of third parties.

We have received confidential and proprietary information from third parties. In addition, we employ individuals who were previously employed at other companies and universities. We may be subject to claims that we or our employees, consultants or independent contractors have inadvertently or otherwise used or disclosed confidential information of these third parties or our employees’ former employers. Litigation may be necessary to defend against these claims. Even if we are successful in defending against these claims, litigation could result in substantial cost and be a distraction to our management and employees.

Risks Related to Our Operations in Israel

The tax benefits available to us under Israeli law require us to meet several conditions and may be terminated or reduced in the future, which would increase our costs and taxes.

We have generated income and are able to take advantage of tax exemptions and reductions resulting from the “beneficiary enterprise” status of our facilities in Israel. To remain eligible for these tax benefits, we must continue to meet certain conditions stipulated in the Israeli Law for the Encouragement of Capital Investments, 1959 and its regulations. If we fail to meet these conditions in the future, the tax benefits would be canceled and we could be required to refund any tax benefits we might already have received. These tax benefits may not be continued in the future at their current levels or at any level. In recent years, the Israeli government has reduced the benefits available and has indicated that it may further reduce or eliminate some of these benefits in the future. The termination or reduction of these tax benefits may increase our income taxes in the future. Additionally, if we increase our activities outside of Israel, for example, by future acquisitions, our increased activities generally will not be eligible for inclusion in Israeli tax benefit programs. Our planned move out of our Jerusalem location in 2016 may also negatively impact the local tax benefits we have received by operating there.

 

77


Table of Contents

We may become subject to claims for remuneration or royalties for assigned service invention rights by our employees, which could result in litigation and harm our business.

A significant portion of our intellectual property has been developed by our employees in the course of their employment for us. Under the Israeli Patent Law, 5727-1967, or the Patent Law, and recent decisions by the Israeli Supreme Court and the Israeli Compensation and Royalties Committee, a body constituted under the Patent Law, employees may be entitled to remuneration for intellectual property that they develop for us unless they explicitly waive any such rights. Although we enter into agreements with our employees pursuant to which they agree that any inventions created in the scope of their employment or engagement are owned exclusively by us, we may face claims demanding remuneration. As a consequence of such claims, we could be required to pay additional remuneration or royalties to our current and former employees, or be forced to litigate such claims, which could negatively affect our business.

Our research and development and administrative facilities and one of our third-party manufacturers are located in Israel and, therefore, our business could be hurt by political and military instability affecting Israel.

Our research and development and administrative facilities and one of our third-party manufacturers’ facilities are located in Israel. Accordingly, political, economic and military conditions in Israel and the surrounding region may directly affect our business. Any hostilities involving Israel or the interruption or curtailment of trade within Israel or between Israel and its trading partners could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations and could make it more difficult for us to raise capital. Instability in the region may lead to deterioration of the political relationships that exist between Israel and these countries and has raised concerns regarding security in the region and the potential for armed conflict. Our commercial insurance does not cover losses that may occur as a result of an event associated with the security situation in the Middle East. Any losses or damages incurred by us could have an adverse effect on our business. Any armed conflicts, terrorist activities or political instability in the region could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Our operations may be disrupted as a result of the obligation of Israeli citizens to perform military service.

Many Israeli citizens are obligated to perform several days, and in some cases more, of annual military reserve duty each year until they reach the age of 40 (or older, for reservists who are military officers or have certain occupations) and, in the event of a military conflict, may be called to active duty. In response to increases in terrorist activity, there have been periods of significant call-ups of military reservists. It is possible that there will be military reserve duty call-ups in the future. Our operations could be disrupted by such call-ups, which may include the call-up of members of our management. Such disruption could harm our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Under current Israeli law, we may not be able to enforce our Israeli employees’ covenants not to compete and therefore may be unable to prevent our competitors from benefiting from the expertise of some of our former employees.

We generally enter into non-competition agreements with our key employees, in most cases within the framework of their employment agreements. These agreements prohibit our key employees, if they cease working for us, from competing directly with us or working for our competitors for a limited period. Under applicable Israeli law, we may be unable to enforce these agreements or any part thereof against our Israeli employees. If we cannot enforce our non-competition agreements against our Israeli employees, then we may be unable to prevent our competitors from benefiting from the expertise of these former employees, which could impair our business, results of operations and ability to capitalize on our proprietary information.

 

78


Table of Contents

Risks Related to Our Common Stock

We may not be able to utilize a significant portion of our net operating loss carryforwards, which could negatively impact our profitability.

At December 31, 2015, we had federal net operating loss, or NOL, carryforwards of $56.0 million. The federal NOL carryforwards expire at various dates through 2035. At December 31, 2015 there were no NOL carryforwards in our Israeli subsidiary.

Under Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or Section 382, substantial changes in our ownership may limit the amount of federal NOL carryforwards that can be utilized annually in the future to offset our U.S. federal taxable income. Specifically, this limitation may arise in the event of a cumulative change in our ownership of more than 50% within any three-year period. Management has determined that we experienced an ownership change for purposes of Section 382 on August 16, 2005 and May 12, 2008. These ownership changes resulted in annual limitations to the amount of NOL carryforwards that can be utilized to offset future taxable income, if any, at the federal level. The annual limit is approximately $0.1 million for 2015 and each year thereafter. These annual limitations resulted in the loss of our ability to utilize approximately $8.9 million in federal NOL carryforwards, which resulted in a write-off of approximately $3.0 million of federal deferred tax assets prior to 2013. In addition, future changes in our stock ownership, which may be outside of our control, may trigger an ownership change, as may future equity acquisitions that have equity as a component and of the purchase price. If additional ownership changes occur in the future, our ability to utilize our net operating losses to offset income if we attain profitability may be limited. We are currently in process of evaluating whether the recent Series E Preferred Stock equity financing and IPO gave rise to an event of cumulative change in our ownership of more than 50%.

Our directors, executive officers and principal stockholders exercise significant control over our company, which will limit your ability to influence corporate matters.

As of December 31, 2015, our executive officers, directors and principal stockholders collectively controlled 61.2% of our outstanding common stock, excluding any shares of common stock that such persons may have the right to acquire upon exercise of outstanding options or warrants. Certain of our existing stockholders, including certain affiliates of our directors, purchased an aggregate of 1,681,250 shares of our common stock in our IPO at the IPO price. As a result, these stockholders, if they act together, will be able to influence our management and affairs and all matters requiring stockholder approval, including the election of directors and approval of significant corporate transactions.

Provisions of Delaware law or our charter documents could delay or prevent an acquisition of our company, even if the acquisition would be beneficial to our stockholders, and could make it more difficult for you to change our current management.

Provisions of Delaware law and our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws, may discourage, delay or prevent a merger, acquisition or other change in control that stockholders may consider favorable, including transactions in which stockholders might otherwise receive a premium for their shares. These provisions may also prevent or delay attempts by stockholders to replace or remove our current management or members of our board of directors. These provisions include:

 

    a classified board of directors;

 

    limitations on the removal of directors;

 

    advance notice requirements for stockholder proposals and nominations;

 

    the inability of stockholders to act by written consent or to call special meetings;

 

    the ability of our board of directors to make, alter or repeal our amended and restated bylaws; and

 

    the authority of our board of directors to issue preferred stock with such terms as our board of directors may determine.

 

79


Table of Contents

The affirmative vote of the holders of at least 75% of our shares of capital stock entitled to vote, and not less than 75% of the outstanding shares of each class entitled to vote thereon as a class, is necessary to amend or repeal the above provisions that are contained in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation. In addition, absent approval of our board of directors, our amended and restated bylaws may only be amended or repealed by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least 75% of our shares of capital stock entitled to vote.

In addition, we are subject to the provisions of Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, which limits business combination transactions with stockholders of 15% or more of our outstanding voting stock that our board of directors has not approved. These provisions and other similar provisions make it more difficult for stockholders or potential acquirers to acquire us without negotiation. These provisions may apply even if some stockholders may consider the transaction beneficial to them.

As a result, these provisions could limit the price that investors are willing to pay in the future for shares of our common stock. These provisions might also discourage a potential acquisition proposal or tender offer, even if the acquisition proposal or tender offer is at a premium over the then current market price for our common stock.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws provide that the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware is the exclusive forum for certain litigation that may be initiated by our stockholders, which could limit our stockholders’ ability to obtain a favorable judicial forum for disputes with us or our directors, officers or employees.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws provide that the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware is the exclusive forum for (i) any derivative action or proceeding brought on our behalf, (ii) any action asserting a claim for breach of a fiduciary duty owed by any of our directors, officers or other employee to us or our stockholders, (iii) any action asserting a claim arising pursuant to any provision of the Delaware General Corporation Law, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation or our amended and restated bylaws or (iv) any action asserting a claim governed by the internal affairs doctrine. The choice of forum provision may limit a stockholder’s ability to bring a claim in a judicial forum that it finds favorable for disputes with us or our directors, officers or other employees, which may discourage such lawsuits against us and our directors, officers and other employees. Alternatively, if a court were to find the choice of forum provision contained in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws to be inapplicable or unenforceable in an action, we may incur additional costs associated with resolving such action in other jurisdictions.

The trading price of our common stock may be volatile, and your investment in our common stock could decline in value and incur substantial losses.

On July 21, 2015, we completed the sale of 7,319,750 shares of our common stock in our IPO, at a price to the public of $16.00 per share. There has been a public market for our common stock for only a short period of time. Although our common stock is listed on The NASDAQ Global Select Market, an active public market for our common stock may not emerge or be sustained.

In addition, the market price for our common stock may fluctuate significantly in response to a number of factors, including:

 

    the commencement, enrollment or results of the planned clinical trials of octreotide capsules or any future clinical trials we may conduct, or changes in the development status of octreotide capsules or any other product candidates we may develop;

 

    any delay in our regulatory filings for octreotide capsules or any other future product candidate and any adverse development or perceived adverse development with respect to the applicable regulatory authority’s review of such filings;

 

    adverse results or delays in clinical trials;

 

80


Table of Contents
    our decision to initiate a clinical trial, not to initiate a clinical trial or to terminate an existing clinical trial;

 

    adverse regulatory decisions, including failure to receive regulatory approval of octreotide capsules;

 

    changes in laws or regulations applicable to octreotide capsules or any other future product candidates, including clinical trial requirements for approvals;

 

    adverse developments concerning our manufacturers;

 

    our inability to obtain adequate supply for any approved drug or inability to do so at acceptable prices;

 

    our inability to establish collaborations, if needed;

 

    failure to commercialize octreotide capsules or any other future product candidates;

 

    our ability to obtain coverage and adequate reimbursement from third party payors for octreotide capsules or any other future product candidates;

 

    unanticipated serious safety concerns related to the use of octreotide capsules or any other future product candidates;

 

    our ability to effectively manage our growth;

 

    the size and growth of our initial target markets;

 

    actual or anticipated variations in our operating results;

 

    changes in financial estimates by us or by any securities analysts who might cover our stock;

 

    conditions or trends in our industry;

 

    changes in the market valuations of similar companies;

 

    stock market price and volume fluctuations of comparable companies and, in particular, those that operate in the biopharmaceutical industry;

 

    publication of research reports about us or our industry or positive or negative recommendations or withdrawal of research coverage by securities analysts;

 

    announcements by us or our competitors of significant acquisitions, strategic partnerships or divestitures;

 

    announcements of investigations or regulatory scrutiny of our operations or lawsuits filed against us;

 

    capital commitments;

 

    investors’ general perception of our company and our business;

 

    recruitment or departure of key personnel;

 

    sales of our common stock in the future, including sales by our directors and officers or specific stockholders;

 

    overall performance of the equity markets;

 

    trading volume of our common stock;

 

    changes in accounting practices;

 

    ineffectiveness of our internal controls;

 

    disputes or other developments relating to proprietary rights, including patents, litigation matters and our ability to obtain patent protection for our technologies;

 

    significant lawsuits, including patent or stockholder litigation;

 

81


Table of Contents
    general political and economic conditions; and

 

    other events or factors, many of which are beyond our control.

We may be subject to securities litigation, which is expensive and could divert our management’s attention.

The market price of our securities may be volatile, and in the past companies that have experienced volatility in the market price of their securities have been subject to securities class action litigation. We may be the target of this type of litigation in the future. Securities litigation against us could result in substantial costs and divert our management’s attention from other business concerns, which could seriously harm our business.

We are an “emerging growth company” and we intend to take advantage of reduced disclosure and governance requirements applicable to emerging growth companies, which could result in our securities being less attractive to investors.

We are an emerging growth company, as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012, or the JOBS Act. For as long as we continue to be an emerging growth company, we intend to take advantage of exemptions from various reporting requirements that are applicable to other public companies that are not emerging growth companies, including not being required to comply with the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, or the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in our periodic reports and proxy statements and exemptions from the requirements of holding nonbinding advisory votes on executive compensation and stockholder approval of any golden parachute payments not previously approved. We could be an emerging growth company for up to five years following the year of our IPO, although circumstances could cause us to lose that status earlier, including if the market value of our common stock held by non-affiliates exceeds $700 million as of June 30 in any year before that time or if we have total annual gross revenue of $1.0 billion or more during any fiscal year before that time, in which cases we would no longer be an emerging growth company as of the following December 31 or, if we issue more than $1.0 billion in non-convertible debt during any three-year period before that time, we would cease to be an emerging growth company immediately. Even after we no longer qualify as an emerging growth company, we may still qualify as a “smaller reporting company” which would allow us to take advantage of many of the same exemptions from disclosure requirements including not being required to comply with the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act and reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in our periodic reports and proxy statements. We cannot predict if investors will find our common stock less attractive because we may rely on these exemptions. If some investors find our securities less attractive as a result, there may be a less active trading market for our securities and the price of our securities may be more volatile.

Under the JOBS Act, emerging growth companies can also delay adopting new or revised accounting standards until such time as those standards apply to private companies. We have irrevocably elected not to avail ourselves of this exemption from new or revised accounting standards and, therefore, will be subject to the same new or revised accounting standards as other public companies that are not emerging growth companies. As a result, changes in U.S. generally accepted accounting principles or their interpretation, the adoption of new guidance or the application of existing guidance to changes in our business could adversely affect our financial position and results of operations.

We have never paid cash dividends on our capital stock and we do not anticipate paying any dividends in the foreseeable future. Consequently, any gains from an investment in our common stock will likely depend on whether the price of our common stock increases, which may not occur.

We have not paid cash dividends on any of our classes of capital stock to date and we currently intend to retain our future earnings, if any, to fund the development and growth of our business. As a result, capital appreciation, if any, of our common stock will be your sole source of gain for the foreseeable future. Consequently, in the

 

82


Table of Contents

foreseeable future, you will likely only experience a gain from your investment in our common stock if the price of our common stock increases.

We incur significant increased costs as a result of operating as a public company, and our management is required to devote substantial time to new compliance initiatives and other activities associated with being a public company.

As a public company, we incur significant legal, accounting and other expenses that we did not incur as a private company. The Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, as well as rules subsequently implemented by the SEC and The NASDAQ Stock Market, has imposed various new requirements on public companies, including requiring establishment and maintenance of effective disclosure and financial controls and changes in corporate governance practices. Our management and other personnel are required to devote a substantial amount of time to these new compliance initiatives. Moreover, these rules and regulations have substantially increased our legal and financial compliance costs and have made some activities more time consuming and costly. These rules and regulations may make it more difficult and more expensive for us to maintain our existing director and officer liability insurance or to obtain similar coverage from an alternative provider.

The Sarbanes-Oxley Act requires, among other things, that we maintain effective internal controls for financial reporting and disclosure controls and procedures. In particular, pursuant to Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, we are required to perform system and process evaluation and testing of our internal controls over financial reporting to allow management to report on the effectiveness of our internal controls over financial reporting. Our testing, or the subsequent testing by our independent registered public accounting firm, may reveal deficiencies in our internal controls over financial reporting that are deemed to be material weaknesses. Our compliance with Section 404 will require us to continue to incur substantial accounting expense and expend significant management efforts. We currently do not have an internal audit group, and we may need to hire additional accounting and financial staff. Moreover, if we are not able to comply with the requirements of Section 404 in a timely manner or if we or our independent registered public accounting firm identifies deficiencies in our internal controls over financial reporting that are deemed to be material weaknesses, the market price of our stock could decline and we could be subject to sanctions or investigations by The NASDAQ Stock Market, the SEC or other regulatory authorities, which would require additional financial and management resources.

If we fail to maintain proper and effective internal controls, our ability to produce accurate financial statements on a timely basis could be impaired.

We are subject to the reporting requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or the Exchange Act, the Sarbanes-Oxley Act and the rules and regulations of the stock market on which our common stock is listed. The Sarbanes-Oxley Act requires, among other things, that we maintain effective disclosure controls and procedures and internal control over financial reporting. Commencing with our fiscal year ending December 31, 2016, we must perform system and process evaluation and testing of our internal control over financial reporting to allow management to report on the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting in our Form 10-K filing for that year, as required by Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act. This will require that we incur substantial additional professional fees and internal costs to expand our accounting and finance functions and that we expend significant management efforts. Prior to our IPO, we had never been required to test our internal control within a specified period, and, as a result, we may experience difficulty in meeting these reporting requirements in a timely manner.

We may discover weaknesses in our system of internal financial and accounting controls and procedures that could result in a material misstatement of our financial statements. Our internal control over financial reporting will not prevent or detect all errors and all fraud. A control system, no matter how well designed and operated, can provide only reasonable, not absolute, assurance that the control system’s objectives will be met. Because of the inherent limitations in all control systems, no evaluation of controls can provide absolute assurance that

 

83


Table of Contents

misstatements due to error or fraud will not occur or that all control issues and instances of fraud will be detected.

If we are not able to comply with the requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act in a timely manner, or if we are unable to maintain proper and effective internal controls, we may not be able to produce timely and accurate financial statements. If that were to happen, the market price of our stock could decline and we could be subject to sanctions or investigations by the stock exchange on which our common stock is listed, the SEC or other regulatory authorities.

A significant portion of our total outstanding shares are restricted from immediate resale but may be sold into the market in the near future, which could cause the market price of our common stock to drop significantly, even if our business is otherwise doing well.

If our existing stockholders sell, or indicate an intent to sell, substantial amounts of our common stock in the public market, the trading price of our common stock could decline significantly. As of March 8, 2016, we have 24,275,268 outstanding shares of common stock, assuming no exercise of outstanding options or warrants.

In addition, the 4,892,797 shares subject to outstanding options under our stock option plans, the 1,987,846 shares reserved for future issuance under our stock option plans and the 3,621,767 shares subject to outstanding warrants will become eligible for sale in the public market in the future, subject to certain legal and contractual limitations. Moreover, holders of approximately 16,543,995 shares of our common stock have the right to require us to register these shares under the Securities Act pursuant to an investors’ rights agreement. If our existing stockholders sell substantial amounts of our common stock in the public market, or if the public perceives that such sales could occur, this could have an adverse impact on the market price of our common stock, even if there is no relationship between such sales and the performance of our business.

If securities or industry analysts do not publish research or publish inaccurate or unfavorable research about our business, our trading price and trading volume could decline.

The trading market for our securities will depend in part on the research and reports that securities or industry analysts publish about us or our business. Currently, four securities analysts have initiated coverage on our company. In the event that one or more of the analysts who cover us downgrade our stock or publish inaccurate or unfavorable research about our business, our trading price would likely decline. If one or more of these analysts cease coverage of our company or fail to publish reports on us regularly, demand for our stock could decrease, which might cause our trading price and trading volume to decline.

 

Item 1B. Unresolved Staff Comments

None.

 

Item 2. Properties

Our corporate headquarters, where our principal executive and administration, sales and marketing and patient services functions are primarily located, is in a subleased facility located in Newton, Massachusetts. Our Newton sublease expires in March 2016. In March 2016, we will move our corporate headquarters to a subleased facility in Waltham, Massachusetts. Our Waltham sublease expires in March 2023. In addition, our international operations are headquartered in a leased facility located in Jerusalem, Israel, where our research and development and supply chain operational functions are primarily based. Our Jerusalem lease expires in September 2016 when we will move our international operations to a leased facility in Nes Tziona Israel. Our Nes Tziona lease expires in December 2025. Based on our current operating plans, we believe our current facilities are adequate.

 

84


Table of Contents
Item 3. Legal Proceedings

In the ordinary course of business, we are from time to time involved in lawsuits, claims, investigations, proceedings, and threats of litigation consisting of intellectual property, commercial, employment, and other matters. While the outcome of these proceedings and claims cannot be predicted with certainty, there are no matters, as of December 31, 2015, that, in the opinion of management, would be reasonably expected to have a material adverse effect on our financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

 

Item 4. Mine Safety Disclosures

Not applicable.

 

Item 5. Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

Market Information

Our common stock began trading on The NASDAQ Global Market under the symbol “CHMA” on July 16, 2015. The following table sets forth the high and low sales prices of our common stock as reported on The NASDAQ Global Market for the two quarters ended December 31, 2015:

 

     High      Low  

Year ended December 31, 2015

     

Third quarter ended September 30, 2015

   $ 30.52       $ 17.13   

Fourth quarter ended December 31, 2015

   $ 24.78       $ 18.12   

Holders of Record

On March 8, 2016, the closing price per share of our common stock was $10.22 as reported on The NASDAQ Global Market, and we had approximately 34 stockholders of record. In addition, we believe that a significant number of beneficial owners of our common stock hold their shares in street name.

Dividend Policy

We have never declared or paid cash dividends on our capital stock and do not anticipate paying any dividends in the foreseeable future. We intend to retain future earnings, if any, to operate and expand the business. Payment of any future dividends would be at the discretion of our Board of Directors after taking into account various factors, including our financial condition, operating results, cash needs and growth plans.

Stock Price Performance Graph

Set forth below is a graph comparing the cumulative total stockholder return on our common stock with the NASDAQ US Composite Index, the NASDAQ Biotechnology Index for the period covering from our IPO date of July 16, 2015, through the end of our fiscal year ended December 31, 2015. The graph assumes an investment of $100.00 made on July 16, 2015, in (i) our common stock, (ii) the stocks comprising the NASDAQ US Composite Index, and (iii) stocks comprising the NASDAQ Biotechnology Index. This graph is not “soliciting material,” is not deemed “filed” with the SEC and is not to be incorporated by reference into any filing by us under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, Exchange Act whether made before or after the date hereof and irrespective of any general incorporation language in any

 

85


Table of Contents

such filing. The graph assumes our closing sale price on July 16, 2015 of $20.00 per share as the initial value of our common stock and not the initial offering price to the public of $16.00 per share.

 

LOGO

 

     7/16/15      7/31/15      8/31/15      9/30/15      10/31/15      11/30/15      12/31/15  

Chiasma, Inc.

     100.00         117.85         129.80         99.40         113.70         110.95         97.85   

NASDAQ Composite

     100.00         102.74         95.65         92.54         101.11         102.42         100.50   

NASDAQ Biotechnology

     100.00         103.55         92.07         82.39         89.31         90.63         91.30   

Our fiscal year ends on the last day of December each year; data in the above table reflects market values for our stock and NASDAQ and peer group indices as of the close of trading on the last trading day of year presented.

Securities authorized for issuance under equity compensation plans

Information about our equity compensation plans is incorporated herein by reference to Item 12 of Part III of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities

On February 26, 2015, we issued and sold an aggregate of 35,948,023 shares of Series E Convertible Preferred Stock, along with warrants to purchase up to 984,116 shares of common stock, at an exercise price of $9.13 per

 

86


Table of Contents

share for aggregate consideration of $35.9 million. We deemed the offers, sales and issuances of these to be exempt from registration under the Securities Act, in reliance on Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act, including Regulation D and Rule 506 promulgated thereunder, regarding transactions by an issuer not involving a public offering. All purchasers of securities in transactions exempt from registration pursuant to Regulation D represented to us that they were accredited investors and were acquiring the shares for investment purposes only and not with a view to, or for sale in connection with, any distribution thereof and that they could bear the risks of the investment and could hold the securities for an indefinite period of time. The purchasers received written disclosures that the securities had not be registered under the Securities Act and that any resale must be made pursuant to a registration statement or an available exemption from such registration.

Upon the closing of our initial public offering, or IPO, all of our outstanding redeemable convertible preferred stock, including the Series E Preferred Stock, automatically converted into 16,403,011 shares of common stock. The shares of common stock issued pursuant to such conversion were issued in reliance on the exemption from registration provided by Section 3(a)(9) of the Securities Act, which exemption is available for transactions involving securities exchanged by the issuer with its existing security holders exclusively where no commission or other remuneration is paid or given directly or indirectly for soliciting such exchange.

Between January 1, 2015 and March 1, 2016, we granted stock options to purchase an aggregate of 3,836,867 shares of our common stock, with exercise prices ranging from $3.29 to $28.40 per share, to our employees, directors and consultants pursuant to our 2008 and 2015 Stock Incentive Plans. We deemed the grants of these stock options as exempt pursuant to Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act or to be exempt from registration under the Securities Act in reliance on Rule 701 of the Securities Act as offers and sales of securities under compensatory benefit plans and contracts relating to compensation in compliance with Rule 701. Each of the recipients of securities in any transaction exempt from registration had ether received or had adequate access, through employment, business or other relationships, to information about us.

Use of Proceeds from Registered Securities

On July 21, 2015, we completed the sale of 7,319,750 shares of our common stock (inclusive of 954,750 shares of common stock sold by us pursuant to the full exercise of an option granted to the underwriters) in our IPO at a price to the public of $16.00 per share. The offer and sale of the shares in our IPO was registered under the Securities Act pursuant to registration statements on Form S-1 (File No. 333-204949), which was filed with the SEC on June 15, 2015 and amended subsequently and declared effective by the SEC on July 15, 2015, and Form S-1MEF (File No. 333-205691), which was filed with the SEC on July 15, 2015 and automatically effective upon filing. Following the sale of the shares in connection with the closing of our IPO, the offering terminated. The offering did not terminate before all the securities registered in the registration statements were sold. Barclays Capital Inc. and Cowen and Company, LLC acted as joint book-running managers for the offering. William Blair & Company, L.L.C. and Oppenheimer & Co. Inc. acted as co-managers.

We raised approximately $106.5 million in net proceeds after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and offering expenses payable by us. There has been no material change in the planned use of proceeds from our initial public offering as described in our final prospectus filed with the SEC on July 16, 2015. We invested the funds received in cash equivalents and other short-term investments in accordance with our investment policy.

Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

There were no repurchases of shares of common stock made during the year ended December 31, 2015.

 

87


Table of Contents
Item 6. Selected Financial Data

You should read the following selected consolidated financial data in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements and the related notes which are included elsewhere in this Annual Report and the “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” section of this Annual Report. We have derived the consolidated statement of operations data for the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014, and 2013 and the consolidated balance sheet data as of December 31, 2015 and 2014, from our audited consolidated financial statements, which are included elsewhere in this Annual Report. We have derived the consolidated balance sheet data as of December 31, 2013 from our audited consolidated financial statements, which are not included in this Annual Report. Our historical results for any prior period are not necessarily indicative of results to be expected for any future period.

 

     For the year ended  
           2015                  2014                  2013        
     (in thousands except share and per share data)  

Consolidated Statement of Operations Data

        

Revenue from license agreement

   $ —         $ 13,166       $ 73,134   

Operating expenses:

        

Research and development

     18,991         11,527         26,455   

Marketing, general and administrative

     16,456         3,469         8,065   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     35,447         14,996         34,520   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Income (loss) from operations

     (35,447      (1,830      38,614   

Other expenses, net

     300         5         1,209   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Income (loss) before provision for income taxes

     (35,747      (1,835      37,405   

Provision for income taxes

     161         176         1,224   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

     (35,908      (2,011      36,181   

Accretion of deemed liquidation related to Series D redeemable convertible preferred stock

     —           —           (38,504

Accretion of redeemable convertible preferred stock

     (318      (904      (3,034
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net loss attributable to common stockholders

   $ (36,226    $ (2,915    $ (5,357
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Earnings per share attributable to common stockholders

        

Basic

   $ (3.25    $ (66.21    $ (125.29
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Diluted

   $ (3.25    $ (66.21    $ (125.29
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Weighted-average shares outstanding:

        

Basic

     11,151,978         44,017         42,760   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Diluted

     11,151,978         44,017         42,760   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

88


Table of Contents
     For the year ended  
     2015      2014      2013  
     (in thousands)  

Consolidated Balance Sheet Data

        

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 41,039       $ 40,160       $ 12,850   

Marketable securities

     107,715         —           —     

Current assets

     151,085         40,472         13,288   

Total assets

     153,108         41,399         14,658   

Current liabilities

     6,514         4,318         14,465   

Long-term liabilities

     3,778         4,613         96   

Total liabilities

     10,292         8,931         14,561   

Redeemable convertible preferred stock

     —           104,486         70,732   

Total stockholders’ equity (deficit)

     142,816         (72,018      (70,635

 

89


Table of Contents
Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

You should read the following discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations together with our consolidated financial statements and the accompanying notes thereto included elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. Some of the information contained in this discussion and analysis or set forth elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K, including information with respect to our plans and strategy for our business and related financing, includes forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties. As a result of many factors, including those factors set forth in the “Risk Factors” section of this Annual Report on Form 10-K, our actual results could differ materially from the results described in or implied by the forward-looking statements contained in the following discussion and analysis.

Overview

We are a late-stage biopharmaceutical company focused on improving the lives of patients suffering from orphan diseases by developing and commercializing novel oral forms of therapies that are available today only by injection. Using our proprietary Transient Permeability Enhancer, or TPE, technology platform, we seek to develop oral therapies that eliminate the significant limitations and burdens generally associated with existing injectable therapies. We have completed a multinational Phase 3 clinical trial of our most advanced TPE platform-based product candidate, octreotide capsules, for the treatment of acromegaly. We believe octreotide capsules, if approved by regulatory authorities, will be the first somatostatin analog available for oral administration. Our octreotide capsules have been granted orphan designation in the United States and the European Union for the treatment of acromegaly. We submitted a new drug application, or NDA, to the U.S. Food and Drug Administration, or FDA, on June 15, 2015, seeking approval for the marketing and sale of octreotide capsules for the maintenance therapy of adult patients with acromegaly. On August 14, 2015, we received notice from the FDA that our NDA was accepted for filing to permit a substantive review. The FDA has granted a standard review for the NDA and has set a target review date under the Prescription Drug User Fee Act, or PDUFA, of April 15, 2016. Assuming the FDA reviews and responds to our NDA in accordance with the goals and policies agreed to by the FDA under the Prescription Drug User Fee Act, or PDUFA, we anticipate a regulatory decision on marketing approval in April 2016. In light of our clinical data and feedback from patients and healthcare providers, we believe that octreotide capsules, if approved, could become a new standard of care in acromegaly.

We retain worldwide rights to develop and commercialize octreotide capsules with no royalty obligations to third parties. We intend to commercialize octreotide capsules ourselves in the United States, and we plan to explore collaboration opportunities for commercializing octreotide capsules in Europe and the rest of the world. Our goal is to become a leading patient-focused biopharmaceutical company by developing and commercializing octreotide capsules for acromegaly and other orphan indications, and leveraging our TPE platform to develop and commercialize novel oral products for other debilitating diseases currently treated by injectable therapies.

We were incorporated in 2001 and commenced active operations in the same year. Our operations to date have been limited to organizing and staffing our company, business planning, raising capital, developing our TPE technology, identifying potential drug candidates, undertaking nonclinical studies and, beginning in 2010, conducting clinical trials and preparing for regulatory submissions. To date, we have financed our operations primarily through private placements, funding received from a licensing agreement, a loan agreement and our initial public offering. We have no products approved for sale and all of our revenue has been related to one license agreement, which has been terminated. Since our inception and through December 31, 2015, we have raised an aggregate of $366.2 million to fund our operations, of which $86.3 million was through our license agreement with F. Hoffmann-La Roche Ltd. and Hoffmann-La Roche Inc., collectively Roche, $106.5 million from issuing shares of common stock in our IPO, $161.4 million was from the issuance of private securities and $12.0 million was from borrowings under a loan agreement. In 2013, using proceeds from the Roche license agreement, as described in more detail below, we repaid all outstanding borrowings under our loan agreement and paid an aggregate of $55.0 million in cash as partial consideration for the redemption of certain shares of our redeemable preferred stock. As of December 31, 2015, our consolidated cash, cash equivalents and marketable securities were $148.8 million, of which $1.0 million was held by Chiasma (Israel) Ltd., our wholly owned Israeli subsidiary.

 

90


Table of Contents

Since inception, we have incurred significant operating losses. Our net loss was $35.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2015, and $2.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2014. As of December 31, 2015, we had an accumulated deficit of $117.4 million. We expect to continue to incur significant expenses and operating losses for at least the next several years as we continue to incur substantial expenses related to preparing for and proceeding with the commercial launch of octreotide capsules, if approved, additional clinical development of octreotide capsules and the development of additional product candidates.

We expect to incur increasing operating losses over the next several years. These losses, combined with prior losses will continue to have an adverse effect on our cash resources, stockholders’ deficit and working capital. If we obtain regulatory approval of octreotide capsules and any future product candidates we may develop, we may incur significant sales, marketing, in-licensing and outsourced manufacturing expenses, as well as continued research and development expenses. In addition, we expect our research and development expenses to significantly increase in connection with our recently initiated Phase 3 clinical trial for octreotide capsules for the treatment of acromegaly to support approval in the European Union, clinical trials for octreotide capsules for the treatment of neuroendocrine tumors, or NET, and other indications, and as we develop additional product candidates for our drug pipeline. Because of the numerous risks and uncertainties associated with developing and commercializing pharmaceutical products, we are unable to predict the extent of any future losses or when we will become profitable, if at all.

If approved, we anticipate commercial sales of octreotide capsules in mid-2016 at the earliest. Until such time, if ever, as we can generate substantial product revenues, we expect to finance our cash needs through a combination of equity offerings, debt financings, as well as license and collaboration agreements with potential partners. We may be unable to raise capital when needed or on attractive terms, or to enter into collaborations agreements, which could force us to delay, limit, reduce or terminate our product development or future commercialization efforts. We will need to generate significant revenues to achieve profitability, which we may not be able to achieve.

Roche License Agreement

In December 2012, we signed a license agreement with Roche, which went into effect on January 2013. Pursuant to the license agreement, we granted Roche an exclusive, non-transferable license to all intellectual property related to octreotide capsules. Under the terms of the license, Roche obtained worldwide rights to research, develop, make, import, export, sell, market or distribute the commercial product. We retained certain responsibilities for research and development activities under a joint development plan. The agreement provided for an upfront payment to us of $65.0 million, future consideration of up to $530 million in development and commercial milestones and the right to receive tiered, double-digit royalties on net sales of octreotide capsules.

During the year ended December 31, 2013, we received a total of $75.0 million from Roche related to the license agreement, which included the upfront payment of $65.0 million and the first milestone payment of $10.0 million. We received an additional $10.0 million during January 2014 related to the second milestone payment. The two milestones were achieved during the year ended December 31, 2013. During the year ended December 31, 2013, we recognized $73.1 million in revenue with $2.9 million recorded as deferred revenue and customer advances. During 2013, we also received a payment of $1.0 million for reimbursement of certain research and development expenses for which the related costs had not yet been incurred and for which we recorded the amount as customer advances.

In March 2013, using proceeds from the Roche license agreement, our board of directors approved the redemption of certain of our then outstanding shares of redeemable preferred stock. In consideration of this redemption, the holders of these shares received a cash payment of $55.0 million plus the issuance of newly authorized shares of preferred stock.

 

91


Table of Contents

In April 2014, we entered into an additional agreement with Roche pursuant to which we were to receive an additional aggregate amount of $2.7 million, payable in three installments, covering certain development costs incurred by us. During 2014, we received the first installment of $1.3 million.

In July 2014, Roche terminated the license agreement and the April 2014 agreement. Upon termination, Roche returned all rights granted under the agreements. Subsequent to the termination, we purchased from Roche active pharmaceutical ingredients, or API, to continue the development and manufacturing of octreotide capsules, together with Roche’s proposed trade name for octreotide capsules, for an aggregate amount of $5.1 million, payable in three annual installments of $1.7 million beginning in 2016. We made the first $1.7 million payment in March 2016. Other than these payments, we have no further financial and operational obligations to Roche. During 2014, we recognized revenue of $13.2 million, including the first installment payment of $1.3 million under the April 2014 agreement. We did not recognize any revenue during the year ended December 31, 2015. Pursuant to the termination of the license agreement, we are not entitled to further payments from Roche, Roche has no remaining rights to octreotide capsules and we retain all rights to octreotide capsules and all related intellectual property.

Financial Overview

Revenue

Our revenue was derived from a license agreement with Roche, which included amounts recognized for research and development services provided and earned under the agreement. We do not expect to generate revenue from product sales until mid-2016 at the earliest, assuming our NDA for octreotide capsules in acromegaly is approved by the FDA. If we fail to complete the development of octreotide capsules or any future product candidates in a timely manner or obtain regulatory approval for them, our ability to generate product sales, and our consolidated results of operations and financial position, would be adversely affected.

Research and Development

Research and development expenses consist of expenses incurred in performing research and development activities, including compensation and benefits for full-time research and development employees, an allocation of facilities expenses, overhead expenses, nonclinical pharmacology and toxicology studies, manufacturing process-development and scale-up activities, clinical trial and related clinical manufacturing expenses, fees paid to contract research organizations, or CROs, investigative sites, and other external expenses. In the early phases of development, our research and development costs include expanding our technology platform as well as early development of specific product candidates.

Our research and development costs consist of compensation expenses for our full-time research and development employees as well as outside service and material related expenses. As we expand the clinical development of octreotide capsules and additional products, we expect the amount of research and development spending to continue to grow. The majority of our research and development expenses are being spent on the development of octreotide capsules, including manufacturing validation, regulatory and clinical activities, and our TPE platform and our early stage programs.

We expense research and development costs as incurred. Conducting a significant amount of research and development is central to our business model. Product candidates in late stages of clinical development generally have higher development costs than those in earlier stages of clinical development, primarily due to the increased size and duration of late-stage clinical trials. We plan to increase our research and development expenses for the foreseeable future as we seek to obtain regulatory approval for octreotide capsules outside the United States and to expand the indications for octreotide capsules, and to further advance our nonclinical and earlier stage research and development projects into clinical stages. The successful development of octreotide capsules and other product candidates we may develop is highly uncertain. At this time, we cannot reasonably estimate the nature, timing or costs of the efforts that will be necessary to complete the remainder of the development of octreotide

 

92


Table of Contents

capsules, or any of our nonclinical programs or the period, if any, in which material net cash inflows from these product candidates may commence. Clinical development timelines, the probability of success and development costs can differ materially from expectations. For example, if the FDA or another regulatory authority were to require us to conduct clinical trials beyond those which we currently anticipate will be required for the completion of clinical development of a product candidate or if we experience significant delays in any of our clinical trials, we could be required to expend significant additional financial resources and time on the completion of clinical development. We anticipate that our research and development expenses will increase in 2016 as we purchase active pharmaceutical ingredient prior to our PDUFA date, continue to focus on our further nonclinical development on a second product candidate and our Phase 3 trial in Europe.

Marketing, General and Administrative

Marketing expenses consist of professional fees related to preparation for the eventual commercialization of octreotide capsules, if approved, as well as salaries and related benefits for commercial employees. As we accelerate our preparation for commercialization and, if it is approved, start to market octreotide capsules and as we explore new collaborations to develop and commercialize octreotide capsules and other products, we anticipate that these expenses will materially increase.

General and administrative expenses consist primarily of salaries and related benefits, including stock-based compensation, related to our executive, finance, business development, commercialization and support functions. Other general and administrative expenses include facility-related costs not otherwise allocated to research and development expenses, travel expenses for our general and administrative personnel and professional fees for auditing, tax, and corporate and intellectual property legal services. We anticipate that our general and administrative expenses will increase in future periods, reflecting an expanding infrastructure and increased professional fees associated with being a public company and potentially as a commercial-stage company.

Other Expenses, Net

Other expenses consists mainly of interest incurred on our long-term obligations, net of interest income earned on our investments.

Provision for Income Taxes

We are subject to federal and state income taxes for earnings generated in the United States, and foreign taxes on earnings of our wholly-owned Israeli subsidiary. Our consolidated tax expense is affected by the mix of our taxable income (loss) in the United States and foreign subsidiary permanent items, discrete items, and unrecognized tax benefits. We file U.S. federal, various U.S. state and Israeli income tax returns. The associated tax filings remain subject to examination by applicable tax authorities for a certain length of time following the tax year to which those filings relate. In the United States and Israel, the 2011 and subsequent tax years remain subject to examination by the applicable taxing authorities as of December 31, 2015. However, U.S. NOL carryforward attributes that were generated prior to 2011 may still be adjusted upon examination by federal, state or local tax authorities if they either have been or will be used in a future period.

 

93


Table of Contents

Results of Operations

Comparison for the Years Ended December 31, 2015 and 2014

The following tables set forth, for the periods indicated, our results of operations and the change between the specified periods expressed as a percent increase or decrease:

Revenue

 

     2015      2014      $ Change      Percent
change
 
     ($ in thousands)  

Revenue from license agreement

   $ —         $ 13,166       $ (13,166              
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

* Not a meaningful percentage

Revenues during the year ended December 31, 2014 were generated solely from our license agreement with Roche and were recognized on a proportional performance basis. During the year ended December 31, 2014, we recognized $13.2 million. During the year ended December 31, 2014, our license agreement with Roche was terminated and the amounts recognized in 2014 represent the final amount earned under the license agreement.

Research and Development

 

     2015      2014      $ Change      Percent
change
 
     ($ in thousands)  

Research and development

   $ 18,991       $ 11,527       $ 7,464         65
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

During the year ended December 31, 2015, our total research and development expenses increased by $7.5 million, or 65%, compared to the prior year, primarily due to expenses related to the filing of an NDA for octreotide capsules in acromegaly in the United States, activities associated with the manufacturing process validation, recently initiated Phase 3 clinical trial of octreotide capsules for the treatment of acromegaly in Europe and an increase in salaries and related expenses due to the hiring of research and development employees.

Marketing, General and Administrative

 

     2015      2014      $ Change      Percent
change
 
     ($ in thousands)  

Marketing

   $ 7,317       $ —         $ 7,317         *   

General and administrative

     9,139         3,469         5,670         163
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total marketing, general and administrative expenses

   $ 16,456       $ 3,469       $ 12,987         374
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

* Not a meaningful percentage

For the year ended December 31, 2015, our marketing expenses increased by $7.3 million compared to the prior year related to the initiation of pre-commercial activities related to octreotide capsules.

For the year ended December 31, 2015, our general and administrative expenses increased by $5.7 million, or 163%, compared to the prior year, related to greater compensation-related expenses associated with our expanding US office as well as increased professional and consulting fees associated with being a public company.

 

94


Table of Contents

Other Expenses, net

Other expenses totaled $0.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2015 and were $5,000 in the year ended December 31, 2014. The increase was the result of the imputed interest associated with the long-term obligation related to the acquisition of API and trade name MYCAPSSA from Roche and foreign currency fluctuations offset by interest income from our cash equivalents and marketable securities.

Provision for Income Taxes

Our total tax provision was $0.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2015, representing an effective tax rate of (0.5%), as compared to a tax provision of $0.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2014, representing an effective tax rate of (9.6%).

Our deferred tax assets at December 31, 2015 and 2014 were approximately $70,000 and $40,000, respectively. Deferred tax assets were reported net of valuation allowances of $24.8 million and $11.3 million at December 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively, primarily as a result of the recording of a full valuation allowance against net operating loss, or NOL, carryforwards, as we believe it is more likely than not that we will not be able to generate sufficient future taxable income to absorb them. At December 31, 2015, we had federal NOL carryforwards of $56.0 million. The federal NOL carryforwards expire at various dates through 2035. At December 31, 2015, we had no Israeli NOL carryforwards. At December 31, 2015, we had approximately $1.0 million of federal alternative minimum tax credit carryforwards that do not expire.

Our effective tax rate differs from the statutory rate each year primarily due to a full valuation allowance maintained against U.S. deferred tax assets and due to lower tax rates applied to income of our Israeli subsidiary.

Comparison for the Years Ended December 31, 2014 and 2013

The following tables set forth, for the periods indicated, our results of operations and the change between the specified periods expressed as a percent increase or decrease:

Revenue

 

     2014      2013      $ Change      Percent
change
 
     ($ in thousands)  

Revenue from license agreement

   $ 13,166       $ 73,134       $ (59,968      (82 %) 
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Revenues during the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013 were generated solely from our license agreement with Roche and were recognized on a proportional basis. During the year ended December 31, 2014, our license agreement with Roche was terminated and the amounts recognized in 2014 and 2013 represent the entire amount earned under the license agreement. During the year ended December 31, 2013, we recognized $73.1 million of the total $85.0 million of upfront and milestone payments that were invoiced and collected from Roche.

Research and Development

 

     2014      2013      $ Change      Percent
change
 
     ($ in thousands)  

Research and development

   $ 11,527       $ 26,455       $ (14,928      (56 %) 
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

During the year ended December 31, 2014, our total research and development expenses decreased by $14.9 million, or 56%, compared to the prior year, primarily due to the completion of our Phase 3 clinical trial of octreotide capsules in acromegaly, offset by the accrual and expense of $4.4 million for our purchase of API and other supplies related to octreotide capsules in connection with the termination of our license agreement with Roche. The decrease in research and development expenses also reflected the reversal of a one-time employee

 

95


Table of Contents

termination liability we previously recorded in 2013. In March 2013, following the signing of the Roche license agreement and in anticipation of transferring our intellectual property related to octreotide capsules to Roche, management and the board of directors approved a one-time involuntary employee termination plan. The termination process was expected to be completed within one year. The estimated fair value of the one-time termination liability of $1.8 million was recorded over the required service period through the involuntary termination date for affected employees. During 2014 and 2013, we paid a total of $0.5 million and $0.6 million, respectively, of termination payments to departing employees. In July 2014, following Roche’s decision not to submit a regulatory filing for octreotide capsules and its corresponding termination of the license agreement, we canceled the employee termination plan and reversed the majority of the corresponding liability previously recorded in 2013.

General and Administrative

 

     2014      2013      $ Change      Percent
change
 
     ($ in thousands)  

General and administrative

   $ 3,469       $ 8,065       $ (4,596      (57 %) 
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

For the year ended December 31, 2014, our general and administrative expenses decreased by $4.6 million, or 57%, compared to the prior year, related in part to a reduction of workforce that was previously planned in conjunction with the license agreement with Roche. Our general and administrative employee headcount was reduced from eight at December 31, 2013 to three at December 31, 2014. In addition, legal and accounting, recruiting, business development, insurance, travel and facilities costs not allocated to research and development declined by $2.4 million in 2014 compared to 2013.

Other Expenses, net

Other expenses totaled $5,000 for the year ended December 31, 2014 and $1.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2013. The decrease was the result of the repayment of the outstanding principal and accrued interest on a loan agreement. In February 2013, we terminated our existing loan agreement.

Change in Fair Value of Preferred Stock Warrant Liability

During 2013, we recorded a $60,000 increase in the fair value of warrant liability that reflected changes in the fair value of these preferred stock warrants through the date of a cashless exercise for shares of Series C preferred. These warrants were issued in conjunction with a loan agreement that was repaid in 2013. The amount reflected an adjustment to bring the warrants to their fair value on the day of exercise. There were no outstanding preferred stock warrants as of December 31, 2014 and 2013.

Provision for Income Taxes

Our total tax provision was $0.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2014, representing an effective tax rate of (9.6%), as compared to a tax provision of $1.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2013, representing an effective tax rate of 3.3%. The lower tax provision in 2014 was mainly attributable to a federal alternative minimum tax liability resulting from our U.S. taxable income in 2013.

Our effective tax rate differs from the statutory rate each year primarily due to a full valuation allowance maintained against U.S. deferred tax assets and due to lower tax rates applied to income of our Israeli subsidiary.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

Since our inception and through December 31, 2015 we raised an aggregate of $366.2 million to fund our operations, of which $86.3 million was through our license agreement with Roche, $106.5 million was from issuing shares of common stock in our IPO, $161.4 million was from the issuance of private securities and

 

96


Table of Contents

$12.0 million was from borrowings under a loan agreement. In 2013, using proceeds from the Roche license agreement, we repaid all outstanding borrowings under our loan agreement and paid an aggregate of $55.0 million in cash as partial consideration for the redemption of certain shares of our redeemable preferred stock.

At December 31, 2015, our cash, cash equivalents and marketable securities were $148.8 million compared to $40.2 million at December 31, 2014. Our cash and cash equivalents are highly liquid investments with maturities of 90 days or less at the date of purchase and consist of money market funds and short terms corporate notes, and are stated at fair value. We did not hold any mortgage asset-backed or auction-rate securities in our investment portfolio as of December 31, 2015. Our Israeli subsidiary held $1.0 million of cash as of December 31, 2015. All of our cash held outside of the United States is available for corporate use.

Plan of Operations and Future Funding Requirements

Our primary uses of capital are, and we expect will continue to be, seeking regulatory approval of octreotide capsules and preparation for commercial launch of octreotide capsules in the United States, if approved, manufacturing of octreotide capsules for market consumption and clinical trial uses, clinical trial costs (including an additional Phase 3 clinical trial to support European regulatory approval), compensation and related expenses, third-party clinical and nonclinical research and development services, laboratory and related supplies, legal and other regulatory expenses, and other general operating costs.

We expect that our cash, cash equivalents and marketable securities as of December 31, 2015 will fund our planned operating expenses and capital expenditure requirements through at least mid-2017. During this period, we expect to seek regulatory approval for octreotide capsules in acromegaly in the United States and, if granted; launch octreotide capsules in the United States; initiate an additional Phase 3 clinical trial of octreotide capsules to treat acromegaly to support European regulatory approval; continue clinical development plans for the use of octreotide capsules in other indications, including NET; and conduct additional nonclinical studies to expand our product pipeline. We have based these estimates on assumptions that may prove to be wrong, and we could use our capital resources sooner than we currently expect. Additionally, the process of testing product candidates in clinical trials is costly, and the timing of progress in these trials is uncertain. Because our octreotide capsules and potential product candidates are in various stages of clinical and nonclinical development and the outcome of these efforts is uncertain, we cannot estimate the actual amounts necessary to successfully complete the development and commercialization of octreotide capsules and any other product candidates we may develop or whether, or when, we may achieve profitability. Our future capital requirements will depend on many factors, including:

 

    the costs and timing of future commercialization activities, including product manufacturing, marketing, sales and distribution, for octreotide capsules and any other future product candidates for which we receive marketing approval;

 

    the costs, timing and outcome of regulatory review of octreotide capsules and any future product candidates;

 

    proceeds, if any, received from commercial sales of octreotide capsules and any future product candidates for which we receive marketing approval;

 

    the progress and results of our clinical trials of octreotide capsules;

 

    the scope, progress, results, and costs of nonclinical development, laboratory testing and clinical trials for future product candidates we may develop;

 

    the number and development requirements of other product candidates that we pursue;

 

    the costs and timing of preparing, filing and prosecuting patent applications, maintaining and enforcing our intellectual property rights and defending any intellectual property-related claims; and

 

    the extent to which we acquire or in-license other products and technologies.

 

97


Table of Contents

Until such time, if ever, as we can generate substantial product sales, we expect to finance our cash needs through a combination of equity offerings, debt financings and license and collaboration arrangements. We are not currently eligible to file a shelf registration statement; however, we believe that shelf registration statements can contribute, when used, to greater financing flexibility. To that end, we plan to file a shelf registration statement on Form S-3 with the SEC once we are eligible to do so. To the extent that we raise additional capital through future issuance of equity or debt, the ownership interest of our stockholders will be diluted, and the terms of these securities may include liquidation or other preferences that adversely affect the rights of our existing common stockholders. If we raise additional funds through collaboration arrangements, we may have to relinquish valuable rights to our technologies, future revenue streams or drug candidates on terms that may not be favorable to us. If we are unable to raise additional funds through equity or debt financings when needed, we may be required to delay, limit, reduce or terminate our product development or future commercialization efforts or grant rights to develop and market product candidates that we would otherwise prefer to develop and market ourselves.

Cash Flows

The following is a summary of cash flows for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014:

 

     2015      2014  
     ($ in thousands)  

Cash flows provided by (used in):

     

Operating activities

   $ (33,303    $ (6,401

Investing activities

     (109,112      85   

Financing activities

     143,294         33,626   

Operating Activities

Net cash used in operating activities was $33.3 million in 2015, and primarily consisted of $35.9 million in net loss, adjusted for non-cash items of $3.8 million (primarily stock-based compensation and imputed interest related to our Roche liability) and was offset by working capital increases of $1.2 million. Net cash used in operating activities was $6.4 million in 2014, and primarily consisted of $2.0 million in net loss, adjusted for non-cash items of $1.1 million (primarily stock-based compensation and depreciation) and was offset by working capital increases of $5.5 million primarily decreases in current liabilities. The increase in our cash used was driven by increased activities related to filing of an NDA for octreotide capsules in acromegaly in the United States, activities associated with the manufacturing process validation, increased financial consulting cost, compensation related expenses associated with our expanding US office as well as increased professional service fees.

Investing Activities

Net cash used in investing activities was $109.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2015, compared to cash provided by investment activities of $85,000 for the year ended December 31, 2014. The increase in cash used in investing activities in 2015 as compared to the prior year was primarily the result of the investment of our IPO funds through the acquisition of marketable securities.

Financing Activities

Net cash provided by financing activities during the year ended December 31, 2015 of $143.3 million was mainly due to proceeds from our IPO and the issuance of the second tranche of our Series E redeemable convertible preferred stock together with common stock warrants, compared to cash provided by financing activities of $33.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2014 resulting from the issuance of the first tranche of our Series E redeemable convertible preferred stock and common stock warrants.

 

98


Table of Contents

Contractual Obligations and Contingent Liabilities

The following summarizes our significant contractual obligations as of December 31, 2015:

 

Contractual Obligations

   Total      Less than
1 Year
     1 to 3
Years
     3 to 5
Years
     More than
5 Years
 
     ($ in thousands)  

Operating leases

   $ 12,220       $ 829       $ 3,245       $ 3,208       $ 4,938   

Short term purchase obligations

     14,149         9,360         4,789         —           —     

Long-term purchase obligations

     5,100         1,700         3,400         —           —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total contractual obligations

   $ 31,469       $ 11,889       $ 11,434       $ 3,208       $ 4,938   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Operating Leases . This amount represents future minimum lease payments under non-cancelable operating leases in effect as of December 31, 2015 for our current and future facilities in the U.S. and Israel. The minimum lease payments do not include common area maintenance charges or real estate taxes.

Short-term obligation . As of December 31, 2015, the Company has committed to purchasing approximately $14.1 million of active pharmaceutical ingredient supplies over the next 18 months, of which $7.4 million of deliveries are anticipated during the first half of 2016.

Long-term Purchase Obligation . Upon termination of the Roche agreement in 2014, we purchased API supplies from Roche to continue the development and manufacturing of octreotide capsules and Roche’s proposed trade name for octreotide capsules for an aggregate amount of $5.1 million payable in three equal annual installments of $1.7 million beginning in 2016. The Company made the first $1.7 million payment in March 2016. We have no further obligations to Roche upon full payment of these amounts.

The table excludes potential payments we may be required to make under manufacturing and CRO agreements as the timing of when these payments will actually be made is uncertain and the payments are contingent upon the initiation and completion of future activities.

Critical Accounting Policies and Use of Estimates

Our management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations is based on our consolidated financial statements, which have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States, or GAAP. The preparation of these consolidated financial statements requires us to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenues, and expenses, and the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities as of and during the reporting periods. These items are monitored and analyzed by us for changes in facts and circumstances, and material changes in these estimates could occur in the future. We base our estimates on historical experience and on various other factors that we believe are reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form the basis for making judgments about the carrying value of assets and liabilities and the reported amount of revenues and expenses that are not readily apparent from other sources. Changes in estimates are reflected in reported results for the period in which they become known. Actual results may differ materially from these estimates under different assumptions or conditions.

While our significant accounting policies are described in more detail in the notes to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K, we believe that the following accounting policies are critical to the process of making significant judgments and estimates in the preparation of our consolidated financial statements and understanding and evaluating our reported financial results.

Revenue Recognition

Revenue is recognized when the four basic criteria of revenue recognition are met: (1) persuasive evidence that an arrangement exists, (2) delivery has occurred or services have been rendered, (3) the fee is fixed or

 

99


Table of Contents

determinable and (4) collectability is reasonably assured. When one or more of the revenue recognition criteria are not met, we defer the recognition of revenue and records deferred revenue until such time that all criteria are met. For the years ending December 31, 2014 and 2013, our revenue was derived primarily from our now terminated license agreement with Roche. The terms of the agreement included a non-refundable upfront fee; contingent development, commercial, and clinical milestone payments; reimbursement of certain research and development costs; and royalty payments on sales. We did not have any revenue for the year ended December 31, 2015.

Revenue arrangements with multiple elements are divided into separate units of accounting if certain criteria are met, including whether the delivered element has stand-alone value to the customer. When deliverables are separable, consideration received is allocated to the separate units of accounting based on the relative selling price of each deliverable and the appropriate revenue recognition principles are applied to each unit.

We recognize revenue using the proportional performance method when the services are rendered. Under the proportional performance method, revenue is recognized based on cost incurred to date as a percentage of total estimated cost to complete.

At the inception of a license agreement, we evaluate whether each milestone is substantive on the basis of the contingent nature of the milestone. This evaluation includes an assessment of whether: (a) the consideration is commensurate with either our performance to achieve the milestone or the enhancement of the value of the delivered items as a result of a specific outcome from our performance to achieve the milestone; (b) the consideration relates solely to past performance; and (c) the consideration is reasonable relative to all of the deliverables and payment terms within the arrangement. In making this assessment, we evaluate factors such as the clinical, regulatory, commercial and other risks that must be overcome to achieve the respective milestone, the level of effort and investment required, and whether the milestone consideration is reasonable relative to all deliverables and payment terms in the arrangement. We recognize revenues related to substantive milestones in full in the period in which the substantive milestone is achieved.

We recognize royalty revenue, if any, based upon actual and estimated net sales by the licensee of licensed products in licensed territories, and in the period the sales occur.

Stock-based Compensation

We issue stock-based awards to employees and nonemployees generally in the form of stock options. We account for our stock-based awards in accordance with Financial Accounting Standards Board, or FASB, Accounting Standards Codification, or ASC, Topic 718, Compensation—Stock Compensation , or ASC 718. ASC 718 requires all stock-based payments to employees, including grants of employee stock options and modifications to existing stock options, to be recognized in the consolidated statements of operations based on their fair values on the date of grant. We account for stock-based awards to nonemployees in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 505-50,  Equity-Based Payments to Non-Employees , which requires the fair value of the nonemployee award to be remeasured as the award vests. For employee stock-based awards with only service conditions, we recognize compensation on a straight line basis over the requisite service period, which is usually the vesting period of the award, net of estimated forfeitures. We have granted some performance based awards where the vesting of the options is accelerated upon achievement of certain of our operational milestones. In these cases, stock-based compensation expense is accelerated when it is considered probable that our operational milestone will be met.

We are also required to estimate forfeitures at the time of grant and revise those estimates in subsequent periods if actual forfeitures differ from estimates. We use historical data to estimate pre-vesting option forfeitures and we record stock-based compensation expense only for those awards that are expected to vest. To the extent that actual forfeitures differ from our estimates, the difference is recorded as a cumulative adjustment in the period the estimates were revised. Stock-based compensation expense recognized in the financial statements is based on awards that are ultimately expected to vest. Currently, we use a 0% forfeiture rate.

 

100


Table of Contents

For modification of stock compensation awards, we record the incremental fair value of the modified awards as compensation on the date of modification for vested awards, or over the remaining vesting period for unvested awards. The incremental compensation is the excess of the fair value of the modified awards on the date of modification over the fair value of the original awards immediately before the modification. Compensation expense related to our stock-based awards is subject to a number of estimates including volatility and the underlying fair value of our common stock, as well as the estimated life of the awards.

For a detailed description of how we estimate fair value for purposes of option grants and the methodology used in measuring stock-based compensation expense, see “Stock-based Compensation and Common Stock Valuation” below. Since the IPO in July 2015, stock option values are now determined based on the trading price of our common stock.

Income Taxes

The consolidated financial statements presented elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K reflect provisions for federal, state, local and foreign income taxes. Deferred tax assets and liabilities represent future tax consequences of temporary differences between the financial statement carrying amounts and the tax basis of assets and liabilities and for loss carryforwards using enacted tax rates expected to be in effect in the years in which the differences reverse. A valuation allowance is recorded when it is more likely than not that some or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. We cannot be certain that future U.S. taxable income will be sufficient to realize our deferred tax assets and, accordingly, a full valuation allowance has been provided against our U.S. net deferred tax assets.

We evaluate the tax positions we have taken when preparing our federal, state, local and foreign income tax returns, and determine whether it is more likely than not that a tax position will be sustained upon examination. If it is not more likely than not that a position will be sustained, none of the benefit attributable to the position is recognized. The tax benefit to be recognized for any tax position that meets the more-likely-than-not recognition threshold is calculated as the largest amount that is more than 50% likely of being realized upon resolution of the contingency. As of December 31, 2015 and 2014, we have provided a liability of $0.4 million and $0.2 million, respectively. We account for interest and penalties related to uncertain tax positions as part of our other expenses.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

We did not have during the periods presented, and we do not currently have, any off-balance sheet arrangements, as defined in the rules and regulations of the SEC.

JOBS Act

In April 2012, the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012, or the JOBS Act, was enacted. Section 107 of the JOBS Act provides that an “emerging growth company” can take advantage of an extended transition period for complying with new or revised accounting standards. Thus, an emerging growth company can delay the adoption of certain accounting standards until those standards would otherwise apply to private companies. We have irrevocably elected not to avail ourselves of this extended transition period, and, as a result, we will adopt new or revised accounting standards on the relevant dates on which adoption of such standards is required for public companies.

 

Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk

The market risk inherent in our financial instruments and in our financial position represents the potential loss arising from adverse changes in interest rates. As of December 31, 2015, we had $41.0 million in cash and cash equivalents, consisting of cash in checking accounts at U.S. and Israeli banking institutions as well as money market funds and short term corporate notes. In addition we had $107.8 million of marketable securities. Our

 

101


Table of Contents

primary exposure to market risk is interest rate sensitivity, which is affected by changes in the general level of U.S. interest rates. An immediate 100 basis point change in interest rates would cause a decrease in the value of $0.3 million. As of December 31, 2015, we did not have any outstanding borrowings so that we are not exposed to interest rate risk associated with credit facilities.

In addition, we are subject to currency risk for balances held, or denominated, in currencies other than U.S. dollars. We work to maintain all balances in U.S. dollars until payment in other currencies is required to minimize this currency risk. Fluctuations in the exchange rate between the U.S. dollar and each of the Euro, GBP and NIS over the past 24 months has been approximately 25%, 10% and 11%, respectively. As of December 31, 2015, we held $1.0 million in Israeli banks and petty cash funds to support our Israeli operations, the majority of which is denominated in U.S. dollars. We contract with CROs internationally, primarily for the execution of clinical trials and manufacturing activities. Transactions with these providers are settled in U.S. dollars, Euros or GBP and, therefore, we believe that we have only minimal exposure to foreign currency exchange risks. We do not hedge against foreign currency risks.

We do not believe that inflation and changing prices had a significant impact on our results of operations for any periods presented herein.

 

Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

See the consolidated financial statements filed as part of this Annual Report on Form 10-K as listed under Item 15 below.

 

Item 9. Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure

Not Applicable.

 

Item 9A. Controls and Procedures

Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures

Disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) are designed only to provide reasonable assurance that they will meet their objectives. Under the supervision and with the participation of our management, including our principal executive officer and principal financial officer, we conducted an evaluation of the effectiveness, as of December 31, 2015, of the design and operation of our disclosure controls and procedures, as such term is defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e). Based on this evaluation, our principal executive officer and principal financial officer have concluded that, as of such date, our disclosure controls and procedures are effective to ensure that information required to be disclosed by us in our Exchange Act reports is recorded, processed, summarized, and reported within the time periods specified in the SEC’s rules and forms, and that such information is accumulated and communicated to our management, including our principal executive officer and principal financial officer, as appropriate to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure.

Inherent Limitations of Internal Controls

Our management, including our principal executive officer and principal financial officer, does not expect that our disclosure controls and procedures or our internal controls will prevent all error and all fraud. A control system, no matter how well conceived and operated, can provide only reasonable, not absolute, assurance that the objectives of the control system are met. Because of the inherent limitations in all control systems, no evaluation of controls can provide absolute assurance that all control issues and instances of fraud, if any, within the company have been detected. These inherent limitations include the realities that judgments in decision-making can be faulty, and that breakdowns can occur because of simple error or mistake. Additionally, controls can be

 

102


Table of Contents

circumvented by the individual acts of some persons, by collusion of two or more people, or by management override of the control. The design of any system of controls also is based in part upon certain assumptions about the likelihood of future events, and there can be no assurance that any design will succeed in achieving its stated goals under all potential future conditions. Over time, control may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate. Because of the inherent limitations in a cost-effective control system, misstatements due to error or fraud may occur and not be detected.

Management’s Annual Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting

This Annual Report on Form 10-K does not include a report of management’s assessment regarding internal control over financial reporting or an attestation report of our independent registered public accounting firm due to a transition period established by rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission for newly public companies.

Changes in Internal Control over Financial Reporting

There were no changes in our internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) or 15d-15(d)) during the quarter ended December 31, 2015 that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.

 

Item 9B. Other Information

Not Applicable.

PART III

 

Item 10. Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance

The information required under this item is incorporated herein by reference to the Company’s definitive proxy statement pursuant to Regulation 14A, which proxy statement will be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission not later than 120 days after the close of the Company’s fiscal year ended December 31, 2015.

We intend to disclose on our website any amendments to, or waivers from, our Code of Business Conduct and Ethics that are required to be disclosed pursuant to the rules of the SEC. Information contained on, or connected to, our website is not incorporated by reference into this Form 10-K and should not be considered part of this report or any other filing that we make with the SEC .

 

Item 11. Executive Compensation

The information required under this item is incorporated herein by reference to the Company’s definitive proxy statement pursuant to Regulation 14A, which proxy statement will be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission not later than 120 days after the close of the Company’s fiscal year ended December 31, 2015.

 

Item 12. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters

The information required under this item is incorporated herein by reference to the Company’s definitive proxy statement pursuant to Regulation 14A, which proxy statement will be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission not later than 120 days after the close of the Company’s fiscal year ended December 31, 2015.

 

Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence

The information required under this item is incorporated herein by reference to the Company’s definitive proxy statement pursuant to Regulation 14A, which proxy statement will be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission not later than 120 days after the close of the Company’s fiscal year ended December 31, 2015.

 

103


Table of Contents
Item 14. Principal Accounting Fees and Services

The information required under this item is incorporated herein by reference to the Company’s definitive proxy statement pursuant to Regulation 14A, which proxy statement will be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission not later than 120 days after the close of the Company’s fiscal year ended December 31, 2015.

PART IV

 

Item 15. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules

 

(a) 1. Consolidated Financial Statements.

For a list of the consolidated financial statements included herein, see Index on page F-1 of this report.

2. Financial Statement Schedules.

All required information is included in the financial statements or notes thereto.

3. List of Exhibits.

See the Exhibit Index in Item 15(b) below.

 

(b) Exhibit Index.

 

104


Table of Contents

EXHIBIT INDEX

 

Exhibit
No.
    
  3.1    Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Company, incorporated by reference from our Current Report on Form 8-K filed on July 21, 2015
  3.2    Amended and Restated Bylaws of the Company, incorporated by reference from our Current Report on Form 8-K filed on July 21, 2015
  4.1    Form of Common Stock certificate of the Company, incorporated by reference from our Amendment No. 1 to Registration Statement on Form S-1/A filed on July 6, 2015 (File No. 333-204949)
  4.2    Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement, by and between the Company and the Investors named therein, dated as of December 16, 2014, incorporated by reference from our Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed on June 15, 2015 (File No. 333-204949)
  4.3    Form of Warrant to Purchase Shares of Common Stock (issued in connection with the Company’s Series D preferred stock financing), incorporated by reference from our Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed on June 15, 2015 (File No. 333-204949)
  4.4    Form of Warrant to Purchase Shares of Common Stock (issued in connection with the Company’s Series E preferred stock financing), incorporated by reference from our Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed on June 15, 2015 (File No. 333-204949)
10.1†    Israeli Stock Option Plan 2003 and forms of agreements thereunder, incorporated by reference from our Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed on June 15, 2015 (File No. 333-204949)
10.2†    2015 Stock Option and Incentive Plan and forms of agreement thereunder, incorporated by reference from our Amendment No. 1 to Registration Statement on Form S-1/A filed on July 6, 2015 (File No. 333-204949)
10.3†    2015 Employee Stock Purchase Plan , incorporated by reference from our Amendment No. 1 to Registration Statement on Form S-1/A filed on July 6, 2015 (File No. 333-204949)
10.4†    Senior Executive Cash Incentive Bonus Plan, incorporated by reference from our Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed on June 15, 2015 (File No. 333-204949)
10.5†    Amended and Restated Employment Agreement dated May 29, 2015 by and between the Company and Mark Leuchtenberger, incorporated by reference from our Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed on June 15, 2015 (File No. 333-204949)
10.6†    Employment Agreement dated as of June 1, 2006, as amended, by and between Chiasma (Israel) Ltd. and Roni Mamluk, incorporated by reference from our Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed on June 15, 2015 (File No. 333-204949)
10.7†    Employment Agreement dated as of May 8, 2015 by and between the Company and Mark J. Fitzpatrick, , incorporated by reference from our Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed on June 15, 2015 (File No. 333-204949)
10.8†    Employment Agreement dated as of June 2, 2010, as amended, by and between Chiasma (Israel) Ltd. and Chaime Orlev, incorporated by reference from our Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed on June 15, 2015 (File No. 333-204949)
10.9    Employment Agreement dated as of July 30, 2015 by and between the Company and Anand Varadan, incorporated by reference from our Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed on November 11, 2015
10.10    Form of Indemnification Agreement, to be entered into between the Company and its directors and officers, incorporated by reference from our Amendment No. 1 to Registration Statement on Form S-1/A filed on July 6, 2015 (File No. 333-204949)

 

105


Table of Contents
Exhibit
No.
    
10.11    Lease Agreement dated as of September 5, 2008, as amended, by and between Chiasma (Israel) Ltd. And RMP Assets Ltd. , incorporated by reference from our Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed on June 15, 2015 (File No. 333-204949)
10.12    Sublease effective as of May 12, 2015 by and between Cyber-Ark Software and the Company, incorporated by reference from our Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed on June 15, 2015 (File No. 333-204949)
10.13†    Non-Employee Director Compensation Policy, incorporated by reference from our Amendment No. 1 to Registration Statement on Form S-1/A filed on June 15, 2015 (File No. 333-204949)
10.14*    Sublease dated as of November 20, 2015 by and between the Company and Cimpress USA Incorporated (f/k/a Vistaprint USA, Incorporated)
10.15*    Lease Agreement dated as of January 5, 2016 by and between the Company and Africa Israel Assets Ltd., Af-Sar Ltd. And Weizmann Institute of Science
10.16*†    Employment Agreement dated as of November 18, 2015 by and between the Company and Tara McCarthy
21.1*    Subsidiaries of the Company
23.1*    Consent of Kost Forer Gabbay & Kasierer
31.1*    Certification of the Chief Executive Officer Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
31.2*    Certification of the Chief Financial Officer Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
32.1**    Certification of the Chief Executive Officer Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350 as Adopted Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
32.2**    Certification of the Chief Financial Officer Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350 as Adopted Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
101    Interactive Data Files regarding (a) our Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2015 and 2014 (b) our Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Income (Loss) for the Years Ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013, (c) our Condensed Consolidated Statements of Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock and Stockholders’ Equity (Deficit) for the Years Ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013, (d) our Condensed Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Years Ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013 and (e) the Notes to such Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

 

Indicates a management contract or compensatory plan.
* Filed herewith.
** Furnished herewith.

 

106


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Newton, Commonwealth of Massachusetts, on March 17, 2016.

 

Chiasma, Inc.
By:   /s/ Mark Leuchtenberger
  Mark Leuchtenberger
  President, Chief Executive Officer and Director

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

 

Name

  

Title

 

Date

/s/ Mark Leuchtenberger

Mark Leuchtenberger

  

President, Chief Executive Officer and Director

(Principal Executive Officer)

  March 17, 2016

/s/ Mark Fitzpatrick

Mark Fitzpatrick

  

Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)

  March 17, 2016

/s/  David Stack

David Stack

  

Director

  March 17, 2016

/s/  John F. Thero

John F. Thero

  

Director

  March 17, 2016

/s/ Todd Foley

Todd Foley

  

Director

  March 17, 2016

/s/ Ansbert Gadicke, M.D.

Ansbert Gadicke, M.D.

  

Director

  March 17, 2016

/s/ Bard Geesaman, M.D., Ph.D.

Bard Geesaman, M.D., Ph.D.

  

Director

  March 17, 2016

/s/ James R. Tobin

James R. Tobin

  

Director

  March 17, 2016

/s/ Scott Minick

Scott Minick

  

Director

  March 17, 2016

/s/ John Scarlett, M.D.

John Scarlett, M.D.

  

Director

  March 17, 2016

 

107


Table of Contents

INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Consolidated Financial Statements as of and for the Years Ended December 31, 2015 and 2014

  

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

     F-2   

Consolidated Balance Sheets

     F-3   

Consolidated Statements of Operations

     F-4   

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss)

     F-5   

Consolidated Statement of Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock and Stockholders’ Equity (Deficit)

     F-6   

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

     F-9   

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

     F-10   

 

F-1


Table of Contents

LOGO

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

The Board of Directors and Shareholders of Chiasma Inc.

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Chiasma Inc. as of December 31, 2015 and 2014, and the related consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive income (loss), convertible preferred stock and shareholders’ equity (deficit) and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2015. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. We were not engaged to perform an audit of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Our audits included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of Chiasma Inc. at December 31, 2015 and 2014, and the consolidated results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2015, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

/s/ Kost Forer Gabbay & Kasierer

KOST FORER GABBAY & KASIERER

A Member of Ernst & Young Global

Tel-Aviv, Israel

March 17, 2016

 

F-2


Table of Contents

CHIASMA, INC.

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

 

     December 31,  
     2015     2014  
     (in thousands except
share data)
 

Assets

    

Current Assets

    

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 41,039      $ 40,160   

Marketable securities

     107,715        —     

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

     2,331        312   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current assets

     151,085        40,472   

Property and equipment, net

     676        615   

Other assets

     1,347        312   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total assets

   $ 153,108      $ 41,399   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity (Deficit)

    

Current liabilities

    

Accounts payable

   $ 157      $ 318   

Current maturities of long term commitment

     1,700        —     

Accrued expenses

     4,657        4,000   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current liabilities

     6,514        4,318   

Long-term liabilities

     3,778        4,613   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities

     10,292        8,931   

Commitments and Contingencies (Note 15)

    

Redeemable convertible preferred stock, $0.01 par value:

    

Series B1’ preferred, no authorized and issued shares as of December 31, 2015; and authorized 1,134,997 shares; issued 1,134,997 shares; aggregate liquidation preference and redemption value of $7,218,438 at December 31, 2014

     —          9,144   

Series C’ preferred, no authorized and issued shares as of December 31, 2015; and authorized 40,719,409 shares; issued 40,430,250 shares; aggregate liquidation preference and redemption value of $40,430,250 at December 31, 2014

     —          40,430   

Series D’ preferred, no authorized and issued shares as of December 31, 2015; and authorized 38,504,439 shares; issued 38,504,439 shares; aggregate liquidation preference and redemption value of $22,054,186 at December 31, 2014

     —          22,054   

Series E preferred, no authorized and issued shares as of December 31, 2015; and authorized 45,000,000 shares; issued 33,774,763 shares; aggregate liquidation preference and redemption value of $33,774,763 at December 31, 2014

     —          32,858   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total redeemable convertible preferred stock

     —          104,486   

Stockholders’ equity (deficit):

    

Common stock, $0.01 par value; authorized 125,000,000 shares at December 31, 2015, and 175,000,000 shares at December 31, 2014; issued and outstanding 24,012,597 shares at December 31, 2015, and 44,326 shares at December 31, 2014

     240        —     

Preferred stock, $0.01 par value; authorized 5,000,000 shares; none outstanding

     —          —     

Additional paid-in capital

     259,969        9,490   

Accumulated other comprehensive income

     23        —     

Accumulated deficit

     (117,416     (81,508
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total stockholders’ equity (deficit)

     142,816        (72,018
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities, redeemable convertible preferred stock and stockholders’ equity (deficit)

   $ 153,108      $ 41,399   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F-3


Table of Contents

CHIASMA, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

 

     Year ended December 31,  
           2015                 2014                 2013        
     (in thousands except share and per share data)  

Revenue from license agreement

   $ —        $ 13,166      $ 73,134   

Operating expenses:

      

Research and development

     18,991        11,527        26,455   

Marketing, general and administrative

     16,456        3,469        8,065   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     35,447        14,996        34,520   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (loss) from operations

     (35,447     (1,830     38,614   

Other expenses, net

     300        5        1,209   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (loss) before provision for income taxes

     (35,747     (1,835     37,405   

Provision for income taxes

     161        176        1,224   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

     (35,908     (2,011     36,181   

Accretion of deemed liquidation related to Series D redeemable convertible preferred stock

     —          —          (38,504

Accretion of redeemable convertible preferred stock

     (318     (904     (3,034
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss attributable to common stockholders

   $ (36,226   $ (2,915   $ (5,357
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Earnings per share attributable to common stockholders

      

Basic

   $ (3.25   $ (66.21   $ (125.29
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Diluted

   $ (3.25   $ (66.21   $ (125.29
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted-average shares outstanding:

      

Basic

     11,151,978        44,017        42,760   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Diluted

     11,151,978        44,017        42,760   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F-4


Table of Contents

CHIASMA, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS)

 

     Year ended December 31,  
     2015     2014     2013  
     (in thousands)  

Net income (loss)

   $ (35,908   $ (2,011   $ 36,181   

Other comprehensive income:

      

Unrealized gains on available for sale securities, net

     23        —          —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other comprehensive income

     23        —          —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Comprehensive income (loss)

   $ (35,885   $ (2,011   $ 36,181   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F-5


Table of Contents

CHIASMA, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF REDEEMABLE CONVERTIBLE PREFERRED STOCK AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY (DEFICIT)

 

    Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock                 Additional
Paid-in
Capital
    Accumulated
Deficit
    Total
Stockholders’
Deficit
 
    Series B1
Preferred
    Series B1’
Preferred
    Series C Preferred     Series C’
Preferred
    Series D Preferred     Series D’
Preferred
    Total     Common Stock        
    Shares     Amount     Shares     Amount     Shares     Amount     Shares     Amount     Shares     Amount     Shares     Amount     Amount     Shares     Amount        
                                        (in thousands except shares)                                                  

Balance, January 1, 2013

    1,134,997      $ 9,144        —        $ —          40,239,409      $ 39,829        —        $ —          24,265,554      $ 22,836        —        $ —        $ 71,809        32,159      $ —        $ 9,072      $ (77,174   $ (68,102

Stock-based compensation

    —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —          745        —          745   

Exercise of warrants into common stock

    —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —          11,399        —          28        —          28   

Exercise of warrants into Series C redeemable convertible preferred stock

    —          —          —          —          190,841        191        —          —          —          —          —          —          191        —          —          —          —          —     

Issuance of Series D redeemable convertible preferred stock and warrants for common stock, net of issuance costs of $40

    —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —          14,238,885        12,149        —          —          12,149        —          —          2,051        —          2,051   

Accretion of deemed liquidation related to Series D redeemable convertible preferred stock

    —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —          38,504        —          —          38,504        —          —          —          (38,504     (38,504

Redemption of Series D redeemable convertible preferred stock for cash

    —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —          (54,955     —          —          (54,955     —          —          —          —          —     

Redemption of redeemable convertible preferred stock into redeemable convertible preferred prime stock

    (1,134,997     (9,144     1,134,997        9,144        (40,430,250     (40,430     40,430,250        40,430        (38,504,439     (20,147     38,504,439        20,147        —          —          —          —          —          —     

Accretion of redeemable convertible preferred stock

    —          —          —          —          —          410        —          —          —          1,613        —          1,011        3,034        —          —          (3,034     —          (3,034

Net Income

    —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —          36,181        36,181   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance, December 31, 2013

    —        $ —          1,134,997      $ 9,144        —        $ —          40,430,250      $ 40,430        —        $ —          38,504,439      $ 21,158      $ 70,732        43,558      $ —        $ 8,862      $ (79,497   $ (70,635
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F-6


Table of Contents

CHIASMA, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF REDEEMABLE CONVERTIBLE PREFERRED STOCK AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY (DEFICIT)

 

    Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock                 Additional
Paid-in
Capital
    Accumulated
Deficit
    Total
Stockholders’
Deficit
 
    Series B1’ Preferred     Series C’ Preferred     Series D’ Preferred     Series E Preferred     Total     Common Stock        
    Shares     Amount     Shares     Amount     Shares     Amount     Shares     Amount     Amount     Shares     Amount        
                (in thousands except shares)                                                  

Balance, December 31, 2013

    1,134,997      $ 9,144        40,430,250      $ 40,430        38,504,439      $ 21,158        —        $ —        $ 70,732        43,558      $ —        $ 8,862      $ (79,497   $ (70,635

Stock-based compensation

    —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —          756        —          756   

Exercise of stock options

    —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —          768        —          2        —          2   

Issuance of Series E redeemable convertible preferred stock, net of issuance costs of $151 and warrants for common stock

    —          —          —          —          —          —          33,774,763        32,850        32,850        —          —          774        —          774   

Accretion of redeemable convertible preferred stock

    —          —          —          —          —          896        —          8        904        —          —          (904     —          (904

Net loss

    —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —          (2,011     (2,011
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance, December 31, 2014

    1,134,997      $ 9,144        40,430,250      $ 40,430        38,504,439      $ 22,054        33,774,763      $ 32,858      $ 104,486        44,326      $ —        $ 9,490      $ (81,508   $ (72,018
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F-7


Table of Contents

CHIASMA, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF REDEEMABLE CONVERTIBLE PREFERRED STOCK AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY (DEFICIT)

 

    Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock     Common Stock     Additional
Paid-in
Capital
    Accumulated
other
comprehensive
income
    Accumulated
Deficit
    Total
Stockholders’
Equity
(deficit)
 
    Series B1’
Preferred
    Series C’ Preferred     Series D’ Preferred     Series E Preferred     Total            
    Shares     Amount     Shares     Amount     Shares     Amount     Shares     Amount     Amount     Shares     Amount          
                (in thousands except shares)                                                        

Balance, December 31, 2014

    1,134,997      $ 9,144        40,430,250      $ 40,430        38,504,439      $ 22,054        33,774,763      $ 32,858      $ 104,486        44,326      $ —        $ 9,490      $ —        $ (81,508   $ (72,018

Stock-based compensation

    —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —          3,258        —          —          3,258   

Exercise of stock options

    —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —          205,721        2        682        —          —          684   

Exercise of warrants

    —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —          39,789        1        13        —          —          14   

Additional paid in capital on account of vested portion of restricted stocks

    —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —          63        —          —          63   

Issuance of Series E redeemable convertible preferred stock, net of issuance costs of $258 and warrants for common stock

    —          —          —          —          —          —          35,948,023        34,213        34,213        —          —          1,477        —          —          1,477   

Issuance of common stock, conversion of preferred stock

    (1,134,997     (9,144     (40,430,250     (40,430     (38,504,439     (22,054     (69,722,786     (67,389     (139,017     16,403,011        164        138,853        —          —          139,017   

Issuance of common stock, Initial public offering net of issuance costs of $2,394

    —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —          7,319,750        73        106,451        —          —          106,524   

Accretion of redeemable convertible preferred stock

    —          —          —          —          —          —          —          318        318        —          —          (318     —          —          (318

Other comprehensive income

    —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —          23        —          23   

Net loss

    —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —          (35,908     (35,908
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance, December 31, 2015

    —        $ —          —        $ —          —        $ —          —        $ —        $ —          24,012,597      $ 240      $ 259,969      $ 23      $ (117,416   $ 142,816   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F-8


Table of Contents

CHIASMA, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

 

     2015     2014     2013  
     ($ in thousands)  

Cash Flows From Operating Activities:

      

Net income (loss)

   $ (35,908   $ (2,011   $ 36,181   

Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash provided by (used in) operating activities:

      

Depreciation

     201        272        322   

Stock-based compensation

     3,258        756        745   

Amortization of premium on marketable securities, net

     46        —          —     

Provision (benefit) for deferred income taxes

     (30     28        (57

Non-cash interest expense

     349        —          158   

Change in fair value of Series C redeemable convertible preferred stock warrant liability

     —          —          60   

(Gain) loss on sale of property and equipment

     (5     91        221   

Changes in operating assets and liabilities:

      

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

     (1,737     69        173   

Accounts payable

     (161     (2,023     1,032   

Accrued expenses

     657        (5,242     4,355   

Deferred revenue and customer advances

     —          (2,883     2,883   

Other assets

     (171     26        24   

Long-term liabilities

     198        4,516        97   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities

     (33,303     (6,401     46,194   

Cash Flows From Investing Activities:

      

Purchase of marketable securities

     (108,236     —          —     

Maturities of marketable securities

     500        —          —     

Increase (decrease) in value of other assets

     (1,119     7        (6

Purchases of property and equipment

     (269     —          (23

Proceeds from sale of property and equipment

     12        78        11   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities

     (109,112     85        (18

Cash Flows From Financing Activities:

      

Repayment of long-term debt

     —          —          (11,088

Proceeds from issuance of Series D redeemable convertible preferred stock and warrants for common stock, net

     —          —          14,199   

Redemption of Series D redeemable convertible preferred stock

     —          —          (54,955

Proceeds from issuance of Series E redeemable convertible preferred stock and warrants for common stock, net

     35,690        33,624        —     

Proceeds from the issuance of common stock, net

     106,524        —          —     

Proceeds from issuance of restricted stock

     382        —          —     

Exercise of warrants

     14        —          —     

Exercise of stock options

     684        2        28   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

     143,294        33,626        (51,816
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

     879        27,310        (5,640

Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of year

     40,160        12,850        18,490   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents, end of year

   $ 41,039      $ 40,160      $ 12,850   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Supplemental Non-Cash Financing Activities:

      

Conversion of preferred stock

   $ 139,017      $ —        $ —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Conversion of warrants into Series C redeemable convertible preferred stock

   $ —        $ —        $ 191   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Supplemental disclosures of cash flow information:

      

Cash paid for interest

   $ —        $ —        $ 921   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash paid for income taxes

   $ 69      $ 114      $ 1,176   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash received for interest

   $ 33      $ —        $ —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F-9


Table of Contents

CHIASMA, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

1. Nature of Business and Basis of Presentation

Nature of business

Chiasma, Inc. is a late-stage biopharmaceutical company incorporated in 2001 under the laws of the State of Delaware. The Company is dedicated to improving the lives of patients suffering from orphan diseases by developing and commercializing novel oral therapies that are currently available only as injections. The Company has completed a multinational Phase 3 clinical trial of its most advanced Transient Permeability Enhancer platform-based product candidate, octreotide capsules, for the treatment of acromegaly and has filed a New Drug Application (“NDA”) with the United States Food and Drug Administration (“FDA”). In August 2015, the Company received notice that the NDA was accepted for filing to permit a substantive review and the FDA set a Prescription Drug User Fee Act (“PDUFA”) date of April 15, 2016. The FDA also has conditionally accepted the proposed trade name of MYCAPSSA for octreotide capsules. Since its inception, the Company has devoted substantially all of its efforts to business planning, research and development, recruiting management and technical staff, and raising capital, and has financed its operations through our Initial Public Offering (“IPO”) and issuance of redeemable convertible preferred stock, long-term debt, and proceeds from a license agreement. Chiasma, Inc. is headquartered in Massachusetts and has two wholly owned subsidiaries, Chiasma (Israel) Ltd., and Chiasma Securities Corp, collectively referred to herein as the Company. The Company’s product development facilities are in Israel.

The Company is subject to risks common to companies in the biopharmaceutical development industry. There can be no assurance that the Company’s research and development will be successfully completed, that adequate protection for the Company’s intellectual property will be obtained, that any products developed will obtain required regulatory approval or that any approved products will be commercially viable. Even if the Company’s development efforts are successful, it is uncertain when, if ever, the Company will generate significant product sales. The Company operates in an environment of rapid technological change and substantial competition from pharmaceutical and biotechnology companies.

Basis of Presentation

The accompanying consolidated financial statements are prepared in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“U.S. GAAP”) and are stated in U.S. dollars. The consolidated financial statements have been prepared on the basis of continuity of operations, realization of assets and the satisfaction of liabilities in the ordinary course of business.

Successful transition to attaining profitable operations is dependent upon achieving a level of revenues adequate to support the Company’s cost structure. The Company plans to continue to fund its losses from operations and capital funding needs through the issuance of debt and/or equity or through collaborations or license agreements with other companies. Debt or equity financing may not be available on a timely basis on terms acceptable to the Company, or at all. If the Company is not able to secure adequate additional funding, the Company may be forced to make reductions in spending, extend payment terms with suppliers, liquidate assets where possible, or suspend or curtail planned programs. Any of these actions could materially harm the Company’s business, results of operations and future prospects.

Guarantees and indemnifications

As permitted under Delaware law, the Company indemnifies its officers, directors, and employees for certain events or occurrences that happen by reason of the relationship with, or position held at, the Company. Through December 31, 2015, the Company had not experienced any losses related to these indemnification obligations, and no claims were outstanding. The Company does not expect significant claims related to these

 

F-10


Table of Contents

indemnification obligations and, consequently, concluded that the fair value of these obligations is negligible, and no related reserves were established.

Use of estimates

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with U.S. GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenue, and expenses, and the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities as of and during the reporting period. The Company bases estimates and assumptions on historical experience when available and on various factors that it believes to be reasonable under the circumstances. Significant estimates relied upon in preparing the accompanying consolidated financial statements related to revenue recognition, the fair value of common stock and other equity instruments, accounting for stock-based compensation, present value of long-term purchase obligation, income taxes, useful lives of long-lived assets, and accounting for certain accruals. The Company assesses the above estimates on an ongoing basis; however, actual results could materially differ from those estimates.

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Principles of consolidation

The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of Chiasma, Inc. and its subsidiaries. All significant intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.

Cash Equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents consist of highly liquid instruments which mature within three months or less from the date of purchase.

Marketable Securities

The Company’s investments primarily consisted of commercial paper and other corporate debt securities. These marketable securities are classified as available-for-sale, and as such, are reported at fair value on the Company’s balance sheet. Unrealized holding gains and losses are reported within accumulated other comprehensive income as a separate component of stockholders’ equity. The amortized cost of debt securities is adjusted for amortization of premiums and accretion of discounts to maturity. Such amortization together with interest on securities are included in other income, net.

If a decline in the fair value of a marketable security below the Company’s cost basis is determined to be other than temporary, such marketable security is written down to its estimated fair value as a new cost basis and the amount of the write-down is included in earnings as an impairment charge. The cost of securities sold is based on the specific identification method.

Foreign currency translation

The Company uses the U.S. dollar as its functional currency. Monetary assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currency are re-measured at current rates and non-monetary assets denominated in foreign currency are recorded at historical exchange rates. Realized and unrealized exchange gains or losses from transactions and re-measurement adjustments are reflected in other income (expense), net, in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations.

Comprehensive income (loss)

Comprehensive income (loss) is defined as the change in equity of a business enterprise during a period from transactions and other events and circumstances from non-owner sources. Other than reported net income, comprehensive income (loss) includes unrealized gains and losses on available for sale securities, which are

 

F-11


Table of Contents

disclosed in the accompanying consolidated statements of comprehensive income (loss). There were no reclassifications out of comprehensive income for the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013.

Segment information

Operating segments are identified as components of an enterprise about which separate discrete financial information is available for evaluation by the chief operating decision maker, the Company’s Chief Executive Officer, in making decisions regarding resource allocation and assessing performance. The Company views its operations and manages its business in one operating segment.

Other assets

Other assets consist of long-term restricted deposits and prepayments. Long-term restricted deposits represent interest-bearing money market accounts held as a security deposit against a bank guarantee issued with respect to the Company’s leased office and laboratory space in the U.S. and Israel.

Concentrations of credit risk

Financial instruments that potentially subject the Company to significant concentration of credit risk consist primarily of cash, cash equivalents, marketable securities and long-term restricted deposits. Periodically, the Company maintains deposits in financial institutions in excess of government insured limits. Management believes that the Company is not exposed to significant credit risk as the Company’s deposits are held at financial institutions that management believes to be of high credit quality and the Company has not experienced any significant losses in these deposits. The Company regularly invests excess operating cash in deposits with major financial institutions and money market funds and in notes issued by the U.S. government, as well as in fixed income investments and U.S. bond funds, both of which can be readily purchased and sold using established markets. The Company believes that the market risk arising from its holdings of these financial instruments is mitigated based on the fact that many of these securities are either government backed or of high credit rating.

Property and equipment

Property and equipment are stated at cost, net of accumulated depreciation and amortization. Expenditures for maintenance and repairs are charged to operations as incurred, whereas major betterments are capitalized as additions to property and equipment. Depreciation and amortization are recorded using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets, as follows:

 

Asset Category

   Estimated Useful Lives
Computer equipment and software    3 years
Office furniture and equipment    7—17 years (mainly 7)
Laboratory equipment    7—17 years (mainly 10)
Leasehold improvements    The lesser of lease term
or estimated useful lives

Impairment of long-lived assets

The Company reviews long-lived assets for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of the asset may not be recoverable. When such events occur, the Company compares the carrying amounts of the assets to their undiscounted expected future cash flows the assets are expected to generate and to be recognized. The amount of impairment loss to be recognized is the excess of the carrying value over the fair value of the related asset. For the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014, no impairments have been recorded.

 

F-12


Table of Contents

Financial instruments

The Company’s financial instruments consist of accounts payable and accrued expenses. The carrying amounts of accounts payable and accrued expenses approximate their fair value due to the short-term nature of those financial instruments.

Employment termination costs

The Company accrues employment termination liabilities when (a) management, having the authority to approve the action, commits to a plan of termination; (b) the plan identifies the number of employees to be terminated, their job classifications or functions, their locations, and the expected completion date; (c) the plan establishes the terms of the arrangement, including the benefits that employees will receive upon termination, in sufficient detail to enable employees to determine the type and amount of benefits they will receive upon involuntary termination; (d) it is unlikely that significant changes to the plan will be made or withdrawn; and (e) the plan has been communicated to the affected employees. When employees are required to render services beyond the minimum retention period through the involuntary termination date in order to receive the termination benefits, a liability is measured initially at the communication date based on the fair value of the liability, and is recognized ratably over the future service period through expected termination date. The Company reverses the liability when events or circumstances occur that discharge or remove its responsibility to settle the termination liability.

Revenue recognition

Revenue is recognized when the four basic criteria of revenue recognition are met: (1) persuasive evidence that an arrangement exists, (2) delivery has occurred or services have been rendered, (3) the fee is fixed or determinable, and (4) collectability is reasonably assured. When one or more of the revenue recognition criteria are not met, the Company defers the recognition of revenue and records deferred revenue until such time that all criteria are met. For the years ending December 31, 2014 and 2013, the Company’s revenue was derived from our now terminated license agreement (see Note 8). The terms of the agreement included a non-refundable upfront fee; contingent development, commercial, and clinical milestone payments; reimbursement of certain research and development costs; and royalty payments on sales.

Revenue arrangements with multiple elements are divided into separate units of accounting if certain criteria are met, including whether the delivered element has stand-alone value to the customer. When deliverables are separable, consideration received is allocated to the separate units of accounting based on the relative selling price of each deliverable and the appropriate revenue recognition principles are applied to each unit.

The Company recognizes revenue using the proportional performance method when services are rendered. Under the proportional performance method, revenue is recognized based on costs incurred to date as a percentage of total estimated cost to complete.

At the inception of the license agreement, the Company evaluates whether each milestone is substantive on the basis of the contingent nature of the milestone. This evaluation includes an assessment of whether: (a) the consideration is commensurate with either the Company’s performance to achieve the milestone or the enhancement of the value of the delivered items as a result of a specific outcome from the Company’s performance to achieve the milestone; (b) the consideration relates solely to past performance; and (c) the consideration is reasonable relative to all of the deliverables and payment terms within the arrangement. In making this assessment, the Company evaluates factors such as the clinical, regulatory, commercial and other risks that must be overcome to achieve the respective milestone, the level of effort and investment required, and whether the milestone consideration is reasonable relative to all deliverables and payment terms in the arrangement. The Company recognizes revenues related to substantive milestones in full in the period in which the substantive milestone is achieved.

 

F-13


Table of Contents

The Company recognizes royalty revenue, if any, based upon actual and estimated net sales by the licensee of licensed products in licensed territories and in the period the sales occur.

Long-term purchase obligation

Long-term purchase obligation, included within long-term liabilities and respected current maturities, represents aggregate amounts payable for the purchases of certain active pharmaceutical ingredient (“API”) supplies and a trade name for the drug pursuant to an agreement entered into following the termination of the license agreement (see Note 8). The amount is payable in three equal annual amounts and is recorded at its present value. The difference between the aggregate purchase price and the present value of the installment payments represents the interest component of the financing arrangement and is accreted over the payment term and classified as other expense, net. Costs associated with the purchase of API were charged to research and development, and costs associated with the trade name were charged to marketing, general and administrative expense in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations.

Research and development

Research and development costs are expensed as incurred. Research and development costs include payroll and personnel expense, consulting costs, external contract research and development expenses, raw materials, drug product manufacturing costs, and allocated overhead including depreciation and amortization, rent, and utilities. Research and development costs that are paid in advance of performance are capitalized as a prepaid expense and amortized over the service period as the services are provided.

Clinical trial costs

Clinical trial costs are a component of research and development expenses. The Company accrues and expenses clinical trial activities performed by third parties on an evaluation of the progress to completion of specific tasks using data such as hours spent in performance of services, patient enrollment, clinical site activation, and other information provided to the Company by its vendors.

Patent costs

Patent costs are expensed as incurred as their realization is uncertain. These costs are classified as marketing, general and administrative in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations.

Redeemable convertible preferred stock

The Company classifies redeemable convertible preferred stock as temporary equity in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets due to redemption rights granted to the holders that are outside of the Company’s control. The Company recorded redeemable convertible stock initially at the original issuance price net of issuance costs and discounts, if any, according to relative fair value method. When the initial recorded amount is less than the redemption value, the Company accretes the recorded amount up to the redemption value over the redemption period using the effective interest method, plus dividends expected to be paid upon redemption, if any. The Company accretes the deemed liquidation upon the occurrence of any such event. On the effective date of our IPO, the redeemable convertible preferred stock automatically converted into common stock.

Warrants

The Company issued common stock warrants to investors and redeemable convertible preferred stock warrants to its lender. Common stock warrants were initially recorded based on their relative fair value in relationship to the total fair value of the hybrid debt or equity instruments. Redeemable convertible preferred stock warrants were initially recorded at fair value.

 

F-14


Table of Contents

Common stock warrants issued in connection with the issuance of redeemable convertible preferred stock (see Note 10) were classified as a component of stockholders’ equity because they are free standing financial instruments that are legally detachable and separately exercisable from the redeemable convertible preferred stock, are contingently exercisable, do not embody an obligation for the Company to repurchase its own shares, and permit the holders to receive a fixed number of common shares upon exercise. In addition, the common stock warrants require physical settlement and do not provide any guarantee of value or return. Common stock warrants were initially recorded at their relative fair value and were not subsequently re-measured. Common stock warrants were valued using Black-Scholes.

Stock-based compensation

The Company accounts for all stock-based compensation granted to employees and nonemployees using a fair value method. Stock-based compensation is measured at the grant date fair value of employee stock option grants and is recognized over the requisite service period of the awards, usually the vesting period, on a straight-line basis, net of estimated forfeitures. Stock-based compensation awards to nonemployees are subject to revaluation over their vesting terms. For performance based awards where the vesting of the options may be accelerated upon the achievement of certain milestone performance, vesting and the related stock-based compensation is recognized as an expense when the achievement of the milestone is probable over the requisite service period.

For modification of stock compensation awards, the Company records the incremental fair value of the modified award as stock-based compensation on the date of modification for vested awards or over the remaining vesting period for unvested awards. The incremental compensation is the excess of the fair value of the modified award on the date of modification over the fair value of the original award immediately before the modification.

The Company recognizes, as expense, the estimated fair value of all share-based payments to employees which is determined using the Black-Scholes option pricing model. The Company has elected to recognize the compensation cost of all share-based awards on a straight-line basis over the vesting period of the award. In periods that the Company grants stock options, fair value assumptions are based on volatility, interest, dividend yield, and expected term over which the stock options will be outstanding. The computation of expected volatility is based on an average historical share price volatility based on an analysis of reported data for a peer group of comparable publicly traded companies, which were selected based upon industry similarities. The interest rate for periods within the expected term of the award is based on the U.S. Treasury risk-free interest rate in effect at the time of grant. The expected lives of the options were estimated using the simplified method. Computation of expected forfeitures is based on historical data to estimate pre-vesting option forfeitures of our stock options. Currently, we use an estimated forfeiture rate of 0%.

For options granted to non-employees, the expected life of the option used is the contractual term of each such option. All other assumptions used to calculate the grant date fair value are generally consistent with the assumptions used for options granted to employees. Stock-based compensation expense for awards granted to non-employees is adjusted as the award vests to reflect the current fair value of such awards, and is recognized using an accelerated attribution model.

Income taxes

The consolidated financial statements reflect provisions for federal, state, local and foreign income taxes. Deferred tax assets and liabilities represent future tax consequences of temporary differences between the financial statement carrying amounts and the tax basis of assets and liabilities and for loss carryforwards using enacted tax rates expected to be in effect in the years in which the differences reverse. A valuation allowance is recorded when it is more likely than not that some or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized.

The Company determines whether it is more likely than not that a tax position will be sustained upon examination. If it is not more likely than not that a position will be sustained, none of the benefit attributable to the position is recognized. The tax benefit to be recognized for any tax position that meets the more-likely-than-

 

F-15


Table of Contents

not recognition threshold is calculated as the largest amount that is more than 50% likely of being realized upon resolution of the contingency. The Company accounts for interest and penalties related to uncertain tax positions as part of its other expenses.

Contingent liabilities

In the normal course of business, the Company is subject to proceedings, lawsuits, and other claims and assessments. The Company assesses the likelihood of any adverse judgments or outcomes to these matters as well as potential ranges of probable losses. A determination of the amount of reserves required, if any, for these contingencies is made after careful analysis of each individual issue. The required reserves may change in the future due to new developments in each matter or changes in approach such as a change in settlement strategy in dealing with these matters. We record charges for the losses we anticipate incurring in connection with litigation and claims against us when we conclude a loss is probable and we can reasonably estimate these losses. During the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014, and 2013, we were not subject to any material litigation or claims and assessments.

Earnings per share attributable to common stockholders

The Company computes basic earnings per share attributable to common stockholders by dividing net income (loss) attributable to common stockholders by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding for the period. Earnings attributable to common stockholders and participating redeemable convertible preferred stock is allocated to each share on an as-converted basis as if all of the net loss for the period had been distributed. During periods in which the Company incurred a net loss, the Company allocates no net loss to participating securities because they do not have a contractual obligation to share in the net loss of the Company. The Company computes diluted earnings per common share after giving consideration to all potentially dilutive common shares, including stock options, and warrants outstanding during the period except where the effect of such non-participating securities would be antidilutive.

Recently issued accounting pronouncements

In May 2014, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued new revenue recognition guidance which provides a single comprehensive model for entities to use in accounting for revenue arising from contracts with customers and will supersede most current revenue recognition guidance. The new standard also requires significantly expanded disclosures regarding the qualitative and quantitative information of an entity’s nature, amount, timing, and uncertainty of revenue and cash flows arising from contracts with customers. The guidance is currently effective for the Company in 2018. Early adoption is permitted in 2017. The Company is currently evaluating the impact the standard may have on its consolidated financial statements.

In August 2014, the FASB issued new guidance which requires management to assess an entity’s ability to continue as a going concern and to provide related disclosures in certain circumstances. The requirements of the standard will be effective for the annual and interim financial statement periods ending after December 15, 2016, with early adoption permitted. The adoption of this standard will not have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

In April 2015, the FASB issued new guidance which requires the presentation of debt issuance costs in the balance sheet as a deduction from the carrying amount of the related debt liability, consistent with the current treatment of debt discounts. The guidance is effective for the Company in 2016. The adoption of this standard will not have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated balance sheet.

In July 2015, the FASB issued new guidance which requires an entity to measure inventory at the lower of cost and net realizable value. Net realizable value is defined as the estimated selling prices in the ordinary course of business, less reasonably predictable costs of completion, disposal, and transportation. This guidance does not

 

F-16


Table of Contents

apply to inventory that is measured using last-in, first-out. The guidance is effective for the Company in 2017. Early adoption is permitted. The adoption of this guidance is not expected to have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

In November 2015, the FASB issued new guidance which requires all deferred income taxes be presented on the balance sheet as noncurrent. The new guidance is intended to simplify financial reporting by eliminating the requirement to classify deferred taxes between current and noncurrent. The adoption of this guidance is not expected to have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

In February 2016, the FASB issued new guidance which establishes a right-of-use model that requires a lessee to record an asset and a lease liability on the balance sheet for all leases with terms longer than 12 months. Leases will be classified as either finance or operating, with classification affecting the pattern of expense recognition in the income statement. The guidance is effective for the Company in 2019. A modified retrospective transition approach is required for lessees for capital and operating leases existing at, or entered into after, the beginning of the earliest comparative period presented in the financial statements. The Company is currently evaluating the impact the standard may have on its consolidated financial statements.

3. Investments

The Company’s investments consisted of the following:

 

     As of December 31, 2015  
     Amortized
Cost
     Gross
Unrealized
Gains
     Gross
Unrealized
Losses
     Estimated
Fair Value
 
     ($ in thousands)  

Money market funds

   $ 23,300       $ —         $ —         $ 23,300   

Corporate notes

     118,542         53         (30      118,565   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 141,842       $ 53       $ (30    $ 141,865   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

As of December 31, 2015, the Company’s securities held in an unrealized loss position are not considered to be other-than-temporarily impaired, as the Company has the ability to hold such investments until recovery of the fair value. The Company utilizes the specific identification method in computing realized gains and losses. The Company had no gains and losses on our available-for-sale securities for the year ended December 31, 2015 and 2014.

The fair values of our investments by classification in our balance sheet were as follows:

 

     As of December 31,
2015
 
     ($ in thousands)  

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 34,150   

Marketable securities

     107,715   
  

 

 

 

Total

   $ 141,865   
  

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents in the table above exclude cash of $6.9 million as of December 31, 2015.

The contractual maturity date of all of our investments are less than one year.

As of December 31, 2014, the Company did not hold any marketable securities.

 

F-17


Table of Contents

4. Fair Value Measurements and Fair Value of Financial Instruments

Fair value is defined as the exchange price that would be received for an asset or paid to transfer a liability (an exit price) in the principal or most advantageous market for the asset or liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. The fair value accounting guidance requires that assets and liabilities carried at fair value be classified and disclosed in one of the following three categories:

Level 1—Quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities that the Company has the ability to access at the measurement date.

Level 2—Inputs other than quoted prices in active markets that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly or indirectly.

Level 3—Inputs that are unobservable for the asset or liability.

To the extent that valuation is based on models or inputs that are less observable or unobservable in the market, the determination of fair value requires more judgment. Accordingly, the degree of judgment exercised by the Company in determining fair value is greatest for instruments categorized in Level 3. A financial instrument’s level within the fair value hierarchy is based on the lowest level of any input that is significant to the fair value measurement.

The fair value measurements of the Company’s financial instruments at December 31, 2015 are summarized in the table below:

 

     Quote Prices in
Active Markets
for Identical
Assets (Level 1)
     Significant
Other
Observable
Inputs (Level 2)
     Significant
Unobservable
Inputs (Level 3)
     Balance as of
December 31,
2015
 
     ($ in thousands)  

Cash equivalents:

           

Money market funds

   $ 23,300       $ —         $ —         $ 23,300   

Corporate notes

     —           10,850         —           10,850   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total cash equivalents

   $ 23,300       $ 10,850       $ —         $ 34,150   

Marketable securities:

           

Corporate notes

   $ —         $ 107,715       $ —         $ 107,715   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total marketable securities

     —           107,715         —           107,715   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 23,300       $ 118,565       $ —         $ 141,865   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The Company had no Level 3 assets being measured at fair value on a recurring basis as of December 31, 2015.

The Company’s financial instruments at December 31, 2014 consisted entirely of cash.

5. Earnings per Share Attributable to Common Stockholders

Since the Company has reported net loss attributable to common stockholders for the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013, basic and diluted net loss per share attributable to common stockholders are the same as basic net loss per share attributable to common stockholders for those periods.

All redeemable convertible preferred stock, common stock warrants, and stock options have been excluded from the computation of diluted weighted-average shares outstanding because such securities would have an antidilutive impact due to net losses reported for the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013.

 

F-18


Table of Contents

6. Property and Equipment

Property and equipment consists of the following:

 

     As of December 31,  
     2015      2014  
     ($ in thousands)  

Computer equipment and software

   $ 306       $ 132   

Office furniture and equipment

     131         115   

Laboratory equipment

     1,439         1,396   

Leasehold improvements

     341         334   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Property and equipment, at cost

     2,217         1,977   

Less accumulated depreciation

     1,541         1,362   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Property and equipment, net

   $ 676       $ 615   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Depreciation expense was $0.2 million, $0.3 million, and $0.3 million for the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014, and 2013, respectively.

7. Accrued Expenses

Accrued expenses consist of the following:

 

     As of December 31,  
     2015      2014  
     ($ in thousands)  

Accrued marketing, general and adminstrative expenses

   $ 1,486       $ 374   

Accrued research and development expenses

     1,376         3,028   

Accrued payroll and employee benefits

     1,795         598   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total accrued expenses

   $ 4,657       $ 4,000   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

In March 2013, following the signing of the Roche (as defined below) license agreement, discussed in detail in Note 8 below, and in anticipation of transferring the Company’s intellectual property related to octreotide capsules to Roche, management and the board of directors approved a special severance arrangement for certain employees of Chiasma (Israel) Ltd. who were identified for termination. These employees were entitled to a one-time payment upon their involuntary termination by the Company. No payment would be made for voluntary terminations or in the event the Company canceled the employee termination plan. Because the affected employees were required to continue providing services through the termination date in order to receive payment, the Company recorded the fair value of the termination payments over the period from the date the plans were approved and communicated to the affected employees through the expected termination date. The employee termination process was expected to be completed within one year.

The Company estimated the aggregate one-time termination benefit to be $1.9 million, which approximated the fair value of the liability on the day the termination plan was approved and communicated to affected employees. During 2014 and 2013, the Company paid a total of $0.5 million and $0.6 million, respectively, of special severance arrangements to departing employees. As of December 31, 2013, $1.2 million was recorded as termination liability. In July 2014 following Roche’s decision to terminate the license agreement, the Company canceled the employee termination plan. Accordingly, with the exception of one employee, liabilities previously recorded under the involuntary termination plan were reversed.

During the year ended December 31, 2015, the Company recorded $0.2 million of termination costs as research and development expenses. During the year ended December 31, 2014, the Company recorded $0.6 million of

 

F-19


Table of Contents

net reversals of the termination liability as research and development expenses and $0.1 million as marketing, general and administrative expenses, respectively. During the year ended December 31, 2013, the Company recorded $1.5 million of termination costs as research and development expenses and $0.4 million as general and administrative expenses, respectively.

A summary of the termination liability for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014 is as follows:

 

     2015      2014  
     ($ in thousands)  

Employee termination accrual, beginning of year

   $ 12       $ 1,207   

Charges

     154         648   

Payments

     —           (481

Reversals

     —           (1,362
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Employee termination accrual, end of year

   $ 166       $ 12   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

8. License Agreement

In December 2012, the Company signed a license agreement with F. Hoffmann-La Roche Ltd. and Hoffmann-La Roche Inc. (collectively “Roche”), which was effective in January 2013, and granted Roche an exclusive, non-transferable license to the Company’s intellectual property related to the octreotide capsules. Under the terms of the agreement, Roche obtained worldwide rights to research, develop, make, import, export, sell, market or distribute the commercial product. The Company retained certain research and development activities under a joint development plan. The Company retained all rights to the intellectual property contained in the agreement. The agreement provided for an upfront payment of $65.0 million, future consideration of up to $530.0 million in development and commercial milestones, and the right to receive tiered, double-digit royalties on net sales of octreotide capsules.

The Company’s total service obligations of $85.0 million were recognized over the expected service period using the proportional performance method of revenue recognition. During the year ended December 31, 2013, the Company received a total of $75.0 million from Roche related to the license agreement, and an additional $10.0 million was received during January 2014. The Company evaluated the transaction and concluded that the license right did not have stand-alone value. As a result, the arrangement primarily represented a research and development arrangement provided by the Company and all elements of the arrangement were considered one unit of accounting. In 2013, the Company recognized $73.1 million as revenue for services provided during the year using the proportional performance method based on costs included in research and development expenses. Deferred revenue and customer advances at December 31, 2013 totaled $2.9 million which included $1.0 million received from Roche for expected reimbursable costs that had not yet been incurred by the Company.

In April 2014, the Company and Roche entered into a joint development plan. Under the plan, the Company was to receive an aggregate amount of $2.7 million covering certain costs incurred by the Company to be payable in three installments. During 2014, the Company received the first installment of $1.3 million.

In July 2014, Roche terminated the license agreement. Upon termination, Roche returned all rights and documentation granted under the agreement to the Company. The Company was relieved of further obligations under the agreement and recognized the remaining revenue of $13.2 million as revenues. Subsequent to the termination, the Company purchased from Roche active pharmaceutical ingredient (“API”) supplies to continue the development and manufacturing of octreotide capsules as well as Roche’s proposed trade name for octreotide capsules for an aggregate amount of $5.1 million payable in three equal annual installments of $1.7 million beginning in 2016. The Company made the first $1.7 million payment in March 2016. The difference between the aggregate purchase price and the present value of the installment payments represents the interest component of the financing arrangement and is being recorded as interest expense over the payment term. Other than these payments, the Company has no other financial and operational obligations to Roche. Following the termination

 

F-20


Table of Contents

of the license agreement, the Company is not entitled to further payments from Roche, Roche has no remaining rights to octreotide capsules and the Company retains all rights to octreotide capsules and all related intellectual property.

9. Long-term Debt

The Company had a secured loan agreement with General Electric Capital Corporation to borrow up to $12.0 million. Amounts borrowed under the loan bore interest at 10.85% per annum and matured in 42 months. In February 2013, the Company paid the outstanding principal, accrued interest, and prepayment fees totaling $11.1 million. Following the repayment, the secured loan agreement was terminated and the Company was released of all security obligations and pledges.

In connection with the loan, the Company issued to the lender warrants to purchase 480,000 shares of Series C preferred at an exercise price of $1.00 per share. The warrants were accounted for as a liability and carried at fair value with changes in fair value recorded in the consolidated statements of operations. In March 2013, the lender exercised the warrants on a cashless basis into 190,841 shares of Series C preferred calculated using the fair value of Series C preferred on the exercise date. The fair value of the warrants at the time of exercise was recorded as Series C preferred. The change in fair value of the warrants during 2013 through the time of exercise of $60,000 was recorded in the consolidated statements of operations as other expenses.

10. Warrants

The following common stock warrants were issued by the Company:

 

Issued In Connection With

   Shares of
Common Stock
Underlying
Warrants
     Exercise Price
Per Share
     Issuance Date    Expiration Date

Series C preferred

     54,752       $ 0.09       June 24, 2011    June 24, 2016

Series D redeemable convertible preferred stock, second closing

     849,033       $ 0.09       October 22, 2012    October 22, 2022

Series D redeemable convertible preferred stock, third closing

     849,033       $ 0.09       March 28, 2013    March 28, 2022

Series E redeemable convertible preferred stock

     924,622       $ 9.13       December 15, 2014    December 15, 2024

Series E redeemable convertible preferred stock

     984,116       $ 9.13       February 20, 2015    February 20, 2025
  

 

 

          

Total

     3,661,556            
  

 

 

          

A summary of warrant activity during 2014 and 2015 is as follows:

 

     Common Stock
Warrants
 

Warrants outstanding, January 1, 2014

     1,752,818   

Issuances

     924,622   

Exercises

     —     
  

 

 

 

Warrants outstanding, December 31, 2014

     2,677,440   

Issuances

     984,116   

Exercises

     (39,789
  

 

 

 

Warrants outstanding, December 31, 2015

     3,621,767   
  

 

 

 

 

F-21


Table of Contents

11. Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock

During the years ended December 2012 and 2013, the Company issued an aggregate of 38,504,439 shares of Series D redeemable convertible preferred stock (the “Series D preferred”) and warrants to purchase up to an aggregate of 1,698,066 shares of Common Stock at an exercise price of $ 0.09 per share (the “Warrants”), for aggregate gross proceeds of $38.5 million, of which $34.8 million was allocated to the Series D preferred and $3.6 million was allocated to the Warrants, net of issuance cost in the amount of $0.1 million. Since the Series D preferred was issued in conjunction with freestanding detachable warrants, the proceeds from the issuance were allocated to each freestanding instrument based on their relative fair value.

The Company accreted the discount amount due to the Warrants allocation and issuance cost, using the interest method, until August 2014 which was the earliest redemption date of the instrument according to the Company’s certificate of incorporation then in effect.

In March 2013, the Company redeemed its Series B1 redeemable convertible preferred stock (“Series B1 preferred”), Series C preferred, and Series D preferred (“collectively, the “Original Preferred Stock”) using proceeds received from the license agreement with Roche (see Note 8), which redemption was effected in accordance with the deemed liquidation provisions of the Company’s certificate of incorporation then in effect. Pursuant to such deemed liquidation provisions, upon such an event the Series D preferred was entitled to a redemption amount equal to its original issuance price plus $38.5 million. Accordingly, the Company immediately recognized the change in the redemption value in the amount of $38.5 million against accumulated deficit. The consideration for the redemption consisted of a cash payment of $55.0 million and the issuance of 1,134,997 shares of Series B1’ redeemable convertible preferred stock (“Series B1’ preferred”), 40,430,250 shares of Series C’ redeemable convertible preferred stock (“Series C’ preferred”), and 38,504,439 shares of Series D’ redeemable convertible preferred stock (“Series D’ preferred”, and collectively with the Series B1’ preferred and Series C’ preferred, the “Prime Preferred Stock”). The Prime Preferred Stock bears similar terms, rights and preferences as the Original Preferred Stock, other than changes to reflect redemption payment of Series D preferred described above. In addition, the holders of the Original Preferred Stock received rights to receive future contingent payments under the Roche license agreement. Upon termination of the license agreement, these rights were also terminated.

The initial carrying value of the Prime Preferred Stock equaled the carrying value of the Original Preferred Stock on the redemption date. The Company accreted the carrying value of the Series D’ preferred to its redemption value until August 2014, which was the earliest redemption date of the Series D’ preferred according to the Company’s certificate of incorporation.

In December 2014, the Company issued 33,774,763 shares of Series E redeemable convertible preferred stock (“Series E preferred”) at $1.00 per share, resulting in gross proceeds of $33.8 million, with issuance costs of $0.2 million. In connection with the issuance of Series E preferred, the Company issued to the holders warrants to purchase 924,622 shares of the Company’s common stock with an exercise price of $9.13 per share and allocated $0.8 million of the net proceeds to the warrants based on their relative fair value on the issuance date which was accounted for as a discount on Series E preferred and recorded as additional paid-in capital.

In February 2015, the Company increased the number of authorized shares of Series E redeemable convertible preferred stock (“Series E preferred”) to a total of 80,774,458 shares and subsequently sold and issued an aggregate of 35,948,023 shares of Series E preferred at $1.00 per share for gross proceeds of $35.9 million, with of issuance costs of $0.3 million. In connection with the issuance of Series E preferred, the Company issued to the holders of Series E preferred warrants to purchase 984,116 shares of the Company’s common stock, with an exercise price of $9.13 per share and allocated $1.5 million of the net proceeds to the warrants based on their relative fair value on the issuance date which was accounted for as a discount on Series E preferred and recorded as additional paid in capital.

In connection with the closing of the IPO on July 21, 2015, all of the Company’s outstanding redeemable convertible preferred stock automatically converted into 16,403,011 shares of common stock.

 

F-22


Table of Contents

12. Common Stock

On June 30, 2015, the board of directors approved a 1-for-9.132 reverse stock split. As a result, all common stock, warrants and options for common stock, exercise price and earnings per share amounts were adjusted retroactively for all periods presented in these financial statements. Additionally, the conversion price of each share of the Company’s redeemable convertible preferred stock was adjusted to reflect this reverse stock split.

On July 21, 2015, the Company issued 7,319,750 shares of our common stock, $0.01 par value per share, at a price to the public of $16.00 per share before underwriting discounts. The Company raised approximately $106.5 million in net proceeds after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and offering expenses.

13. Stock Incentive Plan

In 2008, the Company’s board of directors adopted the 2008 Stock Incentive Plan (the “2008 Plan”), which provided for the grant of incentive stock options, nonqualified stock options, and restricted stock to employees, directors, and nonemployees of the Company up to 3,547,741 shares of common stock. Option awards expire 10 years from the grant date and generally vest over four years, but vesting conditions can vary at the discretion of the Company’s board of directors.

In July 2015 we approved a 2015 Stock Option and Incentive Plan (the 2015 Plan), which became effective upon the initial public offering. The 2015 Plan’s aggregate pool of available shares is 2,605,792 of common stock. The plan allows for granting of incentive stock options, nonqualified stock options, and restricted stock to employees, directors, and nonemployees of the Company. In connection with the adoption of the 2015 Plan, no further option grants are permitted under the 2008 Plan and any expirations, cancellations, or terminations under the previous plans are available for issuance under the 2015 Plan. As of December 31, 2015, the total number of shares authorized for stock award plans is 6,153,533 of which 2,034,242 remain available for grant.

The fair value of each stock option issued was estimated at the date of grant using the following weighted-average assumptions:

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2015     2014     2013  

Expected volatility

     75     80     85

Expected term (years)

     6.26        6.25        6.25   

Risk-free interest rate

     1.71     1.79     1.08

Expected dividend yield

     0     0     0

A summary of option activity as of December 31, 2015 and the year then ended is presented below:

 

    Number of
Stock Options
    Weighted-
Average
Exercise Price
    Weighted-
Average
Remaining
Contractual
Term (Years)
    Aggregate
Intrinsic
Value
 

Outstanding, January 1, 2015

    1,501,062      $ 2.04        7.02      $ 2,466,647   

Exercised

    (205,721   $ 2.86       

Granted

    2,829,967      $ 10.03       

Forfeited/Expired

    (6,017   $ 2.92       
 

 

 

       

Outstanding, December 31, 2015

    4,119,291      $ 7.48        8.40      $ 53,093,022   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Exercisable, December 31, 2015

    1,019,864      $ 2.00        5.65      $ 17,917,555   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Vested and expected to vest, December 31, 2015

    4,119,291      $ 7.48        8.40      $ 53,093,022   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-23


Table of Contents

The weighted-average grant date per-share fair value of stock options granted during 2015, 2014, and 2013 were $6.76, $2.63, and $3.20, respectively. The aggregate intrinsic value of stock options exercised during the years ended December 2015, 2014, and 2013 was $1.8 million, $1,000, and $28,000, respectively.

At December 31, 2015, there was $18.3 million of unrecognized compensation cost related to stock options, which is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 3.43 years.

Stock-based compensation expense is classified in the consolidated statements of operations as follows:

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2015      2014      2013  
     ($ in thousands)  

Research and development

   $ 1,410       $ 424       $ 297   

Marketing, general and administrative

     1,848         332         448   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 3,258       $ 756       $ 745   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

During 2013, the Company’s board of directors modified the terms of the then outstanding stock options by (a) extending exercisability of the options to the second anniversary upon termination of employment or services, and (b) accelerating the vesting of stock options upon Roche filing for regulatory approval under the license agreement. In addition, during 2014, the board of directors modified the exercise price of certain stock options granted to employees and executives. The incremental compensation expense, resulting from comparing the fair value of stock options immediately before and immediately after the modifications, for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013 totaled $0.4 million and $0.1 million, respectively. In 2014, $0.3 million of the incremental compensation expenses was classified as research and development expense and $0.1 million was classified as marketing, general and administrative expense. In 2013, $40,000 of the incremental compensation expenses was classified as research and development expense and $0.1 million was classified as marketing, general and administrative expense in the accompanying consolidated financial statements.

For the year ended December 31, 2015, two directors exercised options to purchase an aggregate of 122,644 shares of common stock of which 116,258 of the shares were issued as restricted stock as they were exercised prior to full vesting. The proceeds from the issuance of the restricted stock are presented as long-term liabilities within the accompanying consolidated balance sheet, since the Company has the right to acquire back the unvested portion of the restricted stock following termination of the services of their holder. The long term liability is released to additional paid-in capital per the original vesting schedule of the options. As of December 31, 2015, the outstanding balance of the liability was $0.3 million and the outstanding restricted shares were 97,093. The weighted fair value of the options at original grant date was $2.62.

14. Income Taxes

Income (loss) before provision for income taxes consists of the following:

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2015      2014      2013  
     ($ in thousands)  

Domestic

   $ (35,219    $ (1,493    $ 37,010   

Foreign

     (528      (342      395   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ (35,747    $ (1,835    $ 37,405   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-24


Table of Contents

The components of income tax provision (benefit) consist of the following:

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2015      2014      2013  
     ($ in thousands)  

Current provision for income taxes:

        

U.S. federal

   $ —         $ 1       $ 1,024   

Foreign

     191         147         257   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total current provision for income taxes

     191         148         1,281   

Deferred tax (benefit) provision - foreign

     (30      28         (57
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total provision for income taxes

   $ 161       $ 176       $ 1,224   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

A reconciliation setting forth the differences between the effective tax rates of the Company and the U.S. federal statutory tax rate is as follows:

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2015     2014     2013  

U.S. federal tax provision at statutory rate

     34.00     34.00     34.00

State and local tax, net of federal benefit

     5.64     9.94     0.06

Foreign rate differences

     0.08     1.09     (0.17 %) 

Non-deductible foreign stock compensation

     (1.16 %)      (10.88 %)      0.26

Effect of other permanent differences

     (0.05 %)      (4.30 %)      0.40

Uncertain tax positions

     (0.53 %)      (8.00 %)      0.25

Change in valuation allowance

     (37.74 %)      (34.06 %)      (32.97 %) 

Other adjustments

     (0.69 %)      2.64     1.47
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Effective tax rate

     (0.45 %)      (9.57 %)      3.30
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

During 2013, the Company generated taxable income in the United States which was reduced fully by net operating loss (“NOL”) carryforwards for federal tax purposes. However, due to NOL carryforward limitations under the alternative minimum tax regime, the Company incurred $1.0 million of alternative minimum tax liability.

Deferred income taxes reflect the net tax effects of temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and the amounts used for income and for tax carryforwards. Significant components of the Company’s deferred tax assets and liabilities are as follows:

 

     As of December 31,  
     2015      2014  
     ($ in thousands)  

Deferred tax assets:

     

Federal net operating loss carryforwards

   $ 20,625       $ 7,789   

Tax credit carryforwards

     1,024         1,024   

Intangible and other related assets

     268         278   

Accrued expenses

     1,922         1,865   

Stock compensation

     919         330   

Other

     131         80   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total deferred tax assets

     24,889         11,366   

Valuation allowance

     (24,819      (11,326
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net deferred tax assets

   $ 70       $ 40   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-25


Table of Contents

When realization of a deferred tax asset is more likely than not to occur, the benefit related to the deductible temporary differences attributable to operations is recognized as a reduction of income tax expense. Valuation allowances are provided against deferred tax assets when, based on all available evidence, it is considered more likely than not that some portion or all of the recorded deferred tax assets will not be realized in future periods. The Company cannot be certain that future U.S. taxable income will be sufficient to realize its deferred tax assets. Accordingly, a full valuation allowance has been provided against its U.S. net deferred tax assets. The valuation allowance increased $13.5 million in 2015 primarily as a result of an increase in NOL carryforwards. The Company continues to monitor the need for a valuation allowance based on the profitability of its future operations.

At December 31, 2015, the Company had federal NOL carryforwards totaling approximately $56.0 million that expire at various dates through 2035. At December 31, 2015, the Company had no Israeli NOL carryforwards. At December 31, 2015, the Company had approximately $1.0 million of federal alternative minimum tax credit carryforwards that do not expire.

Under Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, substantial changes in the Company’s ownership may limit the amount of NOL carryforwards that can be utilized annually in the future to offset its U.S. federal taxable income. Specifically, this limitation may arise in the event of a cumulative change in ownership of the Company of more than 50% within any three-year period. Management has determined that the Company experienced an ownership change for purposes of Section 382 in August 2005 and May 2008. These ownership changes resulted in annual limitations to the amount of NOL carryforwards that can be utilized to offset future taxable income, if any, at the federal level. The annual limit is approximately $0.1 million for 2015, and each year thereafter. These annual limitations resulted in the loss of the Company’s ability to utilize approximately $8.9 million in federal NOL carryforwards, which resulted in a write-off of approximately $3.0 million of federal deferred tax assets prior to 2013.

The Company’s Israeli subsidiary has been recognized as a research and development company by the Head of the Israeli Administration of Industrial Research and Development and is entitled to tax benefits by virtue of the “beneficiary enterprise” status granted to part of its business activities under the Israeli Law for the Encouragement of Capital Investments 1959. The tax benefits include reduced tax rates on the research and development portion of its income during the first ten years of the benefit period (commenced in 2008). The continued application of the tax benefits is subject to certain conditions as defined by Israeli law.

The subsidiary has undistributed earnings of approximately $0.8 million as of December 31, 2015, which is considered to be permanently reinvested in the operations of the subsidiary. At such time in the future as the Company may elect to distribute such earnings to the parent company, it could result in federal and Israeli tax liability.

The Company files income tax returns in the United States and in various U.S. states and Israel. The associated tax filings remain subject to examination by applicable tax authorities for a certain length of time following the tax year to which those filings relate. In the United States and Israel, the 2011 and subsequent tax years remain subject to examination by the applicable taxing authorities as of December 31, 2015. However, carryforward attributes that were generated prior to 2011 in the United States may still be adjusted upon examination by federal, state or local tax authorities if they either have been or will be used in a future period.

As of December 31, 2015 and 2014, the Company had provided a liability for $0.4 million and $0.3 million, respectively, for uncertain tax positions related to various income tax matters which was classified as other long-term liabilities. For the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2104, the Company had provided for accrued interest related to uncertain tax positions of $10,000 and $3,000, respectively. To date, the company recognized $15,000 in interest and penalties related to the uncertain tax positions. These uncertain tax positions would impact the Company’s effective tax rate, if recognized. The Company does not expect that the amounts of uncertain tax positions will change significantly within the next 12 months. The statute of limitations will be

 

F-26


Table of Contents

open with respect to these tax positions through 2020. A reconciliation of beginning and ending amount of our uncertain tax position is as follows:

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2015      2014      2013  
     ($ in thousands)  

Uncertain tax position at the beginning of year

   $ 246       $ 97       $ —     

Additions for uncertain tax positions of prior year

     9         16         43   

Additions for uncertain tax positions of current year

     188         137         54   

Reductions for settlements with taxing authorities

     —           —           —     

Reductions for lapses of the applicable statutes of limitations

     —           (4      —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Uncertain tax position at the end of the year

   $ 443       $ 246       $ 97   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

15. Commitments and Contingencies

As of December 31, 2015, the Company has committed to purchasing approximately $14.1 million of active pharmaceutical ingredient supplies over the next 18 months, of which $7.4 million of deliveries are anticipated during the first half of 2016. The purchase commitments for inventory are to be used in operations over the normal course of business and do not represent excess commitments or loss contracts.

We conduct certain of our operations in leased facilities, which are accounted for as operating leases. Certain leases include renewal options. In addition, we lease automobiles and equipment under operating leases. There were no assets held under capital leases at December 31, 2015 and 2014. Rent expense was as follows:

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2015      2014      2013  
     ($ in thousands)  

Rent Expense

   $ 347       $ 305       $ 340   

At December 31, 2015, the minimum rental commitments under all non-cancelable operating leases with initial or remaining terms of more than one year, for each of the following fiscal years, are as follows:

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2016      2017      2018      2019      2020      Thereafter  
     ($ in thousands)  

Operating Leases

   $ 829       $ 1,665       $ 1,580       $ 1,604       $ 1,604       $ 4,938   

In conjunction with the leases, the Company provided bank guarantees in the amount of $1.3 million as a security deposit at December 31, 2015 which was classified as other assets in the accompanying consolidated financial statements.

16. Related Party Transactions

In August 2014, the Company signed a consulting agreement, which was amended in January 2016, with one of the Company’s investors and a representative of this investor to serve as the Company’s head of clinical. Costs incurred for services rendered by the head of clinical were $0.4 million and $0.1 million for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively. In October 2014, the Company granted the head of clinical options to purchase 122,605 shares of common stock at an exercise price of $2.74 per share. In April 2015, the Company granted the head of clinical additional options to purchase 346,332 shares of common stock at an exercise price of $5.57 per share.

In December 2014, the Company entered into a consulting agreement with a representative of another investor to provide financial and strategic consulting services to the Company. The Company recognized expenses of $0.9 million and $0.1 million during the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively, which were classified as general and administrative expenses.

 

F-27


Table of Contents

17. Employee Benefit Plan

Pursuant to the Israeli Severance Pay Law 1963, Israeli employees are entitled to severance pay equal to one month’s salary for each year of employment, or a portion thereof. The employees of Chiasma (Israel) Ltd. are included under Section 14 of the Severance Pay Law, under which these employees are entitled to monthly deposits, which relieve the Company from future obligations under this law. As a result, no assets or liabilities are recorded in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets. During the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014, and 2013, the Company recorded expenses of $0.1 million. $0.2 million, and $0.2 million, respectively.

18. Other Expenses, net

Other expenses, net are as follows:

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2015      2014      2013  
     ($ in thousands)  

Gain (loss) on foreign currency transactions, net

   $ —         $ 39       $ (72

Interest income

     128         3         5   

Interest expense

     (349      (27      (1,066

Change in fair value of Series C redeemable convertible preferred stock warrant liability

     —           —           (60

Other expenses

     (79      (20      (16
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ (300    $ (5    $ (1,209
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

19. Quarterly Financial Data (unaudited)

 

     Three months ended  
     March 31,
2015
     June 30,
2015
     September 30,
2015
     December 31,
2015
 
     ($ in thousands, except for per share data)  

Revenue from license agreement

   $ —         $ —         $ —         $ —     

Loss from operations

     (4,150      (7,595      (9,182      (14,520

Net loss

     (4,244      (7,773      (9,359      (14,532

Net loss attributable to common stockholders

     (4,342      (7,962      (9,390      (14,532

Earnings per share attributed to common stockholders -

           

Basic

   $ (59.73    $ (50.36    $ (0.46    $ (0.61

Diluted

   $ (59.73    $ (50.36    $ (0.46    $ (0.61

 

     Three months ended  
     March 31,
2014
     June 30,
2014
     September 30,
2014
     December 31,
2014
 
     ($ in thousands, except for per share data)  

Revenue from license agreement

   $ 4,573       $ 5,988       $ 2,605       $ —     

Income (loss) from operations

     1,969         4,240         868         (8,907

Net income (loss)

     2,073         4,006         761         (8,851

Net income (loss) attributable to common stockholders

     1,733         3,658         553         (8,859

Earnings per share attributed to common stockholders -

           

Basic

   $ 39.82       $ 83.42       $ 12.47       $ (199.86

Diluted

   $ 0.19       $ 0.36       $ 0.07       $ (199.86

 

F-28

Execution

Exhibit 10.14

SUBLEASE

This SUBLEASE (the “ Sublease ”) is dated as of the 20th day of November, 2015 by and between CIMPRESS USA INCORPORATED , a Delaware corporation (“ Sublandlord ”), and CHIASMA, INC. , a Delaware corporation (“ Subtenant ”).

RECITALS

WHEREAS , pursuant to that certain Lease dated July 31, 2013, by and between 275 Wyman LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“ Prime Landlord ”), as landlord, and Sublandlord, formerly known as Vistaprint USA, Incorporated, as tenant (the “ Prime Lease ”), a redacted copy of which Prime Lease has been delivered to Subtenant, Sublandlord leased from Prime Landlord certain premises (the “ Original Premises ”) located in the building commonly known as 275 Wyman Street, Waltham, Massachusetts (the “ Building ”), which Original Premises contain 302,006 rentable square feet of space, as more fully described in the Prime Lease; and

WHEREAS , Subtenant desires to sublease from Sublandlord a portion of the Original Premises on the second floor of the Building, which Sublandlord and Subtenant stipulate contains 24,000 rentable square feet and is more particularly shown on the floor plan attached hereto as Exhibit A (the “ Subleased Premises ”), and Sublandlord is willing to sublease the Subleased Premises to Subtenant on the provisions, covenants and conditions hereinafter set forth. The Subleased Premises shall include the appurtenant right in common with others and subject to the rules and regulations as may be established by Prime Landlord, to use the exterior walkways, sidewalks and driveways necessary for access to the Subleased Premises, the Parking Spaces and the Parking Structure, as well as common lobbies, entrances, stairs, elevators and public restrooms, loading areas, landscaped areas, trash enclosures, recreation areas and other areas or facilities, if any, which are located in or around the Building which may be designated by Prime Landlord from time to time as common areas for the non-exclusive use by tenants and other occupants in the Building.

AGREEMENT

NOW, THEREFORE , in consideration of Ten Dollars ($10.00), the mutual covenants made herein, and other consideration, the receipt and sufficient of which are hereby acknowledged and agreed, Sublandlord hereby subleases to Subtenant and Subtenant hereby takes and hires from Sublandlord the Subleased Premises, on the terms and conditions set forth below:

1. Defined Terms . All terms defined in the Prime Lease and used herein shall, unless otherwise defined herein, have the meanings ascribed to such terms in the Prime Lease.


2. Term . The term of this Sublease (the “ Sublease Term ”) shall commence on the date (the “ Sublease Term Commencement Date ”) that is the later to occur of: (i) March 15, 2016; or (ii) the date on which Sublandlord delivers exclusive possession of the Subleased Premises to Subtenant vacant, broom clean, free of all property and debris, free and clear of all hazardous materials and with all mechanical, electrical, plumbing and other base Building systems in good working order, and in compliance with all laws (the “ Delivery Condition ”) with the Sublandlord Work (as defined herein) Substantially Completed (as defined herein), and shall continue until 11:59 p.m. on the last day of the seventh Lease Year (as hereinafter defined), unless sooner terminated in accordance with the provisions of this Sublease. “ Lease Year ” shall mean each consecutive twelve (12) month period during the Sublease Term, commencing on the Sublease Term Commencement Date, except that if the Sublease Term Commencement Date is not the first day of a calendar month, then the first Lease Year shall be the period from the Sublease Term Commencement Date through the final day of the calendar month during which the first anniversary of the Sublease Term Commencement Date occurs, and subsequent Lease Years shall be each succeeding twelve (12) month period during the Sublease Term following the first Lease Year.

3. Delivery .

A. Premises As Is.

SUBJECT TO COMPLETION OF SUBLANDLORD’S WORK AND DELIVERY OF THE PREMISES IN THE DELIVERY CONDITION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THIS SUBLEASE THE SUBLEASED PREMISES ARE LEASED “AS IS” AND “WHERE IS” AND, EXCEPT TO THE EXTENT OTHERWISE EXPRESSLY PROVIDED IN THIS SUBLEASE, WITHOUT ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTY WHATSOEVER, INCLUDING ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY, HABITABILITY OR FITNESS FOR INTENDED USE.

B. Sublandlord’s Work.

Sublandlord shall prepare the Subleased Premises for Subtenant’s use and lawful occupancy in accordance with the provisions of this Sublease, including the Work Letter attached hereto as Exhibit B . Sublandlord’s Work (as defined in the Work Letter) shall be considered “ Substantially Completed ” when a certificate of occupancy (which may be temporary or conditional) has been issued by the appropriate authorities and delivered to Subtenant and Sublandlord’s Work has been completed and except for items of work (and, if applicable, adjustment of equipment and fixtures) which can be completed after occupancy of the Subleased Premises has been taken without causing undue interference with Subtenant’s use of the Premises (i.e., so called “punch list” items). Sublandlord shall use commercially reasonable efforts to complete such punch list items within thirty (30) days following the Sublease Term Commencement Date. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, Subtenant shall be responsible for all furniture, and any of Subtenant’s security, other specialty items for the Subleased Premises (including dedicated HVAC units, if any), and any other improvements not part of Sublandlord’s Work at Subtenant’s sole cost and expense, subject to the provisions of Section 7 of the Work Letter.

 

2


C. General Provisions Applicable to Construction.

All construction work required or permitted by this Sublease, whether by Sublandlord or Subtenant, shall be done in a good and workmanlike manner and in compliance with the requirements of the Prime Lease and with all applicable laws and all lawful ordinances, regulations and orders of governmental authority and insurers of the Building. Each party may inspect the work of the other at reasonable times and shall promptly give notice of observed defects.

4. Base Rent . Subtenant shall pay to Sublandlord, in advance, monthly installments, without withholding, offset or reduction, Base Rent as follows:

 

BASE RENT:    Per Annum      Per Month  

First 90 days following Sublease Term Commencement Date:

   $ 28,500 (3 mos.)       $ 9,500.00   

Balance of Lease Year 1 after first 90 days:

   $ 507,375.00 (9 mos)       $ 56,375.00   

Lease Year 2 and 3:

   $ 1,014,000.00       $ 84,500.00   

Lease Years 4, 5, 6 & 7 :

   $ 1,038,000.00       $ 86,500.00   

Base Rent for any partial calendar months shall be prorated on a daily basis, based on a 365-day year.

5. Additional Rent . Subtenant acknowledges that pursuant to Section 4.5 of the Prime Lease, Sublandlord is obligated to pay to Prime Landlord additional rent on account of Operating Expenses and Taxes. Subtenant shall pay to Sublandlord with its monthly payment of Base Rent, as additional rent, seven and ninety-five hundredths percent (7.95%) (“ Subtenant’s Proportionate Share ”) of any increase in Taxes over and above Fiscal Year 2017 Taxes for the Original Premises (July 1, 2016 through June 30, 2017), grossed up to reflect 100% occupancy and assessment, as adjusted by the results of any abatement, reassessment or litigation, and of any increase in total Operating Expenses for the Original Premises incurred during calendar year 2016 (January 1, 2016 through December 31, 2016), grossed up to reflect 100% occupancy (collectively, “ Subtenant Additional Rent ”). Subtenant Additional Rent payable hereunder for any partial calendar month at the beginning or end of the Sublease Term shall be pro-rated on a daily basis.

Within ten (10) business days following receipt by Sublandlord of the Landlord’s Statement (as defined in the Prime Lease) from Prime Landlord, Sublandlord shall send Subtenant a statement together with a copy of the Landlord’s Statement, as applicable, and all other relevant documentation establishing the actual Subtenant Additional Rent. If Subtenant has paid more in estimated Subtenant Additional Rent under this Section than the actual amount due from Subtenant for the applicable year, Sublandlord shall

 

3


credit such excess against subsequent obligations of Subtenant for rent (or refund such excess to Subtenant within thirty (30) days if the Sublease Term has ended). If Subtenant has paid less than the actual Subtenant Additional Rent due under this Section 5, Subtenant shall pay any deficiency to Sublandlord within thirty (30) days following receipt of the reconciliation documentation from Sublandlord.

Subtenant will have the right, upon reasonable prior written notice to Sublandlord, to audit Sublandlord’s books and records with respect to Sublandlord’s computation of Subtenant Additional Rent for any particular calendar year. Any such right of audit as to a particular calendar year must be exercised, if at all, within ninety (90) days after Subtenant’s receipt from Sublandlord of Landlord’s Statement stating the actual Taxes and Operating Expenses for such calendar year as provided to Sublandlord by Prime Landlord. If Subtenant fails to so exercise its audit right within such ninety (90) day period, then its audit right with respect to the subject calendar year will terminate for all purposes of this Sublease. Subtenant will bear all costs associated with the auditing of Sublandlord’s books and records. Without imposing any obligation on Sublandlord to audit Prime Landlord’s books and records, in the event that Sublandlord chooses to audit Prime Landlord’s books and records (to the extent Sublandlord is permitted to do so under the Prime Lease) and Sublandlord realizes any savings as a result of any such audit, Sublandlord shall pass through to Subtenant Subtenant’s Proportionate Share of any such savings. Sublandlord agrees to provide Subtenant with a copy of the results of any audit or review performed by or on behalf of Subtenant and any notice of reductions payable under the Prime Lease as a result of such audit or other review.

6. Utilities/Security . Subtenant shall pay for all electricity consumed in the Subleased Premises, as reasonably allocated by Sublandlord based upon the submeter that measures consumption in the approximately 29,000 rentable square foot pod of which the Subleased Premises is a part. The balance of such pod is vacant, but if a future occupant of the balance of such pod uses a disproportionately large amount of electricity (because, for example, it has a data center), Sublandlord, at its sole cost and expense, will install a check meter to measure relative consumption within the pod, and costs shall be allocated in accordance with those check meters. If Sublandlord is required to pay to Prime Landlord Additional Rent on account of Subtenant’s use of HVAC services beyond Normal Business Hours, Subtenant shall pay to Sublandlord within fifteen (15) days after Sublandlord’s demand therefor, as Subtenant Additional Rent, all such amounts payable to Prime Landlord. Subtenant shall reimburse Sublandlord for Subtenant’s Proportionate Share of all reasonable, out-of-pocket expenses for building security services incurred by Sublandlord within thirty (30) days after invoicing therefor.

7. Use . The Subleased Premises shall be used for business office use and uses customarily accessory thereto, but for no other uses.

8. Prime Lease . Subtenant agrees that it will do nothing in, on or about the Subleased Premises or the Building which would result in the breach by Sublandlord of its undertakings and obligations under the Prime Lease. Except as expressly provided in this Sublease and except for the following provisions, this Sublease shall be subject to and on all of the terms and conditions as are contained in the Prime Lease and the provisions of the Prime Lease are hereby incorporated into this Sublease as if Sublandlord were the landlord thereunder and Subtenant the tenant thereunder:

 

  A. The defined economic terms for “Annual Fixed Rent – Initial Term,” “Initial Term,” “Premises,” “Guarantor,” “Extension Terms,” “Annual Fixed Rent – Extension Term,” “Broker” are inapplicable;

 

4


  B. Sections 4.5, 4.6, 4.7, and 4.8 of the Prime Lease (relating to additional rent) are applicable, as modified by the provisions of Paragraphs 5 and 6 of this Sublease, but Appendix J shall be applicable to the extent its provisions impact the calculation of additional rent payable under the Prime Lease;

 

  C. Sections 4.9, 5.8, and Section 8.3 as it relates to Sublandlord are inapplicable;

 

  D. Article II of the Prime Lease (relating to Premises and Term) is inapplicable as between Subtenant and Sublandlord, except to the extent enforcement of Prime Landlord’s obligations under such Article II is required in order for Sublandlord to perform its obligations under this Sublease, and except to the extent such parking rights are incorporated into this Sublease in Section 14 below;

 

  E. Article IX of the Prime Lease (relating to Brokers) is inapplicable;

 

  F. Article III and Appendix D of the Prime Lease (relating to Landlord’s Work and Tenant Work) is inapplicable;

 

  G. Article XII of the Prime Lease (relating to Purchase Right of First Offer) is inapplicable;

 

  H. Appendix G of the Prime Lease (relating to the Notice of Lease) is inapplicable;

 

  I. Schedules 2.5, 4.9, and 5.2.1.3(2) are inapplicable; and

 

  J. Where appropriate, references to “Landlord” in the Prime Lease shall be deemed to mean “Sublandlord” hereunder and references to “Tenant” in the Prime Lease shall be deemed to mean “Subtenant” hereunder, it being understood and agreed that Sublandlord will not be acting as, or assuming any of the responsibilities of, Prime Landlord, and all references in the Prime Lease to Landlord-provided services or Landlord insurance requirements, and any other references which by their nature relate to the owner or operator of the Building, rather than to a tenant of the Building subleasing space to a subtenant, shall continue to be references to Prime Landlord and not to Sublandlord.

 

5


9. Subtenant’s Covenants . Subtenant covenants to Sublandlord to perform all of the covenants and obligations to be performed by Sublandlord as Tenant under the Prime Lease as the same relate to the Subleased Premises and to comply with this Sublease and the applicable provisions of the Prime Lease, as modified by this Sublease, in all respects (including, without limitation, complying with all OSHA, environmental and other applicable laws, regulations and standards). Notwithstanding anything contained in this Sublease to the contrary, Subtenant shall not be responsible for (i) any default of Sublandlord, its agents, employees or contractors under the Prime Lease unless attributable to a default under this Sublease by Subtenant or anyone claiming by, through or under Subtenant, (ii) conditions at the Subleased Premises, for which the obligation to maintain and repair resides with Prime Landlord or, during Tenant’s Control Period, with Sublandlord, under the Prime Lease or which existed as of the Sublease Term Commencement Date, (iii) any violations of law resulting from such conditions described by (ii) above, (iv) the payment of any charges, fees and other costs imposed by Prime Landlord on Sublandlord as a result of Sublandlord’s default under the Prime Lease except if caused by the act or omission of Subtenant or anyone claiming by, through or under Subtenant, (v) the removal or restoration of any of Sublandlord’s Work, Landlord’s Work or Tenant Work, except as explicitly provided for in this Sublease or in any consent or similar document entered into among Prime Landlord, Sublandlord and Subtenant, and (vi) making payment of any sums either to Prime Landlord or Sublandlord in satisfaction of charges accruing under the Prime Lease (whether denominated as rent, rental, additional rent or otherwise) for any period prior or subsequent to the Sublease Term, or resulting from a service as may be provided to Sublandlord under the Prime Lease which is not requested by Subtenant.

If Subtenant shall fail to make any payment or perform any act required to be made or performed by Subtenant under the Prime Lease pursuant to Subtenant’s assumption of Sublandlord’s obligations thereunder as they relate to the Subleased Premises, and such default is not cured by Subtenant by (i) one-half of the period specified in the Prime Lease for curing of monetary default, or (ii) ten (10) days prior to the expiration of such Prime Lease cure period for non-monetary default, Sublandlord, without waiving or releasing any obligation or default hereunder, may (but shall be under no obligation to) make such payment or perform such act for the account and at the expense of Subtenant, and may take any and all such actions as Sublandlord in its sole discretion deems necessary or appropriate to accomplish such cure. If Sublandlord shall reasonably incur any expense in remedying such default, Sublandlord shall be entitled to recover such sums upon demand from Subtenant as Subtenant Additional Rent under this Sublease.

10. Sublandlord’s Covenants . Sublandlord covenants to Subtenant to perform all of the terms and provisions required of it under the Prime Lease and the Additional Parking License and to promptly pay when due all rents due and accruing to Prime Landlord. Sublandlord will use reasonable efforts to enforce on behalf of Subtenant Sublandlord’s rights under the Prime Lease and the Additional Parking

 

6


License including warranty rights of Prime Landlord under the Work Letter in Appendix D of the Prime Lease. Nothing contained in this Sublease shall be construed as a guarantee by Sublandlord of any of the obligations, covenants, warranties, agreements or undertakings of Prime Landlord in the Prime Lease, nor as an undertaking by Sublandlord to Subtenant on the same or similar terms as are contained in the Prime Lease. Notwithstanding the foregoing, as long as this Sublease is in full force and effect, Subtenant shall be entitled, with respect to the Subleased Premises, to the benefit of Prime Landlord’s obligations and agreements to furnish utilities and other services to the Subleased Premises (and during any Tenant’s Control Period, obligations of Sublandlord) and to repair and maintain the common areas, roof, Building systems and all other obligations of Prime Landlord under the Prime Lease. Except with respect to a termination of the Prime Lease resulting from the exercise of a right to terminate expressly provided in the Prime Lease on account of a casualty or condemnation and provided and so long as this Sublease is in full force and effect and has not been terminated, Sublandlord shall not, without Subtenant’s prior written consent, (i) do or permit its agents, contractors, employees or invitees to do anything which would cause the Prime Lease or the Additional Parking License to be cancelled, terminated or surrendered unless Prime Landlord either has agreed or will agree to recognize Subtenant’s rights under this Sublease from and after the date of such surrender or termination of the Prime Lease pursuant to a written agreement reasonably acceptable to Subtenant, or (ii) terminate, voluntarily or otherwise, the Prime Lease or the Additional Parking License or amend the Prime Lease or the Additional Parking License in any material way which is inconsistent with or adversely affects Subtenant’s rights hereunder or has a material adverse effect on Subtenant’s use and occupancy of the Subleased Premises. Sublandlord shall deliver to Subtenant copies of all executed amendments to the Prime Lease and the Additional Parking License, which copies may be redacted so as to remove any confidential information not related to the Subleased Premises. Sublandlord represents and warrants to Subtenant that (i) a true, correct and complete copy of the Prime Lease (excluding redacted terms not relevant to Subtenant) and the Additional Parking License have been delivered to Subtenant, (ii) the Prime Lease is in full force and effect, (iii) to the best of Sublandlord’s knowledge, Sublandlord is not in default under the Prime Lease or the Additional Parking License, and (iv) Sublandlord has not received any notice of default under the Prime Lease or the Additional Parking License.

11. Indemnification . Subtenant shall indemnify Sublandlord and hold Sublandlord harmless from and against any and all claims, demands suits, judgments, liabilities, costs and expenses, including reasonable attorneys’ fees, arising out of or in connection with Subtenant’s use and possession of the Subleased Premises, or arising out of the failure of Subtenant, its agents, contractors or employees to perform any covenant, term or condition of this Sublease or of the Prime Lease or of the Consent to be performed by Subtenant, including without limitation all requirements of Prime Landlord relating to installation and use of any condenser unit on the Building roof, access thereto and removal thereof. Sublandlord shall indemnify Subtenant and hold Subtenant harmless from and against any and all claims, demands, suits, judgments, liabilities, costs and expenses, including reasonable attorneys’ fees, arising out of the failure of Sublandlord to perform any covenant, term or condition of this Sublease or of the Prime Lease to be performed by Sublandlord hereunder.

 

7


12. Assignment and Subletting . Subtenant shall be entitled to assign or sub-sublease this Sublease in accordance with the terms of Section 5.1.11 of the Prime Lease. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Sublandlord shall not be entitled to exercise any recapture or termination rights as set forth in Section 5.1.11 of the Prime Lease. No such sublease or assignment shall be effective without the consent of Prime Landlord under the Prime Lease. If Sublandlord and Prime Landlord consent to any such assignment or sub-subletting, Subtenant shall remain fully and primarily liable to Sublandlord, in all respects, under this Sublease.

13. Broker . Each of Sublandlord and Subtenant represents and warrants to the other that except for Cushman & Wakefield (“ Broker ”) it has not dealt with any broker in connection with this Sublease, and each agrees to indemnify, defend and hold the other harmless from and against any breach of said representation and warranty. Per a separate agreement, Sublandlord shall pay any fees of the Broker associated with this Sublease.

14. Parking . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, Subtenant shall be entitled to use, on a first come first serve basis, Subtenant’s Proportionate Share of the parking spaces allocated to Sublandlord under the Prime Lease and the Additional Parking License.

15. Amenities . Throughout the Sublease Term, as the same may be extended, Subtenant shall have the right to use, at no additional charge (except for the Operating Expenses passed through to Sublandlord and Subtenant by virtue of Section 4.5 of the Prime Lease), the cafeteria and fitness center (the “ Fitness Center ”) referenced in Sections 5.2.1.7 and 5.2.1.8 of the Prime Lease, on the same terms and conditions as are applicable to Sublandlord under the Prime Lease. As a condition for Subtenant’s use of the Fitness Center, Subtenant shall require Subtenant or any of Subtenant’s agents, invitees, employees, or contractors (collectively “ Subtenant’s Fitness Center Users ”) (as hereinafter defined) who use the Fitness Center to execute waiver documents in the form attached to this Sublease as Exhibit C , and Subtenant shall indemnify and hold harmless Sublandlord, Prime Landlord, and VistaPrint Limited from and against any and all claims, demands, suits, judgments, liabilities, costs and expenses, including reasonable attorneys’ fees, arising out of or in connection with the use of the Fitness Center by Subtenant or any of Subtenant’s agents, invitees, employees, or contractors (collectively, “ Subtenant’s Fitness Center Users ”).

16. Security Deposit . On or prior to the date hereof, Subtenant shall provide Sublandlord with a letter of credit in the form attached hereto as Exhibit D from a financial institution reasonably satisfactory to Sublandlord (and Sublandlord acknowledges that Bank of America is satisfactory) in the original amount of $450,000. Subtenant shall maintain such letter of credit until the date that is sixty (60) days after expiration of the Sublease Term. Subtenant may reduce the security deposit to $345,000 on the third anniversary of the Sublease Term Commencement Date and to $225,000 on

 

8


the fifth anniversary of the Sublease Term Commencement Date, provided that at the time of each such reduction no defaults have occurred under this Sublease beyond applicable notice and grace periods. Sublandlord shall confirm in writing that the conditions for reduction of the Letter of Credit have been satisfied as of the applicable review date (which confirmation Sublandlord agrees to provide within ten (10) Business Days after Subtenant’s written request, if correct), and, Subtenant may provide Sublandlord with an amendment to the Letter of Credit or a new Letter of Credit meeting all of the requirements of this Section 16 to accomplish such authorized reduction of the Letter of Credit. Such letter of credit may be drawn from time to time by Sublandlord upon Subtenant’s default of its obligations under this Sublease, beyond any applicable notice and cure periods, or if such letter of credit is about to expire and has not been renewed within thirty (30) days preceding such expiration. Should Sublandlord draw down the letter of credit, Subtenant shall be obligated to restore it to the then required amount under this Section 16 . Sublandlord shall assign the security deposit to a successor or transferee and, following the assignment, Sublandlord shall have no further liability with respect to the security deposit. If the letter of credit is drawn down and held by Sublandlord as a cash security deposit, Sublandlord (i) shall not be required to keep the security deposit separate from its other accounts, and (ii) shall return any unapplied portion of the security deposit to Subtenant within sixty (60) days after the later to occur of the expiration of the Sublease Term or the date Subtenant surrenders the Premises to Sublandlord in compliance with this Sublease.

17. Contingency . This Sublease is conditioned upon the completion of the following (the “ Contingencies ”) on or before November 13, 2015 (the “ Contingency Date ”): (a) the consent of Prime Landlord to this Sublease substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit E (the “ Consent ”); and (b) the final approval by Prime Landlord and Sublandlord of the Plans to be provided by Subtenant under the Work Letter, including agreement as to (i) installation rooftop condenser units, access thereto and removal thereof, and (ii) whether portions of Sublandlord’s work will be required by Prime Landlord to be removed or restored at the end of the Prime Lease Term. If the Contingencies are not satisfied by the Contingency Date, either party may elect to terminate this Sublease by notice to the other party within ten (10) Business Days following such Contingency Date. If this Sublease is so terminated: (i) all amounts previously paid by either party to the other on account of this Sublease shall be returned; and (ii) the parties thereupon shall be relieved of any further liability or obligation under this Sublease.

18. Signage . Sublandlord agrees to provide to Subtenant, and install at Sublandlord’s sole cost and expense, signs identifying Tenant and, if requested, Tenant’s logo in the following locations:

 

  A. On park signage approaching the Building;

 

  B. On the large wall facing the plaza at the main entrance on the east side of the Building, to be shared with Sublandlord and other subtenants;

 

9


  C. In the main lobby of the Building at the reception desk; and

 

  D. At the entrance to the Subleased Premises.

All signs shall be installed in accordance with plans and specifications prepared by Subtenant and approved by Sublandlord, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned, or delayed.

19. Expansion Right . Subject to the provisions of this Section 19, so long as at least three years remain in the Sublease Term, including the Extension Right, if exercised by Subtenant, Subtenant shall have an ongoing right of first offer (the “ Right of First Offer ”) on any then-available portions of the second floor of the Building (each, a “ ROFO Space ”) upon the following terms and conditions. This Right of First Offer is subject and subordinate to the right of Sublandlord or any affiliate of Sublandlord to use or occupy such ROFO Space, but no other party holds expansion or first offer or refusal rights to the ROFO Space that are superior to the rights of Subtenant set forth in this Section 19 .

Sublandlord will notify Subtenant of its plans to market a ROFO Space (the “ ROFO Notice ”) for lease to any party unrelated to Sublandlord (it being acknowledged and agreed that the Right of First Offer shall not be applicable to space Sublandlord intends to occupy and/or provide to affiliates of Sublandlord), which ROFO Notice shall specify the location and square footage for such ROFO Space, Sublandlord’s estimate of the Fair Market Rent (as defined below) for such ROFO Space, the date of availability of such ROFO Space and all other material terms and conditions which will apply to such ROFO Space. Within ten (10) business days following its receipt of any ROFO Notice, Subtenant shall have the right to accept the same by written notice to Sublandlord (the “ ROFO Acceptance Notice ”), provided that if Subtenant disputes Sublandlord’s estimate of the Fair Market Rent in the ROFO Acceptance Notice, the Fair Market Rent for such space shall be determined as set forth in Section 20 (as appropriately modified to determine fair market rent for expansion space as opposed to a renewal term). If Subtenant timely delivers a ROFO Acceptance Notice, Sublandlord and Subtenant shall execute an amendment to this Sublease, subject to Prime Landlord approval and consent, incorporating the ROFO Space into the Subleased Premises for the remainder of the Sublease Term, as the same may be extended, upon the terms contained in the ROFO Notice within ten (10) business days following Sublandlord’s delivery to Subtenant of a form therefor (and if the Sublandlord’s determination of Fair Market Rent was disputed in the ROFO Notice and not agreed to as of the commencement of the term for such ROFO Space, then rent shall be Sublandlord’s determination of Fair Market Rent until the finalization of the Fair Market Rent appraisal, and any change in such rent amount shall be adjusted – with applicable credits or reimbursement for any underpayment or overpayment - thereafter). In no event shall the Fair Market Rent for the ROFO Space be less than the then current Base Rent for the Subleased Premises.

If Subtenant fails to timely deliver a ROFO Acceptance Notice within said ten (10) business day period or fails to execute Sublandlord’s form of amendment for such ROFO Space within ten (10) business days of receipt from Sublandlord of the same, Subtenant

 

10


shall be deemed to have waived its rights with respect to a ROFO Space and Sublandlord shall be entitled, but not required, to lease all or any portion of such ROFO Space to any party or parties on such terms and conditions, including, without limitation, options to extend the term of such lease and/or expand the premises under such lease, and for such rent as Sublandlord determines, all in its sole discretion, and the Right of First Offer with respect to such ROFO Space in such ROFO Notice shall be of no further force or effect.

Notwithstanding any contrary provision of this Sublease, any Right of First Offer, and any exercise by Subtenant of any Right of First Offer shall be void and of no effect unless on the date Subtenant timely delivers a ROFO Acceptance Notice to Sublandlord and on the commencement date of the amendment for a ROFO Space (as applicable): (i) this Sublease is in full force and effect, (ii) no default has occurred under this Sublease which remains continuing and uncured after any applicable notice and opportunity to cure and (iii) Subtenant shall not have assigned this Sublease, except as may be assigned through a Permitted Transfer, and there shall not be any sub-sublease or sub-subleases then in effect except for Permitted Transfers.

Subtenant acknowledges and agrees that Subtenant’s Right of First Offer with respect to any space that is not subject to a third-party lease on the date hereof (the “ Vacant Space ”) shall not be of any force or effect until such time as such Vacant Space has been initially leased to a third-party tenant after the date hereof and such lease (and any rights held by such tenant in any part of the Building consisting of a ROFO Space) has subsequently expired.

20. Extension Option . Subject to the terms hereof, Subtenant shall have the right (“ Extension Right ”) to extend the Sublease Term on the same terms and conditions as this Sublease except for the change in Base Rent as provided below and there shall be no further Renewal Options.

Provided that (i) a default as described in this Sublease shall not have occurred and be continuing beyond applicable notice and cure periods on the day on which Subtenant purports to exercise the Extension Right on the first day of the Renewal Term (as defined below), and (ii) the Subtenant named herein or a Permitted Transferee is actually occupying at least 75% of the entire Subleased Premises as of each of said dates, Subtenant shall have the option (“ Extension Option ”) to extend the Sublease Term until August 15, 2026 (the “ Renewal Term ”), unless sooner terminated as provided in this Sublease, subject to all the terms of this Sublease except for the change in Base Rent as provided below and there shall be no further Extension Option.

Subtenant shall exercise the Renewal Option, if at all, by giving written notice (“ Notice to Renew ”) of exercise to Sublandlord no later than fifteen (15) months prior to expiration of the Sublease Term. If Subtenant fails to give such notice to Sublandlord within such time, Subtenant shall be deemed to have waived the right to exercise the Renewal Option. Upon Subtenant’s exercise of the Renewal Option, the Sublease Term shall be deemed to include the Renewal Term.

 

11


The annual Base Rent payable during the Renewal Term shall be the fair market rent for comparable first class office space in effect in the 128 West office market on the commencement date of the Renewal Term (the “ Fair Market Rent ”). The determination of Fair Market Rent (whether such determination is made by Sublandlord and/or Subtenant or the brokers referenced herein) shall take into account all relevant factors.

The Fair Market Rent shall be determined as follows:

(1) Within fifteen (15) calendar days after receipt of a Notice to Renew, Sublandlord shall furnish Subtenant with Sublandlord’s estimate of Fair Market Rent (“ Sublandlord’s Rent Estimate ”).

(2) Within fifteen (15) calendar days after receipt of Sublandlord’s Rent Estimate, Subtenant shall respond and specify whether and the extent to which Subtenant disputes Sublandlord’s Rent Estimate.

(3) If Subtenant disputes Sublandlord’s Rent Estimate, Subtenant and Sublandlord shall negotiate in good faith for an additional thirty (30) calendar days to reach agreement on the Fair Market Rent.

(4) If Subtenant and Sublandlord shall not have reached agreement as to the Fair Market Rent after such additional thirty (30) calendar days, Sublandlord and Subtenant, within ten (10) calendar days after the expiration of such thirty (30) calendar day period, shall each select a real estate broker affiliated with a major Boston commercial real estate brokerage firm and having at least fifteen (15) years’ experience in the field with office properties similar to the Building in the Boston area to determine the Fair Market Rent. The two selected brokers shall within fourteen (14) calendar days appoint a third broker having the qualifications described above (the “ Third Broker ”). Each party shall pay the fees and expenses of the broker it selected and the fees and expenses of the Third Broker shall be borne equally by both parties.

(5) Within thirty (30) calendar days after the selection of the Third Broker, the brokers shall determine the Fair Market Rent. In the event that the brokers have not agreed upon the Fair Market Rent within such thirty (30) day period, each broker shall simultaneously deliver, within ten (10) calendar days thereafter, a written appraisal of the Fair Market Rent to Sublandlord and Subtenant, and the Fair Market Rent shall be the average of the two closest appraisals.

(6) If Sublandlord or Subtenant shall have failed to designate a broker within the time period provided therefor above, then the broker which has been designated, whether by Sublandlord or Subtenant, shall alone make the determination of the Fair Market Rent. If Subtenant and Sublandlord have both designated brokers but the two brokers so designated do not agree upon and designate the third broker willing so to act within the time period provided therefor above, the Subtenant, the Sublandlord or either broker previously designated may request the Greater Boston Real Estate Board, Inc. to designate the third broker willing so to act and a broker so appointed shall, for all purposes, have the same standing and powers as though such broker had been seasonably

 

12


appointed by the brokers first appointed. In case of the inability or refusal to serve of any person designated as a broker, or in case any broker for any reason ceases to be such, a broker to fill such vacancy shall be appointed by the Subtenant, the Sublandlord, the broker first appointed or the said Greater Boston Real Estate Board, Inc., as the case may be, whichever made the original appointment.

21. Return of Premises . Subtenant shall, at the expiration or termination of this Sublease, peaceably yield up the Subleased Premises in broom-clean condition, wear and tear, and damage by fire and other casualty excepted. Subtenant shall remove all cables and wires serving the Subleased Premises (to the extent installed by or on behalf of Subtenant and not existing in or serving the Subleased Premises as of the Sublease Term Commencement Date), but, provided Prime Landlord consents at the time it delivers the Consent, Subtenant shall not be responsible for the removal of the TI Work pursuant to Section 5.1.9 of the Prime Lease.

22. Miscellaneous .

 

  A. Counterparts . This instrument may be signed in counterpart originals, which, taken together, shall constitute a single original instrument.

 

  B. Notices . Notices to Sublandlord or Subtenant required or permitted hereunder shall be sent in the manner prescribed in the Prime Lease to the Premises in the case of notices to Sublandlord and in the case of notices to Subtenant as follows:

Prior to the Sublease Term Commencement Date:

Chiasma

60 Wells Ave, Suite 102

Newton, MA 02459

Attn: Mark J. Fitzpatrick

After the Sublease Term Commencement Date:

At the Subleased Premises

Attn: Mark J. Fitzpatrick

 

  C. Amendments . This Sublease may not be changed or terminated orally but only by an agreement in writing signed by both Sublandlord and Subtenant.

 

  D.

Estoppel Certificates . Sublandlord and Subtenant each agree to furnish within twenty (20) days after written request therefor by the other, a certificate stating (i) that this Sublease is in full force and effect and has not been amended or modified (or describing such amendment or modification, if any); (ii) the dates through

 

13


  which Base Rent and Subtenant Additional Rent have been paid hereunder; and (iii) that there are no defaults under this Sublease known to the signer of the certificate (or specifying such defaults, if known).

 

  E. No Waiver . The failure of either party to insist on strict performance of any covenant or condition hereof, or to exercise any option contained herein, shall not be construed as a waiver of such covenant, condition or option in any other instance.

 

  F. Memorandum of Sublease . Subtenant shall not record this Sublease or any memorandum hereof. Subtenant may file this Sublease and it exhibits with the Securities and Exchange Commission if required by law.

 

  G. Governing Law . This Sublease has been negotiated, executed and delivered in the Commonwealth of Massachusetts, and the parties agree that the rights and obligations of the parties under this Sublease shall be governed and construed in accordance with the laws of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts.

 

  H. Severability . The invalidity of any of the provisions of this Sublease will not impair or affect in any manner the validity, enforceability or effect of the rest of this Sublease.

 

  I. Entire Agreement . All understandings and agreements, oral or written, heretofore made between the parties hereto are merged in this Sublease, which alone fully and completely expresses the agreement between Sublandlord and Subtenant.

 

  J. Relationship Between the Parties . This Sublease does not create the relationship of principal and agent, nor does it create any partnership, joint venture, or any association or relationship between Sublandlord and Subtenant other than as and to the extent specifically provided in this Sublease, the sole relationship of Sublandlord and Subtenant being that of sublandlord and subtenant as provided in this Sublease.

 

  K. Remedies Cumulative . Except as specifically provided herein, all rights and remedies of Sublandlord under this Sublease shall be cumulative and none shall exclude any other rights and remedies allowed by law.

[This Space Intentionally Left Blank]

 

14


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Sublease as an instrument under seal as of the date first written above.

 

SUBLANDLORD:

CIMPRESS USA INCORPORATED,

a Delaware corporation

By:  

/s/ Sean Quinn

  Name:   Sean Quinn
  Title:   SVP, CFO
SUBTENANT:

CHIASMA, INC.,

a Delaware corporation

By:  

/s/ Mark Leuchtenberger

  Name:   Mark Leuchtenberger
  Title:   President and CEO

[Signature page to Sublease]

 

S-1


EXHIBIT A

FLOOR PLAN SHOWING SUBLEASED PREMISES

[See Attached]

 

A-1


LOGO

 

A-1


EXHIBIT B

WORK LETTER

1. Sublandlord’s Work. This Exhibit B sets forth the obligations of Sublandlord and Subtenant with respect to the initial improvements to be performed in the Subleased Premises to prepare the same for Subtenant’s use and occupancy. Sublandlord shall construct the initial improvements as shown on the Plans (as defined below) in accordance with the terms of this Exhibit B (“ Sublandlord’s Work ”).

2. Plans. Subtenant’s architect will prepare the initial test fit plan for the Sublandlord’s Work at Subtenant’s sole cost and expense, provided that Sublandlord shall provide an allowance in the amount of $1,920.00 for the purposes of the initial test fit plan. Subtenant shall, at its sole cost and expense, prepare or cause to be prepared, subject to approval by Sublandlord and Prime Landlord, final architectural, electrical and mechanical construction drawings, plans and specifications (collectively, the “ Plans ”) necessary to construct Sublandlord’s Work, which plans shall comply with all Sublandlord’s architect’s and engineers’ requirements to avoid aesthetic or other conflicts with the design and function of the balance of the Building and be consistent with the initial test fit plan. Subtenant covenants and agrees to devote such time as may be reasonably necessary in consultation with said architect and engineers to enable them to complete and submit the final Plans to Sublandlord and Prime Landlord for approval. Time is of the essence with respect to Subtenant’s cooperation in the preparation, submission and approval of the Plans. Approval by Sublandlord of Sublandlord’s Work and the Plans shall not constitute any warranty by Sublandlord to Subtenant of the adequacy of the design for Subtenant’s intended use of the Subleased Premises nor shall Sublandlord’s approval of the Plans create any liability or responsibility on the part of Sublandlord for compliance with applicable statutes, ordinances, regulations, laws, codes and industry standards relating to handicap discrimination (including, without limitation, the Americans with Disabilities Act).

3. Working Drawings. If deemed necessary by Sublandlord for the performance of Sublandlord’s Work, Subtenant, at its sole cost and expense (subject to the Subtenant Allowance provided for in Paragraph 7), shall prepare final working drawings and specifications for Sublandlord’s Work (the “ Working Drawings ”) based upon and consistent with the Plans and the plans, drawings, specifications, finish details and other information furnished by Subtenant to Sublandlord under Paragraph 2 above.

4. Performance of Sublandlord’s Work. Except as hereinafter provided to the contrary, Sublandlord shall perform Sublandlord’s Work shown on the Plans and Working Drawings using Building standard materials and quantities as reasonably determined by Sublandlord (“ Building Standards ”).

5. Substantial Completion. Sublandlord shall use reasonable efforts to cause Sublandlord’s Work to be Substantially Completed (as defined in Section 3(B) of the Sublease), subject to delays caused by Force Majeure (as defined below) and Subtenant Delays (as defined in Paragraph 6 below), on or before March 15, 2016 (the “ Anticipated Substantial Completion Date ”). If Sublandlord’s Work is not Substantially Completed on or before the Anticipated Substantial Completion Date (as extended), the Sublease shall remain in full force and effect; provided:

(i) The Sublease Term Commencement Date shall not occur until Sublandlord’s Work is Substantially Completed, except as set forth in Section 6 with respect to a Subtenant Delay;

 

B-1


(ii) If Sublandlord does not deliver the Subleased Premises to Subtenant in the Delivery Condition with the Sublandlord Work Substantially Completed by April 15, 2016 (the “ First Outside Date ”) and such failure to so deliver is not the result of Force Majeure or Subtenant Delay, then for each day thereafter until such time as the Subleased Premises are delivered to Subtenant in the Delivery Condition with the Sublandlord’s Work Substantially Completed, Subtenant shall receive a rent credit equal to one day’s Base Rent at the highest rental rate payable during the first Lease Year and after the initial ninety (90) days thereof which reflects a reduced rental rate; and

(iii) In the event that Sublandlord does not deliver the Subleased Premises to Subtenant in the Delivery Condition with the Sublandlord’s Work Substantially Completed by July 12, 2016 (the “ Final Outside Date ”), and such failure to so deliver is not the result of Force Majeure (but the extension on account of Force Majeure shall not exceed 30 days) or Subtenant Delay, then Subtenant shall have the right to terminate this Sublease by written notice to Sublandlord at any time after the Final Outside Date but prior to the date that Sublandlord actually Substantially Completes the Sublandlord’s Work and delivers the Premises in the Delivery Condition.

Force Majeure ” shall mean events beyond Sublandlord’s reasonable control, including, without limitation, accident; breakage; strike, lockout; act of terrorism; shortage of materials, which shortage is not unique to Sublandlord; governmental regulation, moratorium or other governmental action, inaction or delay; or fire, flood, unusually inclement weather, earthquake or other natural disaster.

6. Subtenant Delay. In the event of a “ Subtenant Delay ”, defined below, the Sublease Term Commencement Date shall be deemed to be the date Sublandlord’s Work would have been Substantially Completed absent Subtenant Delays, as reasonably determined by Sublandlord. “ Subtenant Delay ” shall mean an actual delay in the Sublandlord Work and to the extent such delay results from any of the following:

 

  (i) the performance of any other work in the Subleased Premises by any person, firm or corporation employed by or on behalf of Subtenant, such as is contemplated under Section 8 hereof, that actually delays Substantial Completion of Sublandlord’s Work;

 

  (ii) the failure of Subtenant to pay for the cost, if any, of Sublandlord’s Work in excess of the Subtenant Allowance within the time periods set forth in Paragraph 7 below;

 

  (iii) the failure to approve recommended contractor and subcontractor selections within three (3) business days after request by Sublandlord, the timing of which shall not be required earlier than the date by which Subtenant is to approve the Project Cost Estimate, as provided in Section 7 below;

 

B-2


  (iv) the failure to approve the Project Cost Estimate by December 4, 2015 (or, if later, the date that is five (5) days after the Project Cost Estimate is initially delivered to Subtenant); and

 

  (v) any other act or omission of Subtenant which results in actual delay in the Substantial Completion of Sublandlord’s Work, provided Sublandlord advised Subtenant of such act or omission within two (2) business days after the occurrence thereof.

7. Cost of Sublandlord’s Work; Subtenant Allowance. Sublandlord shall complete Sublandlord’s Work at Subtenant’s expense, except that Sublandlord shall contribute to Subtenant an allowance of up to $1,920,000.00 (the “ Subtenant Allowance ”). Promptly following Sublandlord’s written approval of the Plans, and, if applicable, the Working Drawings, Sublandlord shall deliver a “ Project Cost Estimate ” to Subtenant, reflecting the best prices resulting from Sublandlord’s bidding process. The Project Cost Estimate will include the costs to install the Subtenant’s structured tel/data wiring and cabling in the Subleased Premises as hard costs (but not “dynamic cabling” or patching, within and between racks, such work being the responsibility of Subtenant). In connection with Sublandlord’s Project Cost Estimate, Sublandlord’s general contractor shall obtain a minimum of three (3) bids for all major subtrades. Promptly following Sublandlord’s delivery of same, Subtenant may either approve the Project Cost Estimate or request that changes be made to the final Plans, and, if applicable, the Working Drawings (subject to Sublandlord’s and Prime Landlord’s approval) for the purpose of lowering the total project cost. If Subtenant fails to deliver either its written approval of, or its written request for modifications to, any Project Cost Estimate within five (5) business days following delivery by Sublandlord, Subtenant shall be deemed to have approved the Project Cost Estimate in its entirety. Once Sublandlord and Subtenant have approved the Project Cost Estimate (or the Project Cost Estimate is deemed approved), the parties shall execute an instrument confirming the amount of the final Project Cost Estimate. Sublandlord shall accept the lowest bids for the Sublandlord Work unless Subtenant otherwise approves. The Sublandlord’s Work shall be performed on an open book basis, on the basis of a guaranteed maximum price contract.

If the sum of the final Project Cost Estimate and Subtenant’s Soft Costs exceeds the Subtenant Allowance, Subtenant shall be entitled to the Subtenant Allowance in accordance with the terms hereof, but the timing of each individual disbursement of the Subtenant Allowance shall be disbursed in the proportion that the Subtenant Allowance bears to the total cost for Sublandlord’s Work (e.g., if the Subtenant Allowance equals 80% of the Project Cost Estimate, then Sublandlord shall disburse a portion of the Subtenant Allowance equal to 80% of the costs covered by each requisition, up to the aggregate amount of the Subtenant Allowance). In all events, Subtenant shall pay Sublandlord all costs of Sublandlord Work in excess of the Subtenant Allowance. Subtenant shall be allowed to use up to ten percent (10%) of the Subtenant Allowance toward the following (“ Subtenant’s Soft Costs ”): toward the Project Management Fee and, to the extent the Subtenant Allowance exceeds the cost of Sublandlord’s Work and the Project Management Fee, toward architectural, engineering and project management fees and

 

B-3


costs (which in the aggregate shall not exceed $150,000) and toward costs related to moving As used herein, “ Project Management Fee ” shall mean the fee to be paid by Subtenant to Sublandlord in the amount of four percent (4%) of the hard construction costs, which Project Management fee shall be deducted from the Subtenant Allowance with each draw. In consideration of the Project Management Fee, Sublandlord shall not charge Subtenant for any fees or expenses to review the Plans.

In the event Sublandlord receives from its general contractor a change order request that would increase the cost of Sublandlord’s Work, Sublandlord shall deliver a copy of such change order request to Subtenant. Subtenant shall approve or reject the proposed change order within two (2) business days after delivery thereof, with Subtenant’s failure to reject the proposed change order in writing being deemed an election to accept the change order. If Subtenant rejects the proposed change order, Sublandlord and Subtenant and the general contractor shall meet to discuss the change order and will attempt to reach a resolution as to any dispute. If, by the date that is four (4) business days after the delivery of the proposed change order to Subtenant, no resolution has been reached, then notwithstanding Subtenant’s objections, Sublandlord shall be free to accept the proposed change order.

8. Subtenant Access. Sublandlord, upon request by Subtenant, shall grant to Subtenant and Subtenant’s agents a license to enter the Subleased Premises at any time from and after the date which Sublandlord reasonably determines to be sixty (60) days prior to the date Sublandlord’s Work will be Substantially Completed for the purposes of installing Subtenant’s cabling, audiovisual equipment, furniture and fixtures in the Subleased Premises. It shall be a condition to the grant by Sublandlord and continued effectiveness of such license that:

(a) Subtenant’s request for such early access shall be accompanied by: (i) a description of and schedule for the work to be performed by those persons and entities for whom such access is being requested; (ii) the names and addresses of all contractors for whom such early access is being requested and copies of all licenses and permits required in connection with the performance of the work for which such access is being requested; and (iii) certificates of insurance (in amounts and with insured parties satisfactory to Sublandlord). All of the foregoing shall be subject to Sublandlord approval in its sole discretion.

(b) Such early access for installation purposes shall be subject to reasonable scheduling by Sublandlord.

(c) Subtenant’s agents, contractors, workmen, mechanics, suppliers and invitees shall work in harmony and not interfere with (i) Sublandlord and Sublandlord’s agents in performing Sublandlord’s Work or any additional tenant improvement work in the Subleased Premises or work by Sublandlord or its agents in other premises or common areas of the Building, or (ii) the general operation of the Building. If at any time such entry shall cause or reasonably threaten to cause such disharmony or interference, Sublandlord may withdraw such license immediately upon written notice to Subtenant.

 

B-4


Any such entry into and occupation of the Subleased Premises by Subtenant shall be deemed to be under all of the terms, covenants, conditions and provisions of the Sublease (including, without limitation, the insurance and indemnity provisions therein), except that Base Rent and Subtenant Additional Rent shall not be payable until the date set forth in Section 4 of the Sublease (Subtenant’s obligation to pay electricity hereunder shall commence upon Subtenant occupying the Subleased Premises). Sublandlord shall not be liable for any injury, loss or damage which may occur to any of Subtenant’s work or installations made in the Subleased Premises or to property placed therein prior to the commencement of the Sublease Term, the same being at Subtenant’s sole risk and liability. Subtenant shall be liable to Sublandlord for any damage to the Subleased Premises or to any portion of Sublandlord’s Work caused by Subtenant or any of Subtenant’s employees, agents, contractors, workmen or suppliers. In the event the performance of the work by Subtenant, its agents, employees or contractors causes material extra costs to Sublandlord, Subtenant shall reimburse Sublandlord for the entire documented extra cost and the cost incurred by Sublandlord for the engineers or operators under applicable union regulations or contracts.

9. Incorporation. The terms and provisions of the Sublease, insofar as they are applicable to this Work Letter, are hereby incorporated herein by reference.

10. Additional Rent. All amounts payable by Subtenant to Sublandlord hereunder shall be deemed to be Subtenant Additional Rent under the Sublease and upon any default in the payment of same, Sublandlord shall have all of the rights and remedies provided for in the Sublease.

11. Limitation. This Exhibit shall not be deemed applicable to any additional space added to the Subleased Premises at any time or from time to time, whether by any options under the Sublease or otherwise, or to any portion of the original Subleased Premises or any additions to the Subleased Premises in the event of a renewal or extension of the Sublease Term of the Sublease, whether by any options under the Sublease or otherwise, unless expressly so provided in the Sublease or any amendment or supplement to the Sublease.

 

B-5


EXHIBIT C

FORM OF FITNESS CENTER WAIVER AND RELEASE

WAIVER AND RELEASE

I,                                         , understand and accept that there are certain dangers and health risks in the use of the fitness center located at 275 Wyman Street, Waltham, Massachusetts (the “ Fitness Center ”).

Accordingly, I hereby release Cimpress USA Incorporated, VistaPrint Limited, 275 Wyman LLC, and each of their respective agents, representatives and attorneys including, without limitation, the directors and officers of each of Cimpress USA Incorporated, VistaPrint Limited, and 275 Wyman LLC (each of them being included among the “ Released Parties ”), from any and all liability, loss, damage, costs, claims and/or causes of action including, but not limited to, negligence by any of the Released Parties and all claims for bodily injuries and/or property damage which I may suffer as a result of my use of the Fitness Center.

By giving this Waiver and Release, I fully acknowledge the potential risk involved in my use of the Fitness Center. I also represent that I do not have any medical condition which may impair, compromise or otherwise prohibit my use of the Fitness Center.

I hereby attest that I am of legal age to execute this Waiver and Release. I also understand that because this is a Waiver and Release, before signing it, I acknowledge that I have had the opportunity to review this Waiver and Release with an attorney of my own choosing before deciding to sign it.

 

Date:  

 

   

 

      Signature

 

C-1


EXHIBIT D

FORM OF LETTER OF CREDIT

[Letterhead of a money center bank acceptable to the Landlord]

[Please note the tenant on this Letter of Credit must match the exact tenant entity in the Lease]

[date]

Cimpress USA Incorporated

300 Shire Way

Lexington, MA 02421

Attn:

Ladies and Gentlemen:

We hereby establish our Irrevocable Letter of Credit and authorize you to draw on us at sight for the account of Chiasma, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“Applicant”), the aggregate amount of Four Hundred Fifty Thousand and 00/100 Dollars ($450,000.00). You shall have the right to make partial draws against this Letter of Credit from time to time.

Funds under this Letter of Credit are available to the beneficiary hereof as follows:

Any or all of the sums hereunder may be drawn down at any time and from time to time from and after the date hereof by Cimpress USA Incorporated, a Delaware corporation (“Beneficiary”) when accompanied by this Letter of Credit and a written statement signed by an individual purporting to be an authorized agent of Beneficiary, certifying that such moneys are due and owing to Beneficiary, and a sight draft executed and endorsed by such individual.

This Letter of Credit is transferable in its entirety to any successor in interest to Beneficiary as lessee of 275 Wyman Street, Waltham, Massachusetts. Should a transfer be desired, such transfer will be subject to the return to us of this advice, together with written instructions. Any fees related to such transfer shall be for the account of the Applicant.

The amount of each draft must be endorsed on the reverse hereof by the negotiating bank. We hereby agree that this Letter of Credit shall be duly honored upon presentation and delivery of the certification specified above.

This Letter of Credit shall expire [                    ] [sixty (60) days following the expiration of the Sublease Term].

Notwithstanding the above expiration date of this Letter of Credit, the term of this Letter of Credit shall be automatically renewed for successive, additional one (1) year periods unless, at

 

D - 1


least sixty (60) days prior to any such date of expiration, the undersigned shall give written notice to Beneficiary, by certified mail, return receipt requested and at the address set forth above or at such other address as may be given to the undersigned by Beneficiary, that this Letter of Credit will not be renewed.

If any instructions accompanying a drawing under this Letter of Credit request that payment is to be made by transfer to your account with another bank, we will only effect such payment by fed wire to a U.S. regulated bank, and we and/or such other bank may rely on an account number specified in such instructions even if the number identifies a person or entity different from the intended payee.

This Letter of Credit is governed by the Uniform Customs and Practice for Documentary Credits (1993 Revision), International Chamber of Commerce Publication 500.

 

Very truly yours,
[Name of Issuing Bank]
By:  

 

Name:  

 

Title:  

 

 

D - 2


CONSENT TO SUBLEASE

HOBBS BROOK OFFICE PARK

THIS CONSENT TO SUBLEASE (“ Consent ”) dated as of November 20, 2015, is made with reference to that certain sublease (the “ Sublease ”) dated November 20, 2015 and attached hereto as Exhibit A , by and between Cimpress USA Incorporated (formerly known as Vistaprint USA, Incorporated), a Delaware corporation, with an address at 275 Wyman Street, Waltham, Massachusetts 02451 (“ Tenant ”), and Chiasma, Inc., a Delaware corporation, with an address at 60 Wells Avenue, Suite 102, Newton, Massachusetts 02459 (“ Subtenant ”), and is entered into by and among Tenant, Subtenant, and 275 Wyman LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (together with its successors and assigns, “ Landlord ”), with an address in care of Hobbs Brook Management, LLC, 225 Wyman Street Waltham, Massachusetts 02451-1209, Attention: Real Estate Manager, and joined in by 404 Wyman LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (together with its successors and assigns, “ Parking Licensor ”), with an address in care of Hobbs Brook Management, LLC, 225 Wyman Street Waltham, Massachusetts 02451-1209, Attention: Real Estate Manager, with reference to the following facts:

(A) Landlord and Tenant are the parties to that certain lease dated as of July 31, 2013, as amended by First Amendment to Lease dated November 17, 2014 (as heretofore or hereafter amended from time to time, the “ Master Lease ”) with respect to the Premises (as defined in the Master Lease) being the entire building known as 275 Wyman Street, Waltham, Massachusetts (the “ Building ”);

(B) Tenant and Subtenant wish to enter into the Sublease, with respect to a portion of the Premises delineated in the Sublease and containing approximately 24,000 square feet of Rentable Floor Area (the “ Sublease Premises ”);

(C) Tenant wishes to make available to Subtenant a portion of the parking spaces to which Tenant has rights under that certain License Agreement dated as of July 31, 2013 (as heretofore or hereafter amended from time to time, the “ Parking License ”) between Parking Licensor and Tenant concerning the Licensed Premises defined therein;

(D) The Master Lease provides, inter alia , that Tenant may not enter into the Sublease without Landlord’s prior written consent;

(E) The Parking License provides, inter alia , that Tenant may not permit certain parties to use or occupy the Licensed Premises without Landlord’s prior written consent;

(F) Tenant and Subtenant have presented the fully executed Sublease to Landlord in connection with Tenant’s request for such consent, upon all of the terms and conditions hereinafter set forth.

NOW, THEREFORE , for good and valuable consideration, the parties agree as follows:

1. Capitalized terms used in this Consent without definition shall have the meanings ascribed to them in the Master Lease.


2. Tenant and Subtenant represent and warrant to Landlord that the copy of the Sublease attached hereto as Exhibit A is a true and complete copy of the Sublease and that the same represents the entire agreement between Tenant and Subtenant with respect to the sublease of the Sublease Premises. Landlord hereby consents to Tenant entering into the Sublease upon the terms and conditions set forth below and confirms that Landlord does not have the right under Section 5.1.1 of the Master Lease to terminate the Master Lease with respect to the Sublease Premises on account of the subletting of the Sublease Premises as contemplated by the Sublease. Parking Licensor hereby consents to Tenant making available to Subtenant pursuant to Section 14 of the Sublease a portion of the parking spaces to which Tenant has rights under the Parking License upon the terms and conditions set forth below.

3. This Consent shall not release Tenant from any existing or future duty, obligation or liability to Landlord pursuant to the Master Lease or to Parking Licensor pursuant to the Parking License, nor shall this Consent change, modify or amend the Master Lease or the Parking License in any manner, notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Sublease. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing and notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Sublease, (a) Tenant shall obtain Landlord’s prior written approval of any other subleases (including, without limitation, an expansion of the Sublease Premises pursuant to the Right of First Offer described in Section 19 of the Sublease), assignments or other dispositions of Tenant’s interest in the Master Lease or the Premises, or the Parking License or the Licensed Premises or any portion thereof (except to Permitted Transferees as set forth in the Master Lease or the Parking License) or of Subtenant’s interest in the Sublease or the demised premises thereunder or any portion thereof, (b) except as expressly set forth herein, this Consent shall not constitute Landlord’s consent to any alteration of the Sublease Premises or the Premises, which alterations shall continue to be governed by the provisions of Section 3.2 of the Master Lease, and (c) any provision of the Sublease that, directly or indirectly, purports to expand the uses permitted under the Master Lease beyond those set forth in the Master Lease, to grant to Subtenant rights that are greater than those granted to Tenant under the Master Lease or in conflict with any provision of the Master Lease or this Consent, or otherwise to change, modify or amend the Master Lease in any manner shall be deemed void and without force or effect.

4. (a) In the event of a Master Lease Termination (as hereinafter defined), at the written request and sole option of Landlord, Subtenant agrees to attorn to Landlord and to recognize Landlord as Subtenant’s landlord under the Sublease, upon the terms and conditions and at the rental rate specified in the Sublease, and for the then remaining term of the Sublease, except that Landlord shall not be bound by any provision of the Sublease that in any way increases Landlord’s duties, obligations or liabilities to Subtenant beyond those owed to Tenant under the Master Lease or by any provision that grants or attempts to grant Subtenant any rights, privileges or benefits greater than those possessed by Tenant under the Master Lease. Subtenant hereby waives any provisions of applicable law that may permit Subtenant (i) to terminate the Sublease other than pursuant to its terms or (ii) to surrender possession of the Sublease Premises in the event of a Master Lease Termination; and Subtenant hereby agrees that the Sublease shall not be affected in any way whatsoever by a Master Lease Termination in the event Landlord requests Subtenant’s attornment to and recognition of Landlord except as set forth herein. In the event of a Master Lease Termination as to which Landlord does not so request Subtenant’s attornment to and recognition of Landlord as set forth above, the Sublease shall terminate.

 

4


Notwithstanding the foregoing, so long as Subtenant is not in default under the Sublease beyond any applicable grace or cure period, in the event of a Master Lease Termination which does not result from an act or omission of Subtenant or a casualty or condemnation, Landlord shall, for a period of time designated by Landlord (but at least until the earliest to occur of (i) one (1) year following such Master Lease Termination, (ii) the then scheduled expiration of the term of the Sublease and (iii) the then scheduled expiration of the term of the Master Lease, take over all of the right, title and interest of Tenant, as sublandlord under the Sublease, and Subtenant shall attorn to Landlord and recognize Landlord as Subtenant’s landlord under the Sublease, such attornment and recognition to be upon and subject to the same terms and conditions set forth in the preceding paragraph.

In no event shall Landlord or Parking Licensor ever (i) be liable to Subtenant for any act, omission or breach of the Sublease or the Parking License by Tenant, (ii) be subject to any offsets or defense that Subtenant might have against Tenant, (iii) be bound by any rent or additional rent that Subtenant might have paid in advance to Tenant, or (iv) be bound to honor any rights of Subtenant in any security deposit placed by Subtenant except to the extent Tenant has specifically assigned and turned over such security deposit to Landlord as set forth below.

Tenant hereby agrees that in the event of a Master Lease Termination, Tenant shall immediately pay or transfer to Landlord any security deposits, rent, or other sums then held by Tenant in connection with the subleasing of the Sublease Premises. Subtenant hereby agrees that under no circumstances whatsoever shall Landlord be held in any way responsible or accountable for any security deposit or any sums paid by Subtenant to Tenant except to the extent that Landlord has actually received such sums from Tenant and has acknowledged their source, and Subtenant shall have no claim to any security or other deposit made by Tenant under the Master Lease.

(b) “ Master Lease Termination ” means any event that, by voluntary or involuntary act or by operation of law, might cause or permit the Master Lease (or Tenant’s right to possess the Premises under the Master Lease) to be terminated, expire, be canceled, be foreclosed against, or otherwise come to an end, including but not limited to (1) a default by Tenant under the Master Lease or any of the terms and provisions hereof; (2) foreclosure proceedings brought by the holder of any mortgage or deed of trust to which the Master Lease is subject; (3) the termination of Tenant’s leasehold estate by dispossession proceeding or otherwise; or (4) the expiration or termination of the Master Lease in accordance with its terms.

5. Subtenant shall be liable to Landlord, jointly and severally with Tenant, to the extent of the obligations undertaken by or attributable to Subtenant under the Sublease, for the performance of Tenant’s agreements under the Master Lease. Landlord may elect to receive directly from Subtenant all sums due or payable to Tenant by Subtenant pursuant to the Sublease, and upon receipt of Landlord’s notice, Subtenant shall thereafter pay to Landlord any and all sums becoming due or payable under the Sublease and Tenant shall receive from Landlord a corresponding credit for such sums actually received by Landlord against any and all payments then owing from Tenant under the Master Lease. Neither the service of such written notice nor the receipt of such direct payments shall cause Landlord to assume any of Tenant’s duties, obligations and/or liabilities under the Sublease, nor shall such event impose upon Landlord the

 

5


duty or obligation to honor the Sublease in the event of a Master Lease Termination, nor subsequently to accept any purported attornment by Subtenant not elected by Landlord pursuant to Section 3(a) hereof.

6. Subtenant hereby agrees to perform the obligations of Licensee under the Parking License that relate to Subtenant’s use of the parking spaces and related rights under the Parking License. Subtenant shall be liable to Parking Licensor, jointly and severally with Tenant, to the extent of the obligations undertaken by or attributable to Subtenant under the Sublease or this Consent, for the performance of Tenant’s agreements under the Parking License.

7. Subtenant hereby acknowledges that it is familiar with all of the terms and provisions of the Master Lease and the Parking License and agrees not to do or omit to do anything that would cause Tenant to be in breach of the Master Lease or the Parking License. Any such act or omission shall also constitute a breach of the Master Lease or the Parking License, as applicable, and this Consent and shall entitle Landlord to recover any damage, loss, cost, or expense that it thereby suffers from Tenant and Subtenant, jointly and severally. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Subtenant shall comply with and be subject to the provisions of the Master Lease and the Parking License regarding Tenant’s insurance (to the extent the same relate to the Sublease Premises and the Licensed Premises) and waivers of subrogation and, upon Landlord’s request from time to time, shall provide Landlord with such evidence of such compliance. To the extent that any provision of the Sublease is inconsistent with the provisions of the Master Lease, Subtenant agrees that it shall be bound by any stricter provision set forth in the Master Lease.

8. Tenant and Subtenant, jointly and severally, shall be liable to reimburse Landlord for any expenses, including reasonable attorneys’ fees, incurred in enforcing any of the terms or provisions of this Consent.

9. No extension or termination of the Sublease that is not expressly set forth in the Sublease, and no modification of the Sublease, will be binding upon Landlord without Landlord’s prior written consent thereto. If the Master Lease has been guaranteed, then Tenant shall deliver to Landlord a written approval of the Sublease and this Consent by each such guarantor.

10. The agreements contained herein constitute the entire understanding between the parties with respect to Landlord’s consent to the Sublease and Parking Licensor’s consent to Subtenant’s use of the Licensed Premises, and shall supersede any prior agreements, written or oral with respect to such consent. Tenant and Subtenant warrant and agree that neither Landlord nor Parking Licensor nor any of their agents or other representatives have made any representations concerning the Premises or the Licensed Premises, their condition, the Sublease, or the Master Lease or the Parking License.

11. Any notice, approval, consent and other like communication hereunder shall be effective only if given in writing and shall be deemed duly served (i) if and when hand delivered, (ii) if and when mailed prepaid certified or registered mail, or (iii) the next business day if sent by national recognized overnight courier which provides evidence of delivery (in any case,

 

6


whether or not accepted for delivery), in each case addressed to the parties at the addresses set forth in this Consent, with the Subtenant’s address to be changed to the Sublease Premises after the commencement of the Sublease term (or to the extent any such address(es) are not so listed, then to the Landlord at the Landlord’s notice address applicable under the Master Lease, or to Tenant or Subtenant at the address of the Premises or of the Sublease Premises, respectively). Any party may change its address for notice by giving notice in the manner hereinabove provided.

12. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Sublease, (a) none of the Master Lease, the Sublease, the Parking License nor this Consent shall be deemed, nor are they intended, to grant to Subtenant any rights whatsoever against Landlord or Parking Licensor (except for the rights set forth in the second paragraph of Section 4(a) of this Consent), (b) Subtenant hereby acknowledges and agrees that its sole remedy for any alleged or actual breach of its rights in connection with the Sublease or the Parking License shall be solely against Tenant, that it is not a third party beneficiary under the Master Lease or the Parking License, and that it is not entitled to assert, against Landlord or Parking Licensor, any of Tenant’s rights under the Master Lease or the Parking License or any claims arising under the Sublease, whether in its own right, on behalf of Tenant, by a purported assignment of Tenant’s rights under the Master Lease to Subtenant, or otherwise, and (c) Tenant and Subtenant shall be jointly and severally liable to Landlord and Parking Licensor for all charges for services from time to time rendered by Landlord or its agents to the Sublease Premises or the Licensed Premises or to Subtenant in connection with the Sublease Premises or the Licensed Premise, whether the same are for ordinary services (such as electricity), separately reimbursable services (such as after-hours HVAC or other special or extra services), or otherwise, whether the same are requested by Tenant or Subtenant or their respective representatives, and whether or not the same are permitted or prohibited by, or referenced in, the Master Lease, the Parking License or the Sublease, and Tenant and Subtenant shall be responsible, as between themselves, for allocating responsibility for such charges. Landlord may in its sole discretion disregard, refuse, or decline to respond to any requests from time to time made by Subtenant directly to Landlord for any such services, approvals, or otherwise.

13. Without limiting the provisions of Section 3.2 and any other applicable provisions of the Master Lease, Landlord hereby conditionally approves the plans for TI Work described in Exhibit B attached hereto, subject, however, to resolution of the issues raised in the Memorandum dated November 17, 2015 from Bradley Cardoso of Hobbs Brook Management LLC to Mary Kay Smith of Cushman & Wakefield, a copy of which is attached hereto as Exhibit B-l , in a manner reasonably acceptable to Landlord. Accordingly, Tenant shall construct such TI Work subject to and in accordance with the provisions of said Section 3.2, and all other applicable provisions, of the Master Lease. Without limiting the provisions of Section 3.2, Section 5.1.9 and any other applicable provisions of the Master Lease, attached hereto as Exhibit C is Landlord’s Removal Notice with respect to the items of TI Work shown in the plans described in Exhibit B . Without limiting the provisions of Section 3.2, Section 5.1.9 and any other applicable provisions of the Master Lease, Landlord consents to Subtenant’s installation of a condenser unit on the Building’s roof as contemplated in such plans, subject to the conditions specified in Exhibit D .

 

7


14. Tenant and Subtenant agree, jointly and severally, to indemnify and hold Landlord harmless from and against any loss, cost, expense, damage, or liability, including reasonable attorneys’ fees, incurred as a result of a claim by any person or entity (i) that it is entitled to a commission, finder’s fee or like payment in connection with the Sublease or (ii) relating to or arising out of the Sublease or any related agreements or dealings.

15. Tenant shall promptly pay Landlord’s expenses incurred in connection with Tenant’s request for consent of the Sublease, as and to the extent provided in the Master Lease.

16. Subtenant hereby warrants, represents and certifies to Landlord and Parking Licensor that (a) Subtenant is duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the jurisdiction in which such entity was organized; (b) Subtenant has the authority to own its property and to carry on its business as contemplated under the Sublease; (c) Subtenant is in compliance with all laws and orders of public authorities applicable to Subtenant, (d) Subtenant is not acting, directly or indirectly, for or on behalf of any person, group, entity, or nation named by any Executive Order or the United States Treasury Department as a terrorist, “Specially Designated National and Blocked Person”, or other banned or blocked person, group, entity, nation, or transaction pursuant to any law, order, rule, or regulation that is enforced or administered by the Office of Foreign Assets Control or other governmental agency and that it is not engaged in this transaction, directly or indirectly, on behalf of, or instigating or facilitating this transaction, directly or indirectly, on behalf of any such person, group, entity, or nation; (e) Subtenant has duly executed and delivered this Consent; (f) the execution, delivery and performance by Subtenant of this Consent (i) are within the powers of Subtenant, (ii) have been duly authorized by all requisite action, (iii) will not violate any provision of law or any order of any court or agency of government, or any agreement or other instrument to which Subtenant is a party or by which it or any of its property is bound, and (iv) will not result in the imposition of any lien or charge on any of Subtenant’s property, except by the provisions of this Consent; and (g) the Consent is a valid and binding obligation of Subtenant in accordance with its terms. Subtenant hereby agrees to defend, indemnify, and hold harmless Landlord from and against any and all claims, damages, losses, risks, liabilities, and expenses (including attorneys’ fees and costs) arising from or related to any breach of the foregoing warranty, representation, and certification. The provisions of this Section 16 shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of the term of the Sublease.

17. Landlord and Parking Licensor shall not be considered to have consented to the Sublease or Subtenant’s use of the Licensed Premises unless and until this Consent is executed and delivered by Landlord, Parking Licensor, Tenant, and Subtenant. The submission of this Consent to Tenant or Subtenant for review or for execution, or any course of negotiations or communications with respect to the proposed Sublease, shall not constitute or be deemed to constitute Landlord’s consent to the Sublease or Parking Licensor’s consent to Subtenant’s use of the Licensed Premises, an undertaking to provide such consent, a waiver of any right of Landlord to request and review financial information, references, and other information regarding Subtenant, its business and principals, and proposed activities in the Sublease Premises, or to recapture or terminate the Master Lease as to the Sublease Premises, or other undertaking to provide such consent or waiver. Any liability of Landlord or Parking Licensor to Tenant under or in connection with this Consent, and any liability of Landlord or Parking

 

8


Licensor to Subtenant, including without limitation liability under or in connection with the Sublease or the Parking License or arising in any way from Subtenant’s use or occupancy of the Sublease Premises or the Licensed Premises, shall be limited to the same extent as Landlord’s and Parking Licensor’s liability to Tenant is limited under the Master Lease and the Parking License.

18. This Consent shall be binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of Landlord, Parking Licensor, Tenant, and Subtenant and their respective successors and permitted assigns.

19. This Consent may be executed in multiple counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original and all of which together shall constitute a single agreement, and shall be governed by the laws of The Commonwealth of Massachusetts.

[Remainder of this page intentionally left blank]

 

9


EXECUTED under seal as of the date first written above.

 

LANDLORD:

275 WYMAN LLC ,

a Delaware limited liability company

By:  

 

  Name:
  Manager
TENANT:

CIMPRESS USA INCORPORATED ,

a Delaware corporation

By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:
SUBTENANT:

CHIASMA, INC.,

a Delaware corporation

By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:


JOINDER

The undersigned, 404 Wyman LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, an affiliate of Landlord, being the owner of the land on which Tenant has parking rights pursuant to the Parking License (and the Additional Parking License, as defined in the Lease), hereby joins in the execution of this Consent to Sublease for the purpose of consenting to Subtenant’s use of Subtenant’s proportionate share of Tenant’s parking spaces as described in Section 14 of the Sublease.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the undersigned has executed this Joinder as of the day and year first above written.

 

404 WYMAN LLC ,
a Delaware limited liability company
By:  

 

  Name:
  Manager


EXHIBIT A

Copy of Executed Sublease

(attached hereto)


SUBLEASE

This SUBLEASE (the “ Sublease ”) is dated as of the 20 th  day of November, 2015 by and between CIMPRESS USA INCORPORATED, a Delaware corporation (“ Sublandlord ”), and CHIASMA, INC., a Delaware corporation (“ Subtenant ”).

RECITALS

WHEREAS , pursuant to that certain Lease dated July 31, 2013, by and between 275 Wyman LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“ Prime Landlord ”), as landlord, and Sublandlord, formerly known as Vistaprint USA, Incorporated, as tenant (the “ Prime Lease ”), a redacted copy of which Prime Lease has been delivered to Subtenant, Sublandlord leased from Prime Landlord certain premises (the “ Original Premises ”) located in the building commonly known as 275 Wyman Street, Waltham, Massachusetts (the “ Building ”), which Original Premises contain 302,006 rentable square feet of space, as more fully described in the Prime Lease; and

WHEREAS , Subtenant desires to sublease from Sublandlord a portion of the Original Premises on the second floor of the Building, which Sublandlord and Subtenant stipulate contains 24,000 rentable square feet and is more particularly shown on the floor plan attached hereto as Exhibit A (the “ Subleased Premises ”), and Sublandlord is willing to sublease the Subleased Premises to Subtenant on the provisions, covenants and conditions hereinafter set forth. The Subleased Premises shall include the appurtenant right in common with others and subject to the rules and regulations as may be established by Prime Landlord, to use the exterior walkways, sidewalks and driveways necessary for access to the Subleased Premises, the Parking Spaces and the Parking Structure, as well as common lobbies, entrances, stairs, elevators and public restrooms, loading areas, landscaped areas, trash enclosures, recreation areas and other areas or facilities, if any, which are located in or around the Building which may be designated by Prime Landlord from time to time as common areas for the non-exclusive use by tenants and other occupants in the Building.

AGREEMENT

NOW, THEREFORE , in consideration of Ten Dollars ($10.00), the mutual covenants made herein, and other consideration, the receipt and sufficient of which are hereby acknowledged and agreed, Sublandlord hereby subleases to Subtenant and Subtenant hereby takes and hires from Sublandlord the Subleased Premises, on the terms and conditions set forth below:

1. Defined Terms . All terms defined in the Prime Lease and used herein shall, unless otherwise defined herein, have the meanings ascribed to such terms in the Prime Lease.

2. Term . The term of this Sublease (the “ Sublease Term ”) shall commence on the date (the “Sublease Term Commencement Date ”) that is the later to occur of: (i) March 15, 2016; or (ii) the date on which Sublandlord delivers exclusive possession of the Subleased Premises to Subtenant vacant, broom clean, free of all property and debris, free and clear of all hazardous materials and with all mechanical, electrical, plumbing and other base Building


systems in good working order, and in compliance with all laws (the “ Delivery Condition ”) with the Sublandlord Work (as defined herein) Substantially Completed (as defined herein), and shall continue until 11:59 p.m. on the last day of the seventh Lease Year (as hereinafter defined), unless sooner terminated in accordance with the provisions of this Sublease “ Lease Year ” shall mean each consecutive twelve (12) month period during the Sublease Term, commencing on the Sublease Term Commencement Date, except that if the Sublease Term Commencement Date is not the first day of a calendar month, then the first Lease Year shall be the period from the Sublease Term Commencement Date through the final day of the calendar month during which the first anniversary of the Sublease Term Commencement Date occurs, and subsequent Lease Years shall be each succeeding twelve (12) month period during the Sublease Term following the first Lease Year.

3. Delivery .

A. Premises As Is . SUBJECT TO COMPLETION OF SUBLANDLORD’S WORK AND DELIVERY OF THE PREMISES IN THE DELIVERY CONDITION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THIS SUBLEASE THE SUBLEASED PREMISES ARE LEASED “AS IS” AND “WHERE IS” AND, EXCEPT TO THE EXTENT OTHERWISE EXPRESSLY PROVIDED IN THIS SUBLEASE, WITHOUT ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTY WHATSOEVER, INCLUDING ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY, HABIT ABILITY OR FITNESS FOR INTENDED USE.

B. Sublandlord’s Work . Sublandlord shall prepare the Subleased Premises for Subtenants use and lawful occupancy in accordance with the provisions of this Sublease, including the Work Letter attached hereto as Exhibit B . Sublandlord’s Work (as defined in the Work Letter) shall be considered “Substantially Completed” when a certificate of occupancy (which may be temporary or conditional) has been issued by the appropriate authorities and delivered to Subtenant and Sublandlord’s Work has been completed and except for items of work (and, if applicable, adjustment of equipment and fixtures) which can be completed after occupancy of the Subleased Premises has been taken without causing undue interference with Subtenant’s use of the Premises ( i.e. , so called “punch list” items). Sublandlord shall use commercially reasonable efforts to complete such punch list items within thirty (30) days following the Sublease Term Commencement Date, Notwithstanding anything to the contrary. Subtenant shall be responsible for all furniture, and any of Subtenant’s security, other specialty items for the Subleased Premises (including dedicated HVAC units, if any), and any other improvements not part of Sublandlord’s Work at Subtenant’s sole cost and expense, subject to the provisions of Section 7 of the Work Letter.

C. General Provisions Applicable to Construction . All construction work required or permitted by this Sublease, whether by Sublandlord or Subtenant, shall be done in a good and workmanlike manner and in compliance with the requirements of the Prime Lease and with all applicable laws and all lawful ordinances, regulations and orders of governmental authority and insurers of the Building. Each party may inspect the work of the other at reasonable times and shall promptly give notice of observed defects.

 

2


4. Base Rent . Subtenant shall pay to Sublandlord, in advance, monthly installments, without withholding, offset or reduction, Base Rent as follows:

 

BASE RENT:

   Per Annum      Per Month  

First 90 days following Sublease Term Commencement Date:

   $ 28,500 (3 mos.)       $ 9,500.00   

Balance of Lease Year 1 after first 90 days:

   $ 507,375.00 (9 mos.)       $ 56,375.00   

Lease Year 2 and 3:

   $ 1,014,000.00       $ 84,500.00   

Lease Years 4,5,6 & 7:

   $ 1,038,000.00       $ 86,500.00   

Base Rent for any partial calendar months shall be prorated on a daily basis, based on a 365-day year.

5. Additional Rent . Subtenant acknowledges that pursuant to Section 4.5 of the Prime Lease, Sublandlord is obligated to pay to Prime Landlord additional rent on account of Operating Expenses and Taxes. Subtenant shall pay to Sublandlord with its monthly payment of Base Rent, as additional rent, seven and ninety-five hundredths percent (7.95%) (“ Subtenant’s Proportionate Share ”) of any increase in Taxes over and above Fiscal Year 2017 Taxes for the Original Premises (July 1, 2016 through June 30, 2017), grossed up to reflect 100% occupancy and assessment, as adjusted by the results of any abatement, reassessment or litigation, and of any increase in total Operating Expenses for the Original Premises incurred during calendar year 2016 (January 1, 2016 through December 31, 2016), grossed up to reflect 100% occupancy (collectively, “ Subtenant Additional Rent ”). Subtenant Additional Rent payable hereunder for any partial calendar month at the beginning or end of the Sublease Term shall be pro-rated on a daily basis.

Within ten (10) business days following receipt by Sublandlord of the Landlord’s Statement (as defined in the Prime Lease) from Prime Landlord, Sublandlord shall send Subtenant a statement together with a copy of the Landlord’s Statement, as applicable, and all other relevant documentation establishing the actual Subtenant Additional Rent. If Subtenant has paid more in estimated Subtenant Additional Rent under this Section than the actual amount due from Subtenant for the applicable year, Sublandlord shall credit such excess against subsequent obligations of Subtenant for rent (or refund such excess to Subtenant within thirty (30) days if the Sublease Term has ended). If Subtenant has paid less than the actual Subtenant Additional Rent due under this Section 5, Subtenant shall pay any deficiency to Sublandlord within thirty (30) days following receipt of the reconciliation documentation from Sublandlord.

Subtenant will have the right, upon reasonable prior written notice to Sublandlord, to audit Sublandlord’s books and records with respect to Sublandlord’s computation of Subtenant Additional Rent for any particular calendar year. Any such right of audit as to a particular calendar year must be exercised, if at all, within ninety (90) days after Subtenant’s receipt from Sublandlord of Landlord’s Statement stating the actual Taxes and Operating Expenses for such

 

3


calendar year as provided to Sublandlord by Prime Landlord. If Subtenant fails to so exercise its audit right within such ninety (90) day period, then its audit right with respect to the subject calendar year will terminate for all purposes of this Sublease. Subtenant will bear all costs associated with the auditing of Sublandlord’s books and records. Without imposing any obligation on Sublandlord to audit Prime Landlord’s books and records, in the event that Sublandlord chooses to audit Prime Landlord’s books and records (to the extent Sublandlord is permitted to do so under the Prime Lease) and Sublandlord realizes any savings as a result of any such audit, Sublandlord shall pass through to Subtenant Subtenant’s Proportionate Share of any such savings. Sublandlord agrees to provide Subtenant with a copy of the results of any audit or review performed by or on behalf of Subtenant and any notice of reductions payable under the Prime Lease as a result of such audit or other review.

6. Utilities/Security . Subtenant shall pay for all electricity consumed in the Subleased Premises, as reasonably allocated by Sublandlord based upon the submeter that measures consumption in the approximately 29,000 rentable square foot pod of which the Subleased Premises is a part. The balance of such pod is vacant, but if a future occupant of the balance of such pod uses a disproportionately large amount of electricity (because, for example, it has a data center), Sublandlord, at its sole cost and expense, will install a check meter to measure relative consumption within the pod, and costs shall be allocated in accordance with those check meters. If Sublandlord is required to pay to Prime Landlord Additional Rent on account of Subtenant’s use of HVAC services beyond Normal Business Hours, Subtenant shall pay to Sublandlord within fifteen (15) days after Sublandlord’s demand therefor, as Subtenant Additional Rent, all such amounts payable to Prime Landlord. Subtenant shall reimburse Sublandlord for Subtenant’s Proportionate Share of all reasonable, out-of-pocket expenses for building security services incurred by Sublandlord within thirty (30) days after invoicing therefor.

7. Use . The Subleased Premises shall be used for business office use and uses customarily accessory thereto, but for no other uses.

8. Prime Lease . Subtenant agrees that it will do nothing in, on or about the Subleased Premises or the Building which would result in the breach by Sublandlord of its undertakings and obligations under the Prime Lease. Except as expressly provided in this Sublease and except for the following provisions, this Sublease shall be subject to and on all of the terms and conditions as are contained in the Prime Lease and the provisions of the Prime Lease are hereby incorporated into this Sublease as if Sublandlord were the landlord thereunder and Subtenant the tenant thereunder:

A. The defined economic terms for “Annual Fixed Rent - Initial Term,” “Initial Term,” “Premises,” “Guarantor,” “Extension Terms,” “Annual Fixed Rent - Extension Term,” “Broker” are inapplicable;

B. Sections 4.5, 4.6, 4.7, and 4.8 of the Prime Lease (relating to additional rent) are applicable, as modified by the provisions of Paragraphs 5 and 6 of this Sublease, but Appendix J shall be applicable to the extent its provisions impact the calculation of additional rent payable under the Prime Lease;

 

4


C. Sections 4.9, 5.8, and Section 8.3 as it relates to Sublandlord are inapplicable;

D. Article II of the Prime Lease (relating to Premises and Term) is inapplicable as between Subtenant and Sublandlord, except to the extent enforcement of Prime Landlord’s obligations under such Article II is required in order for Sublandlord to perform its obligations under this Sublease, and except to the extent such parking rights are incorporated into this Sublease in Section 14 below;

E. Article IX of the Prime Lease (relating to Brokers) is inapplicable;

F. Article III and Appendix D of the Prime Lease (relating to Landlord’s Work and Tenant Work) is inapplicable;

G. Article XII of the Prime Lease (relating to Purchase Right of First Offer) is inapplicable;

H. Appendix G of the Prime Lease (relating to the Notice of Lease) is inapplicable;

I. Schedules 2.5, 4.9, and 52.1.3(2) are inapplicable; and

J. Where appropriate, references to “Landlord” in the Prime Lease shall be deemed to mean “Sublandlord” hereunder and references to “Tenant” in the Prime Lease shall be deemed to mean “Subtenant” hereunder, it being understood and agreed that Sublandlord will not be acting as, or assuming any of the responsibilities of, Prime Landlord, and all references in the Prime Lease to Landlord-provided services or Landlord insurance requirements, and any other references which by their nature relate to the owner or operator of the Building, rather than to a tenant of the Building subleasing space to a subtenant, shall continue to he references to Prime Landlord and not to Sublandlord.

9. Subtenant’s Covenants . Subtenant covenants to Sublandlord to perform all of the covenants and obligations to be performed by Sublandlord as Tenant under the Prime Lease as the same relate to the Subleased Premises and to comply with this Sublease and the applicable provisions of the Prime Lease, as modified by this Sublease, in all respects (including, without limitation, complying with all OSHA, environmental and other applicable laws, regulations and standards). Notwithstanding anything contained in this Sublease to the contrary. Subtenant shall not be responsible for (i) any default of Sublandlord, its agents, employees or contractors under the Prime Lease unless attributable to a default under this Sublease by Subtenant or anyone claiming by, through or under Subtenant, (ii) conditions at the Subleased Premises, for which the obligation to maintain and repair resides with Prime Landlord or, during Tenant’s Control Period, with Sublandlord, under the Prime Lease or which existed as of the Sublease Term Commencement Date, (iii) any violations of law resulting from such conditions described by (ii) above, (iv) the payment of any charges, fees and other costs imposed by Prime Landlord on Sublandlord as a result of Sublandlord’s default under the Prime Lease except if caused by the act or omission of Subtenant or anyone claiming by, through or under Subtenant, (v) the removal or restoration of any of Sublandlord’s Work, Landlord’s Work or Tenant Work, except as

 

5


explicitly provided for in this Sublease or in any consent or similar document entered into among Prime Landlord, Sublandlord and Subtenant, and (vi) making payment of any sums either to Prime Landlord or Sublandlord in satisfaction of charges accruing under the Prime Lease (whether denominated as rent, rental, additional rent or otherwise) for any period prior or subsequent to the Sublease Term, or resulting from a service as may be provided to Sublandlord under the Prime Lease which is not requested by Subtenant.

If Subtenant shall fail to make any payment or perform any act required to be made or performed by Subtenant under the Prime Lease pursuant to Subtenant’s assumption of Sublandlord’s obligations thereunder as they relate to the Subleased Premises, and such default is not cured by Subtenant by (i) one-half of the period specified in the Prime Lease for curing of monetary default, or (ii) ten (10) days prior to the expiration of such Prime Lease cure period for non-monetary default, Sublandlord, without waiving or releasing any obligation or default hereunder, may (but shall be under no obligation to) make such payment or perform such act for the account and at the expense of Subtenant, and may take any and all such actions as Sublandlord in its sole discretion deems necessary or appropriate to accomplish such cure. If Sublandlord shall reasonably incur any expense in remedying such default, Sublandlord shall be entitled to recover such sums upon demand from Subtenant as Subtenant Additional Rent under this Sublease.

10. Sublandlord’s Covenants . Sublandlord covenants to Subtenant to perform all of the terms and provisions required of it under the Prime Lease and the Additional Parking License and to promptly pay when due all rents due and accruing to Prime Landlord. Sublandlord will use reasonable efforts to enforce on behalf of Subtenant Sublandlord’s rights under the Prime Lease and the Additional Parking License including warranty rights of Prime Landlord under the Work Letter in Appendix D of the Prime Lease. Nothing contained in this Sublease shall be construed as a guarantee by Sublandlord of any of the obligations, covenants, warranties, agreements or undertakings of Prime Landlord in the Prime Lease, nor as an undertaking by Sublandlord to Subtenant on the same or similar terms as are contained in the Prime Lease. Notwithstanding the foregoing, as long as this Sublease is in full force and effect, Subtenant shall be entitled, with respect to the Subleased Premises, to the benefit of Prime Landlord’s obligations and agreements to furnish utilities and other services to the Subleased Premises (and during any Tenant’s Control Period, obligations of Sublandlord) and to repair and maintain the common areas, roof, Building systems and all other obligations of Prime Landlord under the Prime Lease. Except with respect to a termination of the Prime Lease resulting from the exercise of a right to terminate expressly provided in the Prime Lease on account of a casualty or condemnation and provided and so long as this Sublease is in full force and effect and has not been terminated, Sublandlord shall not, without Subtenant’s prior written consent, (i) do or permit its agents, contractors, employees or invitees to do anything which would cause the Prime Lease or the Additional Parking License to be cancelled, terminated or surrendered unless Prime Landlord either has agreed or will agree to recognize Subtenant’s rights under this Sublease from and after the date of such surrender or termination of the Prime Lease pursuant to a written agreement reasonably acceptable to Subtenant, or (ii) terminate, voluntarily or otherwise, the Prime Lease or the Additional Parking License or amend the Prime Lease or the Additional Parking License in any material way which is inconsistent with or adversely affects Subtenant’s rights hereunder or has a material adverse effect on Subtenant’s use and occupancy of the

 

6


Subleased Premises. Sublandlord shall deliver to Subtenant copies of all executed amendments to the Prime Lease and the Additional Parking License, which copies may be redacted so as to remove any confidential information not related to the Subleased Premises. Sublandlord represents and warrants to Subtenant that (i) a true, correct and complete copy of the Prime Lease (excluding redacted terms not relevant to Subtenant) and the Additional Parking License have been delivered to Subtenant, (ii) the Prime Lease is in full force and effect, (iii) to the best of Sublandlord’s knowledge, Sublandlord is not in default under the Prime Lease or the Additional Parking License, and (iv) Sublandlord has not received any notice of default under the Prime Lease or the Additional Parking License.

11. Indemnification . Subtenant shall indemnify Sublandlord and hold Sublandlord harmless from and against any and all claims, demands suits, judgments, liabilities, costs and expenses, including reasonable attorneys’ fees, arising out of or in connection with Subtenant’s use and possession of the Subleased Premises, or arising out of the failure of Subtenant, its agents, contractors or employees to perform any covenant, term or condition of this Sublease or of the Prime Lease or of the Consent to be performed by Subtenant, including without limitation all requirements of Prime Landlord relating to installation and use of any condenser unit on the Building roof, access thereto and removal thereof. Sublandlord shall indemnify Subtenant and hold Subtenant harmless from and against any and all claims, demands, suits, judgments, liabilities, costs and expenses, including reasonable attorneys’ fees, arising out of the failure of Sublandlord to perform any covenant, term or condition of this Sublease or of the Prime Lease to be performed by Sublandlord hereunder.

12. Assignment and Subletting . Subtenant shall be entitled to assign or sub-sublease this Sublease in accordance with the terms of Section 5.1.11 of the Prime Lease. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Sublandlord shall not be entitled to exercise any recapture or termination rights as set forth in Section 5.1.11 of the Prime Lease. No such sublease or assignment shall be effective without the consent of Prime Landlord under the Prime Lease. If Sublandlord and Prime Landlord consent to any such assignment or sub-subletting, Subtenant shall remain fully and primarily liable to Sublandlord, in all respects, under this Sublease.

13. Broker . Each of Sublandlord and Subtenant represents and warrants to the other that except for Cushman & Wakefield (“ Broker ”) it has not dealt with any broker in connection with this Sublease, and each agrees to indemnify, defend and hold the other harmless from and against any breach of said representation and warranty. Per a separate agreement, Sublandlord shall pay any fees of the Broker associated with this Sublease.

14. Parking . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, Subtenant shall be entitled to use, on a first come first serve basis, Subtenant’s Proportionate Share of the parking spaces allocated to Sublandlord under the Prime Lease and the Additional Parking License.

15. Amenities . Throughout the Sublease Term, as the same may be extended. Subtenant shall have the right to use, at no additional charge (except for the Operating Expenses passed through to Sublandlord and Subtenant by virtue of Section 4.5 of the Prime Lease), the cafeteria and fitness center (the “ Fitness Center ”) referenced in Sections 5.2.1.7 and 5.2.1.8 of

 

7


the Prime Lease, on the same terms and conditions as are applicable to Sublandlord under the Prime Lease. As a condition for Subtenant’s use of the Fitness Center, Subtenant shall require Subtenant or any of Subtenant’s agents, invitees, employees, or contractors (collectively “ Subtenant’s Fitness Center Users ”) (as hereinafter defined) who use the Fitness Center to execute waiver documents in the form attached to this Sublease as Exhibit C . and Subtenant shall indemnify and hold harmless Sublandlord, Prime Landlord, and VistaPrint Limited from and against any and all claims, demands, suits, judgments, liabilities, costs and expenses, including reasonable attorneys’ fees, arising out of or in connection with the use of the Fitness Center by Subtenant or any of Subtenant’s agents, invitees, employees, or contractors (collectively, “ Subtenant’s Fitness Center Users ”).

16. Security Deposit . On or prior to the date hereof, Subtenant shall provide Sublandlord with a letter of credit in the form attached hereto as Exhibit D from a financial institution reasonably satisfactory to Sublandlord (and Sublandlord acknowledges that Bank of America is satisfactory) in the original amount of $450,000. Subtenant shall maintain such letter of credit until the date that is sixty (60) days after expiration of the Sublease Term. Subtenant may reduce the security deposit to $345,000 on the third anniversary of the Sublease Term Commencement Date and to $225,000 on the fifth anniversary of the Sublease Term Commencement Date; provided that at the time of each such reduction no defaults have occurred under this Sublease beyond applicable notice and grace periods. Sublandlord shall confirm in writing that the conditions for reduction of the Letter of Credit have been satisfied as of the applicable review date (which confirmation Sublandlord agrees to provide within ten (10) Business Days after Subtenant’s written request, if correct), and, Subtenant may provide Sublandlord with an amendment to the Letter of Credit or a new Letter of Credit meeting all of the requirements of this Section 16 to accomplish such authorized reduction of the Letter of Credit. Such letter of credit may be drawn from time to time by Sublandlord upon Subtenant’s default of its obligations under this Sublease, beyond any applicable notice and cure periods, or if such letter of credit is about to expire and has not been renewed within thirty (30) days preceding such expiration. Should Sublandlord draw down the letter of credit, Subtenant shall be obligated to restore it to the then required amount under this Section 16. Sublandlord shall assign the security deposit to a successor or transferee and, following the assignment, Sublandlord shall have no further liability with respect to the security deposit. If the letter of credit is drawn down and held by Sublandlord as a cash security deposit, Sublandlord (i) shall not be required to keep the security deposit separate from its other accounts, and (ii) shall return any unapplied portion of the security deposit to Subtenant within sixty (60) days after the later to occur of the expiration of the Sublease Term or the date Subtenant surrenders the Premises to Sublandlord in compliance with this Sublease.

17. Contingency . This Sublease is conditioned upon the completion of the following (the “ Contingencies ”) on or before November 13, 2015 (the “ Contingency Date ”): (a) the consent of Prime Landlord to this Sublease substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit E (the “ Consent ”); and (b) the final approval by Prime Landlord and Sublandlord of the Plans to be provided by Subtenant under the Work Letter, including agreement as to (i) installation rooftop condenser units, access thereto and removal thereof, and (ii) whether portions of Sublandlord’s work will be required by Prime Landlord to be removed or restored at the end of the Prime Lease Term. If the Contingencies are not satisfied by the Contingency Date, either

 

8


party may elect to terminate this Sublease by notice to the other party within ten (10) Business Days following such Contingency Date. If this Sublease is so terminated: (i) all amounts previously paid by either party to the other on account of this Sublease shall be returned; and (ii) the parties thereupon shall be relieved of any further liability or obligation under this Sublease.

18. Signage . Sublandlord agrees to provide to Subtenant, and install at Sublandlord’s sole cost and expense, signs identifying Tenant and, if requested, Tenant’s logo in the following locations:

A. On park signage approaching the Building;

B. On the large wall facing the plaza at the main entrance on the east side of the Building, to be shared with Sublandlord and other subtenants;

C. In the main lobby of the Building at the reception desk; and

D. At the entrance to the Subleased Premises,

All signs shall be installed in accordance with plans and specifications prepared by Subtenant and approved by Sublandlord, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned, or delayed.

19. Expansion Right . Subject to the provisions of this Section 19 , so long as at least three years remain in the Sublease Term, including the Extension Right, if exercised by Subtenant, Subtenant shall have an ongoing right of first offer (the “ Right of First Offer ”) on any then-available portions of the second floor of the Building (each, a “ ROFO Space ”) upon the following terms and conditions. This Right of First Offer is subject and subordinate to the right of Sublandlord or any affiliate of Sublandlord to use or occupy such ROFO Space, but no other party holds expansion or first offer or refusal rights to the ROFO Space that are superior to the rights of Subtenant set forth in this Section 19.

Sublandlord will notify Subtenant of its plans to market a ROFO Space (the “ ROFO Notice ”) for lease to any party unrelated to Sublandlord (it being acknowledged and agreed that the Right of First Offer shall not be applicable to space Sublandlord intends to occupy and/or provide to affiliates of Sublandlord), which ROFO Notice shall specify the location and square footage for such ROFO Space, Sublandlord’s estimate of the Fair Market Rent (as defined below) for such ROFO Space, the date of availability of such ROFO Space and all other material terms and conditions which will apply to such ROFO Space. Within ten (10) business days following its receipt of any ROFO Notice, Subtenant shall have the right to accept the same by written notice to Sublandlord (the “ ROFO Acceptance Notice ”); provided that if Subtenant disputes Sublandlord’s estimate of the Fair Market Rent in the ROFO Acceptance Notice, the Fair Market Rent for such space shall be determined as set forth in Section 20 (as appropriately modified to determine fair market rent for expansion space as opposed to a renewal term). If Subtenant timely delivers a ROFO Acceptance Notice, Sublandlord and Subtenant shall execute an amendment to this Sublease, subject to Prime Landlord approval and consent, incorporating the ROFO Space into the Subleased Premises for the remainder of the Sublease Term, as the

 

9


same may be extended, upon the terms contained in the ROFO Notice within ten (10) business days following Sublandlord’s delivery to Subtenant of a form therefor (and if the Sublandlord’s determination of Fair Market Rent was disputed in the ROFO Notice and not agreed to as of the commencement of the term for such ROFO Space, then rent shall be Sublandlord’s determination of Fair Market Rent until the finalization of the Fair Market Rent appraisal, and any change in such rent amount shall be adjusted - with applicable credits or reimbursement for any underpayment or overpayment - thereafter). In no event shall the Fair Market Rent for the ROFO Space be less than the then current Base Rent for the Subleased Premises.

If Subtenant fails to timely deliver a ROFO Acceptance Notice within said ten (10) business day period or fails to execute Sublandlord’s form of amendment for such ROFO Space within ten (10) business days of receipt from Sublandlord of the same. Subtenant shall be deemed to have waived its rights with respect to a ROFO Space and Sublandlord shall be entitled, but not required, to lease all or any portion of such ROFO Space to any party or parties on such terms and conditions, including, without limitation, options to extend the term of such lease and/or expand the premises under such lease, and for such rent as Sublandlord determines, all in its sole discretion, and the Right of First Offer with respect to such ROFO Space in such ROFO Notice shall be of no further force or effect.

Notwithstanding any contrary provision of this Sublease, any Right of First Offer, and any exercise by Subtenant of any Right of First Offer shall be void and of no effect unless on the date Subtenant timely delivers a ROFO Acceptance Notice to Sublandlord and on the commencement date of the amendment for a ROFO Space (as applicable): (i) this Sublease is in full force and effect, (ii) no default has occurred under this Sublease which remains continuing and uncured after any applicable notice and opportunity to cure and (iii) Subtenant shall not have assigned this Sublease, except as may be assigned through a Permitted Transfer, and there shall not be any sub-sublease or sub-subleases then in effect except for Permitted Transfers.

Subtenant acknowledges and agrees that Subtenant’s Right of First Offer with respect to any space that is not subject to a third-party lease on the date hereof (the “ Vacant Space ”) shall not be of any force or effect until such time as such Vacant Space has been initially leased to a third-party tenant after the date hereof and such tease (and any rights held by such tenant in any part of the Building consisting of a ROFO Space) has subsequently expired.

20. Extension Option . Subject to the terms hereof, Subtenant shall have the right (“ Extension Right ”) to extend the Sublease Term on the same terms and conditions as this Sublease except for the change in Base Rent as provided below and there shall be no further Renewal Options.

Provided that (i) a default as described in this Sublease shall not have occurred and be continuing beyond applicable notice and cure periods on the day on which Subtenant purports to exercise the Extension Right on the first day of the Renewal Term (as defined below), and (ii) the Subtenant named herein or a Permitted Transferee is actually occupying at least 75% of the entire Subleased Premises as of each of said dates, Subtenant shall have the option (“ Extension Option ”) to extend the Sublease Term until August 15, 2026 (the “ Renewal Term ”), unless sooner terminated as provided in this Sublease, subject to all the terms of this Sublease except for the change in Base Rent as provided below and there shall be no further Extension Option.

 

10


Subtenant shall exercise the Renewal Option, if at all, by giving written notice (“ Notice to Renew ”) of exercise to Sublandlord no later than fifteen (15) months prior to expiration of the Sublease Terra. If Subtenant fails to give such notice to Sublandlord within such time, Subtenant shall be deemed to have waived the right to exercise the Renewal Option. Upon Subtenant’s exercise of the Renewal Option, the Sublease Term shall be deemed to include the Renewal Term.

The annual Base Rent payable during the Renewal Term shall be the fair market rent for comparable first class office space in effect in the 128 West office market on the commencement date of the Renewal Term (the “ Fair Market Rent ”). The determination of Fair Market Rent (whether such determination is made by Sublandlord and/or Subtenant or the brokers referenced herein) shall take into account all relevant factors.

The Fair Market Rent shall be determined as follows:

(1) Within fifteen (15) calendar days after receipt of a Notice to Renew, Sublandlord shall furnish Subtenant with Sublandlord’s estimate of Fair Market Rent (“ Sublandlord’s Rent Estimate ”).

(2) Within fifteen (15) calendar days after receipt of Sublandlord’s Rent Estimate, Subtenant shall respond and specify whether and the extent to which Subtenant disputes Sublandlord’s Rent Estimate.

(3) If Subtenant disputes Sublandlord’s Rent Estimate, Subtenant and Sublandlord shall negotiate in good faith for an additional thirty (30) calendar days to reach agreement on the Fair Market Rent.

(4) If Subtenant and Sublandlord shall not have reached agreement as to the Fair Market Rent after such additional thirty (30) calendar days, Sublandlord and Subtenant, within ten (10) calendar days after the expiration of such thirty (30) calendar day period, shall each select a real estate broker affiliated with a major Boston commercial real estate brokerage firm and having at least fifteen (15) years’ experience in the field with office properties similar to the Building in the Boston area to determine the Fair Market Rent. The two selected brokers shall within fourteen (14) calendar days appoint a third broker having the qualifications described above (the “ Third Broker ”). Each party shall pay the fees and expenses of the broker it selected and the fees and expenses of the Third Broker shall be borne equally by both parties.

(5) Within thirty (30) calendar days after the selection of the Third Broker, the brokers shall determine the Fair Market Rent In the event that the brokers have not agreed upon the Fair Market Rent within such thirty (30) day period, each broker shall simultaneously deliver, within ten (10) calendar days thereafter, a written appraisal of the Fair Market Rent to Sublandlord and Subtenant, and the Fair Market Rent shall be the average of the two closest appraisals.

 

11


(6) If Sublandlord or Subtenant shall have failed to designate a broker within the time period provided therefor above, then the broker which has been designated, whether by Sublandlord or Subtenant, shall alone make the determination of the Fair Market Rent. If Subtenant and Sublandlord have both designated brokers but the two brokers so designated do not agree upon and designate the third broker willing so to act within the time period provided therefor above, the Subtenant, the Sublandlord or either broker previously designated may request the Greater Boston Real Estate Board, Inc. to designate the third broker willing so to act and a broker so appointed shall, for all purposes, have the same standing and powers as though such broker had been seasonably appointed by the brokers first appointed. In case of the inability or refusal to serve of any person designated as a broker, or in case any broker for any reason ceases to be such, a broker to fill such vacancy shall be appointed by the Subtenant, the Sublandlord, the broker first appointed or the said Greater Boston Real Estate Board, Inc., as the case may be, whichever made the original appointment.

21. Return of Premises . Subtenant shall, at the expiration or termination of this Sublease, peaceably yield up the Subleased Premises in broom-clean condition, wear and tear, and damage by fire and other casualty excepted. Subtenant shall remove all cables and wires serving the Subleased Premises (to the extent installed by or on behalf of Subtenant and not existing in or serving the Subleased Premises as of the Sublease Term Commencement Date), but, provided Prime Landlord consents at the time it delivers the Consent, Subtenant shall not be responsible for the removal of the TI Work pursuant to Section 5.1.9 of the Prime Lease.

22. Miscellaneous .

A. Counterparts . This instrument may be signed in counterpart originals, which, taken together, shall constitute a single original instrument.

B. Notices . Notices to Sublandlord or Subtenant required or permitted hereunder shall be sent in the manner prescribed in the Prime Lease to the Premises in the case of notices to Sublandlord and in the case of notices to Subtenant as follows:

Prior to the Sublease Term Commencement Date:

Chiasma

60 Wells Avenue, Suite 102

Newton, MA 02459

Attn: Mark J. Fitzpatrick

After the Sublease Term Commencement Date:

At the Subleased Premises

Attn: Mark J. Fitzpatrick

C. Amendments . This Sublease may not be changed or terminated orally but only by an agreement in writing signed by both Sublandlord and Subtenant.

 

12


D. Estoppel Certificates . Sublandlord and Subtenant each agree to furnish within twenty (20) days after written request therefor by the other, a certificate stating (i) that this Sublease is in full force and effect and has not been amended or modified (or describing such amendment or modification, if any); (ii) the dates through which Base Rent and Subtenant Additional Rent have been paid hereunder; and (iii) that there are no defaults under this Sublease known to the signer of the certificate (or specifying such defaults, if known).

E. No Waiver . The failure of either party to insist on strict performance of any covenant or condition hereof, or to exercise any option contained herein, shall not be construed as a waiver of such covenant, condition or option in any other instance.

F. Memorandum of Sublease . Subtenant shall not record this Sublease or any memorandum hereof. Subtenant may file this Sublease and it exhibits with the Securities and Exchange Commission if required by law.

G. Governing Law . This Sublease has been negotiated, executed and delivered in the Commonwealth of Massachusetts, and the parties agree that the rights and obligations of the parties under this Sublease shall be governed and construed in accordance with the laws of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts.

H. Severability . The invalidity of any of the provisions of this Sublease will not impair or affect in any manner the validity, enforceability or effect of the rest of this Sublease.

I. Entire Agreement . All understandings and agreements, oral or written, heretofore made between the parties hereto are merged in this Sublease, which alone fully and completely expresses the agreement between Sublandlord and Subtenant.

J. Relationship Between the Parties . This Sublease does not create the relationship of principal and agent, nor does it create any partnership, joint venture, or any association or relationship between Sublandlord and Subtenant other than as and to the extent specifically provided in this Sublease, the sole relationship of Sublandlord and Subtenant being that of sublandlord and subtenant as provided in this Sublease.

K. Remedies Cumulative . Except as specifically provided herein, all rights and remedies of Sublandlord under this Sublease shall be cumulative and none shall exclude any other rights and remedies allowed by law.

[This Space Intentionally Left Blank]

 

13


IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the parties have executed this Sublease as an instrument under seal as of the date first written above.

 

SUBLANDLORD:

CIMPRESS USA INCORPORATED ,

a Delaware corporation

By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:
SUBTENANT:

CHIASMA, INC.,

a Delaware corporation

By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:


EXHIBIT A

Floor Plan Showing Subleased Premises

[See Attached]


LOGO

 

2


EXHIBIT B

Work Letter

1. Sublandlord’s Work . This Exhibit B sets forth the obligations of Sublandlord and Subtenant with respect to the initial improvements to be performed in the Subleased Premises to prepare the same for Subtenant’s use and occupancy. Sublandlord shall construct the initial improvements as shown on the Plans (as defined below) in accordance with the terms of this Exhibit B (“ Sublandlord’s Work ”).

2. Plans . Subtenant’s architect will prepare the initial test fit plan for the Sublandlord ’s Work at Subtenant’s sole cost and expense; provided that Sublandlord shall provide an allowance in the amount of $1,920.00 for the purposes of the initial test fit plan. Subtenant shall, at its sole cost and expense, prepare or cause to be prepared, subject to approval by Sublandlord and Prime Landlord, final architectural, electrical and mechanical construction drawings, plans and specifications (collectively, the “ Plans ”) necessary to construct Sublandlord’s Work, which plans shall comply with all Sublandlord’s architect’s and engineers’ requirements to avoid aesthetic or other conflicts with the design and function of the balance of the Building and be consistent with the initial test fit plan. Subtenant covenants and agrees to devote such time as may be reasonably necessary in consultation with said architect and engineers to enable them to complete and submit the final Plans to Sublandlord and Prime Landlord for approval. Time is of (he essence with respect to Subtenant’s cooperation in the preparation, submission and approval of the Plans. Approval by Sublandlord of Sublandlord’s Work and the Plans shall not constitute any warranty by Sublandlord to Subtenant of the adequacy of the design for Subtenant’s intended use of the Subleased Premises nor shall Sublandlord’s approval of the Plans create any liability or responsibility on the part of Sublandlord for compliance with applicable statutes, ordinances, regulations, laws, codes and industry standards relating to handicap discrimination (including, without limitation, the Americans with Disabilities Act).

3. Working Drawings . If deemed necessary by Sublandlord for the performance of Sublandlord’s Work, Subtenant, at its sole cost and expense (subject to the Subtenant Allowance provided for in Paragraph 7), shall prepare final working drawings and specifications for Sublandlord’s Work (the “ Working Drawings ”) based upon and consistent with the Plans and the plans, drawings, specifications, finish details and other information furnished by Subtenant to Sublandlord under Paragraph 2 above.

4. Performance of Sublandlord’s Work . Except as hereinafter provided to the contrary, Sublandlord shall perform Sublandlord’s Work shown on the Plans and Working Drawings using Building standard materials and quantities as reasonably determined by Sublandlord (“ Building Standards ”).

5. Substantial Completion . Sublandlord shall use reasonable efforts to cause Sublandlord’s Work to be Substantially Completed (as defined in Section 3(B) of the Sublease), subject to delays caused by Force Majeure (as defined below) and Subtenant Delays (as defined in Paragraph 6 below), on or before March 15, 2016 (the “ Anticipated Substantial Completion Date ”). If Sublandlord’s Work is not Substantially Completed on or before the Anticipated Substantial Completion Date (as extended), the Sublease shall remain in full force and effect; provided:

(i) The Sublease Term Commencement Date shall not occur until Sublandlord’s Work is Substantially Completed, except as set forth in Section 6 with respect to a Subtenant Delay,


(ii) If Sublandlord does not deliver the Subleased Premises to Subtenant in the Delivery Condition with the Sublandlord Work Substantially Completed by April 15, 2016 (the “ First Outside Date ”) and such failure to so deliver is not the result of Force Majeure or Subtenant Delay, then for each day thereafter until such time as the Subleased Premises are delivered to Subtenant in the Delivery Condition with the Sublandlord’s Work Substantially Completed, Subtenant shall receive a rent credit equal to one day’s Base Rent at the highest rental rate payable during the first Lease Year and after the initial ninety (90) days thereof which reflects a reduced rental rate; and

(iii) In the event that Sublandlord does not deliver the Subleased Premises to Subtenant in the Delivery Condition with the Sublandlord’s Work Substantially Completed by July 12, 2016 (the “ Final Outside Date ”), and such failure to so deliver is not the result of Force Majeure (but the extension on account of Force Majeure shall not exceed 30 days) or Subtenant Delay, then Subtenant shall have the right to terminate this Sublease by written notice to Sublandlord at any time after the Final Outside Date but prior to the date that Sublandlord actually Substantially Completes the Sublandlord’s Work and delivers the Premises in the Delivery Condition.

Force Majeure ” shall mean events beyond Sublandlord’s reasonable control, including, without limitation, accident; breakage; strike, lockout; act of terrorism; shortage of materials, which shortage is not unique to Sublandlord; governmental regulation, moratorium or other governmental action, inaction or delay; or fire, flood, unusually inclement weather, earthquake or other natural disaster.

6. Subtenant Delay . In the event of a “Subtenant Delay”, defined below, the Sublease Term Commencement Date shall be deemed to be the date Sublandlord’s Work would have been Substantially Completed absent Subtenant Delays, as reasonably determined by Sublandlord. “Subtenant Delay” shall mean an actual delay in the Sublandlord Work and to the extent such delay results from any of the following:

(i) the performance of any other work in the Subleased Premises by any person, firm or corporation employed by or on behalf of Subtenant, such as is contemplated under Section 8 hereof, that actually delays Substantial Completion of Sublandlord’s Work;

(ii) the failure of Subtenant to pay for the cost, if any, of Sublandlord’s Work in excess of the Subtenant Allowance within the time periods set forth in Paragraph 7 below;

(iii) the failure to approve recommended contractor and subcontractor selections within three (3) business days after request by Sublandlord, the timing of which shall not be required earlier than the date by which Subtenant is to approve the Project Cost Estimate, as provided in Section 7 below;

 

2


(iv) the failure to approve the Project Cost Estimate by December 4,2015 (or, if later, the date that is five (5) days after the Project Cost Estimate is initially delivered to Subtenant); and

(v) any other act or omission of Subtenant which results in actual delay in the Substantial Completion of Sublandlord’s Work, provided Sublandlord advised Subtenant of such act or omission within two (2) business days after the occurrence thereof.

7. Cost of Sublandlord’s Work; Subtenant Allowance . Sublandlord shall complete Sublandlord’s Work at Subtenant’s expense, except that Sublandlord shall contribute to Subtenant an allowance of up to $1,920,000.00 (the “ Subtenant Allowance ”). Promptly following Sublandlord’s written approval of the Plans, and, if applicable, the Working Drawings, Sublandlord shall deliver a “ Project Cost Estimate ” to Subtenant, reflecting the best prices resulting from Sublandlord’s bidding process. The Project Cost Estimate will include the costs to install the Subtenant’s structured tel/data wiring and cabling in the Subleased Premises as hard costs (but not “dynamic cabling” or patching, within and between racks, such work being the responsibility of Subtenant). In connection with Sublandlord’s Project Cost Estimate, Sublandlord’s general contractor shall obtain a minimum of three (3) bids for all major subtrades. Promptly following Sublandlord’s delivery of same, Subtenant may either approve the Project Cost Estimate or request that changes be made to the final Plan, and, if applicable, the Working Drawings (subject to Sublandlord’s and Prime Landlord’s approval) for the purpose of lowering the total project cost. If Subtenant fails to deliver either its written approval of, or its written request for modifications to, any Project Cost Estimate within five (5) business days following delivery by Sublandlord, Subtenant shall be deemed to have approved the Project Cost Estimate in its entirety. Once Sublandlord and Subtenant have approved me Project Cost Estimate (or the Project Cost Estimate is deemed approved), the parties shall execute an instrument confirming the amount of the final Project Cost Estimate. Sublandlord shall accept the lowest bids for the Sublandlord Work unless Subtenant otherwise approves. The Sublandlord’s Work shall be performed on an open book basis, on the basis of a guaranteed maximum price contract.

If the sum of the final Project Cost Estimate and Subtenant’s Soft Costs exceeds the Subtenant Allowance, Subtenant shall be entitled to the Subtenant Allowance in accordance with the terms hereof, but the timing of each individual disbursement of the Subtenant Allowance shall be disbursed in the proportion that the Subtenant Allowance bears to the total cost for Sublandlord’s Work ( e.g. , if the Subtenant Allowance equals 80% of the Project Cost Estimate, then Sublandlord shall disburse a portion of the Subtenant Allowance equal to 80% of the costs covered by each requisition, up to the aggregate amount of the Subtenant Allowance). In all events, Subtenant shall pay Sublandlord all costs of Sublandlord Work in excess of the Subtenant Allowance. Subtenant shall be allowed to use up to ten percent (10%) of the Subtenant Allowance toward the following (“ Subtenants Soft Costs ”): toward the Project Management Fee and, to the extent the Subtenant Allowance exceeds the cost of Sublandlord’s Work and the Project Management Fee, toward architectural, engineering and project management fees and

 

3


costs (which in the aggregate shall not exceed $150,000) and toward costs related to moving. As used herein, “ Project Management Fee ” shall mean the fee to be paid by Subtenant to Sublandlord in the amount of four percent (4%) of the hard construction costs, which Project Management fee shall be deducted from the Subtenant Allowance with each draw. In consideration of the Project Management Fee, Sublandlord shall not charge Subtenant for any fees or expenses to review the Plans.

In the event Sublandlord receives from its general contractor a change order request that would increase the cost of Sublandlord’s Work, Sublandlord shall deliver a copy of such change order request to Subtenant Subtenant shall approve or reject the proposed change order within two (2) business days after delivery thereof, with Subtenant’s failure to reject the proposed change order in writing being deemed an election to accept the change order. If Subtenant rejects the proposed change order, Sublandlord and Subtenant and the general contractor shall meet to discuss the change order and will attempt to reach a resolution as to any dispute. If, by the date that is four (4) business days after the delivery of the proposed change order to Subtenant, no resolution has been reached, then notwithstanding Subtenant’s objections, Sublandlord shall be free to accept the proposed change order.

8. Subtenant Access . Sublandlord, upon request by Subtenant, shall grant to Subtenant and Subtenant’s agents a license to enter the Subleased Premises at any time from and after the date which Sublandlord reasonably determines to be sixty (60) days prior to the date Sublandlord’s Work will be Substantially Completed for the purposes of installing Subtenant’s cabling, audiovisual equipment, furniture and fixtures in the Subleased Premises. It shall be a condition to the grant by Sublandlord and continued effectiveness of such license that:

(a) Subtenant’s request for such early access shall be accompanied by: (i) a description of and schedule for the work to be performed by those persons and entities for whom such access is being requested; (ii) the names and addresses of all contractors for whom such early access is being requested and copies of all licenses and permits required in connection with the performance of the work for which such access is being requested; and (iii) certificates of insurance (in amounts and with insured parties satisfactory to Sublandlord). All of the foregoing shall be subject to Sublandlord approval in its sole discretion.

(b) Such early access for installation purposes shall be subject to reasonable scheduling by Sublandlord.

(c) Subtenant’s agents, contractors, workmen, mechanics, suppliers and invitees shall work in harmony and not interfere with (i) Sublandlord and Sublandlord’s agents in performing Sublandlord’s Work or any additional tenant improvement work in the Subleased Premises or work by Sublandlord or its agents in other premises or common areas of the Building, or (ii) the general operation of the Building. If at any time such entry shall cause or reasonably threaten to cause such disharmony or interference, Sublandlord may withdraw such license immediately upon written notice to Subtenant.

Any such entry into and occupation of the Subleased Premises by Subtenant shall be deemed to be under all of the terms, covenants, conditions and provisions of the Sublease

 

4


(including, without limitation, the insurance and indemnity provisions therein), except that Base Rent and Subtenant Additional Rent shall not be payable until the date set forth in Section 4 of the Sublease (Subtenant’s obligation to pay electricity hereunder shall commence upon Subtenant occupying the Subleased Premises). Sublandlord shall not be liable for any injury, loss or damage which may occur to any of Subtenant’s work or installations made in the Subleased Premises or to property placed therein prior to the commencement of the Sublease Term, the same being at Subtenant’s sole risk and liability. Subtenant shall be liable to Sublandlord for any damage to the Subleased Premises or to any portion of Sublandlord’s Work caused by Subtenant or any of Subtenant’s employees, agents, contractors, workmen or suppliers. In the event the performance of the work by Subtenant, its agents, employees or contractors causes material extra costs to Sublandlord, Subtenant shall reimburse Sublandlord for the entire documented extra cost and the cost incurred by Sublandlord for the engineers or operators under applicable union regulations or contracts.

9. Incorporation . The terms and provisions of the Sublease, insofar as they are applicable to this Work Letter, are hereby incorporated herein by reference.

10. Additional Rent . All amounts payable by Subtenant to Sublandlord hereunder shall be deemed to be Subtenant Additional Rent under the Sublease and upon any default in the payment of same. Sublandlord shall have all of the rights and remedies provided for in the Sublease.

11. Limitation . This Exhibit shall not be deemed applicable to any additional space added to the Subleased Premises at any time or from time to time, whether by any options under the Sublease or otherwise, or to any portion of the original Subleased Premises or any additions to the Subleased Premises in the event of a renewal or extension of the Sublease Term of the Sublease, whether by any options under the Sublease or otherwise, unless expressly so provided in the Sublease or any amendment or supplement to the Sublease.

 

5


EXHIBIT C

Form of Fitness Center Waiver and Release

WAIVER AND RELEASE

I,                     , understand and accept that there are certain dangers and health risks in the use of the fitness center located at 275 Wyman Street, Waltham, Massachusetts (the “ Fitness Center ”).

Accordingly, I hereby release Cimpress USA Incorporated, VistaPrint Limited, 275 Wyman LLC, and each of their respective agents, representatives and attorneys including, without limitation, the directors and officers of each of Cimpress USA Incorporated, VistaPrint Limited, and 275 Wyman LLC (each of them being included among the “ Released Parties ”), from any and all liability, loss, damage, costs, claims and/or causes of action including, but not limited to, negligence by any of the Released Parties and all claims for bodily injuries and/or property damage which I may suffer as a result of my use of the Fitness Center.

By giving this Waiver and Release, I fully acknowledge the potential risk involved in my use of the Fitness Center. I also represent that I do not have any medical condition which may impair, compromise or otherwise prohibit my use of the Fitness Center.

I hereby attest that I am of legal age to execute this Waiver and Release. I also understand that because this is a Waiver and Release, before signing it, I acknowledge that I have had the opportunity to review this Waiver and Release with an attorney of my own choosing before deciding to sign it.

Date:             , 20    

 

 

Signature


EXHIBIT D

Form of Letter of Credit

[Letterhead of a money center bank acceptable to the Landlord]

[Please note the tenant on this Letter of Credit must match the exact tenant entity in the Lease]

[date]

Cimpress USA Incorporated

300 Shire Way

Lexington, MA 02421

Attn:

Ladies and Gentlemen:

We hereby establish our Irrevocable Letter of Credit and authorize you to draw on us at sight for the account of Chiasma, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“ Applicant ”), the aggregate amount of Four Hundred Fifty Thousand and 00/100 Dollars (S450,OGO.QO). You shall have the right to make partial draws against this Letter of Credit from time to time.

Funds under this Letter of Credit are available to the beneficiary hereof as follows:

Any or all of the sums hereunder may be drawn down at any time and from time Jo time from and after the date hereof by Cimpress USA Incorporated, a Delaware corporation (“ Beneficiary ”) when accompanied by this Letter of Credit and a written statement signed by an individual purporting to be an authorized agent of Beneficiary, certifying that such moneys are due and owing to Beneficiary, and a sight draft executed and endorsed by such individual.

This Letter of Credit is transferable in its entirety to any successor in interest to Beneficiary as lessee of 275 Wyman Street, Waltham, Massachusetts. Should a transfer be desired, such transfer will be subject to the return to us of this advice, together with written instructions. Any fees related to such transfer shall be for the account of the Applicant.

The amount of each draft must be endorsed on the reverse hereof by the negotiating bank. We hereby agree that this Letter of Credit shall be duly honored upon presentation and delivery of the certification specified above.

This Letter of Credit shall expire [                    ] [sixty (60) days following the expiration of the Sublease Term].

Notwithstanding the above expiration date of this Letter of Credit, the term of this Letter of Credit shall be automatically renewed for successive, additional one (1) year periods unless, at least sixty (60) days prior to any such date of expiration, the undersigned shall give written notice to Beneficiary, by certified mail, return receipt requested and at the address set forth above or at such other address as may be given to the undersigned by Beneficiary, that this Letter of Credit will not be renewed.


If any instructions accompanying a drawing under this Letter of Credit request that payment is to be made by transfer to your account with another bank, we will only effect such payment by fed wire to a U.S. regulated bank, and we and/or such other bank may rely on an account number specified in such instructions even if the number identifies a person or entity different from the intended payee.

This Letter of Credit is governed by the Uniform Customs and Practice for Documentary Credits (1993 Revision), International Chamber of Commerce Publication 500.

 

Very truly yours,
[NAME OF ISSUING BANK]
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:

 

2


EXHIBIT E

Consent To Sublease Hobbs Brook Office Park

THIS CONSENT TO SUBLEASE (“ Consent ”) dated as of November 20, 2015, is made with reference to that certain sublease (the “ Sublease ”) dated November 20, 2015 and attached hereto as Exhibit A , by and between Cimpress USA Incorporated (formerly known as Vistaprint USA, Incorporated), a Delaware corporation, with an address at 275 Wyman Street, Waltham, Massachusetts 02451 (“ Tenant ”), and Chiasma, Inc., a Delaware corporation, with an address at 60 Wells Avenue, Suite 102, Newton, Massachusetts 02459 (“ Subtenant ”), and is entered into by and among Tenant, Subtenant, and 275 Wyman LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (together with its successors and assigns, “ Landlord ”), with an address in care of Hobbs Brook Management, LLC, 225 Wyman Street Waltham, Massachusetts 02451-1209, Attention: Real Estate Manager, and joined in by 404 Wyman LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (together with its successors and assigns, “ Parking Licensor ”), with an address in care of Hobbs Brook Management, LLC, 225 Wyman Street Waltham, Massachusetts 024511209, Attention: Real Estate Manager, with reference to the following facts:

(A) Landlord and Tenant are the parties to that certain lease dated as of July 31, 2013, as amended by First Amendment to Lease dated November 17, 2014 (as heretofore or hereafter amended from time to time, the “ Master Lease ”) with respect to the Premises (as defined in the Master Lease) being the entire building known as 275 Wyman Street, Waltham, Massachusetts (the “ Building ”);

(B) Tenant and Subtenant wish to enter into the Sublease, with respect to a portion of the Premises delineated in the Sublease and containing approximately 24,000 square feet of Rentable Floor Area (the “ Sublease Premises ”);

(C) Tenant wishes to make available to Subtenant a portion of the parking spaces to which Tenant has rights under that certain License Agreement dated as of July 31, 2013 (as heretofore or hereafter amended from time to time, the “ Parking License ”) between Parking Licensor and Tenant concerning the Licensed Premises defined therein;

(D) The Master Lease provides, inter alia , that Tenant may not enter into the Sublease without Landlord’s prior written consent;

(E) The Parking License provides, inter alia , that Tenant may not permit certain parties to use or occupy the Licensed Premises without Landlord’s prior written consent;

(F) Tenant and Subtenant have presented the fully executed Sublease to Landlord in connection with Tenant’s request for such consent, upon all of the terms and conditions hereinafter set forth.

NOW, THEREFORE , for good and valuable consideration, the parties agree as follows:

1. Capitalized terms used in this Consent without definition shall have the meanings ascribed to them in the Master Lease.


2. Tenant and Subtenant represent and warrant to Landlord that the copy of the Sublease attached hereto as Exhibit A is a true and complete copy of the Sublease and that the same represents the entire agreement between Tenant and Subtenant with respect to the sublease of the Sublease Premises. Landlord hereby consents to Tenant entering into the Sublease upon the terms and conditions set forth below and confirms that Landlord does not have the right under Section 5.1.1 of the Master Lease to terminate the Master Lease with respect to the Sublease Premises on account of the subletting of the Sublease Premises as contemplated by the Sublease. Parking Licensor hereby consents to Tenant making available to Subtenant pursuant to Section 14 of the Sublease a portion of the parking spaces to which Tenant has rights under the Parking License upon the terms and conditions set forth below.

3. This Consent shall not release Tenant from any existing or future duty, obligation or liability to Landlord pursuant to the Master Lease or to Parking Licensor pursuant to the Parking License, nor shall this Consent change, modify or amend the Master Lease or the Parking License in any manner, notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Sublease. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing and notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Sublease, (a) Tenant shall obtain Landlord’s prior written approval of any other subleases (including, without limitation, an expansion of the Sublease Premises pursuant to the Right of First Offer described in Section 19 of the Sublease), assignments or other dispositions of Tenant’s interest in the Master Lease or the Premises, or the Parking License or the Licensed Premises or any portion thereof (except to Permitted Transferees as set forth in the Master Lease or the Parking License) or of Subtenant’s interest in the Sublease or the demised premises thereunder or any portion thereof, (b) except as expressly set forth herein, this Consent shall not constitute Landlord’s consent to any alteration of the Sublease Premises or the Premises, which alterations shall continue to be governed by the provisions of Section 3.2 of the Master Lease, and (c) any provision of the Sublease that, directly or indirectly, purports to expand the uses permitted under the Master Lease beyond those set forth in the Master Lease, to grant to Subtenant rights that are greater than those granted to Tenant under the Master Lease or in conflict with any provision of the Master Lease or this Consent, or otherwise to change, modify or amend the Master Lease in any manner shall be deemed void and without force or effect.

4. (a) In the event of a Master Lease Termination (as hereinafter defined), at the written request and sole option of Landlord, Subtenant agrees to attorn to Landlord and to recognize Landlord as Subtenant’s landlord under the Sublease, upon the terms and conditions and at the rental rate specified in the Sublease, and for the then remaining term of the Sublease, except that Landlord shall not be bound by any provision of the Sublease that in any way increases Landlord’s duties, obligations or liabilities to Subtenant beyond those owed to Tenant under the Master Lease or by any provision that grants or attempts to grant Subtenant any rights, privileges or benefits greater than those possessed by Tenant under the Master Lease. Subtenant hereby waives any provisions of applicable law that may permit Subtenant (i) to terminate the Sublease other than pursuant to its terms or (ii) to surrender possession of the Sublease Premises in the event of a Master Lease Termination; and Subtenant hereby agrees that the Sublease shall not be affected in any way whatsoever by a Master Lease Termination in the event Landlord requests Subtenant’s attornment to and recognition of Landlord except as set forth herein. In the event of a Master Lease Termination as to which Landlord does not so request Subtenant’s attornment to and recognition of Landlord as set forth above, the Sublease shall terminate.

 

2


Notwithstanding the foregoing, so long as Subtenant is not in default under the Sublease beyond any applicable grace or cure period, in the event of a Master Lease Termination which does not result from an act or omission of Subtenant or a casualty or condemnation, Landlord shall, for a period of time designated by Landlord (but at least until the earliest to occur of (i) one (1) year following such Master Lease Termination, (ii) the then scheduled expiration of the term of the Sublease and (iii) the then scheduled expiration of the term of the Master Lease, take over all of the right, title and interest of Tenant, as sublandlord under the Sublease, and Subtenant shall attorn to Landlord and recognize Landlord as Subtenant’s landlord under the Sublease, such attornment and recognition to be upon and subject to the same terms and conditions set forth in the preceding paragraph.

In no event shall Landlord or Parking Licensor ever (i) be liable to Subtenant for any act, omission or breach of the Sublease or the Parking License by Tenant, (ii) be subject to any offsets or defense that Subtenant might have against Tenant, (iii) be bound by any rent or additional rent that Subtenant might have paid in advance to Tenant, or (iv) be bound to honor any rights of Subtenant in any security deposit placed by Subtenant except to the extent Tenant has specifically assigned and turned over such security deposit to Landlord as set forth below.

Tenant hereby agrees that in the event of a Master Lease Termination, Tenant shall immediately pay or transfer to Landlord any security deposits, rent, or other sums then held by Tenant in connection with the subleasing of the Sublease Premises. Subtenant hereby agrees that under no circumstances whatsoever shall Landlord be held in any way responsible or accountable for any security deposit or any sums paid by Subtenant to Tenant except to the extent that Landlord has actually received such sums from Tenant and has acknowledged their source, and Subtenant shall have no claim to any security or other deposit made by Tenant under the Master Lease.

(b) “ Master Lease Termination ” means any event that, by voluntary or involuntary act or by operation of law, might cause or permit the Master Lease (or Tenant’s right to possess the Premises under the Master Lease) to be terminated, expire, be canceled, be foreclosed against, or otherwise come to an end, including but not limited to (1) a default by Tenant under the Master Lease or any of the terms and provisions hereof; (2) foreclosure proceedings brought by the holder of any mortgage or deed of trust to which the Master Lease is subject; (3) the termination of Tenant’s leasehold estate by dispossession proceeding or otherwise; or (4) the expiration or termination of the Master Lease in accordance with its terms.

5. Subtenant shall be liable to Landlord, jointly and severally with Tenant, to the extent of the obligations undertaken by or attributable to Subtenant under the Sublease, for the performance of Tenant’s agreements under the Master Lease. Landlord may elect to receive directly from Subtenant all sums due or payable to Tenant by Subtenant pursuant to the Sublease, and upon receipt of Landlord’s notice, Subtenant shall thereafter pay to Landlord any and all sums becoming due or payable under the Sublease and Tenant shall receive from Landlord a corresponding credit for such sums actually received by Landlord against any and all payments then owing from Tenant under the Master Lease. Neither the service of such written notice nor the receipt of such direct payments shall cause Landlord to assume any of Tenant’s duties, obligations and/or liabilities under the Sublease, nor shall such event impose upon Landlord the

 

3


duty or obligation to honor the Sublease in the event of a Master Lease Termination, nor subsequently to accept any purported attornment by Subtenant not elected by Landlord pursuant to Section 3(a) hereof.

6. Subtenant hereby agrees to perform the obligations of Licensee under the Parking License that relate to Subtenant’s use of the parking spaces and related rights under the Parking License. Subtenant shall be liable to Parking Licensor, jointly and severally with Tenant, to the extent of the obligations undertaken by or attributable to Subtenant under the Sublease or this Consent, for the performance of Tenant’s agreements under the Parking License.

7. Subtenant hereby acknowledges that it is familiar with all of the terms and provisions of the Master Lease and the Parking License and agrees not to do or omit to do anything that would cause Tenant to be in breach of the Master Lease or the Parking License. Any such act or omission shall also constitute a breach of the Master Lease or the Parking License, as applicable, and this Consent and shall entitle Landlord to recover any damage, loss, cost, or expense that it thereby suffers from Tenant and Subtenant, jointly and severally. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Subtenant shall comply with and be subject to the provisions of the Master Lease and the Parking License regarding Tenant’s insurance (to the extent the same relate to the Sublease Premises and the Licensed Premises) and waivers of subrogation and, upon Landlord’s request from time to time, shall provide Landlord with such evidence of such compliance. To the extent that any provision of the Sublease is inconsistent with the provisions of the Master Lease, Subtenant agrees that it shall be bound by any stricter provision set forth in the Master Lease.

8. Tenant and Subtenant, jointly and severally, shall be liable to reimburse Landlord for any expenses, including reasonable attorneys’ fees, incurred in enforcing any of the terms or provisions of this Consent.

9. No extension or termination of the Sublease that is not expressly set forth in the Sublease, and no modification of the Sublease, will be binding upon Landlord without Landlord’s prior written consent thereto. If the Master Lease has been guaranteed, then Tenant shall deliver to Landlord a written approval of the Sublease and this Consent by each such guarantor.

10. The agreements contained herein constitute the entire understanding between the parties with respect to Landlord’s consent to the Sublease and Parking Licensor’s consent to Subtenant’s use of the Licensed Premises , and shall supersede any prior agreements, written or oral with respect to such consent. Tenant and Subtenant warrant and agree that neither Landlord nor Parking Licensor nor any of their agents or other representatives have made any representations concerning the Premises or the Licensed Premises, their condition, the Sublease, or the Master Lease or the Parking License.

11. Any notice, approval, consent and other like communication hereunder shall be effective only if given in writing and shall be deemed duly served (i) if and when hand delivered, (ii) if and when mailed prepaid certified or registered mail, or (iii) the next business day if sent by national recognized overnight courier which provides evidence of delivery (in any case,

 

4


whether or not accepted for delivery), in each case addressed to the parties at the addresses set forth in this Consent, with the Subtenant’s address to be changed to the Sublease Premises after the commencement of the Sublease term (or to the extent any such address(es) are not so listed, then to the Landlord at the Landlord’s notice address applicable under the Master Lease, or to Tenant or Subtenant at the address of the Premises or of the Sublease Premises, respectively). Any party may change its address for notice by giving notice in the manner hereinabove provided.

12. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Sublease, (a) none of the Master Lease, the Sublease, the Parking License nor this Consent shall be deemed, nor are they intended, to grant to Subtenant any rights whatsoever against Landlord or Parking Licensor (except for the rights set forth in the second paragraph of Section 4(a) of this Consent), (b) Subtenant hereby acknowledges and agrees that its sole remedy for any alleged or actual breach of its rights in connection with the Sublease or the Parking License shall be solely against Tenant, that it is not a third party beneficiary under the Master Lease or the Parking License, and that it is not entitled to assert, against Landlord or Parking Licensor, any of Tenant’s rights under the Master Lease or the Parking License or any claims arising under the Sublease, whether in its own right, on behalf of Tenant, by a purported assignment of Tenant’s rights under the Master Lease to Subtenant, or otherwise, and (c) Tenant and Subtenant shall be jointly and severally liable to Landlord and Parking Licensor for all charges for services from time to time rendered by Landlord or its agents to the Sublease Premises or the Licensed Premises or to Subtenant in connection with the Sublease Premises or the Licensed Premise, whether the same are for ordinary services (such as electricity), separately reimbursable services (such as after-hours HVAC or other special or extra services), or otherwise, whether the same are requested by Tenant or Subtenant or their respective representatives, and whether or not the same are permitted or prohibited by, or referenced in, the Master Lease, the Parking License or the Sublease, and Tenant and Subtenant shall be responsible, as between themselves, for allocating responsibility for such charges. Landlord may in its sole discretion disregard, refuse, or decline to respond to any requests from time to time made by Subtenant directly to Landlord for any such services, approvals, or otherwise.

13. Without limiting the provisions of Section 3.2 and any other applicable provisions of the Master Lease, Landlord hereby conditionally approves the plans for TI Work described in Exhibit B attached hereto, subject, however, to resolution of the issues raised in the Memorandum dated November 17, 2015 from Bradley Cardoso of Hobbs Brook Management LLC to Mary Kay Smith of Cushman & Wakefield, a copy of which is attached hereto as Exhibit B-1, in a manner reasonably acceptable to Landlord. Accordingly, Tenant shall construct such TI Work subject to and in accordance with the provisions of said Section 3.2, and all other applicable provisions, of the Master Lease. Without limiting the provisions of Section 3.2, Section 5.1.9 and any other applicable provisions of the Master Lease, attached hereto as Exhibit C is Landlord’s Removal Notice with respect to the items of TI Work shown in the plans described in Exhibit B . Without limiting the provisions of Section 3.2, Section 5.1.9 and any other applicable provisions of the Master Lease, Landlord consents to Subtenant’s installation of a condenser unit on the Building’s roof as contemplated in such plans, subject to the conditions specified in Exhibit D .

 

5


14. Tenant and Subtenant agree, jointly and severally, to indemnify and hold Landlord harmless from and against any loss, cost, expense, damage, or liability, including reasonable attorneys’ fees, incurred as a result of a claim by any person or entity (i) that it is entitled to a commission, finder’s fee or like payment in connection with the Sublease or (ii) relating to or arising out of the Sublease or any related agreements or dealings.

15. Tenant shall promptly pay Landlord’s expenses incurred in connection with Tenant’s request for consent of the Sublease, as and to the extent provided in the Master Lease.

16. Subtenant hereby warrants, represents and certifies to Landlord and Parking Licensor that (a) Subtenant is duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the jurisdiction in which such entity was organized; (b) Subtenant has the authority to own its property and to carry on its business as contemplated under the Sublease; (c) Subtenant is in compliance with all laws and orders of public authorities applicable to Subtenant, (d) Subtenant is not acting, directly or indirectly, for or on behalf of any person, group, entity, or nation named by any Executive Order or the United States Treasury Department as a terrorist, “Specially Designated National and Blocked Person”, or other banned or blocked person, group, entity, nation, or transaction pursuant to any law, order, rule, or regulation that is enforced or administered by the Office of Foreign Assets Control or other governmental agency and that it is not engaged in this transaction, directly or indirectly, on behalf of, or instigating or facilitating this transaction, directly or indirectly, on behalf of any such person, group, entity, or nation; (e) Subtenant has duly executed and delivered this Consent; (f) the execution, delivery and performance by Subtenant of this Consent (i) are within the powers of Subtenant, (ii) have been duly authorized by all requisite action, (iii) will not violate any provision of law or any order of any court or agency of government, or any agreement or other instrument to which Subtenant is a party or by which it or any of its property is bound, and (iv) will not result in the imposition of any lien or charge on any of Subtenant’s property, except by the provisions of this Consent; and (g) the Consent is a valid and binding obligation of Subtenant in accordance with its terms. Subtenant hereby agrees to defend, indemnify, and hold harmless Landlord from and against any and all claims, damages, losses, risks, liabilities, and expenses (including attorneys’ fees and costs) arising from or related to any breach of the foregoing warranty, representation, and certification. The provisions of this Section 16 shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of the term of the Sublease.

17. Landlord and Parking Licensor shall not be considered to have consented to the Sublease or Subtenant’s use of the Licensed Premises unless and until this Consent is executed and delivered by Landlord, Parking Licensor, Tenant, and Subtenant. The submission of this Consent to Tenant or Subtenant for review or for execution, or any course of negotiations or communications with respect to the proposed Sublease, shall not constitute or be deemed to constitute Landlord’s consent to the Sublease or Parking Licensor’s consent to Subtenant’s use of the Licensed Premises, an undertaking to provide such consent, a waiver of any right of Landlord to request and review financial information, references, and other information regarding Subtenant, its business and principals, and proposed activities in the Sublease Premises, or to recapture or terminate the Master Lease as to the Sublease Premises, or other undertaking to provide such consent or waiver. Any liability of Landlord or Parking Licensor to Tenant under or in connection with this Consent, and any liability of Landlord or Parking

 

6


Licensor to Subtenant, including without limitation liability under or in connection with the Sublease or the Parking License or arising in any way from Subtenant’s use or occupancy of the Sublease Premises or the Licensed Premises, shall be limited to the same extent as Landlord’s and Parking Licensor’s liability to Tenant is limited under the Master Lease and the Parking License.

18. This Consent shall be binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of Landlord, Parking Licensor, Tenant, and Subtenant and their respective successors and permitted assigns.

19. This Consent may be executed in multiple counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original and all of which together shall constitute a single agreement, and shall be governed by the laws of The Commonwealth of Massachusetts.

[Remainder of this page intentionally left blank]

 

7


EXECUTED under seal as of the date first written above.

 

LANDLORD:

275 WYMAN LLC ,

a Delaware limited liability company

By:  

/s/ Kevin T. Gammons

  Name:   Kevin T. Gammons
  Manager
TENANT:

CIMPRESS USA INCORPORATED,

a Delaware corporation

By:  

/s/ Sean Quinn

  Name:   Sean Quinn
  Title:   SVP, CFO
SUBTENANT:

CHIASMA, INC.,

a Delaware corporation

By:  

/s/ Mark Leuchtenberger

  Name:   Mark Leuchtenberger
  Title:   President & CEO

 

8


JOINDER

The undersigned, 404 Wyman LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, an affiliate of Landlord, being the owner of the land on which Tenant has parking rights pursuant to the Parking License (and the Additional Parking License, as defined in the Lease), hereby joins in the execution of this Consent to Sublease for the purpose of consenting to Subtenant’s use of Subtenant’s proportionate share of Tenant’s parking spaces as described in Section 14 of the Sublease.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the undersigned has executed this Joinder as of the day and year first above written.

 

404 WYMAN LLC,
a Delaware limited liability company
By:  

/s/ Kevin T. Gammons

  Name:   Kevin T. Gammons
  Manager


EXHIBIT A

Copy of Executed Sublease

(attached hereto)


EXHIBIT B

List of Conditionally Approved Plans

(attached hereto)


EXHIBIT B-1

Comments to Conditionally Approved Plans

(attached hereto)


EXHIBIT C

Landlord’s Removal Notice

Landlord requires Tenant, in accordance with Section 5.1.9 of the Master Lease, to remove the following items and restore any damage caused thereby upon the expiration or earlier termination of the Master Lease; provided, however , if Landlord takes over all of the right, title and interest of Tenant, as sublandlord under the Sublease, pursuant to Section 4(a) of this Consent, then without waiving any rights or remedies against Tenant to which Landlord may be entitled on account of any breach by Tenant of its obligations under the Master Lease, Subtenant shall remove such items and restore any damage caused thereby upon the expiration or earlier termination of any period under said Section 4(a) to which Subtenant is permitted or entitled to remain in the Premises:

 

  1. Two (2) UPS Units;

 

  2. The rooftop condenser and associated refrigerant piping.

As between Tenant and Subtenant, Subtenant covenants to Tenant that it will either, at Tenant’s election, (a) remove the two above-referenced items prior to expiration or earlier termination of the Sublease Term in accordance with all applicable provisions of the Master Lease, the Sublease and this Consent, or (b) reimburse Tenant within thirty (30) days after demand therefor accompanied by reasonable supporting documentation for the costs incurred by Tenant in removing such items. Tenant will make such election at least sixty (60) days prior to the expiration of the Sublease Term, or Tenant may elect not to have such items removed. Tenant’s failure to make an election by the date that is sixty (60) days prior to expiration of the Sublease Term shall be deemed an election to select clause (a) above


EXHIBIT D

Condenser Unit Conditions

Tenant shall install the rooftop condenser unit (the “ Rooftop Equipment ”) in the area shown on the plans approved by Landlord (the “ Rooftop Installation Area ”) at no cost or expense to Landlord in accordance with all of the provisions of the Master Lease. Tenant shall have reasonable access to the roof to maintain and operate the Rooftop Equipment subject to reasonable requirements by Landlord. Prior to commencing installation, Tenant shall obtain and provide Landlord with (a) copies of all required governmental and quasi-governmental permits, licenses and authorizations required to install and operate the Rooftop Equipment, all of which Tenant will obtain at its sole cost and expense and which Tenant will maintain at all times during the operation of the Rooftop Equipment, (b) a certificate of insurance evidencing insurance coverage as required under the Master Lease and any other insurance reasonably required by Landlord for the installation or operation of the Rooftop Equipment. Tenant shall not install or operate any Rooftop Equipment until it receives prior written approval of the plans for such work in accordance Section 3.2 of the Master Lease. Landlord may further condition its approval if the installation or operation of Rooftop Equipment reasonably would be expected to damage the structural integrity of the Building or impair or void any roof warranty. All Rooftop Equipment shall be screened or otherwise reasonably designed as reasonably designated by Landlord.

Tenant shall (a) repair any damage to the roof of the Building or the Building systems caused by the installation or operation of the Rooftop Equipment, (b) operate and maintain the Rooftop Equipment so that it does not cause interference with any mechanical or other systems either located at or servicing the Building at the time of installation, (c) Tenant shall always comply with the roof warranty governing the protection of the roof and modifications to the roof, and (d) install, maintain and operate the Rooftop Equipment in accordance with all applicable laws. At Landlord’s request, Tenant shall engage Landlord’s roofer before beginning any rooftop installations or repairs of Rooftop Equipment and shall always comply with the roof warranty governing the protection of the roof and modifications to the roof. Tenant, at its sole cost and expense, shall inspect the Rooftop Installation Area periodically and correct any loose bolts, fittings or other appurtenances and shall repair any damage to the roof caused by the installation or operation of the Rooftop Equipment. Tenant agrees that the installation, operation and removal of Rooftop Equipment shall be at its sole risk. Tenant shall indemnify and defend Landlord and its property manager against any liability, claim or cost, including reasonable attorneys’ fees, incurred in connection with the loss of life, personal injury, damage to property or business or any other loss or injury (except to the extent due to the negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord or its employees, agents, contractors or invitees) arising out of the installation, use, operation, or removal of Rooftop Equipment by Tenant or its employees, agents, contractors, or invitees. If the Rooftop Equipment installed by Tenant causes physical damage to the structural integrity of the roof, roof membrane or the Building, impairs the roof warranty, or materially interferes with any mechanical or other systems serving the Building and Landlord notifies Tenant thereof in writing, Tenant shall within ten (10) business days following written notice from Landlord, commence repair or otherwise commence remedy of any such damage, impairment or interference.


Upon the expiration or earlier termination of the Master Lease, Tenant, at its sole cost and expense, shall (i) remove the Rooftop Equipment from the Rooftop Installation Area in accordance with the provisions of the Master Lease and (ii) leave the Rooftop Installation Area in good order and repair, reasonable wear and tear excepted. If Tenant does not remove the Rooftop Equipment when so required, Landlord may remove and dispose of it and charge Tenant for all reasonable costs and expenses so incurred.

Subtenant shall be jointly and severally liable with Tenant for the obligations of Tenant under this Exhibit D .

As between Tenant and Subtenant, from and after installation of the Rooftop Equipment until expiration of the Sublease Term, Subtenant shall keep in place, at Subtenant’s sole cost and expense, a service contract reasonably acceptable to Tenant with a vendor reasonably acceptable to Tenant, covering all Rooftop Equipment. If Subtenant fails to do so, Tenant may do so at Subtenant’s expense, to be reimbursed as additional rent under the Sublease. All of Subtenant’s maintenance and indemnity obligations with respect to the Subleased Premises under the Sublease shall apply as well to the Rooftop Equipment as if the same were part of the Premises.

 

2


EXHIBIT B

List of Conditionally Approved Plans

(attached hereto)


 
    

DRAWING LIST - GENERAL

         

DWG. NO.

  

DRAWING NAME

  

ISSUE DATE

  

LATEST

ISSUE

DATE

G-000_1    COVER    11/02/15   
G-001    GENERAL NOTES & DRAWING LIST    11/02/15   
G-002    LIFE SAFETY CODE SUMMARY    11/02/15   

DRAWING LIST

DRAWING
NO.

  

DRAWING NAME

  

ISSUE DATE

  

REVISED

A-000    GENERAL NOTES      
A-010    PARTITION TYPES    11/02/15   
A-112    LEVEL 2 NEW CONSTRUCTION & DEMO PLAN    11/02/15   
A-202    LEVEL 2 SOUTH RCP    11/02/15   
A-220    CEILING DETAILS    11/02/15   
A-221    CEILING DETAILS    11/02/15   
A-222    CEILING DETAILS    11/02/15   
A-450    INTERIOR ELEVATIONS    11/02/15   
A-620    INTERIOR DETAILS    11/02/15   
A-670    MILLWORK SECTIONS & DETAILS    11/02/15   
A-820    DOOR SCHEDULES 1    11/02/15   
A-821    DOOR DETAILS    11/02/15   
A-900    MATERIALS & FINISH SCHEDULES    11/02/15   
A-902    SECOND FLOOR SOUTH FLOOR FINISH PLAN    11/02/15   
A-922    SECOND FLOOR SOUTHWALL FINISH PLAN    11/02/15   
A-932    SECOND FLOOR SOUTH FURNITURE PLAN    11/02/15   
FIRE PROTECTION
FA-001    FIRE ALARM LEGEND, DETAILS & NOTES    11/02/15   
FA-102B    FIRE ALARM LEVEL 2 PLAN SOUTH    11/02/15   
FP-001    FIRE PROTECTION LEGEND, DETAILS & NOTES    11/02/15   
FP-102B    FIRE PROTECTION LEVEL 2 PLAN SOUTH    11/02/15   
PLUMBING
P-001    PLUMBING LEGEND AND DIAGRAM SHEET    11/02/15   
P-101B    PLUMBING LEVEL 1 PLAN SOUTH    11/02/15   
P-102B    PLUMBING LEVEL 2 PLAN SOUTH    11/02/15   
HVAC
H-001    HVAC LEGEND AND GENERAL NOTES    11/02/15   
H-102B    HVAC LEVEL 2 PLAN SOUTH    11/02/15   
H-106B    HVAC ROOF PLAN SOUTH    11/02/15   
H-201    HVAC SCHEDULES    11/02/15   
H-301    HVAC DETAILS    11/02/15   
ELECTRICAL
E-001    ELECTRICAL LEGEND AND NOTES    11/02/15   
E-002    ELECTRICAL SCHEDULES RISER DIAGRAM    11/02/15   
E-003    ELECTRICAL DETAILS    11/02/15   
E-004    ELECTRICAL TYPICAL NLIGHT DETAILS    11/02/15   
E-102B    ELECTRICAL LIGHTING LEVEL 2 PLAN SOUTH    11/02/15   
E-202B    ELECTRICAL POWER LEVEL 2 PLAN SOUTH    11/02/15   

 

2


EXHIBIT B-1

Comments to Conditionally Approved Plans

(attached hereto)


LOGO

Memo

 

To :    MaryKay Smith
   Sr. Project Manager
   Cushman & Wakefield
From :    Bradley Cardoso
cc :    Kevin Casey
Date :    November 17, 2015
Re :    275 Wyman St Second Floor. Construction Document Review for Chiasma sub-tenant

 

 

Below please find Hobbs Brook Management’s review of the Tenant’s Construction Documents per Lease Section 3.2.2 and Appendix D.

A-010:

Missing wall type 3D which is used at fire extinguishers.

A-112:

Wall type is missing for undeveloped section of second floor south.

A-202:

Locate required access panel for VAV-2 in room 201. This access panel will be installed in the gypsum ceiling. I suggest that VAV-2 be moved to the ACT ceiling for ease of access and aesthetics.

Several VAV’s, FPT’s are located above gypsum soffits. Show required access panels or move equipment above ACT ceilings.

A-220:

Provide stamped structural design for the operable partition support in detail 8/220.

Provide fire rated wood blocking at the head of glass in detail 11/220.

Provide metal stud bracing for header wall in detail 11/220.

A-221:

Where is detail 1/221 being used?

A-620:

Provide certification from Kawneer and PPG stating that the “Mull It Over” product will not affect the glass or curtain wall performance

A-821:

Detail S- Provide Fire Proofing of slab if the recessed door closer reduces the concrete slab depth to below the minimum allowed in UL#D916.

 

2


H-1068:

Roofing to be done by Greenwood Industries in order to maintain roof warranty. ACU-1 and curb to be submitted to FM Global for review of wind load resistance. Provide Acoustic engineer review of curb and ACU-1 for sound transfer and vibration.

078100-Fireproofing:

Fireproofing material to be Cafco 300, no substitutions. Owner to review patching and fireproofing condition prior to ceiling installation.

078400-Firestopping:

Firestopping to be installed by an FM Global approved installer. Contractor to submit certifications To FM Global for review.

087100:

Lock Cylinders-Best Interchangeable “7 Pin”.

Locksets to be Schlage L9000x17A-no substit

Closers to be Dorma-No substitutions. LCN and Norton are not acceptable equals.

092116:

Steel framing for walls and ceilings to be 22 gauge or thicker.

092120:

Is there any shaft-wall on this project?

104400:

Specify a cabinet with a 6” depth –Larson 2409-R7 which was used in the base building.

283100:

Add section stating that all Fire Alarm components are to be FM Global approved. FM is included in the reference standards but it should be made clearer to the sub contractor. All products to be submitted to FM Global for review.

210000:

Add section stating that all Fire Protection components are to be FM Global approved. FM is included in the reference standards but it should be made clearer to the sub contractor. All products to be submitted to FM Global for review.

HVHC:

Both VAV & FPT boxes are specified to deliver a minimum 30% primary air which is high based on the fact that the interior vav boxes don’t have reheat capability which is going to over cool most interior spaces.

Location of condensing ACU-1 is right in the middle of the walk way. It needs to be relocated closer to the Wyman Street side of the walk way between the two roof top units

Condensing unit roofing detail number 14 on page H-301 not FM Global approved.

These items are in the Hvac specifications, Not sure if they are boiler plate or not

Calls for separate control system?

2.22 AUTOMATIC TEMPERATURE CONTROL SYSTEM (DDC)

A. General

Furnish and install, as hereinafter specified, a combination direct digital/electric/electronic temperature control system and Facilities Management and Control System (FMCS).

This control system, as specified hereafter, shall be a separate stand-alone control system from the Base Core & Shell system.

Calls for override for occupancy?

Each room sensor shall also include the following auxiliary devices:

Set point Adjustment Dial

Temperature Indicator

Override Switch

 

3


The set point adjustment dial shall allow for modification of the temperature by the occupant. Set point adjustment may be locked out, overridden or limited as to time or temperature through software by an authorized operator at the central work station, SDC or via the portable programming tool. In lieu of an integral adjustment dial, provide a separate dial mounted on a stainless steel wall plate adjacent to the sensor to perform the specified functionality.

The temperature indicator shall be a bi-metal or mercury thermometer and shall be visible without removing the sensor cover. In lieu of integral indication, provide a separate thermometer or digital readout mounted on a stainless steel wall plate adjacent to the sensor for local temperature indication. The override switch shall initiate override of the night setback mode to normal (day) operation when activated by the occupant. The override function may be locked out, overridden or limited as to the time through software by an authorized operator at the central work station Calls for Co2 control, But Hvac drawings don’t show which boxes have Co2 control and if those boxes have reheat capability to prevent over cooling in rooms indicated to have CO2 sensing, i.e. Conference Rooms, Training Rooms, Employee Lounge, & etc. The CO2 sensor shall be interlocked with the VV box controller. When the room CO2 sensor reading exceeds 530 ppm above the outside air baseline.

 

4


EXHIBIT C

Landlord’s Removal Notice

Landlord requires Tenant, in accordance with Section 5.1.9 of the Master Lease, to remove the following items and restore any damage caused thereby upon the expiration or earlier termination of the Master Lease; provided, however , if Landlord takes over all of the right, title and interest of Tenant, as sublandlord under the Sublease, pursuant to Section 4(a) of this Consent, then without waiving any rights or remedies against Tenant to which Landlord may be entitled on account of any breach by Tenant of its obligations under the Master Lease, Subtenant shall remove such items and restore any damage caused thereby upon the expiration or earlier termination of any period under said Section 4(a) to which Subtenant is permitted or entitled to remain in the Premises:

 

  1. Two (2) UPS Units;

 

  2. The rooftop condenser and associated refrigerant piping.

As between Tenant and Subtenant, Subtenant covenants to Tenant that it will either, at Tenant’s election, (a) remove the two above-referenced items prior to expiration or earlier termination of the Sublease Term in accordance with all applicable provisions of the Master Lease, the Sublease and this Consent, or (b) reimburse Tenant within thirty (30) days after demand therefor accompanied by reasonable supporting documentation for the costs incurred by Tenant in removing such items. Tenant will make such election at least sixty (60) days prior to the expiration of the Sublease Term, or Tenant may elect not to have such items removed. Tenant’s failure to make an election by the date that is sixty (60) days prior to expiration of the Sublease Term shall be deemed an election to select clause (a) above


EXHIBIT D

Condenser Unit Conditions

Tenant shall install the rooftop condenser unit (the “ Rooftop Equipment ”‘) in the area shown on the plans approved by Landlord (the “ Rooftop Installation Area ”) at no cost or expense to Landlord in accordance with all of the provisions of the Master Lease. Tenant shall have reasonable access to the roof to maintain and operate the Rooftop Equipment subject to reasonable requirements by Landlord. Prior to commencing installation, Tenant shall obtain and provide Landlord with (a) copies of all required governmental and quasi-governmental permits, licenses and authorizations required to install and operate the Rooftop Equipment, all of which Tenant will obtain at its sole cost and expense and which Tenant will maintain at all times during the operation of the Rooftop Equipment, (b) a certificate of insurance evidencing insurance coverage as required under the Master Lease and any other insurance reasonably required by Landlord for the installation or operation of the Rooftop Equipment. Tenant shall not install or operate any Rooftop Equipment until it receives prior written approval of the plans for such work in accordance Section 3.2 of the Master Lease. Landlord may further condition its approval if the installation or operation of Rooftop Equipment reasonably would be expected to damage the structural integrity of the Building or impair or void any roof warranty. All Rooftop Equipment shall be screened or otherwise reasonably designed as reasonably designated by Landlord.

Tenant shall (a) repair any damage to the roof of the Building or the Building systems caused by the installation or operation of the Rooftop Equipment, (b) operate and maintain the Rooftop Equipment so that it does not cause interference with any mechanical or other systems either located at or servicing the Building at the time of installation (c) Tenant shall always comply with the roof warranty governing the protection of the roof and modifications to the roof, and (d) install, maintain and operate the Rooftop Equipment in accordance with all applicable laws. At Landlord’s request, Tenant shall engage Landlord’s roofer before beginning any rooftop installations or repairs of Rooftop Equipment and shall always comply with the roof warranty governing the protection of the roof and modifications to the roof. Tenant, at its sole cost and expense, shall inspect the Rooftop Installation Area periodically and correct any loose bolts, fittings or other appurtenances and shall repair any damage to the roof caused by the installation or operation of the Rooftop Equipment. Tenant agrees that the installation, operation and removal of Rooftop Equipment shall be at its sole risk. Tenant shall indemnify and defend Landlord and its property manager against any liability, claim or cost, including reasonable attorneys’ fees, incurred in connection with the loss of life, personal injury, damage to property or business or any other loss or injury (except to the extent due to the negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord or its employees, agents, contractors or invitees) arising out of the installation, use, operation, or removal of Rooftop Equipment by Tenant or its employees, agents, contractors, or invitees. If the Rooftop Equipment installed by Tenant causes physical damage to the structural integrity of the roof, roof membrane or the Building, impairs the roof warranty, or materially interferes with any mechanical or other systems serving the Building and Landlord notifies Tenant thereof in writing, Tenant shall within ten (10) business days following written notice from Landlord, commence repair or otherwise commence remedy of any such damage, impairment or interference.


Upon the expiration or earlier termination of the Master Lease, Tenant, at its sole cost and expense, shall (i) remove the Rooftop Equipment from the Rooftop Installation Area in accordance with the provisions of the Master Lease and (ii) leave the Rooftop Installation Area in good order and repair, reasonable wear and tear excepted. If Tenant does not remove the Rooftop Equipment when so required, Landlord may remove and dispose of it and charge Tenant for all reasonable costs and expenses so incurred.

Subtenant shall be jointly and severally liable with Tenant for the obligations of Tenant under this Exhibit D .

As between Tenant and Subtenant, from and after installation of the Rooftop Equipment until expiration of the Sublease Term, Subtenant shall keep in place, at Subtenant’s sole cost and expense, a service contract reasonably acceptable to Tenant with a vendor reasonably acceptable to Tenant, covering all Rooftop Equipment. If Subtenant fails to do so, Tenant may do so at Subtenant’s expense, to be reimbursed as additional rent under the Sublease. All of Subtenant’s maintenance and indemnity obligations with respect to the Subleased Premises under the Sublease shall apply as well to the Rooftop Equipment as if the same were part of the Premises.

 

2

Exhibit 10.15

[This Entire Exhibit 10.15 Translated from Hebrew]

Science Park – Kiryat Weizmann

Lease Agreement


Unprotected Lease Agreement

That was written and signed in Jerusalem on the 29 th day in the month of December, 2015

By and between

 

  1. Africa Israel Properties Ltd., co. no. 51- 056018-8 (25.3%)

4 Hahoresh Blvd. Yehud

 

  2. Ef- Shar Ltd. co. no. 51- 079961-2

4 Hahoresh Blvd. Yehud

 

  3. Weizmann Institute of Science co. no. 52- 001685-8 (hereinafter the “Institute”) (40%)

At Weizmann Institute of Science, Properties and Development (Mul Nof) Ltd.

Sagan House, Weizmann Institute of Science, 234 Herzl St. Rehovot

By Africa Israel Properties Ltd. and/or Ef-Shar Ltd. (hereinafter “Africa Israel”)

By virtue of a power of attorney signed by the Institute on the 26 th of October 2015

(jointly, as opposed to – “jointly and severally” – the “ Landlord ”)

Of the first part             

And

Chiasma (Israel) Ltd., co. no. 51- 310402-6

10 Hartom St., Har-Hotzvim, Jerusalem

(hereinafter the “ Tenant ”)

Of the second part;

 

And whereas    the Landlord has rights in the Leased Property as defined hereafter, according to which it is entitled to lease the Leased Property to the Tenant;
And whereas    the Tenant wishes to lease the Leased Property from the Landlord by unprotected tenancy;
And whereas    the Landlord agrees to lease the Leased Property to the Tenant by unprotected tenancy all as set forth and in accordance with all the provisions of this agreement;
And whereas    the parties wish to define, arrange and stipulate in writing the rights and obligations with respect to the lease of the Leased Property, all as set forth in this unprotected lease agreement hereafter, and its appendixes;

Therefore it was declared stipulated and agreed by and between the parties as follows:

 

1. The preamble above is an integral part of this agreement.

 

2. Interpretation

 

  2.1. The following terms shall have the meaning set forth at their side in other words:

 

The “Park”    An area of land in Ness Ziona that is known as the “Science Park” – Kiriyat Weizmann”.


The “Structure” or the “Building”    The building in the park in which the Leased Property shall be located/ is located as set forth in the addendum, and as marked in a red frame on appendix “B”.
The “Leased Property”    Part of the structure and all of it affixtures that are marked in green on appendix “C” and as set forth in the addendum.
The “Area of the Leased Property”    As set forth in the addendum.
The “Public Areas”    Unless otherwise mentioned – all the areas on the building including all the structures, the additions and the changes that shall be added to it from time to time and roofs, basements, passageways, entries and exists, service areas and rooms and/or service hallways, service rooms, technical areas such as electricity rooms, air conditioning and systems, unloading and uploading areas, elevators, steps and any other area in the areas of the building that is intended to serve and/or that actually serves the public and protected areas all except for those same areas that are intended for lease and/or sale.
The “Addendum”    The addendum of this agreement marked as appendix “A”.
“Control”    Holding 51% at least of the shares and rights of any type and kind in the corporation, including the right to appoint 51% at least of the managers and the right to appoint the CEO.

 

  2.2. It is agreed by the parties that any change in this contract that shall be made by the parties in reference to the description of the Leased Property, the lease period, the rent and the manner of their payment or in any other matter, can be made and it shall be valid only if it shall be made in writing and signed by all parties to this agreement.

 

  2.3. The titles of the sections of this agreement do not constitute part of this agreement and they should not be considered for the purpose of its interpretation.

 

  2.4. The appendixes in this agreement constitute an integral part of it.

 

  2.5. The provisions of this agreement exclusively contain everything agreed between the parties and no negotiations prior to its signature or that took place simultaneously with its signature, and any representations, declarations, undertakings or agreements prior or that were a condition to the signing of this agreement, shall not be considered, and they are all hereby null and void. Verbal statements and notifications of managers, officers, and employees of the Landlord do not bind the Landlord, and the Landlord shall be only bound by a document legally signed by its authorized signatories.

 

  2.6. If the Tenant includes a number of individuals, they shall be jointly and severally bound by all of the Tenant’s obligations according to this agreement and according to all documents and relays signed by the Tenant that were made by virtue of its provisions.

 

3. The Delivery

The Leased Property shall be delivered to the Tenant on the date stipulated in the addendum (hereinafter the “Delivery Date”) AS IS, and the lease period shall begin on the same day whether the Tenant appeared for receiving the Leased Property at the delivery date or not. It is clarified that


connecting electricity to the Leased Property which shall be supplied by the Landlord shall be up to 0.25 ampere for each gross square meter of the areas of the Leased Property, and only this amount. It is clarified that any cost that shall be involved in connecting the electricity in an amount that exceeds the aforesaid shall apply to the Tenant in full and the Tenant shall pay it to the Landlord and/or to the authorized authority immediately upon the Landlord’s and/or the authorized authority’s first demand – respectively.

For the sake of avoiding doubt it is hereby clarified and agreed that the Tenant’s failure to appear at the delivery date for accepting the Leased Property shall not derogate from any of the Tenant’s obligations according to this agreement.

 

4. The Lease and its Term

 

  4.1. The Landlord hereby leases the Leased Property to the Tenant and the Tenant hereby leases the Leased Property from the Landlord for the period as set forth in the addendum (hereinafter: the “Lease Period”) starting from the delivery date. The Tenant shall have the option to extend the lease period if it was such determined in an addendum.

 

  4.2. The Tenant shall not be entitled to terminate the lease before the end of the lease period. Stopping use of the Leased Property and/or vacating the Leased Property by the Tenant before the end of the lease period shall not release the Tenant from his undertakings according to this agreement, including, but without derogating from the generality of the aforesaid – the Tenant’s undertaking to pay to the rent to the Landlord or the service fees (as defined hereafter).

 

  4.3. The lease according to this agreement is a Net Lease and the Tenant shall be required to pay all the payments for the Leased Property for the lease period, whether they apply to the owners, whether they apply to possessors, whether they are imposed at the time of signing this agreement, or whether they shall be imposed in the future.

 

  4.4. The provisions of this section constitute material terms of this agreement and their breach shall constitute a material breach of the agreement.

 

5. Familiarity with the Leased Property

The Tenant declares that he has visited the park, the building and the Leased Property, he has seen and inspected them and their surroundings, he is aware and knows all of the plans and all the details related to them, which can affect him entering into this agreement and he has found everything to be suitable from all aspects to his purposes, and subject to the delivery of the Leased Property to his possession in accordance with the provisions of this agreement he waives any claim of unsuitability and any other claim that refers to the park, to the structure, to the Leased Property, to the possibilities of using them and to him entering into this agreement.

For the sake of avoiding doubt the Tenant hereby declares that he accepts the Leased Property AS IS, without any repair and/or change and he confirms that the Leased Property in its current condition indeed suits him from all aspects and that he will not demand and shall not be entitled to demand from the Landlord any repair and/or change in the Leased Property.


6. The Purpose of the Lease

 

  6.1. The Tenant undertakes not to use the Leased Property for any other purpose in any manner except for the purpose of the lease as set forth in the addendum.

 

  6.2. The Landlord undertakes to operate his business in the Leased Property for the purpose of the lease only without any deviation from the purpose of the lease. Any change or expansion of the purpose of the lease are subject to receiving the prior written consent of the Landlord, which shall be entitled not to agree to any change or expansion as mentioned, for any reason according to the Landlord’s discretion.

 

  6.3. The Tenant declares and undertakes that he has the knowhow, experience and the ability to operate his business as set forth in the purpose of the lase. The Tenant shall make every effort, using all the resources available to him, for the success of his business in the Leased Property.

 

  6.4. The provisions of this section constitute a material term of this agreement and their breach shall constitute a material breach of this agreement.

 

7. The Rent

 

  7.1. The Tenant undertakes to pay the rent to the Landlord according to the following times and installments:

 

  7.1.1. The basic rent during the lease period is linked to the index and it shall be paid by the Tenant to the Landlord in advance at the times set forth in the addendum.

 

  7.1.2. The payments of the basic rent linked to the index are in accordance with the following provisions:

The “Index” - the index known as the consumer price index (including fruit and vegetables) that is published by the Central Bureau of Statistics and Economic Research, and any such index even if it is published by any other official institute or body, and any official index that shall take its place whether it is built on that same data or not.

If another index shall take its place, and the bureau, the body or institution as mentioned, and they shall not determine the ratio between it and the replaced index by the chairman of the board of directors of Bank Leumi Le-Israel Ltd. or whoever shall actually serve as such at any time and this is according to the Landlord’s demand. [sic]

The “Base Index” – as set forth in the addendum

The “New Index” – means with respect to each payment of rent – the index known at the time scheduled for payment of that payment or at its actual time of payment, whichever is higher.

If at the time of any actual payment of any payment of the basic rent payments the new index shall be higher than the base index then this payment shall grow proportionally to the rate of increase of the new index as opposed to the base index. If at the time of actual payment of any payments of the lease payment the new index shall be equal or less than the base index then this payment shall remain without change.

 

  7.1.3. It is agreed that the rent or service fees (as defined hereafter) for the first three months of the lease, with VAT, shall be paid to the Landlord at the signing of this agreement, and starting from the fourth month of the lease, the rent shall be paid in advance, every 3 months, on the first business day of the month in which the payment shall be made.


  7.2. In order to ease collection of the rent payments and linkage differences on them, and any other sum that shall be due to the Landlord from the Tenant, the Tenant undertakes to deliver to the Landlord at the time that shall be determined by the Landlord and in any event within 7 days after signing this agreement or 7 days before the delivery date, whichever is earlier, standing orders to charge his account in the acceptable version at Bank Leumi Le-Israel Ltd. (hereinafter the “Bank”) when it is clarified that the rent (including any payment for parking spaces) shall be deposited to bank account no. 515093/91 at branch no. 800 that is managed in the name of the Landlord at the Bank and the services fees (as defined hereafter) and all the other payments of the Tenant that need to be paid to the Landlord in accordance with the provisions of this agreement (except for the rent as mentioned), shall be deposited in bank account no. 515094/89 at branch no. 800 that is managed in the name of Africa Israel Properties Ltd. at the Bank (for it and in trust for the Institute), all up to the date that a notice regarding a change in the details in any of the accounts above shall be given to the Tenant (if and insofar as it shall be given) by the Landlord, or by any of the Landlord’s individuals (in accordance with and subject to the provisions in section 7.3 hereafter). It is hereby declared, for the avoidance of any doubt, that receiving standing order and any use of it that shall be made by the Landlord shall not be considered as payment unless all the payments have been fully paid on time. For the sake of avoiding doubt it is clarified that the Tenant undertakes to pay the rent and the other payments that apply to him according to this agreement, for the entire duration of the lease period, without any condition, whether he used the Leased Property or not, and whether the Leased Property was available to him or not, for any reason.

 

  7.3. It is hereby clarified, that the rent, the services fees and all the other payments that are due to the Landlord according to this agreement (including any linkage differences and/or interest for them) (hereinafter the “Rent Payments”) are divided between the individuals of the Landlord in accordance with their share in the Leased Property as set forth in the preamble of this agreement.

The Tenant declares that he is aware that at any time, each of the Landlord’s individuals shall be entitled to deliver a notice to the Tenant in which the Tenant shall be required, starting from receiving the notice and thereafter, to split the payments of rent, and to pay each of the individuals of the Landlord his share in the rent payments separately, in accordance with the division mentioned (hereinafter the “Split Notice”) and in accordance with the provisions of appendix A1 of this agreement.

It is agreed that in such case, the Tenant shall furnish to each of the individuals of the Landlord no later than 3 days after receiving the Split Notice, separate standing orders to charge his account, each one with respect to a separate bank account that is managed in the name of each of the individuals of the Landlord (the details of which are set forth in appendix A1 of this agreement) by which the Tenant shall transfer to each of the individuals of the Landlord his share in the lease payments, as set forth above.

In the event the rent payments are paid by the Tenant by checks, then immediately after receiving the Split Notice and no later than 3 days after receiving the Split Notice, the Tenant shall deliver to each of the Landlord’s individuals new checks for his share in the lease payments, in accordance with the division set forth above, and subject to the delivery of the new checks as mentioned to each of the Landlord’s individuals, the Tenant shall be entitled to receive the original checks from Africa Israel that were deposited with it for the Landlord (if and insofar as they were deposited).


  7.4. If two consecutive rent payments have not been fully paid on time and/or any other payment that shall be due to the Landlord from the Tenant shall not have been paid on time for these payments, and not even within 7 days after a written notice was given of this by the Landlord to the Tenant, then all the other payments of the rent shall become immediately payable and the Tenant shall be required to pay all of the rent for the entire lease period that has not yet been paid up to that time by the end of two business days after the Landlord’s first demand, and this is without derogating from the Landlord’s right to regard the failure to pay on time a breach of the agreement and of its rights arising from this. It is hereby declared in order to avoid doubt that collecting rent in this case shall not be considered as a waiver or consent by the Landlord to the breach of the agreement by the Tenant.

 

  7.5. Notwithstanding the aforesaid, the rent shall increase at the beginning of each year starting from the second year for the lease period at the rate that was determined in the addendum and the provisions of section 7.1 above shall apply to the increased rent, mutatis mutandis.

 

  7.6. For the sake of avoiding doubt the duty to pay rent and all the other payments due to the Landlord from the Tenant, are imposed on the Tenant completely and the failure to submit a rent bill by the Landlord cannot derogate or harm this duty of the Tenant.

 

  7.7. The Landlord shall accredit any sum that shall be received from the Tenant according to its absolute discretion on account of the sums that the Tenant owes the Landlord at that time.

 

  7.8. The Landlord hereby notifies the Tenant, that Africa Israel Properties Ltd and Ef- Shar Ltd. (hereinafter the “Borrower”), of the Landlord’s individuals, have pledged in favor of the bank (for it and in trust in favor of companies of the group of Harel Insurance Company Ltd.) (hereinafter the “Lender”) and they have registered a pledge and assignment by way of a first degree pledge for their rights in the property on which the Leased Property is built, and inter alia, the lender’s rights towards the Tenant according to this agreement, including the right to receive the lender’s part in the rent (including any payment for parking spaces) and the borrower’s part in the securities given and/or that shall be given by the Tenant to guarantee these rights, and the Tenant agrees to this pledge and assignment a mentioned. Africa Israel undertakes that the pledge of this property shall not prejudice the Tenant’s rights according to this agreement. For the sake of avoiding doubt, the rights of the Institute in the property, as well as his share in the rent payments are not pledged in favor of the lender.

The Landlord hereby irrevocably orders the Tenant to deposit all the rent payments, into the bank accounts the details of which appear in section 1 of appendix “A1” of this agreement (respectively), and this is as long as a Split Notice was not given to the Tenant as mentioned in section 7.3 above, in which case the provisions in section 3 of appendix “A1” of this agreement shall apply. For the sake of avoiding doubt it is hereby clarified that making payments in accordance with this instruction or in accordance with the Split Notice (respectively) shall be considered as payment to the Landlord according to this agreement. The Tenant undertakes to sign the bank appendix, in the version attached as appendix “A1” of this agreement. The provisions of this section constitute a material term of this agreement and their breach or any part of them shall constitute a material breach of this agreement.


8. Taxes, Fees and other Payments

 

  8.1. In addition to the rent and without derogating from the generality of the aforesaid in section 4.3 above, the Tenant undertakes to pay during the lease period all the following payments (hereinafter: the “Tenant’s Payments”):

 

  8.1.1. All the taxes, fees, municipal taxes, levies, obligatory payments and costs (hereinafter together referred to as the “Taxes”) whether governmental or municipal that are paid and/or shall be paid in the future whether existing today or if they shall be imposed in the future for the Leased Property and on the business conducted in it, whether these taxes apply according to law to owners, Tenants or possessors or whether they apply to owners.

The taxes that apply to the Tenant or possessor shall be paid by the Tenant directly to the authorized authorities and the taxes that apply to the owners shall be paid by the Tenant to the Landlord at the time the document is presented that demands the payment of these taxes to the authorized authority.

 

  8.1.2. The fees and payments for the water meter and the electricity meter.

 

  8.1.3. Value added tax on the rent and on any other payment that is paid by the Tenant according to this agreement, which shall be paid together with any payment for which it is paid.

 

  8.1.4. Stamp tax that applies to this agreement, the documents and relays according to it and for it.

 

  8.1.5. All the fees and the payments that refer to water and electricity consumption in the Leased Property, and that apply to use of the telephone, in the event such is installed during the lease period.

 

  8.1.6. All the payments for the supply of water, electricity, telephone, gas, sewage removal, drainage, municipal taxes, business tax, sign tax or any other cost concerning the maintenance and/or use and/or operating of the Leased Property, whether he has made actual use of the Leased Property or not.

 

  8.1.7. Any cost that shall be incurred as a result of unreasonable use and/or irregular use of the Leased Property and its surroundings, including – but without derogating from the generality of the aforesaid – costs for the removal of waste that was caused by the Tenant, repairs to the sewage system etc…

 

  8.1.8. Any tax and/or levy and/or royalties that apply and/or shall be imposed in the future on the use of the Leased Property and to any activities performed in the Leased Property.

 

  8.1.9. The insurance costs, that the Landlord will insure the Leased Property (separately or as part of the insurance of the entire structure) against those risks, that the Landlord shall see fit, and in the insurance sum and other terms that the Landlord shall determine from time to time.

If any of these payments arise from charges that apply to the structure in full, the Tenant shall pay a relative share of the payments that apply to the structure according to the ratio between the gross area of the Leased Property and the gross area of the structure.

 

  8.1.10. Other charges according to any law and/or if these shall be set forth in an addendum.

 

  8.2.

If the Tenant shall not pay any of the Tenant’s payments immediately upon the demand of the authorized authority or demand of the Landlord, without derogating from this obligation of his


  the Landlord shall be entitled to pay these bills at the expense of the Tenant, after giving an early warning to the Tenant of two business days, and the Tenant shall be required to repay the Landlord all of the money, that was paid by it to cover any of the Tenant’s payments as mentioned within 7 days after the Landlord’s first demand.

 

  8.3. The provisions of this section constitute material terms of this agreement and their breach or any part of them shall constitute a material breach of the agreement.

 

9. The Tenancy Protection Law does not Apply

 

  9.1. It is agreed that the provisions of the Tenancy Protection Law (Consolidated Version) 5732- 1972 shall not apply to the Leased Property and/or regarding this lease agreement and other tenancy protection laws and their regulations and orders (hereinafter the “Law”), and no law shall apply regarding the Leased Property that will confer upon the Tenant the status of a protected Tenant or that will confer upon the Tenant the right not to vacate the Leased Property in cases and at times which Tenant must vacate the Leased Property according to this agreement.

 

  9.2. The parties expressly declare and confirm that the Leased Property is located in a building the construction of which was completed after the 20 th of August 1968 and that this lease was made under the express condition that the law shall not apply to the lease. The Tenant declares that he has not paid and he shall not pay to the Landlord any key money to the Landlord with respect to this agreement or any other consideration that is not rent and/or management fees and that the Tenant or anyone on its behalf including any of the Tenant’s individuals and/or shareholders shall not be protected Tenant in the Leased Property according to any law and he shall be prohibited from making claims of any kind or filing lawsuits with respect to him being a protected Tenant or that he as more rights in the Leased Property than what was expressly conferred to him in this agreement.

 

  9.3. The Tenant declares that all the investments made by him in the Leased Property and/or in the building shall be made for his own uses and he shall be prohibited from claiming that these investments constitute key money or a substitute for key money or payment according to section 82 of the law, or any payment that grants him any rights in the Leased Property and he shall be prohibited from demanding participation or a refund from the Landlord, full or in part for this investment.

 

10. Repairs, Maintenance and Services

 

  10.1.     

 

  10.1.1. The Landlord and/or the management company on its behalf (hereinafter the “Management Company”) undertake to provide cleaning and maintenance services to the common property in the building according to the scope and standard to be determined by it provided that they will maintain the common property in a reasonable and proper condition. In consideration for these services the Landlord and/or the management company shall be entitled to collect from the residents of the building, and among them the Tenant, services fees that shall be equal to the total sum of the costs that the Landlord and/or the management company shall incur in providing the services as mentioned with an additional 15% (hereinafter the “Building Service Fees”).

The service fees that the Tenant shall be required to pay to the Landlord and/or to the management company shall be a sum, that shall be in relative to the service fees for the


building, as the ratio between the gross area of the Leased Property and the total gross area that is held by renters in the building, except for the Landlord as long as it does not make any real use of the area held by it or according to any other ratio that shall be determined by the Landlord taking into consideration the purpose of the lease.

The maintenance department on behalf of the Landlord and/or the management company shall provide gardening services, parking lot operations, elevator care, maintenance of devices and routine maintenance on the customary work days in the Park, on Sundays – Thursdays from 7:00 to 17:00.

 

  10.1.2. Additional Service Fees for Buildings with a Central Air-conditioning System

In the building in which there is an air- conditioning system that is based on a central air conditioning system, the Tenant shall pay, in addition to these services fees mentioned above, the sum out of the operating, maintenance and services cost of the central air conditioning system on the roof of the building that shall equal the relative share of the Leased Property out of the total area of the building and/or according to the reading of the energy counting system insofar as installed, according to the Landlord’s sole discretion.

 

  10.2. Except for the aforesaid in this section the Landlord shall have no obligation and no liability for any repairs and/or maintenance and/or inspection and/or services (hereinafter the “Services”) in the Leased Property and/or in the building, and furthermore the Landlord shall have no duty or liability, whether according to this contract, whether according to any law, for any damage and/or malfunction and/or defect of any type and kind in the Leased Property or in the equipment located in the Leased Property, including air conditioning equipment, however except for the manufacturer’s warranty period, whether these are due to defective work, defective materials, unsuitable materials, and whether from an inconsistency to the specifications or otherwise, and this is whether these were discovered or could be discovered, and whether this was at the beginning of the lease period or after it, and this is whether these were caused by work in the Leased Property performed in planning or by the Landlord and whether this was at the Tenant’s plans and/or initiative and/or request.

 

  10.3. In any case that the Landlord shall decide according to its discretion and/or it shall be required by any authorized authority, municipal, governmental or otherwise, to perform the maintenance services of any type and kind in any public area, or in any open private area in the area of the Park, and/or in any buildings and/or installations that are intended to serve or be used by residents of the park, or any part of them, then the Tenant shall be required to pay service fees to the Landlord as set forth hereafter.

The service fees that shall be paid by all possessors of the buildings in the park shall be equal to the total costs and expenses, that the Landlord shall incur in providing the maintenance services as mentioned in addition to 15% (hereinafter the “Total Services Fees”). The services fees that the Tenant shall need to pay to the Landlord shall be the sum, relative to the service fees for the building, as the ratio between the gross area of the Leased Property and the total gross built area of all the buildings (and all of their floors) in the park, that are actually held by renters or owners, except for the Landlord as long as it does not make any real use of the area held by it.

Notwithstanding the aforesaid, the Landlord shall be entitled to charge the Tenant with additional or larger service fees than those that it shall owe according to this calculation principle, in any event that the services that shall be required from the Tenant’s use of the Leased


Property shall involve more work, or larger costs than regular in relation to other renters in the park, or that the services that are available to the Leased Property allow more use of them in relation to other renters in the park. The aforesaid shall apply mutatis mutandis also in the event that the Landlord shall decide to give maintenance services to the building.

The aforesaid does not impose on the Landlord any obligation to perform any services in the area of the park or with respect to it.

The Building Service Fees, the total service fees, and any addition or increase of the service fees as mentioned in section 10.3 above shall be hereinafter together referred to as the “Service Fees”).

 

  10.4. In any event that the Landlord and/or that the Landlord shall decide to perform maintenance services and/or repair services as mentioned in section 10.3 above, the Landlord shall be entitled to perform this by any other body that shall be determined by I, and it shall be entitled to demand from the Tenant at any time to enter into a services contract with that same body in the version that shall be determined by it, provided that the maintenance and/or repair fee that the Tenant shall need to pay shall be determined in accordance with the principle mentioned in section 10.3 above.

 

  10.5. It is hereby agreed that the cost of any repair made by the Landlord in the framework of the services that were given by it in the framework of this section that is covered by insurance that the Tenant participated in its payment for, shall not be included in the costs for calculating the services costs.

 

11. Use of the Leased Property

 

  11.1. The Tenant must receive from the authorized authorities all the licenses required for managing the business in the Leased Property in the framework of the purpose of the lease and he undertakes to manage it only in accordance with these licenses and the requirements of the law and any authorized authority.

The Tenant declares that he has checked and he knows that it is possible to obtain the licenses as mentioned in this section and that no liability shall apply to the Landlord in any event that the Tenant shall not succeed to obtain them.

Without derogating from the provisions in this sub- section, it is clarified that the Tenant undertakes as a condition to delivering possession in the Leased Property to receive from the Fire Dept. in the area of Rehovot a fire department certificate for the Leased Property, and for this purpose to furnish to the Fire Dept. any certificate that shall be required, to install any device and/or system that shall be required, all at the expense and responsibility of the Tenant.

 

  11.2. The Tenant shall not hold any materials, tools, equipment, produce, inventory and any other chattels (hereinafter all referred to as the “Chattels”) outside of the Leased Property without the Landlord’s consent. In any event that any chattels of the Tenant shall be located outside of the Leased Property without receiving the Landlord’s consent for this, the Landlord shall be entitled to remove them from there at the expense of the Tenant and it shall not have any liability with respect to their intactness.

 

  11.3. The Tenant shall fulfill all the laws, regulations and bylaws that apply to the Leased Property and to the use of it and to the business, the work and the actions performed in it. Without derogating from the aforesaid the Tenant and the Tenant only shall be responsible for any case in which offenses are committed and/or violations of the law in the Leased Property.


  11.4. The Leased Property may not be used, or any part of it in a manner which will cause noise, smells, shocks, contamination, smoke, dust and other hazards that exceed the framework of reasonableness paying attention to the nature of the park in general and the nature of the nearby surroundings of the Leased Property in particular.

 

  11.5. The Tenant shall not distance throw into the sewage system any waste, the quality or quantity of which could harm this system, or harm its proper operating order, or that could endanger the regular use of water sources, streams, lakes, the sea or any other source.

For the purpose of this paragraph – “Sewage System” – is the main sewer or cesspools and drainage system and purifying system all according to and to the extent existing.

The Tenant must make sure that no solid materials are in the waste material that could harm the pipes or drainage and harm sewage pipes, control cells, measurement tools, purifying devices or that could block them.

 

  11.6. The Tenant undertakes, not to hang, not to install and not to draw any signs, marks or any advertising means in any part of the building where the Leased Property is located without the consent of the Landlord in advance. The Tenant has the right to receive, at his expense, an entrance sign into the park, in the building and the floor where the Leased Property is located in the format acceptable in the park.

 

  11.7. No place outside of the Leased Property may be used, except for the purpose of accessing the Leased Property by way and in a manner that the Landlord shall determine from time to time.

 

  11.8. The Tenant shall pay himself an penalty or punishment that shall be imposed for managing the business and/or use of the Leased Property by the Tenant and/or his employees and/or agents and/or customers without a permit or in deviation from the permit, whether it shall be imposed on the Landlord or on the management company or whether it is imposed on the Tenant.

 

  11.9. Nothing stated above shall be considered as the Landlord’s permission to the Tenant to use the Leased Property and/or to manage a business in it without a permit and/or in deviation from the permit.

 

  11.10. It is agreed that the failure to obtain any license that is required by the Tenant to manage his business in the Leased Property shall not release the Tenant from fulfilling any of his undertakings according to this agreement.

 

  11.11. The Tenant undertakes not to use the Leased Property and any materials and tools that are located in it and not to perform any activities in it that include risks that exceed the insured risks as mentioned in this agreement, unless the Landlord’s consent shall be given in advance and in writing. If such consent was given as mentioned the Tenant undertakes to take out insurance to the satisfaction of the Landlord against any bodily damage or damage to property that could be caused from these risks and this is without derogating from the Landlord’s right to make this additional insurance itself and without derogating from the Tenant’s duty to refund to the Landlord any sum that it shall spend in respect to this, immediately upon the Landlord’s demand.


  11.12. The Tenant shall use the Leased Property and its surroundings in a manner that will not cause any disturbance to the other residents in the building and to their wellbeing and enjoyment from their leased properties, maintaining cleanliness of the common property in the building and its installations.

 

  11.13. Insofar as the Leased Property includes a protected floor area and/or protected apartment area (hereinafter the “Protected Area”) the following provisions shall apply:

 

  11.13.1. The Tenant undertakes that he is aware that according to the provisions of the law the protected area is supposed to serve the public in the case of an emergency, and therefore the Tenant undertakes that the protected area shall at all times have a separate and direct entrance from the public area.

 

  11.13.2. The Tenant undertakes to comply with the provisions and requirements of the law, including the home front command regulations, the construction and planning laws regarding the protected area, including the provisions regarding internal construction that is permitted in the protected area, the times of vacating the protected area during times of emergency etc… and the Tenant shall not have any claim and/or lawsuit and/or demand as a result of the aforesaid and everything in respect to this, including with respect to a unilateral requirement of the authorized authorities to vacate the protected area, and the Tenant shall pay any fine insofar as this shall be imposed (including on the Landlord) as a result of him using the protected area.

 

  11.13.3. It is hereby clarified that the purpose of using the protected area shall be subject to the provisions of the law.

 

  11.13.4. The Tenant confirms that he is aware that the protected space is defined in the building permit as a “service area” and in any event the Tenant undertakes that he shall not use the protected space for “main purposes” as these are defined in the Planning and Construction Regulations (Calculation of the areas and building percentages in the plant and permits), 5752- 1992, and the Tenant shall not have any claim and/or lawsuit and/or demand as a result of the aforesaid and everything connected to this, including a unilateral demand from the authorized authorities to vacate the protected space. The Tenant hereby undertakes that in the event that an authorized authority shall demand to cease use of the protected space for the purpose of the use as mentioned above, the Tenant shall fulfill any such demand immediately and without any delay, whether the demand was directed to the Landlord and whether it was directed directly to him, and he waives towards the Landlord any claim and/or lawsuit and/or demand in respect to this. In the event that use of the protected area shall be prohibited for the use purpose of them as mentioned above, and its cessation shall be required in an order of the authorized authority as mentioned, the Landlord shall be entitled to cease the use of the Tenant of the protected area (without harming the lease of the Tenant in the Leased Property) without the Tenant having any claim and/or lawsuit and/or demand towards the Landlord, and the Tenant undertakes to immediately vacate the protected area.

 

  11.13.5. The Tenant undertakes to hold the protected area when it is suitable at all times to serve as a protected area in accordance with the provisions of any law and authorized authority, as shall exist from time to time and allow the public to use the protected area if necessary. The keys of the public entrances into the protected area shall be held by the management company and/or the Landlord.


  11.14. Without derogating from the aforesaid in this section above, the Tenant undertakes that no use shall be made of the property that causes noise, and/or a disturbance and/or contamination and/or accompanying results that are contrary to the provisions of any law, and without derogating from the generality of the aforesaid no use of the Leased Property shall be made that involves and/or that creates, directly or indirectly, chemical compounds and/or smoke and/or gasses and/or bad odors and/or other active agents that can and/or that could harm the environment in any manner.

It is hereby especially emphasized that in any event the Tenant must absolutely refrain from cooking and/or frying in the Leased Property and that insofar as the Tenant shall be permitted to operate a dining room in the Leased Property, a kitchenette or something similar to these in the Leased Property, this will only be in order to allow him to warm up ready- made food only, and this is under the terms as the Landlord shall order him, including with respect to the installation of fume hoods etc…

 

  11.15. The provisions of this section constitute material terms of this agreement and their breach or any part of them shall constitute a material breach of the agreement.

 

11A. The Supply of Electricity in Bulk

It is agreed by the parties that the following provisions shall apply regarding leased properties in which the supply of electricity is by the method of bulk supply:

 

  (1) The Tenant declares that he is aware that the Landlord has exclusive rights towards the Israel Electric Corp Ltd. (hereinafter the “Electric Corp.”) with respect to receiving and supplying electricity to the Leased Property and/or to the building and/or to the public areas and/or to the air –conditioning system in the building and/or in the Leased Property. The Tenant hereby completely and irrevocably waives his right to enter into a contractual engagement with the Electric Corp. with respect to the supply of electricity mentioned above, and he undertakes to act in accordance with the provisions of appendix “G” of this agreement.

 

  (2) The charges for the supply of electricity and accompanying services that shall be given by the Landlord and/or the management company to the Tenant and the rules with respect to the supply of electricity and accompanying services as mentioned are set forth in appendix “G” of this agreement.

 

  (3) The provisions regarding electricity supply as set forth in appendix G shall apply.

 

12. No Changes

 

  12.1. The Tenant undertakes not to take out and not to perform any changes, amendments, improvements, additions, or any construction work in any sense of the word, in the Leased Property (and all of these shall be hereinafter referred to as the “Work”) without receiving the Landlord’s prior written consent.

It is hereby especially emphasized that grating or air- conditioning may not be installed in the Leased Property without the prior written consent of the Landlord and in a form and manner that the Landlord shall determine.

 

  12.2.

If the Landlord has given its prior written approval to perform the work as mentioned, the Tenant shall perform the work, at his expense and responsibility. The Tenant shall not perform


  the work in the Leased Property including any change and/or renovations and/or separation work and/or construction work and/or adjustment work, unless this is according to the provisions in this section hereafter:

 

  12.2.1. Before the commencement of performing the work the Tenant shall deliver to the Landlord a set of detailed architectural plans, plumbing plans, electricity plans, air conditioning and safety plans with lists of quantities and technical specifications that shall be referred to hereafter as the “Plans”. The Tenant shall not perform any work of any type and kind in the Leased Property unless it is in accordance with the plans and technical specifications that were approved in advance and in writing by the Landlord, according to its sole discretion, and in accordance with the instructions of the a certificate safety consultant. It is clarified that in this respect, a refusal for a change in the construction, or in the envelope of the building or in its systems shall not be considered unjustified (all such work as and insofar as shall be approved in writing by the Landlord as mentioned shall be hereinafter referred to as the “Construction Work”). The Tenant shall deliver to the Landlord, before the commencement of performing the work, the list of the system’s consultants and contractors that the Tenant intends to enter into a contractual engagement with for planning and performing the construction work (hereinafter the “Construction Consultants” the “Contractors). The Tenant shall perform the construction work only in accordance with the plans that were planned by the systems consultants and by the contractors that were approved in advance and in writing by the Landlord, according to its sole discretion, and the Tenant shall not have any claim and/or demand in respect to this. It is clarified that any delay in the delivery of the Leased Property to the Tenant as a result of a delay in submitting the plans and/or the list of system consultants and/or the contractors for the Landlord’s approval shall not defer in any manner the date the Tenant is liable for all the payments that apply to him in accordance with this contract, for the Leased Property and the Tenant shall be liable for all the payments that apply to him by virtue of this agreement from the delivery date and onward as defined in the addendum.

 

  12.2.2. The performance of the work shall be done in full coordination with the Landlord and updating it regarding any material detail. Changes in the Tenant’s plans and/or in the specifications, insofar as made after their approval by the Landlord shall be transferred to the Landlord for approval before their performance and they shall not be performed until after they are approved as mentioned. especially, but without derogating from the generality of the aforesaid, it is hereby emphasized that no change shall be made by the Tenant, and/or harm in the envelope of the building, including as a result of making holes and/or openings etc…

 

  12.2.3. The Tenant undertakes that the contractors on his behalf that shall perform the construction work in the lease property shall be authorized contractors, that are registered and that have a reputation in their field. It is clarified that it is the Tenant’s responsibility to make sure and ascertain that the contractors on his behalf that shall perform the construction work, shall perform the repairs, including according to law, for all the work in the Leased Property. The Tenant further undertakes that all the materials and the products designated for performing the construction work shall be of excellent type and quality and in accordance with the current Israeli standards.

 

  12.2.4.

The Landlord shall not be liable for the construction work, and the Tenant shall be solely responsible for any property or body damage insofar as caused to a third party, to the


  Landlord’s property and/or to the Tenant’s property and/or to the property of any third party. Furthermore all liability with respect to the nature of the materials and work including the performance of the construction work according to the plans and their performance in accordance with any law shall apply to the Tenant and to the Tenant only, and the Tenant alone shall be responsible to make any repair in the work at his expense during the leased period in the in the Leased Property.

 

  12.2.5. The Tenant undertake to take out and to maintain in force throughout the entire work period in the Leased Property suitable insurance policies to insure all the risks as acceptable in the performing of work of the type of the construction work, and he shall deliver to the Landlord a certificate regarding the construction work insurance, in the wording set forth in appendix “D-1” of this agreement, before the commencement of the work and before any equipment enters the Leased Property by or for the Tenant.

 

  12.2.6. Without derogating from the liability of the Tenant according to this agreement, and without imposing an liability on the Landlord the Landlord shall have the right, through a representative on its behalf, to enter the Leased Property at any time during the performance of the work, and this is in order to check the fulfillment of the provisions of this agreement by the Tenant, including the checking of the quality of the materials which the Tenant shall use in performing the work and performing work according to the plans that have been approved. If the Landlord shall find that the Tenant has not carefully fulfilled any of the provisions of this agreement the Landlord shall have the right to order the Tenant, by representatives on the ground, to perform an action that is imposed on the Tenant according to this agreement or to refrain from performing the action prohibited for the Tenant according to the provisions of this agreement.

 

  12.2.7. Without derogating from the provisions anywhere else in this agreement, the Tenant hereby expressly declares that he is solely responsible for obtaining any license and/or permit and/or authorization for performing the construction work, and that he undertakes to perform all the construction work and to supervise them in accordance with this agreement and the provisions of any law. Any authorization and/or approval insofar as the Landlord shall give the Tenant shall be in effect only subject to the provisions of any law.

 

  12.2.8. The Tenant undertakes to perform all the work in a manner in which any disturbance to the areas adjacent to the Leased Property shall be avoided and it shall be reduced to the necessary minimum and he undertakes to take all reasonable means in order to prevent and/or reduce any such disturbance.

 

  12.2.9. During the performance of the work and after their completion, the Tenant shall remove himself and at his expense any waste of any kind, including building waste, auxiliary materials, remnants, leftovers, packaging etc… and this is to a certified waste site according to law. If possible the Landlord will allow the Tenant to place next to the building during the performance of the work and at his expense and responsibility a container to remove the building waste, auxiliary materials remnants etc… all subject to the Landlord’s instructions including with respect to the location of the container as mentioned.

 

  12.2.10. Without derogating from the aforesaid the Tenant undertakes to fulfill the provisions of appendix “F” of this agreement, regarding the procedure of working with heat.


  12.3. If work has been performed not at the Landlord’s consent, then without derogating from its right to see this as a breach of this contract, the Landlord shall be entitled:

 

  12.3.1. To demand from the Tenant to demolish the work, all or in part, and/or to dismantle it and/or to remove it from the Leased Property and in this case, the Tenant shall be required to perform all the repairs in the Leased Property that shall be required as a result, in order to bring the Leased Property to its condition before performing the work, and to complete all of the above within 14 days after the Landlord’s demand. In the event that the Tenant will not do so, the Landlord may do this at the Tenant’s expense, or –

 

  12.3.2. Leave the work as the Landlord’s property and the Tenant agrees that the work shall be the Landlord’s sole property without him being do anything for this.

 

  12.4. If the work has been performed at the Landlord’s consent, then at the time the Leased Property is vacated by the Tenant the Tenant shall have the choice as follows:

 

  12.4.1. To demolish it and/or to dismantle it and/or to remove it from the Leased Property and in this case the Tenant shall be required to perform the repairs in the Leased Property that shall be required as a result of this in order to return this part of the Leased Property in which the work was performed, to its prior condition, before the work was performed, and to complete all of this no later than the end of the lease period according to this agreement. If the Tenant did not do this to the Landlord’s satisfaction, the Landlord may do this at the Tenant’s expense; or-

 

  12.4.2. Leave the work in the Leased Property and in this case they shall be the Landlord’s property without the Tenant being due anything for this.

 

  12.4.3. The Tenant must notify to the Landlord up to 90 days before the end of the lease period, of its choice between the alternatives mentioned in sections 12.4.1 and 12.4.2 above.

 

  12.5. The provisions of this section constitute material terms of this agreement and their breach or any part of them shall constitute a material breach of the agreement.

 

13. Furniture and Equipment

The Tenant is entitled to furnish the Leased Property and install equipment in it, provided that the installation of any furniture and equipment shall not harm the Leased Property. The equipment that the Tenant shall be entitled to install and operate in the Leased Property is subject to section 12 above.

 

14. Safekeeping the Leased Property

 

  14.1. The Tenant undertakes to use the Leased Property carefully and reasonably to maintain its cleanliness and the cleanliness of its surroundings, and to prevent any defect and any damage to the Leased Property, including all the installations that serve the Leased Property itself or together with other leased properties.

 

  14.2. The Tenant shall be required to immediately repair any damage and/or defect that shall be caused to the Leased Property and to the installations, as mentioned in section 14.1 above, and to immediately replace any equipment installed in the Leased Property that has been lost or destroyed with another. Without derogating from the aforesaid, the Tenant undertakes to maintain a high level of cleanliness and maintenance in the Leased Property and in its surroundings.


  14.3. If the Tenant did not perform any repair that he must perform as mentioned, or did not replace any unit that he must replace as mentioned, the Landlord shall be entitled, but not required, to do so, at the Tenant’s expense and in any event the Tenant shall be required to compensate the Landlord fully for any damage, defect, loss and destruction as mentioned.

 

  14.4. The provisions of this section constitute material terms of this agreement and their breach or any part of them shall constitute a material breach of the agreement.

 

15. Liability and Indemnification

 

  15.1. The Landlord and/or anyone that comes and/or acts on its behalf shall not be responsible in any manner for any damage and/or harm that shall be caused to the Tenant and/or to the Leased Property and/or to his business managed in the Leased Property and/or to the equipment and/or installations in it or in its surroundings.

 

  15.2. Without derogating from the aforesaid in sub- section 15.1 above, the Landlord and/or anyone that comes and/or acts on its behalf shall not be liable for any bodily harm and/or property damage of any type and kind that shall be incurred by the Tenant and/or his employees and/or anyone on his behalf, including his agents, suppliers, contractors, customer and any other person that shall be in the Leased Property whether he is there with permission or not.

 

  15.3. For the sake of avoiding doubt the Tenant and the Tenant only shall be liable for any damage, including bodily injury and/or property damage and/or damage to reputation and/or the prevention of profits that shall be caused to the Landlord and/or to any third party with respect to the Tenant’s negligence and/or anyone on his behalf and for any tort that shall occur – all with respect to possession of the Leased Property and/or the use that shall be made by the Tenant and anyone on his behalf in the Leased Property and/or in the building and/or in the park.

 

  15.4. The Tenant shall indemnify the Landlord and/or anyone on his behalf for any damage and/or lawsuit and/or liability that the Landlord and/or anyone on its behalf shall be required to pay with respect to damage and/or a tort that the Tenant is responsible for as mentioned all immediately upon receiving the Landlord’s first written demand.

 

16. Insurance

The Tenant’s Insurance Policies

 

  16.1. Without derogating from his liability according to this agreement, and/or according to the law the Tenant undertakes to take out and fulfill the following insurance policies:-

Before the commencement of the adjustment work of the Leased Property to the Tenant’s activities, if performed, and for the entire duration of their performance (hereinafter the “Work Period”) the Tenant undertakes to take out and fulfill the insurance policies and other terms as set forth in sections 16.2 and 16.3 hereafter.

From the end of the performance period of the work – before the time of receiving possession in the Leased Property or before putting any property into the Leased Property (except for property that serves for performing the adjustment work in the Leased Property, and that is insured according to section 16.1 hereafter) – whichever is earlier – and for the entire period of the lease (hereinafter: the “Lease Period”) the Tenant undertakes to take out and fulfill the insurance policies and the other terms as set forth in sections 16.4- 16.10 hereafter.


The Tenant’s Insurance Policies for the Work Period

 

  16.2. For the adjustment work of the Leased Property to the Tenant’s activities, if performed, the Tenant undertakes to take out and fulfill, at his expense, for the entire duration of the work period, and for the duration of a maintenance period of 12 months at least after the end of the performance of the work, insurance of all the risks of contractors’ work in accordance with the terms and sums as set forth in the certificate of insurance of the work attached to this agreement as appendix “D-1”, and that constitute an integral part of it (hereinafter the “Work Insurance” and the “Certificate of Work Insurance”, respectively).

The insurance of the work shall be before any insurance that shall be taken out by the Landlord and/or the management company.

Without the need for any demand by the Landlord, the Tenant undertakes to present before the Landlord before the commencement of performing the work, and as a prerequisite to their performance, a certificate of work insurance, signed by his insurers. The Tenant further undertakes to make sure and ascertain that the work insurance shall be extended according to need and it shall be valid for the entire period of performing the work, and for the extended maintenance period of 12 months.

The Tenant further undertakes to cause any change that shall be required by the Landlord and/or the management company in the certificate of insurance as mentioned, in order to adjust it to his undertakings according to this agreement. However, it is clarified that taking out the work insurance and/or the right of disapproval given to the Landlord and/or to the management company with respect to the insurance certificate and/or the work insurance policy, its nature, scope, validity or absence, does not derogate from the Tenant’s liability and/or from its undertakings according to this agreement and/or according to any law.

The Tenant declares that he is aware that furnishing the certificate of insurance as mentioned is a prerequisite to the performance of the work and/or putting any property into the Leased Property for their performance and the Landlord shall be entitled to prevent him from performing the work and/or putting in such property as mentioned in the event the certificate of insurance was not furnished on time.

 

  16.3. The Tenant exempts the Landlord the management company, their employees and managers and the other renters and/or residents and/or other right holders in the part (hereinafter the “Other Right Holders”) their lease agreements or anywhere else that confers upon them rights in the park, include a parallel exemption in favor of the Tenant from liability for any loss and/or damage, for which he is entitled to indemnification according to the insurance as mentioned in section 1 of the certificate of work insurance (that that he would be entitled to indemnification for if not for the deductible) and he shall not have any claim and/or demand and/or lawsuit towards them for any loss and/or damage as mentioned; the provisions above regarding exemption from liability shall not apply in favor of whoever maliciously caused damage.


The Tenant’s Insurance Policies for the Lease Period

 

  16.4. Without derogating from the Tenant’s liability according to this agreement and/or according to any law, the Tenant undertakes to take out and fulfill at his expense, for the entire duration of the lease period, the insurance policies in accordance with the terms and sums as set forth in the certificate of insurance that is attached to this agreement as appendix D-2, and that constitute an integral part of it (hereinafter the “Tenant’s Insurance Policies” and the “Certificate of Insurance”, respectively).

Notwithstanding the aforesaid, it is agreed that the Tenant is entitled not to take out consequential loss insurance as set forth in section (4) of the certificate of insurance, in full or in part, however this exemption in section 16.9 hereafter shall apply as if the insurance was taken out as mentioned in full.

For the sake of avoiding doubt, it is clarified that the liability limits required in the framework of the Tenant’s insurance policies are a minimal requirement that is imposed on the Tenant. The Tenant declares and confirms that he shall be prevented from raising any claim and/or demand towards the Landlord and/or the management company and/or anyone on their behalf with respect to the limits of liability as mentioned.

 

  16.5. The Tenant’s insurance policies shall be prior to any insurance that shall be taken out by the Landlord and/or the management company.

 

  16.6. The Tenant undertakes to fulfill any terms of the policy taken out by him, to pay the insurance fees in full and on time and to ascertain that the Tenant’s insurance policies shall be periodically renewed, according to need, and they shall be in force throughout the entire period of the agreement.

 

  16.7. Before the date of receiving possession in the Leased Property or before any proper is put into the Leased Property (except for property insured in the framework of the work insurance policy) – whichever is the earlier of these times – and without the need for any demand by the Landlord and/or the management company, the Tenant undertakes to present the certificate of insurance to the Landlord, when it is signed by his insurers.

Immediately at the end of the insurance period, the Tenant shall furnish to the Landlord an updated certificate of insurance for renewing the validity of the Tenant’s insurance policies for another insurance period, and each insurance period, as long as this agreement is in force.

The Tenant further undertake to cause any change that shall be required by the Landlord and/or the management company in the certificate of insurance as mentioned, in order to adjust it to his undertakings according this agreement. However, it is clarified that taking out the Tenant’s insurance policies and/or the right of disapproval given to the Landlord and/or to the management company with respect to the certificate of insurance and/or the Tenant’s insurance policies, their nature, scope, validity or absence, does not derogate from the Tenant’s liability and/or his undertakings according to this agreement and/or according to any law.

 

  16.8. The Tenant declares that he is aware that furnishing a certificate of insurance is a condition precedent to receiving possession of the Leased Property and/or putting any property into the Leased Property (except for property that is insured in the framework of work insurance), and the Landlord shall be entitled to prevent him possession of the Leased Property and/or putting property in it as mentioned in the event that a certificate of insurance was not furnished on time.


The Tenant further declares that he is aware that the failure to furnish a certificate of insurance on time shall not derogate from his undertakings according to this agreement including any payment obligation, and the Tenant undertakes to fulfill his undertakings according to this agreement in full even if taking possession of the Leased Property has been prevented from him and/or putting property into the Leased Property.

 

  16.9. The Tenant exempts the Landlord, the management company, their employees and their managers and the other right holders, which a parallel exemption in favor of the Tenant was included in their lease agreements or in any other agreement that confers upon them rights in the park, from liability to any law loss and/or damage for which he is entitled to indemnification according to the property and consequential loss insurance policies as set forth in sections (1) and (4) of the certificate of insurance (or for which he was entitled to indemnification if not for the deductible) and he shall not have any claim and/or demand and/or lawsuit towards them for any such loss or damage; the provisions above regarding exemption from liability shall not apply in favor of whoever maliciously caused damage.

 

  16.10. The Tenant undertakes not to commit and not to permit those on his behalf to commit any action or omission that can increase the insurance costs that apply to the Landlord and/or the management company and/or the other right holders for insurance of the park or its leased properties.

If the Landlord and/or the management company shall be charged additional insurance fees beyond acceptable fees, as a result of the Tenant’s activities, the Tenant undertakes to pay to the Landlord and/or to the management company such addition, immediately upon their first demand.

The Tenant undertakes to fulfill the safety procedures and instructions that shall be published from time to time by the Landlord and/or the management company.

The Landlord’s Insurance Policies

 

  16.11. Without derogating from its liability according to this agreement and/or according to law, the Landlord undertakes to take out and fulfill, himself and/or by the management company, for the entire duration of the lease period, the following insurance policies (hereinafter the “Landlord’s Insurance Policies”):-

 

  (a) “Extended Fire” insurance that covers the structure of the building and all of its systems, affixtures and devices at reinstatement value. The insurance shall include a waiver of the right of subrogation towards the Tenant, his employees and managers, provided that the waiver of the right of subrogation as mentioned shall not apply in favor of a person that maliciously caused the damage.

 

  (b) Insurance of loss of rent and/or management fees as a result of loss or damage to the insured property according to section 16.11 (a) as a result of risks of “extended fire” (except for breaking and entering), for an indemnification period of 12 months. The insurance shall include a waiver of the right of subrogation towards the Tenant, his employees and managers provided that the waiver of the right of subrogation as mentioned shall not apply in favor of a person that maliciously caused the damage.


Notwithstanding the aforesaid, it is agreed that the Landlord is entitled not to take out the insurance as mentioned, in full or in part, however the exemption as mentioned in section 16.2 hereafter shall apply as if the insurance as mentioned was taken out in full.

 

  (c) Third party liability insurance to cover the Landlord’s liability and/or the management company’s liability according to law for harm and/or damage that shall be caused to the body and/or property of any person and/or body, under the liability limit of $2,000,000 per event and in the aggregate for the annual insurance period. The insurance shall be expanded to indemnify the Tenant for his liability for the actions and/or omission of the Landlord and/or the management company subject to a cross liability clause.

 

  (d) Employers’ liability insurance to cover the liability of the Landlord and/or the management company according to the Torts Ordinance [New Version] and/or the Liability for Defective Products Law, 5740- 1980 towards their employees for bodily harm and/or illness that shall be caused to them while and as a result of their work, under the liability limits of $5,000,000 per claimant per event and in the aggregate for an annual insurance period. The insurance shall be expanded to indemnify the Tenant if he shall be considered the employee of any of the Landlord’s and/or management company’s employees.

 

  16.12. The Landlord declares on its name and on behalf of the management company, that they shall not have any claim and/or demand and/or lawsuit against the Tenant, his employees and managers, for loss and/or damage that the Landlord and/or management company are entitled to indemnification for according to these insurance policies in section 16.11 (a) and 16.11 (b) above (or that they would have been entitled to indemnification for if not for the deductible); and it releases the Tenant, his employees and managers from liability for any loss and/or damage as mentioned; the aforesaid regarding exemption from liability shall not apply in favor of a person that maliciously caused the damage.

 

  16.13. The Tenant undertakes to pay the relative insurance fees for the Landlord’s insurance policies in accordance with the area of the Leased Property, and to pay them to the Landlord, immediately upon its first demand.

 

  16.14. For the sake of avoiding doubt, it is clarified that taking out the Landlord’s insurance policies by the Landlord and/or by the management company shall not derogate from the Tenant’s undertakings and/or from his liability according to this agreement and/or according to law.

 

17. Access of the Landlord to the Leased Property

 

  17.1. It is the right of the Landlord and/or its attorney, and anyone acting on its behalf, to build in the building or in its surroundings additional floors and/or to perform other construction work and/or to transfer through the Leased Property (or on it) any pipes, channels and other conductors for water, sewage, drainage, gas, electricity, telephone or for any other purpose, and to perform any other work or installations in the Leased Property, for the purpose of using the property adjacent to the Leased Property and for any other similar purpose provided that use of the powers as mentioned shall be done in a manner that shall reasonably reduce to the extent possible inconvenience and disturbances caused from this, and provided that the Landlord shall perform or cause that those coming on its behalf or acting on its behalf will perform all the repairs that are required for restoring the condition of the Leased Property to its previous state, in the parts of the Leased Property that shall be harmed from performing the work as mentioned.


  17.2. It is the right of the Landlord or its attorneys, insofar as possible after giving notice to the Tenant:

 

  17.2.1. To enter the Leased Property at any reasonable time in order to check if the terms of this agreement are being fulfilled.

 

  17.2.2. To enter into the Leased Property at any reasonable time and to perform in the Leased Property the repairs required for the purpose of the structure or any parts of it.

 

  17.2.3. In the last six months of lease to enter the Leased Property during acceptable work hours accompanied by visitors.

 

  17.2.4. To order the Tenant to allow the performance of repairs in the Leased Property that shall require repair in the Leased Property whether they refer to the Leased Property or whether they refer to other parts of the building.

 

  17.3. The Tenant undertakes not to prevent the Landlord access to the Leased Property as mentioned in sections 17.1 and 17.2 above and to allow it or anyone on its behalf to perform the work as mentioned in these same sections:

 

18. No Transfer of Rights

 

  18.1. The Tenant undertakes not to transfer the lease in the Leased Property or any part of it to another, not to deliver, transfer, lease the Leased Property or any part of it to another, not to allow another to use the Leased Property or any part of it, not to have another join in holding the Leased Property and/or using it and/or benefitting from it or in any part of it and/or in a business that is conducted in the Leased Property, and not to give another any easement or other right in the Leased Property or in any part of it – all of the above, whether for consideration or without and not to transfer, not to pledge and not to mortgage his rights according to this agreement.

 

  18.2. With respect to section 18.1 above if the Tenant is a corporation, any action or any type and kind that will cause a change of control in the Tenant shall be considered as a transfer that requires the company’s consent. The definition of the term “control” in this section is: “the holding of 51% at least of the shares and rights of any type and kind in the corporation, including the right to appoint 51% at least of the managers and the right to appoint the CEO”.

 

  18.3. The provisions of this section constitute material terms of this agreement and their breach or any part of them shall constitute a material breach of the agreement.

 

19. Vacating the Leased Property

 

  19.1. The Tenant undertakes that not later than at the time of the end of the lease period and/or if the contract was cancelled by the Landlord as a result of its breach by the Tenant as mentioned in section 23.1 hereafter he shall vacate the Leased Property and give it to the Landlord. The Tenant undertakes that at the time of vacating the Leased Property and returning it to the Landlord the Leased Property shall be free and clear of any person and object when the Leased Property is in good, proper and organized condition, as he received it subject to the provisions of sections 3 and 12 above, and subject to wear and tear arising from reasonable and careful use by the Tenant in the Leased Property in accordance with the provisions of this agreement. In order to prevent doubt it is hereby agreed that the Leased Property shall be returned to the Landlord when it is painted and whitewashed anew by the Tenant and at his expense with paint or whitewash in the color, material and quality as the Leased Property was received by him from the Landlord.


  19.2. If the Tenant did not fulfill one of his undertakings as mentioned in section 19.1 above, then without harming the Landlord’s rights to exercise its rights in any manner that it shall see fit, and without derogating from any other right that shall be available to the Landlord according to any law and/or contract in the circumstances of the matter, the Tenant shall be required to pay to the company as long as he has not fulfilled his undertakings, appropriate usage fees in the sum set forth in the addendum, with additional VAT, for each day of delay and this is as liquidated damages.

Furthermore the Tenant shall be required to pay the service fees for the building and the total services fees, with additional VAT for the period of delay in vacating the Leased Property and it is hereby agreed that with respect to the payment of service fees as mentioned, the delay in vacating the Leased Property for part of a month shall be considered as a delay of an entire month.

The appropriate usage fees shall be linked to the index and the provisions of section 7.1 above shall apply mutatis mutandis.

The date of paying liquidated damage for each day of delay in vacating the Leased Property shall be the beginning of each day of delay as mentioned above.

It is expressly agreed and declared between the parties that the sum of the liquidated damages was determined after careful consideration of the damages that can be foreseen when executing this contract, that shall be incurred by the Landlord as a result of the failure to vacate the Leased Property by the Tenant at that time, and no claim by the Tenant shall be made that this sum was determined as a penalty, and the Tenant shall be prevented from claiming such claim.

 

  19.3. It is expressly agreed and declared by the parties, that the provisions in section 19.2 above do not release the Tenant from his undertakings according to section 19.1 above, and/or do not grant the Tenant any right of any type or kind, including but without derogating from the generality of the aforesaid, any protected tenancy right according to law and/or do not constitute consent by the Landlord to extend the lease period in the Leased Property by the Tenant, and/or do not constitute any waiver by the Landlord to the Tenant and/or do not derogate from or decrease its rights and/or do not harm any right of the Landlord to receive any other remedy or relief according to this agreement and according to law, including the Tenant’s eviction from the Leased Property and other compensation for any damage incurred by the Landlord, as a result of the Tenant’s failure to vacate the Leased Property on time.

 

  19.4. In the event that at the time of vacating the Leased Property and returning it to the Landlord, the Leased Property shall not be in the condition as mentioned in section 19.1 above, then the Tenant shall be required to refund to the Landlord immediately according to its first demand, all the costs that the Landlord shall spend in order to restore the condition of the Leased Property to the condition in which the Tenant had to return it to the Landlord, and all the costs involved in this, and to compensate it for any damage, loss and preventing of profits that shall arise from the condition of the Leased Property and/or from the need to bring it to good and proper condition and from performing the work involved in this.


  19.5. Vacating the Leased Property and returning it to the Landlord shall be performed in the presence of the Landlord and the Tenant that shall prepare a protocol that reflects the condition of the Leased Property. In any event that the Leased Property is vacated not in the presence of the Tenant, and due to his fault, then the protocol shall be prepared by the Landlord itself and its content will bind the Tenant.

 

  19.6. In addition to any right that the Landlord shall have according to law or this contract, in the event the Tenant shall not vacate the Leased Property on time, the Landlord or whoever shall be appointed by it, shall be authorized and entitled, and the Tenant hereby gives his consent and permission for this, to enter the Leased Property while breaking into the locks and replacing them with others, by using reasonable force, in order to gain sole possession of the Leased Property and to remove the Tenant’s belongings from it and store them at the Tenant’s expense and responsibility anywhere he shall see fit, and the Tenant shall be required to refund to the Landlord all the costs that the Landlord shall spend with respect to this. The Landlord shall not be responsible for any damage of any kind that shall be caused to the Tenant and/or to his property, if such shall be caused, when performing these actions by the Landlord and the Tenant shall not have, and he hereby waives any claim or lawsuit against the Landlord due to the performance of all of the aforesaid.

 

  19.7. The provisions of this section constitute material terms of this agreement and their breach or any part of them shall constitute a material breach of the agreement.

 

20. Securities

20.1.

 

  20.1.1. As a security for the fulfillment of the Tenant’s undertakings according to this agreement the Tenant shall deliver to the Landlord within 48 hours after signing this agreement, all of the securities set forth hereafter:

 

  a. An autonomous assignable and unconditional bank guarantee, made out in favor of the Landlord, that can be exercised in installments in the version of appendix “E” of this agreement, in the sum that equals 9 months of rent for 9 months of the lease, with additional VAT, and service fees of 9 months of lease in accordance with the last rate that was known before the guarantee was given as mentioned, with additional legal VAT. The guarantee sum shall be linked to the base index and the provisions of section 7.1 above shall apply to linking the guarantee sum mutatis mutandis.

 

  b. A guarantee, in the version attached to this agreement as appendix H, signed by guarantors that were approved by the Landlord in advance, as guarantors for all the Tenant’s undertakings, jointly and severally.

 

  20.1.2. If the rent and/or maintenance fees and/or VAT rates were updated and/or changed, then the Tenant shall furnish a substitute or additional bank guarantee to the Landlord within 14 days after receiving a demand from the Landlord that will ensure payments of the rent for the period of nine months in accordance with the new payment sums.

 

  20.1.3.

The Tenant undertakes to renew the guarantee or the guarantees from time to time, and this is no later than 7 days after they are supposed to expire. If the Tenant did not do so, the


  company shall be entitled to exercise them, and this is without releasing the Tenant from his undertaking to furnish to the company a new guarantee or guarantees and without releasing the Tenant from any of his undertakings according to this agreement. If the sum that was exercised according to the guarantee as mentioned exceeded the sum due at that time to the Landlord from the Tenant, the balance shall be deposited with the Landlord in a deposit according to the terms that the company shall determine at that time. The Tenant shall not be entitled to any compensation and/or other payment for direct or indirect damage or any other payment for exercising the guarantee or the guarantees by the Landlord according to this section.

 

  20.2. In any event that money shall be due, in the event due, to the Landlord from the Tenant according to the provisions of this agreement and/or for its breach, the Landlord shall be entitled to use the bank guarantee deposited with it in the total sum that equals the sums that shall be due to the Landlord from the Tenant if due.

 

  20.3. It is agreed and declared between the parties, that the delivery of the bank guarantee by the Tenant to the Landlord and/or presenting it for payment by the Landlord does not harm the Landlord’s right to collect the damage incurred by it, from the Tenant in any possible manner as a result of a breach of any of the Tenant’s undertakings according to this agreement, or release the Tenant from any of his undertakings according to this agreement and/or grant the Tenant any right that is protected by the law and/or limit the Landlord in exercising its rights and/or limit the sum of the compensation and/or damage that the Landlord shall be entitled to receive from the Tenant as a result of a breach of any of his undertakings according to this agreement.

 

  20.4. The Landlord shall be entitled to use the bank guarantee and/or the guarantees according to section 20.1.1 above according to its sole discretion and use of the guarantees or any of them cannot harm any of the Landlord’s rights according to any contract and/or the law.

 

  20.5. If nothing was due to the Landlord to the Tenant according to this agreement, the Landlord shall be required at the end of 90 days after the Leased Property was returned by the Tenant to the Landlord to return the bank guarantee to the Tenant subject to presenting any receipts and certificates regarding the performance of the various payments by the Tenant.

 

  20.6. The provisions of this section constitute material terms of this agreement and their breach shall constitute a material breach of the agreement.

 

21. Indemnification of the Landlord

In any event that the Tenant shall not fulfill any of his undertakings according to this agreement, then the Landlord shall be entitled (but not required) in addition and without harming its rights and powers according to this agreement and according to the law, to pay, to make and to perform everything that the Tenant had to do, and the Tenant must return and pay to the Landlord, immediately upon its demand, any payment and any cost that the Landlord shall pay in respect to this.

 

22. Interest

Without derogating from any of the Landlord’s rights according to the provisions of this agreement and according to law, in any event that the Tenant shall delay any payment, that he had to pay to the Landlord according to this agreement, the Tenant shall be required to pay to the Landlord interest on the sum of delay with additional lawful VAT. The amount of interest shall be maximum rate that is permitted according to law at that time, and if there shall be no limit according to the law regarding


the interest rate- interest in the maximum rate that Bank Leumi Le-Israel Ltd. shall collect at that time for unapproved overdrafts in current loan accounts, and confirmation of the main branch manager of that bank shall determine this matter; or interest at the rate of 5% per month (not linked) or linkage differences that are due from the increase of the consumer price index from the date that the Tenant had to pay the payment to the Landlord, to its actual payment, with additional interest in the rate of 48% per year, whichever is higher.

 

23. Breach

 

  23.1. Each party that will breach or not fulfill any of his undertakings according to this agreement shall be required to compensate the performing party for all the damage and losses that shall be caused to the performing party as a result of this, and this is without harming the right of the performing party to any other and/or additional remedy and relief including specific performance or eviction order.

 

  23.2. If the Tenant has materially breached this agreement as defined in this agreement and/or as defined according to any law and/or if the Tenant has breached this agreement by a breach that is not a material breach and he has not repaired the breach even though 15 days have passed after he received a warning of this from the Landlord, the Landlord shall be entitled to notify the Tenant that the lease according to this agreement is null and void, and then the Tenant will be required to vacate the Leased Property as mentioned in section 19 above, within 10 days after the date of the notice as mentioned, and this is without harming the rights of the Landlord according to this agreement, including but not derogating from the generality of the aforesaid, the right to receive all the rent and other sums that it was entitled to had the contract been performed, and without harming its right to receive any other remedy and relief including compensation for any damage that shall be caused to the Landlord as a result of the breach off non- fulfillment.

 

       It is agreed between the parties that this period of 10 days was determined by them as a reasonable time period for the provisions of the Contracts Law (Remedies for Breach of Contract) 5731- 1979 and that during this period the Tenant shall owe rent in the amount stipulated in section 19.2.

 

  23.3. Without derogating from its right to compensation of a higher amount or any other remedy, in the event of a material breach of this agreement by the Tenant the Landlord shall be entitled to liquidated damages in the amount equal to six months of rent and service fees, with VAT, according to their amount at the date of the breach or at the date of actual payment, whichever is higher, and this is whether the Landlord chose to cancel the agreement and whether it chose its performance, and provided that in the case of performing the contract despite the Landlord’s right to cancel it, compensation in the amount of 20% of the amount stipulated above shall be paid. The parties declare that they regard this as liquidated damages that fits the damage that the parties foresee as a probable result of a material breach of this agreement by the Tenant.

 

24. Transferring Rights by the Landlord

The Landlord is entitled to lease and/or to sell its rights in the park and/or in the building and/or in the Leased Property to anyone and for any purpose (including a purpose similar to the purpose of the lease) that it shall see fit, and furthermore to perform all the construction work in the building in which the Leased Property is located and its surroundings, even if they include a structural change in the structure, without there being a need for any consent by the Tenant, and this is without harming the Tenant’s rights in the Leased Property according to this agreement.


The Tenant declares that he is aware that the Landlord does not under that in other units in the park, or anywhere else in the park, identical business or competing business with the business that the Tenant conducts in the Leased Property will not be conducted.

 

25. Imputing Payments and No Right of Offset

 

  25.1. In any event that the Tenant shall be owe any payments to the Landlord, the Landlord shall have the right to determine at the time of payment, according to its discretion, towards which account the payment that he paid, shall be imputed. As long as the Landlord has not notified the Tenant otherwise, the payment shall be imputed first for the rent and afterwards for the service fees, and for the other costs according to their order.

 

  25.2. The Tenant shall not be entitled to offset from the Tenant’s payments in accordance with this agreement, including from the rent, any financial charges that the Landlord shall owe the Tenant, if at all, whether by virtue of this agreement or by virtue of other transactions.

 

26. Miscellaneous

26.1.

 

  26.1.1. No conduct by any of the parties shall be considered as a waiver of any of his rights according to this agreement, or according to any law, or as a waiver or consent by him to any breach or failure to fulfill the terms of this agreement by the other party, or as giving an extension to perform any action that the other party must perform, or as a change, cancellation or addition of any term, unless the waiver, consent, deferral, change, cancellation or the addition were expressly made in writing.

 

  26.1.2. It is expressly agreed that performing each of the Landlord’s undertakings according to this agreement is conditional upon the Tenant first performing his undertakings according to this agreement, and the Landlord is entitled, without derogating from the provisions anywhere else in this agreement, to delay performance of any of its undertakings until after the Tenant has fulfilled his undertakings.

 

  26.1.3. It is declared and agreed that the provisions of this lease agreement prevail over the provisions of the Lease and Borrowing Law, 5731- 1972 and that the provisions of chapter A of that law shall not apply to the lease according to this agreement.

 

  26.1.4. It is agreed between the parties that any change in this agreement that shall be made by the parties in reference to the description of the Leased Property, the lease period, the rent and the manner of their payment or any other matter can be made and it shall be valid only if it shall be made in writing and signed by all parties to this agreement.

 

  26.2. In the event the Tenant is a foreign resident the Tenant undertakes to perform his undertakings according to this agreement in accordance with the Currency Supervision Law, 5738- 1978 and the regulations, orders and the permits according to it.

 

  26.3. The Landlord’s accounts shall be prima facie proof to any charge and all the calculations included in them, and any claim of the Landlord from the Tenant whose sum and details are approved by an accountant shall bind the Tenant and the Tenant agrees that it shall serve as sufficient written proof for submitting it to court in summary procedure.


  26.4. The parties agree that the competent court in the city of Tel Aviv has exclusive jurisdiction with respect to this agreement and the relays according to it.

 

  26.5. The parties’ addresses are as set forth along their side in the beginning of the contract and any notice that shall be sent to any of the parties according to the address that appears at the side of his name shall be considered as if it was received by him within 72 hours after its delivery by registered mail.

If the Tenant included a number of individuals the notice shall be considered as given to all the Tenant’s individuals if it was sent as mentioned to one of the Tenant’s individuals according to that address.

And in witness whereof the parties have signed on that date:

 

/s/ Avi Barzily

   

/s/ Roni Mamluk /s/ Chaime Orlev

The Landlord    

The Tenant

 

I, the undersigned, Marcella Eytan confirm that Roni Mamluk and Chaime Orlev appeared before me, who are authorized to sign on this agreement on behalf of the Tenant and their signature bind the Tenant for all intents and purposes, and they have signed this agreement before me.
And in witness whereof the parties have signed:
/s/ Marcella Eytan
Today 29 th in the month of December year 2015.


List of Appendixes

 

Appendix “A” -    The Addendum
Appendix “A1” -    The Bank Appendix
Appendix “B”-    Location of the Building in the Park
Appendix “C”-    The Plans of the Leased Property
Appendix “D” -    Certificates of the Leased Property’s Insurance
Appendix “E”-    Version of the Bank Guarantee
Appendix “F”-    Procedure of Working with Heat
Appendix “G” -    Rules for the Supply of Electricity Services
Appendix “H”-    Guarantee


Appendix “A”

The Addendum

Of the Unprotected Lease Agreement of the 29 th day of the month of December 2015

Name of the tenant: Chiasma Ltd. co. no. 513104026

The parties agree that the provisions in this appendix amend and change the contract only sections and/or provisions that shall be amended and/or added and/or deleted in this appendix.

The sections that shall be added and/or amended and/or deleted shall prevail over the provisions in this agreement and this is notwithstanding its provisions.

General:

The landlord declares that it owns the rights in the leased property and that it is entitled to enter into this agreement with the tenant, and that there is nothing preventing it according to law and/or agreement from entering into this agreement.

The landlord declares that a form 4 has been given to the building, including the leased property, for its occupation.

The landlord declares that the building has been built on part of parcels 19 and 20 in block 3851 (2 Ilan Ramon St. Ness Ziona).

The landlord declares that it is unaware of any hidden flaw and/or defect in the envelope of the leased property and in the systems of the building where the leased property is located.

The Leased Property:

Areas on the second floor and on the fifth floor, as set forth hereafter, in building no. 11 in Kiryat Weizmann Science Park in Ness Ziona (hereinafter respectively: the “Building”, the “Park”), as marked in red on the blueprint attached to this agreement as appendix “C” and as set forth in the technical specifications attached as appendix “I”.

The Area of the Leased Property:

-The area of the leased property for the purpose of the payments according to this agreement is as set forth hereafter:

The area of the second floor, approximately 1,019 square meters gross (hereinafter: “Area A”).

The area of the fifth floor, approximately 537 square meters gross (hereinafter: “Area B”).

The total area of the leased property- approximately 1,556 square meters.

(Except if expressly stated otherwise, Area A and Area B shall be hereinafter referred to as the “Area of the Leased Property”).

It is clarified that the area of the leased property includes loading for common use in the public areas in the building.

Date of Deliver:

The date of delivery is the 1 st of January 2016


Notwithstanding the agreement, that the landlord shall be entitled to defer the delivery date during a period of up to 14 days for any reason. The landlord shall notify the tenant of a deferral of the delivery date when it becomes aware of this. It is clarified that such deferral as mentioned above shall not be considered as a breach of the lease agreement by the landlord and in this case the delivery date stipulated above shall be deferred to a date that shall be set forth in the landlord’s notice and the tenant shall be required to pay the rent from the actual delivery date and onward.

A delay in the delivery of the leased property for reasons dependent on the tenant and/or on anyone on his behalf shall postpone and delay the actual delivery date but not the tenant’s undertakings from the delivery date stipulates above and onward, including but not only, with respect to his undertakings to pay the rent and management fees and other such payments for the lease property, in accordance with the provisions of this agreement.

The leased property shall be given to the tenant at the date of delivery “As Is” when it is built in accordance with the provisions set forth in appendix “I”, without the landlord performing any work and/or adjustments of any type.

The Lease Period:

The period that begins from the delivery date in other words on the 1 st of January 2016 and that ends 120 calendar months afterwards in other words on the 31 st of December 2025 (hereinafter the “Lease Period”).

Notwithstanding the aforesaid, it is agreed that during the lease period the tenant shall be entitled to terminate the lease in the leased property, at the end of sixty (60) months after the date of commencement of the lease period, in other words on the 31 st of December 2020 and at this time only (hereinafter the: “Exit Point”) subject to the provisions hereafter. The termination of the tenant’s lease at the exit point shall be permitted only subject to receiving an unqualified and unconditional written notice from the tenant regarding his wish to terminate the lease in the leased property at the exit point as mentioned (hereinafter the “Notice”), that shall be received at the landlord at least 180 days before the date of the exit point, in other words up to and including the 30 th of June 2020 hereinafter the “Date of Giving the Notice”). It is clarified that insofar as the tenant shall not transfer the notice by the date of giving the notice the tenant shall not be entitled to exercise his right to such exit point. The aforesaid does not derogate from the tenant’s duty to bear the relative refund of the construction budget as set forth hereafter.

Section 3:

Holding the leased property in accordance with this agreement shall be delivered at the delivery date, subject to the fulfillment of the tenant’s obligations in full and on time, as mentioned in sections 7.2, 16 and payment of the sum according to section 7.1.3 hereafter, in the condition it is in “As-Is” at the time of signing this agreement when it is built in accordance with the technical specifications attached as appendix I, and when the building’s systems are in good working order and operate with the landlord having to perform any adjustment work and/or renovations and/or construction work of any type and kind. The tenant declares that he accepts possession when the leased property is in the condition it was at the time of signing this agreement AS IS, and that he hereby waives any claim and/or demand and/or lawsuit against the landlord and/or anyone on its behalf for the leased property’s condition at the time of delivery, and/or at the time of signing this agreement.

A deliver protocol shall be prepared at the delivery date of the leased property to the tenant as mentioned by representatives on behalf of the two parties. The parties shall write the work that the landlord must complete in the leased property in the deliver protocol, insofar as such exist.


For the sake of avoiding doubt, it is clarified that the tenant’s avoidance from cooperating with the landlord in drafting and signing the protocol as mentioned and/or the existence of any flaws and/or the need to complete the work in the leased property by the landlord, shall not prevent receiving possession in the leased property, and the tenant shall be required to receive possession in the leased property provided that according to the decision of the landlord the flaws or the need to complete such work does not prevent the tenant from acting in the leased property in accordance with the purpose of the lease.

The tenant has said to the landlord that he wishes to perform various construction and adjustment work in the leased property. All the construction and adjustment work in the leased property shall be performed by the tenant, at his expense and responsibility. The tenant shall not perform any change and/or renovation and/or construction work and/or adjustment except in accordance with the provisions of the lease agreement and especially the provisions of section 12 of the lease agreement.

It is hereby clarified and agreed that the landlord shall participate in the cost of the construction work of the tenant in the leased property, up to the total sum of 4,000 NIS with additional VAT per square meter gross out of the area of the leased property (hereinafter: the “Landlord’s Participation in the Cost of the Construction Work” and/or the “Construction Budget”) which shall be paid to the tenant according to the method of the end of the invoice month + 60 days and this is against presenting a lawful tax invoice which is made out in the name of the landlord. The tenant undertakes that he shall bear alone any additional cost, if and insofar as this shall be required beyond the participation sum of the landlord in the cost of the construction work in the framework of the construction work and/or any other work that the tenant shall wish to perform in the leased property, and he shall pay any additional sum that shall be required directly to the contractor a mentioned. It is agreed by the parties that the liability for performing the tenant’s work, with all that this entails, including with respect to planning and coordinating with every relevant party that shall be required, shall be of the tenant only. It is hereby clarified and agreed, that the landlord’s participation in the cost of the construction work as set forth above, shall not impose on the landlord any liability with respect to the planning and/or performance of the construction work, and the tenant hereby declares that he shall be solely responsible for receiving any approval and/or permit required according to law, and he shall be responsible for performing and planning the construction work. The tenant hereby declares and confirms that he does not have and he shall not have any claim and/or demand and/or lawsuit towards the landlord in this respect.

In order to eliminate doubt, the landlord is not required to perform any adjustment work and/or renovation work and/or construction work in the leased property.

A refund of the construction budget shall be according to the rate of 1.17 NIS for each 1 (one) square meter for an investment of 100 NIS per square meter (in other words 46.8 NIS per square meter for the construction budget of 4,000 NIS per square meter as mentioned above) when it is linked to the increase of the index starting from the month when the landlord shall actually pay to the tenant the entire construction budget with additional VAT (hereinafter the “Refund of the Construction Budget”). The sum of the refund of the construction budget shall be added to the rent and it shall be paid on time and in the manner in which the rent is paid.

For the sake of avoiding doubt it is hereby clarified that the construction budget as defined hereafter was determined under the agreed assumption that the lease period shall continue for 10 years at least. Therefore insofar as the lease period in the leased property shall continue over a shorter period than 10 years as mentioned, for any reason including the early cessation of the lease period and/or the cancellation of the lease agreement as a result of its breach by the tenant and/or its termination at an exit point etc… the tenant hereby undertakes to pay to the landlord a one- time payment, no later than the date of vacation


the leased property and as an additional condition for returning the securities to the tenant (and without derogating from the landlord’s rights in this matter in any situation of a breach of contract by the tenant), the sum equal to 10% of the construction budget for each lease year which was not realized (or any part of it). Thus for instance, in the event that the tenant shall wish to terminate his lease in the leased property after five (5) years, the refund sum of the construction budget shall be 50% of the total sum of the construction budget, when this sum is linked to the base index with additional lawful VAT.

It is agreed that the securities that shall be given by the tenant to the landlord in accordance with the provisions of this agreement shall serve also for ensuring the tenant’s undertakings for the aforesaid, all without derogating from any other remedy and/or relief that are reserved to the landlord according to this agreement and/or according to any law.

It is clarified that the aforesaid is not a consent and/or approval to shorten the lease period, for any reason, except with respect to the tenant’s right to terminate the agreement at the date of the exit point.

Section 4.3 : After the words: “All the payments”, the following words shall be added: “that apply to the tenant in accordance with the provisions of this agreement and subject to the provisions of section 8.1.1 hereafter”.

Section 5 : It shall be added at the end: “Except for hidden defects that could not have been discovered in a reasonable examination which can prevent the use of the leased property in accordance with the purpose of the lease”.

Section 6: Subject to any law, the purpose of the lease in the leased property is offices and laboratories for developing and producing drugs, and for this only.

Section 7:

The base index : The consumer price index (General) that was published on the 15 th of December 2015 for the month of November year 2015 (                    points, base 2010).

Section 7.2 : After the words: “a notice to the tenant” the words “in writing” shall be written.

Section 7.3 : At the end of the first paragraph – it is clarified that the division of the rent payments is under the sole responsibility of the landlord.

At the end of the second paragraph it shall be written: “Notwithstanding the aforesaid it is agreed that the notice of the split, shall be given in writing and it shall be signed by each of the landlord’s individuals”.

Third paragraph : “Instead of: “3 days” the words “7 business days: shall be written.

The Rent : The rent that the tenant shall pay for the leased property during the first lease period shall be the sum of 48 NIS for each square meter gross of the area of the leased property per month, when this sum is linked to the base index and with additional lawful VAT.

The landlord hereby notifies to the tenant that it has pledged in favor of the bank and it has registered in its favor a first degree pledge for the land on which the leased property is built.


It is hereby clarified that the tenant shall be exempt from the duty to pay rent and management fees to the landlord as follows:

For Area A: For a consecutive period of six months beginning a month after the delivery date as defined above, in other words on the 1 st of February 2016 and that ends on the 31 st of July 2016 (hereinafter the “Exemption Period”).

For Area B: For a consecutive period of ten month beginning with the month after the delivery date as defined above, in other words on the 1 st of February 2016 and that ends on the 30 th of November 2016.

It is clarified that no extension of the exemption period and/or of the additional exemption period shall be given for any reason (except in the event that the landlord shall not deliver the leased property to the tenant at the delivery date, due to a direct action or omission of the landlord, in which case the exemption period shall be deferred in accordance with the actual date of delivery). For the sake of avoiding doubt it is clarified that the aforesaid does not derogate from the tenant’s duty to pay to the landlord and/or to any third party the balance of the rent payments that apply to the tenant according to the agreement (except for the rent and the management fees, as mentioned above) including and without derogating from the supply of electricity, parking fees, water, municipal taxes and other such payments also during the additional exemption period.

Section 7.4 : Instead of: “7 days” – it shall be written “10 days”).

Section 7.5 : It is clarified that the rent shall be as set forth in this addendum.

Section 7.9 shall be added : It is clarified that a delay in payment that does not exceed 7 business days does not constitute a breach.

Section 8 – Taxes

Section 8.1.1 : Notwithstanding the provisions in section 8 and in section 4.3, it is clarified that taxes that apply according to law to the owners (as opposed to the tenant and/or user and/or possessor) shall apply and be paid by the landlord and not by the tenant. However, it is expressly agreed that in any case, the tenant shall pay the municipal taxes and/or governmental taxes that according to their nature are imposed on the possessor and/or user of property (and this is as opposed to payments imposed on owners and/or the lessee of property) for the leased area. It is clarified that insofar as a betterment levy shall be imposed as a result of use of the tenant in the leased property in deviation from the purpose of the lease – the tenant shall pay it.

In the second paragraph – the sentence that begins with the words “and the taxes that apply to the owners” and to the end of the paragraph shall be deleted.

Section 8.1.4 : Shall be deleted.

Section 8.2 : Instead of “of two business days” it shall be written: “in writing of 5 business days”.

Section 10.1.2 : For the sake of avoiding doubt the tenant shall install in the building where the leased property is located an energy meter and he shall bear the cost of the energy consumption in accordance with the calculation that shall be presented by the landlord.

Section 10.2 : “Notwithstanding the aforesaid, the landlord is responsible for the intactness of the envelope of the leased property and/or the general systems in the leased property that serve the leased property together with the other leased properties in the building, and to repair them, at its expense and responsibility within a reasonable time in the circumstances of the matter.

Section 10.3 : The second paragraph – the words “and the exits” shall be deleted.


Section 11.1 : It shall be written in the end: “Insofar as required according to law and after receiving the demand from the tenant within a reasonable time, the landlord undertakes to sign all the documents that shall be required from it, as the owner, for receiving the licenses provided that this will not impose on the landlord any cost”.

Section 12.2.6 : After the words: “At any time” it shall be written: “And in advance coordination with the tenant”.

Section 12.2.9 : The words “if possible” shall be deleted.

Section 14.2 : After the words: “To the leased property and the installations” it shall be written: “as a result of the tenant including his employees, managers, visitors and anyone on his behalf.”

Section 14.3: After the words; “To do so” it shall be written: “After giving a notice of 3 days in advance during which the amendment was not performed”. It shall be written at the end: “The aforesaid does not derogate from the landlord’s obligation with respect to the intactness of the envelope of the leased property and/or the good working order of the systems in the leased property and/or the public systems in the building, and to repair them, at its expense and responsibility within a reasonable time after receiving the tenant’s demand”.

Section 15 : At the end of sections 15.1, 15.2 and 15.3 it shall be written: “Except if the damage was caused as a result of a negligent or malicious action or omission of the landlord and/or anyone on its behalf, including the management company”.

Section 15.4 : At the end it shall be added “provided that insofar as it is possible to do so, the landlord has notified the tenant in advance and in writing of the demand and/or lawsuit and/or charge as mentioned and it has given the tenant a reasonable opportunity to defend itself against them. It is clarified that indemnification for damage that was ruled in a legal proceeding shall be paid against a judgment the execution of which was not stayed.”

Section 17.1 : It is clarified that the landlord shall not add floors to the building.

Section 17.2 : After the words: “As much as possible” it shall be written: “In coordination and”.

Section 18.2 : Notwithstanding the aforesaid the tenant shall be entitled to change the control in the tenant’s corporation after giving notice to the landlord. In this event, the landlord shall have the right to cancel the contract giving notice in writing to the tenant of 60 days in advance. Such cancellation can be made by the landlord for reasonable and relevant reasons only (such as economic strength and/or the reputation of the transferee controlling shareholder etc…).

Section 18.4 : Notwithstanding the aforesaid, it is agreed that the tenant shall be entitled to allow a sub- tenant on his behalf (hereinafter the “Sub- Tenant”) whose identity shall be approved in advance by the landlord, to use the leased property subject to the tenant remaining solely and fully responsible for the fulfillment of all the tenant’s obligations according to the lease agreement for the entire area of the leased property. It is agreed that the landlord’s refusal to approve a sub- tenant for reasons connected to his reputation and/or economic situation shall not be considered as an unjustified refusal. In order to avoid doubt it is clarified that the landlord shall not be charged any cost and/or expense and/or bear any liability with respect to the leased property being used by a sub- tenant as mentioned, including with respect to internal adjustments of the leased property to the needs of the sub- tenant.

It is agreed that the sub- tenant as mentioned shall sign a document that confers upon him the status of an “permitted party” towards the landlord in the leased property, in the version acceptable at the landlord,


and the signed document shall be given to the landlord before the sub- tenant enters the leased property and as a condition for him entering the leased property as mentioned, and the tenant shall be required, towards the landlord, to pay all of his obligations according to this agreement, including the payment of rent for the entire area of the leased property. It is agreed that in the event that the sub- tenant of the tenant shall be a parent company and/or subsidiary and/or associated company of the tenant, and in this case only, the sub- tenant shall not be required to sign the document mentioned in this paragraph above, however, this does not derogate from the tenant’s liability towards the landlord to fulfill all of his undertakings in accordance with the provisions of this contract.

The tenant’s undertakings according to the lease agreement shall apply to the sub- tenant mutatis mutandis, however the tenant’s rights towards the landlord according to the lease agreement shall not be conferred to the sub- tenant except for the landlord’s permission to the sub- tenant to use the leased property subject to the terms of the “Permitted party” document.

It is further agreed that the tenant shall be entitled to terminate the lease period early, provided that the landlord shall find a substitute tenant, whose identity shall be approved in advance and in writing by the landlord, who shall lease the leased property from the landlord instead of the tenant, according to the terms of this agreement, and subject to providing securities to the landlord’s satisfaction. The landlord shall not refuse to approve the identity of the substitute tenant, except for reasonable reasons. It is agreed that the landlord’s refusal to approve a substitute tenant for reasons connected to his reputation, his economic situation or his incompatibility to the assortment of activities in the building, shall not be considered an unjustified refusal. Transferring the lease to a substitute tenant as mentioned shall be made in a triangle agreement signed by the landlord the tenant and the substitute tenant, in the version acceptable at the landlord. In order to avoid doubt it is clarified that the landlord shall not be required to pay any cost and/or expense and/or it shall not bear any liability with respect to leasing the leased property to the substitute tenant, including with respect to internal adjustments made for the needs of the substitute tenant.

Section 19.1 : The paragraph beginning with the words: “In order to prevent doubt” shall be deleted until the end of the paragraph.

Section 19.6 : The right mentioned in the section shall be available to the landlord after giving a warning to the tenant of 7 business days in advance.

Section 20.1.1: Instead of: “48 hours after signing this agreement” it shall be written: “Up to and no later than 7 days before the delivery date”.

Section 20.1.1.A : Instead of the words: “In the sum equal to the rent for 9 months of lease with additional VAT and management fees of 9 months of the lease” it shall be written “In the sum equal to the rent of 12 months lease with additional VAT, and management fees of 12 months lease”.

Section 20.1.1.B : Shall be deleted.

Section 20.1.2 : It is clarified that an update of the guarantee sum shall be made parallel to the time when the tenant is required to renew the validity of the guarantee.

Section 20.2 : The landlord shall not be entitled to use the guarantee except only in the case where the agreement was materially breached by the tenant, and after the tenant was given an advance written warning of 10 business days regarding the realization of the guarantee during which the breach was not repaired.


Section 22 : The end shall be deleted from the words: “or interest in the rate of 5% per month and up to the “higher of the two”.

Appendix G

Section 6B : It shall be written in the end: “provided that the landlord shall give the tenant a written notice regarding the disconnection of at least 7 days in advance.”

Appendix H : Shall be deleted.

Parking spaces:

During the lease period, the tenant shall be entitled to use, for purposes of parking only, 30 (thirty) parking spaces in total, in the underground covered parking lot, that are marked in the blueprint (appendix C of this agreement (hereinafter: the “Parking Spaces in the Lower Parking Lot”; the “Parking Spaces”; the “Parking Lot”). The landlord shall be entitled to change the location of the parking spaces from time to time, in accordance with its discretion and for relevant reasons only, and provided that the parking spaces shall remain in the lower covered parking lot, subject to giving a notice to the tenant, without the tenant having any claim and/or lawsuit and/or demand with respect to this.

For each of the parking spaces, the tenant shall pay to the landlord the sum of 350 NIS per month, when this sum is linked to the base index with additional lawful VAT.

The following provisions shall apply to the use of all the parking spaces:

The parking fees that shall be paid for the parking spaces as set forth above shall be paid for the right to use the parking spaces only, and not for guarding or for providing any other service to the tenant and/or to the vehicle that shall park at the parking spaces. By signing this addendum the tenant confirms that he is aware that the landlord does not providing guarding services in the parking lots of any type. The tenant releases the landlord from any liability for guarding the vehicles that shall park in the parking spaces and the provisions of the Bailees Law, 5727- 1967 shall not apply to this agreement.

The tenant shall bear all the taxes and the levies for the parking spaces, insofar as these shall apply, except for the payment of municipal taxes and management fees included in the parking fees.

The tenant and/or anyone on his behalf undertake to fulfill all the instructions of the landlord and/or of anyone on its behalf that refer to the management of the parking lot, its operating procedures, parking and traffic procedures in it etc… - including those that shall be presented from time to time throughout the parking lot by signs and/or in any other manner.

For the sake of avoiding doubt – the landlord and/or those on its behalf and/or any entity and/or person that are employed by it and/or that act in its name are not responsible for any harm, theft, damage, or loss of any type and/or for any reason, that shall be incurred by the tenant and/or anyone on his behalf, to a vehicle and/or to any other person or property in the area of the parking lot.

 

 

   

 

The Landlord     The Tenant


Appendix A1

Date:                     

                    (the lessee)

Subject: Payments that are due or may become due to us from you in accordance with the leasing agreement between us dated                      regarding                      the real estate known as plot                      in accordance with plan                     , block 3851, sections                      (in part), located in Nes Zione (hereinafter: “the agreement”, “the real estate”).

Whereas in order to ensure that all the sums that are due and/or that may become due from Africa Israel Assets Ltd and/or EF-SHAR Ltd (that shall be called jointly below (“ AI ”) to Bank Leumi Le’Israel Ltd. (hereinafter: “ the bank ”) and to companies from the group of Harel Insurance Company Ltd (hereinafter: “ Harel ”, and jointly with the bank, “ the loaners ”), in accordance with loans, credit and/or other banking services that AI has received and/or is about to receive from the borrowers without limitation to their overall sum, AI has encumbered for the benefit of the bank (for it and in trust for Harel) all its rights to the real estate and has also mortgaged and assigned to the bank as aforesaid, by means of a lien, all its rights to receive the monies due to it and/or that may become due to it from you in accordance with the agreement, in accordance with AI’s share, as set forth in the preamble to the agreement.

Consequently we hereby give you irrevocable instructions as follows:

 

1. If the payments that you are obligated to pay us in accordance with the agreement are made by you by means of a permission to charge an account (standing order) or by means of a bank transfer – to transfer to an account in our name, numbered 515093/91, in the main branch of the bank in Tel Aviv (numbered 800) only , any sum that is or may be due to us from you in accordance with the agreement, on account of the rent (including any payment for parking places), and this on the date fixed for its payment (hereinafter: “ the rent ”). To remove any doubts, the aforesaid shall not apply to the services charges and the other leasing payments (hereinafter: “ the additional payments ”), that shall be paid to an account in the name of Africa Israel Assets Ltd, numbered 515093/89, in the main branch of the bank in Tel Aviv (numbered 800) only .

If the payments that you are obligated to pay us in accordance with the agreement are made by you by means of checks, the checks shall be written to the order of Africa Israel Assets Ltd.

To remove any doubts, the fact that the additional payments will be paid to an account in the name of Africa Israel Assets Ltd only and/or that the checks will be written to the order of Africa Israel Assets Ltd only, shall not limit the rights of each of us to the payments of the rent.

 

2. Not to transfer to us or to a third party or to any other account whatsoever, any sum of the rent that is and/or may become due to us in accordance with the agreement as aforesaid, except with the consent of the loaners to this, in advance and in writing, and all except in the circumstances as set forth in section 3 below.


3. That set forth in section 1 above shall apply during the entire period of the lease including all its extensions, unless you are given notice from one of us (to remove any doubts, each of us separately) (hereinafter: “ the splitting notice ”), according to which you will be required, starting from the date of receipt of the notice onwards, to cease to pay the rent and the additional payments as set forth in section 1 above, and instead of this to split all the rent payments (as set forth in the agreement) and to pay to each of us its share of the rent separately, as set forth below:

 

  3.1 34.7% of the rent shall be paid to account No. 67100/35 in the main branch of the bank in Tel Aviv (numbered 800), in the name of EF-SHAR Ltd, or to any other account in the name of EF-SHAR Ltd to be furnished to you in writing by the bank.

 

  3.2 25.3% of the rent and 60% of the additional payments, shall be paid to account No. 26520/42 in the main branch of the bank in Tel Aviv (numbered 800), in the name of Africa Israel Assets Ltd, or to any other account in the name of Africa Israel Assets Ltd, to be furnished to you in writing by the bank.

 

  3.3 40% of the rent and of the additional payments, shall be to account No. 83000/10 in Bank Leumi Le’Israel Ltd., branch 978, in the name of the Weizman Institute of Science (hereinafter: “ the Institute ”), to be furnished to you in writing by the bank.

Or, alternatively, to give to each of us checks to its order in respect of its share of the rent, as set forth in the preamble to the agreement, where subject to the delivery of the aforesaid checks, you shall be entitled to receive from Africa Israel Assets Ltd the original checks that were deposited by you in its hands.

To remove any doubts, it is clarified that as long as you are not given notice of splitting, you must pay the rent (as set forth in the agreement) as set forth in section 1 above.

 

4. These provisions are irrevocable and may not be cancelled or changed except with the consent of the loaners in writing.

 

5. Please confirm your consent to the aforesaid provisions and that you will act in accordance with these provisions.

To remove any doubts, the rights of the Institute in the real estate, including its rights to receive the monies due to it and/or that may become due to it from you in accordance with the agreement, are not in any way whatsoever subject to the aforesaid liens for the benefit of the bank (for it and in trust for Harel).

Africa Israel Assets Ltd                     

EF-SHAR Ltd                     

Weizman Institute of Science                     


Approval by the lessee

Bank Leumi Le’Israel Ltd.

Harel Insurance Company Ltd

Harel Pension Funds Management Ltd

Dikla Insurance Company Ltd

Harel Benefit and Courses Ltd

Harel Atidot Benefit Funds Ltd

Manof Pension Funds Management Ltd

Savings Fund for the Professional Army – Company for the Management of Benefit Funds Ltd

La’atid Company for the Management of Pension Funds Ltd

IMI – Ezer Company for the Insurance of Mortgages Ltd

We hereby agree to encumber the rights of AI in the real estate and to mortgage and assign the contractual rights of AI by virtue of the aforesaid agreement, for your benefit.

We have noted the aforesaid irrevocable provisions and we hereby undertake to act in accordance with them.

Furthermore, we hereby waive, fully and absolutely, all the rights of offsetting and holding up that we may have, in accordance with the agreement and/or by law.

 

Signature and stamp of the lessee                     
Date                     


Appendix D- 1

Certificate of Work Insurance

Date:                     

Attn

 

  1. Africa Israel Properties Ltd.

4 Hahoresh Blvd. Yehud

 

  2. Ef- Shar Ltd.

4 Hahoresh Blvd. Yehud

 

  3. Weizmann Institute of Science

At the Weizmann Institute of Science Properties and Development (Mul Nof) Ltd.

Sagan House, Weizmann Institute of Science, 24 Herzl St. Rehovot

(hereinafter jointly, as opposed to “jointly and separately: the “Landlord”)

Dear sirs,

Re: Our insured:                      (hereinafter the “Tenant”)

Certificate of insurance with respect to the lease agreement of the                      executed between the Landlord and the Tenant for leasing a property at the Science Park Kiryat Weizmann.

 

 

  

(hereinafter: the “Leased Property”, the “Park” and the “Agreement”, respectively).

We hereby confirm that starting from the                      to the                      our company has issued, at the Tenant’s request, an insurance policy for all contractors’ work risks (hereinafter the “Policy”) for the work performed by it in the Leased Property.

The name of the insured party in the policy: The Tenant and/or contractors and/or sub- contractors, and with respect to chapters B and C hereafter the insured party was expanded to also include the Landlord and/or the management company.

The policy includes the following insurance chapters:

 

  (1) Chapter A

The insurance of the work itself including materials and any property and/or equipment and/or installations that serve for performing the work, at their full value. This chapter incudes a waiver of the right of subrogation towards the Landlord and/or the management company, their employees, and their managers, and towards other renters and/or residents and/or the other right holders in the park, when the property insurance and/or the work insurance (chapter A) of the other renters and/or residents and/or other right holders in the park include a parallel waiver of the right of subrogation in favor of the Tenant, provided that the waiver of the right of subrogation as mentioned shall not apply in favor of a person that maliciously caused damage.


This chapter includes coverage of property that is adjacent to the property which is being worked on up to the sum of $150,000.

This chapter includes coverage for removing rubble up to the sum of $100,000.

 

  (2) Chapter B

Third party liability insurance to cover the liability of insured parties according to law for harm and/or damage that shall be caused to the body and/or property of any person and/or entity as a result of performing the work, under the liability limits of $1,000,000 per event and in the aggregate for the insurance period. This chapter does not include any limit regarding liability that arises from fire, explosion, shock, lifting devices, unloading and uploading, defective sanitary devices, poisoning and anything harmful in food of beverage, shaking and the weakening of supports, liability for bodily injury that arises from use of engineering mechanical equipment that is a motor vehicle and where there is no legal duty to insure it, disturbances, malicious damage and subrogation claims by the National Insurance Institution.

The Landlord’s property for the purpose of the insurance according to this chapter shall be considered as third party insurance.

 

  (3) Chapter C –

Employers’ liability insurance to cover the liability of those insured according to the Torts Ordinance [New Version] and/or the Liability for Defective Products Law, 5740- 1980 towards anyone employed in performing the work, under a liability limit of $5,000,000 per claimant, per event and in the aggregate for the insurance period. This chapter does not include any limit regarding contractors, sub- contractors and their employees, work at height and at depth, baits and poisons, the employment of youth and work hours.

General for all chapters of the policy

The policy includes an expanded maintenance period of 12 months.

The “Landlord” for the purpose of this insurance and/or this certificate includes the parent company and/or subsidiaries and/or associated companies and/or connected companies and/or any company in the Africa – Israel group and/or their employees and/or their managers.

The version of the policies shall not be less than the version known as the relevant edition of the Bit policy at the time the insurance was issued.

The policy includes a waiver of the right of subrogation towards the Landlord and/or the management company, their employees and their managers provided that a waiver of the right of subrogation as mentioned shall not apply in favor of a person that maliciously caused the damage.

A breach of the terms of the policy in good faith by the Tenant shall not harm the Landlord’s rights and/or the rights of the management company according to it.

The insurance is prior to any insurance that is taken out by the Landlord and/or the management company and we waive any claim and/or demand regarding the participation of the Landlord’s and/or the management company’s insurance policies.

We confirm that the Tenant only is responsible for payment of the insurance fees and the sums of the deductibles for this insurance.


We undertake that this policy shall not be reduced.

This certificate of ours is subject to the terms and qualifications of the original insurance policy, insofar as it has not been changed according to the provisions in this certificate.

 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

(stamp of the insurer)    (signature of the insurer)    (name of the signatory)    position of the signatory)


Appendix D- 2

Certificate of Insurance

Date:                     

Attn

 

  1. Ef- Shar Ltd.

4 Hahoresh Blvd. Yehud

 

  2. Weizmann Institute of Science

At the Weizmann Institute of Science Properties and Development (Mul Nof) Ltd.

Sagan House, Weizmann Institute of Science, 24 Herzl St. Rehovot

(hereinafter jointly, as opposed to “jointly and separately: the “Landlord”)

Dear sirs,

Re: Our insured:                      (hereinafter the “Tenant”)

Certificate of insurance with respect to the lease agreement of the                      executed between the Landlord and the Tenant for leasing a property at the Science Park Kiryat Weizmann.

 

 

  

(hereinafter: the “Leased Property”, the “Park” and the “Agreement”, respectively).

We hereby confirm that starting from the                      to the                      our company has issued, the insurance policies hereafter for the Tenant’s activities, including his activities in the Park and including at the time the adjustment work of the Leased Property is performed :-

 

  1. “Extended Fire” insurance that covers at full reinstatement value the content of the Leased Property including an property and/or equipment that serves the Leased Property that is owned by and/or under the Tenant’s responsibility and that is outside of the Leased Property and any changes and/or additions to the Leased Property that were made and/or shall be made by the Tenant and/or for him, against the customary risks in “extended fire” insurance including, fire, lightening, smoke, explosion, earthquake, storm, flood, water damage, harm by aircraft, impact, breaking and entering, robbery, disturbances, strikes, glass breakage and malicious damage (hereinafter the “Extended Fire Risks”).

The insurance shall include a waiver of the right of subrogation towards the Landlord and/or the management company, their employees and managers, and towards the other renters and/or residents and/or other right holders in the park (hereinafter the “Other Right Holders”) when the property insurance policies of the other right holders include a parallel clause regarding the waiver of the right of subrogation towards the Tenant, and provided that the waiver of the right of subrogation as mentioned shall not apply in favor of a person that maliciously caused the damage.

 

  2.

Third party liability insurance to cover the Tenant’s liability according to law for harm and/or damage that shall be that shall be caused to the body and/or property of any person and/or entity, under the liability limits of $1,000,000 per event and in the aggregate for the insurance period. This insurance does not include any limit regarding liability that arises from fire, explosion, shock, lifting devices, unloading and uploading, defective sanitary


  devices, poisoning and anything harmful in food of beverage, disturbances, strikes, malicious damage, liability for and towards contractors, sub- contractors and their employees and subrogation claims by the National Insurance Institution. The insurance is expanded to include the Landlord’s and/or the management company’s liability for the Tenant’s actions and/or omissions subject to a cross liability clause.

 

  3. Employers’ liability insurance to cover the liability of the Tenant according to the Torts Ordinance [New Version] and/or the Liability for Defective Products Law, 5740- 1980 towards his employees for bodily harm and/or illness caused to them while and as a result of their work, under a liability limit of $5,000,000 per claimant, per event and in the aggregate for the insurance period. This insurance does not include any limit regarding the Tenant’s liability towards contractors, sub- contractors and their employees, if they shall be considered as the Tenant’s employees, and regarding work at height and at depth, baits and poisons, the employment of youth and work hours. The insurance is expanded to indemnify the Landlord and/or the management company if they shall be considered the employers of any of the Tenant’s employees or if it shall be determined that they bear vicarious liability with respect to the Tenant’s liability towards his employees.

 

  4. Consequential loss insurance for the Tenant (except for the loss of rent and/or management fees) as a result of loss or damage to the Leased Property and/or its content and/or as a result of preventing access to the Leased Property as a result of extended fire risks for an indemnification period of 12 months.

The insurance includes a waiver of the right of subrogation towards the Landlord and/or the management company, their employees and managers, and towards the other right holders when the consequential loss insurance policies of the other right holders includes a parallel clause regarding the waiver of the right of subrogation towards the Tenant, and provided that the waiver of the right of subrogation as mentioned shall not apply in favor of a person that maliciously caused damage.

General for all the policies

The “Landlord” for the purpose of these insurances and/or this certificate includes the parent companies and/or subsidiaries and/or associated companies and/or connected companies and/or any company in the Africa – Israel group and/or their employees and/or their managers.

The version of the policies shall not be less than the version known as the relevant edition of the Bit policy at the time the insurance was issued.

A breach of the terms of the policies by the Tenant in good faith shall not harm the Landlord’s rights and/or the management company’s rights according to them.

These insurances are first and prior to any insurance that was taken out by the Landlord and/or the management company and we waive any claim and/or demand regarding the participation of the Landlord’s and/or the management company’s insurances.

We confirm that the Tenant only is responsible for the payment of the insurance fees and the sums of the deductibles for this insurance.

We undertake that these policies shall not be cancelled and not reduced for the duration of the insurance period, except with a notice of 60 days to the Landlord, in writing, by registered mail.


This certificate of ours is subject to the terms and qualifications of the original insurance policy, insofar as it has not been changed according to the provisions in this certificate.

 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

(stamp of the insurer)    (signature of the insurer)    (name of the signatory)    position of the signatory)


Appendix E

Version of the Bank Guarantee

Attn.

 

  1. Africa Israel Properties Ltd.

4 Hahoresh St. Yehud

 

  2. Ef- Shar Ltd.

4 Hahoresh St. Yehud

 

  3. The Weizmann Institute of Science

 

  4. At Weizmann Institute of Science, Properties and Development (Mul Nof) Ltd.

Sagan House, Weizmann Institute of Science, 234 Herzl St. Rehovot

Dear sirs,

Re: Bank Guarantee

According to the request of                      (hereinafter: the “Tenant”) we hereby undertake and are liable towards you to pay any sum under the limit of                      NIS (in words:                      NIS) when this sum is linked to the consumer price index (including vegetables and fruit) that is published by the Central Bureau of Statistics when the base index is the index of the month of                      year                      - (hereinafter the “Guarantee Sum”).

We undertake to pay you any sum that shall be demanded by you under the limit of the guarantee sum immediately upon your first written demand, and no later than two business days after the day of demand, and without you having to base or prove your demand. Any sum that shall be paid by us as mentioned, shall be divided between you so that Africa Israel Properties Ltd. and Ef- Shar Ltd. shall be entitled (together) to 60% of such payment and the Weizmann Institute of Science shall be entitled to 40% of such payment.

You shall be entitled to demand payment of the entire guarantee sum from us or demand from us from time to time sums on account of the guarantee sum, and in this case the guarantee shall remain in force regarding the balance of the guarantee sums after each payment, provided that the total sum of your demands shall not exceed the guarantee sum.

This guarantee shall be in full force up to the                      at 12:00 inclusive, and any demand according to it must be given to us by no later than this time.

 

 

Bank


Appendix “F”

Procedure of Working with Heat

 

1. Waste materials, empty boxes, crates and wood and paper waste shall be removed from the Leased Property by the Tenant each day and they shall be stored at a safe distance from it, in the sites intended for this in the park.

 

2. No “work with heat” shall be performed in the area of the Leased Property at a radius of 10 meters from any flammable material not in accordance with the procedure set forth hereafter:

 

  2.1. The term “work with heat” means: performing any work while using welding and/or cutting with heat and/or using open fire.

 

  2.2. Any contractor or sub- contractor whose work involves “working with heat” shall appoint a supervisor (hereinafter: “Supervisor”) whose duty it shall be to ascertain that no work with heat shall be performed not in accordance with the provisions in this procedure.

 

  2.3. Before commencing the performance of any work with heat, the supervisor shall survey the area that is intended for performing the work with heat, and ascertain that flammable material of any type is removed from the area in a radius of at least 10 meters from the place of performing the work with heat, when fixed flammable objects, that cannot be moved, shall be covered with an fireproof cover.

 

  2.4. The supervisor shall appoint a person that shall serve as a fire scout (hereinafter: “Fire Scout”) who is equipped with fire extinguishing means which are suitable to extinguish types of flammable materials that are in the surroundings of the place where work with heat is being performed (but no less than two 6 kilogram sprinklers which are in good working order at the time of performing the welding work). The sole job of the fire scout shall be to observe the performance of the work with heat and to immediately put out any fire that erupts that could be due to performing the work with heat.

 

  2.5. A fire scout shall be present in the place of performing the work with heat starting from the commencement of their performance and up to the end of 30 minutes at least after their completion, in order to ascertain that no sources of combustion have remained.


Appendix “G”

Rules for the Supply of Electricity

 

1. Introduction

The provisions of this appendix shall apply to the Tenant and shall bind him insofar as in the building where the Leased Property is located the Landlord provides electricity services as defined hereafter.

This appendix set forth the mutual undertakings of the parties with respect to the supply of electricity services to the Leased Property as defined hereafter.

The following terms shall be given the meaning set forth at their side as follows:

 

The “Agreement” -    the lease agreement as defined above, and the addendum to it.
The “Landlord”-    whoever’s details appear in the agreement as the Landlord, including the management company and/or anyone on their behalf.
The “Tenant” -    whoever’s details appear in the agreement as the Tenant.
The “Engineer”-    an electrical engineer or certified electrician that shall be responsible for the electrical system in the building.
The “Leased   
Property” -    the area leased to the Tenant by the Landlord according to this agreement.
The “Building”-    the structure in the in Weizmann Park Ness Ziona, in which the Leased Property is located.
“Electricity Services” -    the supply of electricity, maintenance of electrical installations that shall be installed in the building and in the Leased Property by the Landlord, insurance of these electrical installations, operating and maintaining the electricity control system in the building and its installations, except for the electricity installations that shall be installed in the Leased Property by the Tenant.

 

2. General

 

  a. All the electricity services to the Leased Property shall be provided by the Landlord.

 

  b. The charge of the Tenant for the supply of electricity services, shall be made on a basis of a readout of the electricity meter, which shall measure the supply of electricity to the Leased Property, and in addition to charges for use of the common electricity installations, insurance of the electricity installations, maintenance of the electricity installations etc… all as set forth hereafter in this appendix.

 

  c. The Tenant declares and undertakes to use only the electricity services supply that shall be supplied by the Landlord and not turn to the Electric Corp. with a request to install a separate meter and/or separate supply and/or direct supply of electricity and/or direct payment to the Electric Corp. and the Tenant shall bear all the Landlord’s damage in such case. The aforesaid does not derogate from the right of the Israel Electric Corp. Ltd. to connect the Tenant directly to the electricity network and to the electricity supply that is given on behalf of the Electric Corp. and this is according to its exclusive discretion in coordination with the Landlord.


The Tenant shall not have any claim for any cause of action against the Electric Corp. for the failure to supply an electricity current and/or disturbances in its supply, including with respect to electronic equipment or otherwise that shall be installed by the Tenant, if installed, in the Leased Property, and the Tenant undertakes to indemnify the Electric Corp. for any cost and damage that shall be caused to it as a result of a claim for the issues as mentioned of any guest and/or authorized person on behalf of the Tenant.

 

  d. The Landlord shall provide to the Tenant electricity services to the Landlord, when the manner of using the electricity in the Leased Property itself shall be according to the Tenant’s discretion, subject to any law and/or term and/or rules dealing with electricity and the use of it, subject to the other provisions of this appendix.

 

  e. The Tenant undertakes to sign the undertakings attached as appendix “G1” towards the Electric Corp. A breach of this undertaking is the same as a breach of the lease agreement for all intents and purposes.

 

  f. Without derogating from the aforesaid, the Tenant is aware that the supply of electricity in bulk is given to the entire building as a whole and any change of the supply method and the transfer to individual supply is subject and conditional inter alia, to the transfer of the entire building as a whole without any exception, including all the renters at the same time, to another method, all in accordance and subject to the terms in the agreement that was signed between the Landlord and the Electric Corp.

 

3. Imputing Payments

The Landlord has the right to determine at the time of performing any payment by the Tenant, according to its sole discretion, the charge for which the sum that was paid shall be imputed to his account. In order to avoid doubt, as long as the Landlord has not notified the Tenant otherwise, each payment that the Tenant shall make according to the agreement and its appendixes shall be first imputed for rent, afterwards for maintenance fees and afterwards for electricity, and afterwards for the other costs according to their order.

 

4. Checking the Electrical Installations in the Leased Property

 

  a. The Landlord shall be entitled to visit the Leased Property at any reasonable time, without the need for an advance notice, and to check each electrical installation to examine its safety, and its compatibility with acceptable safety standards.

 

  b. If the engineer shall think that any electrical installation that was installed in the Leased Property could cause damage to the general electricity supply system in the building and/or that has safety risks and hazards and/or that does not comply with the acceptable safety standards and/or that the burden that it imposes on the electricity services supply system that could disrupt the system – the engineer shall be entitled to demand a repair or replacement and/or change of the installation, and the Tenant undertakes to take all the means necessary for fulfilling the engineer’s demand within 14 days.

 

  c. The Tenant shall be responsible for any damage that shall be caused to the equipment and/or to the electricity installations in the Leased Property and/or in the electricity system outside of the Leased Property as a result of operating an electricity installation that is not in good working order, as set forth above.


5. Changes and Additions in the Electricity System

The Tenant is not entitled to perform expansions and/or changes and/or additions in the electricity supply installations that shall be supplied to the Leased Property, and the Landlord shall be entitled to immediately disconnect and/or remove any expansion, change addition etc… that were made without the Landlord’s permission. Such disconnection and/or removal as mentioned shall be made at the Tenant’s expense, and this is without derogating from the Tenant’s liability for any damage that shall be caused to the electricity supply installations as a result of the work as mentioned.

Any change, expansion and/or addition to the electricity supply installations that shall be required by the Tenant beyond the provisions in the contract are conditioned upon receiving the Landlord’s prior written approval and if they shall be approved by the Landlord – they shall be changed payment that shall apply to the Tenant.

Notwithstanding the aforesaid it is clarified that in a one- time and unusual manner the Tenant shall be entitled to make changes in the electricity installations in the Leased Property except in the main electricity board and except in any electricity installation that is a public system or a system that supplies the Leased Property, for the purpose of adjusting the Leased Property for the Tenant’s purposes in accordance with the purpose of the lease through a certified electricity consultant, and this only. The Tenant undertakes that after performing the changes and before re- connecting to the main electricity board, to present before the Landlord an approval of a certified electricity examiner according to which all the actions the changes that the Tenant has made comply with the binding standards and requirements. Re- connecting to the main electricity board shall be subject to receiving the Landlord’s approval for that.

 

6. Access and Caring for the Electricity Installations

 

  a. The Tenant shall permit access to any authorized employee on behalf of the Landlord during any reasonable hour, to any electricity installation in the Leased Property, for examining, inspecting, installing, repairing, replacing faulty parts, removing, dismantling, compiling etc… work that shall be required according to the Landlord in the electricity installations that supply the electricity services to the Leased Property.

 

  b. For performing the work as mentioned, the Landlord shall be entitled to temporarily disconnect for the time that shall be required, the supply of electricity to the Leased Property, provided that the duration of time in which the electricity supply shall be disconnected to the Leased Property shall be reasonable, taking into consideration the type of work in the Leased Property.

 

  c. The Tenant shall make sure to turn and/or move any installation that disturbs access in order to perform the work as mentioned above.

 

7. Ownership Rights

Any machine, tool and other equipment that are connected to the electricity supply services system that were installed by the Landlord, are the Landlord’s exclusive property, and it is not relevant whether the Tenant has participated in the purchase costs and/or installation costs and/or connection costs of this equipment or not.


8. Liability for the Landlord’s Property

 

  a. The Tenant shall be barred from performing any work of any type and kind, in machines, tools and other equipment that belongs to the electricity supply services system to the Leased Property, unless it received a prior written approval from the Landlord, to perform the work as mentioned, was not by the Landlord.

 

  b. The Tenant shall be responsible to safeguard the equipment described above and its intactness, during the entire lease period, and/or the use of the Leased Property, and he shall be responsible towards the Landlord for any damage that shall be caused to the equipment, that is not such that arises from reasonable wear and tear that was created despite careful and reasonable use of the equipment.

 

  c. The Tenant undertakes not to make any change in the public electricity systems that supply the Leased Property.

 

9. Delivery of Electricity

The Tenant is not entitled to supply and/or sell electricity and/or give any electricity services that were provided to him by the Landlord, for consideration or without consideration and in any other manner, unless this is about the supply of electricity within the area of the Leased Property, to other authorized parties according to the agreement.

 

10. Limiting the Landlord’s Liability in the Event of Electricity Outages

 

  a. The Landlord shall be entitled to stop or to limit the supply of electricity services to the Leased Property and to other places in the building, in the cases set forth hereafter:

 

  i. In any event of a cessation or limit in the electricity supply due to an internal malfunction and/or external malfunction to the main electricity services supply in the building, such as national power outages or regional power outages, due to the system or the Electric Corp. or in the internal electricity distribution system of the building.

 

  ii. In any other event, in which the engineer shall order the need for such cessation.

 

  b. In any event, in which it shall be possible to notify the Tenant of a suspected cessation in the supply of electricity services, a notice of this shall be given in advance from the Landlord, in a manner that shall be determined by the Landlord.

 

  c. The Landlord shall not be responsible and it shall not bear any damage that shall be caused to the Tenant for power cessations, in the cases set forth above, and/or in any other case that the Landlord has no control over.

 

11. Unexpected Changes

If as a result of the law, regulation, order to action of a government authority or other authorized authority, there shall be a need, according to the Landlord’s discretion, to perform any changes in the electricity supply system to the Leased Property, the Landlord shall perform these changes without the Tenant meeting any claim and/or lawsuit for performing such change, and the Tenant shall bear the costs as a result of such work.


12. Determining the Electricity Supplier for the Leased Property

 

  a. The quantity of the power supply used in the Leased Property is part of the components for which usage fees shall be paid by the Tenant, in consideration for the supply of electricity services.

 

  b. The quantity of the power supply (in kilowatts) that the Tenant shall consume in the Leased Property shall be measured by a separate meter that shall be installed in the concentration of the meters in the building and/or in a place that the Landlord shall determine in the building.

 

  c. The readout of the meter shall be made by the employees authorized on behalf of the Landlord or by computerized electronic means and this shall serve as absolute testimony with respect to the quantity of electricity that was consumed.

 

  d. In the event the meter did not operate in good working order for a certain period, or it did not work at all, due to a malfunction or for any other reason, or in the event that the Tenant consumed electricity in the Leased Property not through the meter or in a manner that is not agreed according to the agreement and this appendix, a calculation shall be made by the Landlord of the consumption quantity in this time frame mentioned by way of an assessment, according to the rate of consumption in prior periods, and in the event that this is not possible, an assessment shall be made by way of comparing the consumption in similar businesses in the building.

 

  e. In the event that the Tenant shall dispute the Landlord’s assessments as set forth above, the engineer shall determine this matter, and his decision shall be final and binding.

 

  f. In any other case, in which the Tenant shall dispute the quantity of the electricity consumption in the Leased Property, the claim shall be checked by the authorized employees on behalf of the Landlord, and if it shall be found in this examination that there was an inaccuracy in the calculation, for a reason that is not dependent on the Tenant, the calculation shall be amended, and the Tenant shall be accredited or charged respectively, in the account afterwards, in the sum that is due from amending the error.

 

  g. In any event of an examination that shall be made according to the Tenant’s request as mentioned above, in which it shall be found that there is no basis to the Tenant’s claims, and that all the equipment that shall be installed by the Landlord is in good working order, the Tenant shall be required to bear the costs of the inspection, in the sum that shall be determined from time to time by the Landlord.

 

13. Cessation of the Electricity Services within the Lease Period

 

  a. In the event of a material breach of the agreement, and especially if the Tenant has not paid the rent due from him, the Landlord is entitled to disconnect the electricity supply to the Tenant and this is after giving a written warning.

 

  b. In the event of the cessation of electricity as mentioned, all the costs the damage, and the losses for such cessation shall be under the Tenant’s responsibility alone.


14. Cessation of the Supply of Electricity Services at the End of the Lease Period

Upon seizing possession in the Leased Property by the Landlord after the Tenant has vacated the Leased Property at the end of the lease period, or following any other event in which the Tenant has vacated the Leased Property, and has ceased to use it, whether according to the agreement or following its breach, the meter connected to the Leased Property shall be read and the readout of it shall be written. This readout shall serve for the final calculation between the parties in respect to the calculation of the payment that is due from the Tenant to the Landlord for the supply of electricity services.

 

15. Payment for the Supply of Electricity Services

 

  a. The payment that the Tenant shall pay to the Landlord for the supply of electricity services shall be in accordance with the tariffs of the Israel Electric Corp. Ltd. for the supply of electricity in the low voltage tariff based on load and time.

 

  b. The Tenant shall be required to pay to the Landlord the cost price of using the electricity services as set forth above, according to an account that shall be submitted to the Tenant once per month.

 

  c. The payment for the supply of electricity shall be collected together with the rent and/or the service fees and in a manner in which the service fees and/or the rent is collected, or in payment that shall be made directly to the Landlord’s and/or the management company’s account, as shall be given from time to time on the bills for payment, at the time that shall be delivered by the Landlord, all in accordance with the instructions that the Landlord shall give in accordance with its discretion. The provisions of section 7.3 of the agreement shall also apply with respect to the payment for the supply of electricity.

 

  d. The bank guarantee and any other security that the Tenant has deposited with the Landlord and/or the management company at the time of signing this agreement, shall serve as a security for the payment of the sum due to the Landlord from the Tenant, for the supply of electricity services for the duration of the current charge period, and a security for the Tenant’s liability to safeguard the electricity equipment that was supplied by the Landlord, and the Landlord shall be entitled, according to its choice, to use the guarantee and/or part of it and/or the additional security for covering any sum that shall be due to it from the Tenant, for using the electricity services. If the Landlord has used the guarantee, all or in part, the Tenant shall be required, immediately upon being required to do so, to renew and/or fill in what is missing in the guarantee. Giving the guarantee as mentioned shall not harm any other right of the Landlord, in accordance with any law and according to the contract and this appendix.

 

16. All the installations, the equipment, the systems etc… connected to the supply of electricity services to the building in general and specifically to the Leased Property that was leased to the Tenant, shall be planned according to the best discretion of skilled professionals in this field, on behalf of the Landlord, and in the nature, quality, quantity, size, and type etc… as shall be determined by those professionals.


Appendix “H”

Guarantee

We the undersigned:

1.                      identity certificate no.              of                  St.             

2.                      identity certificate no.              of                  St.             

Jointly and separately, personally and irrevocable guarantee the full and accurate performance of all the Tenant’s undertakings according to the agreement above (hereinafter the “Contract”) towards the Landlord and towards the management company.

This guarantee shall also apply to any change, amendment, addition, appendix, consent and waiver of any of the Tenant’s undertakings, including transferring obligations and rights, on which it shall be agreed between the Tenant and the Landlord and/or the management company, without any of them having any obligation to notify us of this in advance or receive our consent for this.

We hereby waive towards the Landlord and/or the management company as defined in this agreement any requirement by virtue of the law to approach the Tenant as defined in this agreement before the Landlord and/or the management company turns to us for exercising this guarantee of ours. Any request to the Tenant shall be considered automatically as a request to us for the provisions of any law and we undertake to indemnify the Landlord and/or the management company for any of the Tenant’s undertakings as mentioned in this agreement, including payment of compensation and damages, as if we are directly responsible towards the Landlord.

For the sake of avoiding doubt: This guarantee of ours shall remain valid up to the end of 180 days after the lease period according to the agreement, including the extended lease period, and it shall remain in full force regarding all the Tenant’s undertakings according to the contract also if the Landlord and/or the management company shall choose to act personally act against part of the guarantors together with any of us and/or in the event that the Landlord and/or the management company shall settle with the Tenant and/or with any of the guarantors personally and/or in the event that the Tenant and/or any of the guarantors shall be exempt from any undertaking towards the Landlord.

We are aware that giving the guarantee by us is a prerequisite to the Landlord’s consent to enter into the lease agreement above.

For the sake of avoiding doubt: by signing this guarantee we expressly subjugate ourselves also to the jurisdiction clause included in this agreement.

And in witness whereof we have signed –

 

 

   

 

   

 

 

I the undersigned, Adv.              of              St.              I, confirm that              (identity certificate no.             ) and


             (identity certificate number             ) appeared before me and signed on the              this guarantee after it was explained to him/them all of its terms and possibility consequences.
And in witness whereof the parties have signed:
                     Adv.


Appendix “I”

Technical specification – building 11 in the Scientific Park (Stage B – Core D)

 

1. Definitions

 

The company    The lessor in the contract to which this specification is an appendix
Tenant/ lessee    The final user of the leased premises – the lessee itself or its replacements
The leased premises    Within the meaning of the contract to which this specification is an appendix
Unit/ apartment    An independent unit of area equal to the leased premises or part thereof (in the event of the lessee dividing the leased premises into sub units)
Sub-contractors    Contractors employed by the prime contractor, or by the company or on their behalf for execution of the work, including the work of internal division of the apartments
The architect    The building architect employed by the company
The interior designer    The designer of the internal division, employed by the tenant
Consultants    Consultants in the fields of electricity, air conditioning, plumbing, etc., employed by the parties, and who will design the systems in the areas of the tenant
The work areas    The area of the office floors of the leased premises intended as a net working area, as opposed to the areas of toilets, corridors, etc.
Public areas    Areas of the building outside the leased premises used by all tenants of the building
The core area    The core area in the building, including the major functions – elevators lobby, elevators, staircases, system shafts, floor protected space, floor toilets, and including the walls that enclose the core

Materials indicated by a commercial name may be replaced by the company by others that are equivalent.

 

2. The building specifications comprise the following parts:

 

  2.1 Specification of public areas and installations – attachment A.

 

  2.2 Specification for unfinished areas of tenants (blank specification – envelope), for offices, and store rooms – attachment B.

 

  2.3 Cancelled – attachment C.

 

  2.4 Specification for tenants who carry out the work accordingly – attachment D.

 

  2.5 Collection of directions for design, additions, and changes by tenants – attachment E.


For details regarding the applicability of each of the specifications, see the contract to which this specification is an appendix.


Attachment A

Specification of public areas and installations

 

1. Description of the building

 

  1.1 Description of the building

 

  1.1.1 Two basements for parking, building services, and store rooms. The parking floors are -1 and -2.

 

  1.1.2 Ground floor – entrance lobby, commercial areas, offices, and technical areas.

 

  1.1.3 Six office floors

Partial roof floors + technical areas. (Some of the technical floors may be converted into office floors, at the sole decision of the company. )

 

2. Technical description

 

  2.1 Foundations

 

  2.1.1 The foundations, concrete piles.

 

  2.2 Frame

 

  2.2.1 The building comprises a concrete frame, part of which is prefabricated and part cast on site.

 

  2.2.2 Permitted loads

Permanent load: 100 kg/m 2 for partition walls, systems, acoustic ceilings. (Construction of plasterboard partitions only shall be permitted.)

Working load: 300 kg/m 2 .

 

  2.3 Areas for traffic and parking in the basements

 

  2.3.1 The parking shall be covered.

 

  2.3.2 Walls – concrete finish, painting with synthetic whitewash and/or acrylic paint.

 

  2.3.3 Ceilings – concrete finish, painting with synthetic whitewash.

 

  2.3.4 Floor – smoothed concrete.

 

  2.3.5 Columns – concrete finish, painting with synthetic whitewash and/or acrylic paint.

 

  2.3.6 Lighting – fluorescent light fittings with the addition of minimum background lighting that cannot be switched off. Emergency lighting in accordance with the requirements of the Fire Service. Closed light fittings.

 

  2.3.7 Ventilation and release of smoke – forced draught in accordance with the requirements of the authorities, controlled by CO detectors and a fire detection system.

 

  2.3.8 Sprinklers system – in accordance with the requirements of the authorities.


  2.3.9 PA system, fire detectors – in accordance with the requirements of the authorities. If a PA system is installed it shall be adapted to supply background music.

 

  2.3.10 The parking areas shall have a gate to close them when inactive.

 

  2.3.11 Parking installations – barrier beams at entry and exit to the parking areas, preparation for a computer, automatic cash desks.

 

  2.3.12 Traffic systems – marking of parking places and location indicators throughout the parking areas.

 

  2.3.13 The parking areas shall include technical rooms including transformer and electricity rooms, machinery rooms, water tanks, etc.

 

  2.3.14 The emergency tank and the accompanying systems shall supply backup for additional buildings in the region, as determined by the company.

 

  2.4 Garbage room

 

  2.4.1 Walls – partial ceramic cladding. Above the tiles, plaster and painting with Supercryl.

 

  2.4.2 Floor – smoothed concrete with a slope towards a drainage channel.

 

  2.4.3 Ceiling – concrete, synthetic whitewash.

 

  2.4.4 Water point for washing with trough for drainage.

 

  2.4.5 Garbage container or compacter, in accordance with the requirements of the Municipality, including tracks in the floor.

 

  2.4.6 Electricity systems, sprinklers, fire detection systems in accordance with the requirements of the authorities and the needs of the equipment in the room.

 

  2.4.7 Gate that rises or rolls at the entrance and a side entry door.

 

  2.5 Generator

An emergency generator shall be installed in the building, of a size as determined by the electrical consultant. The generator shall supply the loads of all the public emergency systems only. If required, the option exists to purchase an additional generator for tenants and some of the tenants shall be permitted to lease part of the generator in order to provide backup for systems in their area.

For the aforesaid the tenants shall be required to pay the proportional part in the cost of purchasing the generator in accordance with their proportional part in the size of the backup allocated to them, including the proportional part in the electrical infrastructures and the accompanying work. The cost of installation of the electrical system, from the generator distribution board located in the generator room up to the interior of the property, including that required in the electricity boards of the tenants and inside the office areas shall apply to the tenants.

The decision regarding which of the tenants may exercise this option shall lie with the company only, and, subject to the surplus generator capacity and, without limitation to the


aforesaid, subject to the receipt of approval from the lessor (including regarding the location), the lessee shall be entitled to install a generator for its use on the roof of the building. The aforesaid shall be done in accordance with the provisions of section 12 of the leasing agreement, at the full expense and responsibility of the lessee.

 

  2.6 Generator room

 

  2.6.1 Walls – smooth concrete painted with Syntosid.

 

  2.6.2 Floor – smoothed concrete.

 

  2.6.3 Ceiling – concrete.

 

  2.6.4 Fuel tank with overflow container.

 

  2.6.5 Auxiliary systems in accordance with the requirements of the authorities.

 

  2.7 Lobby in the parking floors

 

  2.7.1 Floor – granite porcelain floor tiling.

 

  2.7.2 Walls – granite porcelain integrated with plaster in accordance with the architect’s design.

 

  2.7.3 Recessed ceiling – in accordance with the architect’s design.

 

  2.8 Store rooms

 

  2.8.1 Cancelled.

 

  2.8.2 Floor – smoothed concrete and/or granite porcelain.

 

  2.8.3 Walls – concrete blocks with plaster and synthetic whitewash.

 

  2.8.4 Ceiling – concrete.

 

  2.8.5 Lighting – fluorescent light fittings and/or any other light fittings as approved by the architect and the electrical consultant. One light fitting for each store room, or in accordance with the design of the electricity consultant.

 

  2.8.6 Each store room unit shall have a fire resistant or regular entrance door, or a louvered door, in accordance with the requirements of the fire service.

 

  2.8.7 Sprinklers system in accordance with the standard.

 

  2.8.8 Ventilation/ removal of smoke in accordance with the instructions of the fire service.

 

  2.9 Main entrance lobby

 

  2.9.1 The lobby is designed at a high standard in accordance with the architect’s design plan.

 

  2.9.2 Floor – granite porcelain.

 

  2.9.3 Walls – combination of stone and/or granite porcelain, glass panels and decorative plaster, in accordance with the architect’s design.


  2.9.4 A reception and information desk shall be installed in the lobby, that shall include a panel for the building systems, that shall contain the various displays and warnings.

 

  2.9.5 Air conditioning – the lobby shall be air conditioned.

 

  2.9.6 A board shall be erected in the lobby containing the names of the tenants, designed by a graphic artist.

 

  2.9.7 Ceiling – plasterboard ceiling and a recessed ceiling incorporating light fittings and the required emergency systems.

 

  2.10 Floor lobby

 

  2.10.1 Floor – combination of granite porcelain and steel bridges with wooden deck flooring. The walls of the lobby shall be clad in glass panels combined with decorative plaster, all in accordance with the architect’s design.

 

  2.10.2 Air conditioning – the lobby shall be air conditioned.

 

  2.10.3 The doors of the floor lobby shall be made in accordance with the requirements of the fire service for separation of fire or smoke from the rest of the floor. These separation doors are of a type approved by the fire service and may not be designed by the tenant. Water screens may be fitted above the aforesaid doors, that the tenant may remove.

 

  2.10.4 An atrium open to the entire height of the building, as well as steel bridges connecting the wings of the building.

 

  2.11 Corridors/ passages in the public areas

 

  2.11.1 Floor – granite porcelain floor tiling. Panels of the type of the floor tiling material.

 

  2.11.2 Ceiling – recessed as determined by the architect.

 

  2.11.3 Walls – painted with Supercryl, the shade as chosen by the architect.

 

  2.11.4 Lighting – fluorescent light fittings/ PL or other as determined by the architect and the electricity consultant.

 

  2.11.5 Fire detector and PA system – in accordance with the instructions of the fire service.

 

  2.11.6 Hydrants – in accordance with the requirements of the fire service. Every hydrant position shall contain all the required equipment.

 

  2.11.7 Floor cabinets – made of sheet steel.

 

  2.12 Floor protected spaces

 

  2.12.1 Floor – granite porcelain.

 

  2.12.2 Walls – finished in acrylic paint.

 

  2.12.3 Light reflecting signs – in accordance with the requirements of CD.

 

  2.12.4 Frames – in accordance with the requirements of CD.

 

  2.12.5 Filtering systems – in accordance with the requirements of CD.

 

  2.12.6 Detection and fire-fighting systems – in accordance with the requirements of the standard.


  2.13 External walls

The external envelope shall be designed by the architect. The finish materials are:

 

  2.13.1 Prefabricated walls with stone cladding and aluminum windows. Concrete elements covered in aluminum sheet and aluminum curtain walls with windows.

 

  2.13.2 In the prefabricated walls the windows shall have an opening mechanism of the drei-kip type. In the curtain walls the windows shall open outwards to the kip position.

 

  2.13.3 The windows shall have double glazing.

On every floor emergency exit windows shall be installed, as determined by the fire service, that shall be used by all tenants of the floor. These windows shall normally be locked. A key for the windows shall be provided.

 

  2.14 Staircases

 

  2.14.1 Stairs and landings – terrazzo as determined by the company.

 

  2.14.2 Walls – bagger plaster and synthetic whitewash.

 

  2.14.3 Ceilings – bagger plaster and synthetic whitewash.

 

  2.14.4 Railing or hand rail – made of iron, in accordance with the architect’s design.

 

  2.14.5 Doors – fire resistant or in accordance with IS 1212 and in accordance with the requirements of the fire service.

 

  2.15 Areas on the roof

 

  2.15.1 The roof of the building is sealed in accordance with the requirements of the sealing consultant.

 

  2.15.2 Thermal insulation – thermal insulation shall be done using expanded polystyrene panels of thickness of 3 cm, such as Rondoplast.

 

  2.15.3 The areas of the machinery rooms, the equipment bases, and various systems.

 

  2.16 Balconies in the areas of the tenants

Steel balconies including steel flooring.

 

3. General systems

 

  3.1 There shall pass through the office areas piping systems and channels for central supplies and/or supplies to various tenants on the floor, such as vertical and horizontal pipes for rain water, air conditioner drainage, horizontal channels for fresh air and the removal of smoke, ventilation of toilets, etc. The tenant does not have the right to change, move, connect or damage systems, either in the public areas or within the area of the office without approval from the company.


     Air conditioning system – There are no concealment areas on the floors. For service rooms, there is the option of locating the condenser on the roof of the building (subject to consideration of acoustics, weight, sealing, etc.).

 

     The air conditioning for the office floors shall be designed for the following conditions:

 

  3.1.1 Summer temperature – Outside: dry bulb temperature of 100 F, wet bulb temperature of 77 F. Inside: dry bulb temperature of 74 F, without humidity control.

Winter temperature – Outside: dry bulb temperature of 40 F. inside: dry bulb temperature of 72 F, without humidity control.

Design loads – lighting: 20 W, instruments: 30 W.

The cooling output in the tenant’s area shall be designed for a cooling capacity of 1 ton of cooling for every 20 m 2 net area of offices.

 

  3.1.2 The air conditioning installation shall be based on water cooling units, with air condensation, that shall be installed on the roof of the building and shall supply cold water on every floor in a central point. The tenant shall complete the water piping supply system and the coil fan units, that shall be connected to the central cooling system.

Heating shall be done using electrical heating elements in the units. The cooling units shall operate during regular working hours to be defined by the management company and as required, even 7/24 if there is a requirement for this. (The tenant shall be charged in accordance with a reading of the energy meter that shall calculate the cost of production and distribution of the energy in accordance with the actual consumption during the aforesaid times.)

Every lessee shall install, as part of the modification work, an energy meter of a type approved by the company and shall connect it to the control and metering system, that shall measure the energy consumed by the tenant, and charge him accordingly.

 

  3.1.3 A cooling tower shall be installed on the roof that shall operate 7/24 and supply cooled water to all the floors, especially the ground floor. Tenants who wish to do so may connect to it the servers rooms systems, the commercial area, if any, on the ground floor. The tenant/ the contractor for the construction work in the leased premises shall supply in the rooms units of the water source type. The water tower is backed up by a generator.

Air conditioning shall be supplied to the tenants 24 hours a day, as set forth in section 3.1.3, by means of the water tower, using central water piping on the floor. The tenant shall connect to this piping, piping to supply his units. All the costs of operation of the system shall be divided between the tenants in accordance with a specified key and in accordance with their proportional part in the connection to the system.

 

  3.1.4 Filtered and conditioned fresh air shall be supplied to the leased premises by means of main units located on the roof of the building, and main steel sheet channels in shafts. The tenant shall be responsible for completion of the steel sheet channels from the main exit point on the floor and inside the leased premises.


  3.1.5 At the core and envelope stage all the major systems shall be executed inside the building, including main piping and fresh air channels, up to a number of points on each floor. Inside the unit and/or from the end point made in the public framework, the systems shall be made by the tenant and in accordance with his design.

 

  3.1.6 Preparation shall be made for drainage of air conditioners by means of vertical receptors in a number of places that are accessible. These receptors shall be intended for drainage of the air conditioners only and may not be used for other purposes.

 

  3.1.7 Preparation shall be made for air conditioning of the floor protected spaces using sleeves for the piping and drainage. The opening and sealing of the sleeves shall be done in accordance with the instructions of the Home Command. The passage of this or other piping (beyond that connected with air conditioning) by the tenants as part of the modification work, is at the responsibility of the tenants.

 

  3.1.8 The air conditioning control system shall be located in a place as determined by the company.

 

  3.1.9 Parking areas – ventilation of the parking areas by means of fans, at least 8 air changes, with control by means of a CO monitoring system.

 

  3.1.10 Store rooms, technical rooms – ventilation and smoke extraction in accordance with the requirements of the fire service and the air conditioning consultant of the company.

 

  3.1.11 Major channels in a number of points for ventilation of the toilets shall be designed for at least 12 air changes per hour and in accordance with the requirements of the air conditioning consultant.

 

  3.1.12 Removal of smoke from the floors lobbies in accordance with the instructions of the fire service.

 

  3.1.13 Subject to receipt of approval from the lessor (including regarding location), the lessee shall be entitled to erect on the roof of the building a fresh air purification system, air conditioning systems, fans, and similar equipment for its use. The aforesaid shall be done in accordance with the provisions of section 12 of the leasing agreement, at the full expense and responsibility of the lessee.

 

  3.2 Elevators

 

  3.2.1 In stage A there shall be installed in the building 6 passenger elevators (2 in each core) that serve the parking areas from the ground floor to floor 6 (in each core one of them is a stretcher elevator that also functions as a service elevator as decided by the management company) in coordination with the management company before transition.

 

  3.2.2 Size of the elevators – in each core a 17 passenger elevator (load of 1275 kg) and a 21 passenger stretcher elevator (load of 1600 kg).


  3.2.3 The width of regular elevator doors is 110 cm, with central opening. The width of the doors of the stretcher elevator is 130 cm, side opening.

 

  3.2.4 Tower elevator movement speed: 1.6 m/s.

 

  3.2.5 The elevator cars shall be fitted with an intercom system for communication with the reception desk.

 

  3.2.6 The doors of the elevators and of the shaft shall be made of rigid stainless steel.

 

  3.3 Sanitary plumbing and fire-fighting systems

 

  3.3.1 The main water supply piping for the building is galvanized.

 

  3.3.2 A hydrant with the required fittings shall be installed everywhere in the public areas where required by the authorities.

 

  3.3.3 In the entire building there shall be a sprinklers system in accordance with the requirements of the fire service, including pumps and backup of operation during power failures by means of a generator or diesel pumps. Storage tanks of the required volumes required for fire-fighting and drinking water. The sprinklers system inside the office spaces shall be made in accordance with the standard for a space without partitions. Modification to the needs of the lessees shall be done at their expense and at their responsibility.

 

  3.3.4 Air conditioners drainage system near some of the columns of the building in accordance with the design, so that it will be possible to drain the coil fan units in the office areas.

 

  3.3.5 Geberit and/or cast effluents piping.

 

  3.3.6 Rain water and drainage piping as required.

 

  3.3.7 Preparation for piping for the supply of water to the areas of the lessee.

 

  3.3.8 Preparation for a private water meter.

 

  3.4 Electricity

 

  3.4.1 The building shall receive a public connection to high voltage from Israel Electric Corporation.

 

  3.4.2 A private switching and transformation station, including a main electricity board for the project.

 

  3.4.3 Floor distribution boards.

 

  3.4.4 In the public areas there is a full electrical installation including floor electricity boards and light fittings.

 

  3.4.5 The electrical system has been designed for areas of the tenants based on 170 W/m 2 leased, net (net per office). This may be enlarged, if possible, for an extra charge.

 

  3.4.6 Generator – see section 2.5 above.


  3.5 Smoke and fire detection system

Everywhere that is required by the fire service a fire detection system and an emergency PA system has been installed. These systems shall serve the public areas. In areas inside the leased premises it is required to make emergency systems, that may be connected to the central building systems in order to receive indications.

 

  3.6 Control system

A building control system has been installed that supplies information regarding the various public systems to the central desk and to the office of the building manager.

 

4. Development work

All the development work has been carried out in accordance with the requirements of the local authority and as set forth in the plans. The work includes, inter alia , sidewalks, external lighting, gardening, and an irrigation system.

 

5. Miscellaneous

Directional signs shall be made in the building, as follows:

 

  5.1 Signs with numbering of the floors in the floor lobby and in the staircase.

 

  5.2 Signs for the names of the tenants on the entrance floor.

 

  5.3 Cancelled.

 

  5.4 Signs for public installations, staircases, technical rooms, electricity, emergency exit directions, exits, etc.

 

  5.5 A sign with the name of the building to be decided by the company.


Attachment B

Specification for the tenants’ area without finish – “blank specification”

This specification is intended to define how areas shall be handed over unfinished to the tenant and/or to define the condition of areas that constitute a basis for modifications to be carried out in accordance with the allocation as set forth in the contract. The areas in question shall be for offices, store rooms, laboratories, or clean rooms. This specification supplements the specification for public areas regarding areas and installations outside the leased premises.

 

1. Principles

 

  1.1 Work inside the leased premises shall be done by the tenant, or on account of the allocation available to the tenant as set forth in the contract.

 

  1.2 The company’s work shall include all required to receive Form 4 at the level of the envelope from the authorities, even if these installations do not match the interior design of the tenant.

 

2. Specification for the offices

 

  2.1 Office areas

 

  2.1.1 Floor – smoothed concrete, at a level about 1-3 cm lower than the floor of the public corridor.

 

  2.1.2 Ceiling – the frame of the building without treatment (concrete).

 

  2.1.3 Columns – untreated concrete.

 

  2.1.4 Walls – the frame of the building and/or the curtain walls, without interior finish.

 

  2.1.5 External walls – full external envelope without internal finish and without thermal insulation (thermal insulation in accordance with the standard shall be done by the tenant and at its expense as part of the modifications). In places where this is required in accordance with the planning and building regulations, fire/smoke separation shall be installed in the region of the curtain walls.

 

3. Air conditioning system

 

  3.1 Connection of cooled and return flow water supply in the areas of the floor core, at the design temperature, and in the quantity as calculated by the air conditioning consultant for all the office areas. Modular exits in a number of points on each floor for connection of the tenants’ areas. The piping shall include valves for disconnection of apartments that will generally be located outside the leased premises, and plugs at the ends of the exits. The piping shall be fully insulated.

 

  3.2 The cooling capacity supplied to the tenant/ the apartment shall be calculated, as set forth above, by the air conditioning consultant of the building, in accordance with the loads customary in an office building (as set forth in the specification for public areas and installations). Additions to this shall incur extra charges.


  3.3 The air conditioning consumption consumed by the tenant shall be measured by means of an energy measurement system, that shall be used to charge the tenant. The decision regarding a different tariff in respect of consumption outside the working hours specified by the company shall lie with the management company and the company.

 

  3.4 Reinforcement of the air conditioning for areas having special load characteristics, if possible, shall be done for additional payment and in accordance with agreement by the company. The same shall apply for the supply of air conditioning 24 hours a day to special rooms (see that set forth in attachment A).

 

  3.5 A fresh air channel, that supplies air up to one point in the leased premises/floor and without exits to branches.

 

  3.6 Preparations for drainage of air conditioners by means of vertical receptors in a number of places, permitting connection of the air conditioners to them. These receptors are intended for air conditioning only, and may not be used for connection to sanitary fixtures and/or kitchens and/or others.

 

4. Plumbing system

 

  4.1 All the vertical systems of the building, including the receptors for sewage and effluents, rain water pipes, drainage of air conditioners, fire-fighting piping, sprinklers system.

 

  4.2 Hydrants, in accordance with the requirements of the fire service. Fire-fighting piping up to the hydrants in accordance with the design of the building, and in coordination with other peripheral systems.

 

  4.3 Preparation of receptors for the entire height of the building for toilets in a number of points in each floor.

 

5. Electricity system

 

  5.1 Piping or channels for the supply of electricity, telephony/cables on the floor from the floor alcoves generally located in the public areas, via the floor public areas up to one point at the entrance to the leased premises.

 

  5.2 Fire detection system in the public areas including connection of the leased premises to the area in the envelope state.

 

  5.3 Preparation for cables or an antenna up to the floor.

 

6. Work in the public areas, when the leased premises includes core areas

If the leased premises includes core areas (floor lobby, floor protected space, corridors) in accordance with the building design, the work shall be done in the following areas:

 

  6.1 Floor lobby

 

  6.1.1 Full execution of the work planned in the floor lobby in accordance with the specification for public areas.

 

  6.1.2 The doors of the floor lobby shall be made as fire or smoke doors for separation from the other parts of the building, or aluminum doors combined with a fire screen. These separation doors shall be of a type approved by the fire service and may not be designed by the tenant.


  6.2 Corridors – passages

In accordance with the specification for public areas.

 

  6.3 Floor protected space

There shall be carried out in the floor protected space the work required by the Home Command. The finish shall be in accordance with that set forth in the specification for public areas.

 

7. Store rooms

In accordance with the specification for public areas.

 

8. Miscellaneous

Covering of sprinklers in the entire area of the tenant in accordance with open space. The tenant is required to carry out the modifications to the false ceilings and/or relocation of major piping of one kind or another in accordance with his interior design.

As part of the work of the envelope and the public areas in the building, preparations and end points have been made in a number of points on each floor (including fresh air channels, smoke dispersion channels, air conditioning piping, electricity channels, etc.) for future connection of tenants to the technical systems mentioned. Every lessee shall ensure design and execution of the connection of the systems in his area to the aforesaid end points. In places specified by the relevant designers of the company, as part of execution of the connection by the tenant to the end points of the systems mentioned, the tenant shall make splitting that will permit future connection by an additional lessee.

The lessee shall ensure installation of various kinds of meters intended for measurement of the lessee’s consumption (water, electricity, energy). All the meters shall be in accordance with the types customary in the building.

Around the floor there are shafts designed for the passage of systems of the lessors to the entire height of the building (subject to the existing limitations, including a change of route on the upper story of the building). At the stage of execution of the envelope work these shafts shall be closed by means of fire partitions. Some of the lessors shall be permitted to make use of some of these shafts if available, only after coordination in advance and receipt of approval in writing from the lessor. If the lessee receives approval for the passage of systems in the shaft, on completion of passage of the systems the lessee shall ensure closing in accordance with the safety requirements, so that there will be fire separation between the area of the shaft and its systems and the area of the floor.


Attachment C – Cancelled


Attachment D

Specification for tenants who make modifications

 

1. General

 

  1.1 The company shall construct the building as a core and envelope in accordance with attachments A and B.

 

  1.2 The work of internal partitioning as set forth below shall be done by the tenant.

 

2. Finish

See the specification for areas of tenants without finish (blank specification), for offices, parking areas, store rooms (attachment B).

 

3. Internal partitioning work

 

  3.1 The internal partitioning work shall be done by and at the expense of the lessee and shall include all the work within the areas of the tenant, except for the work as set forth in the specification for areas of tenants without finish (attachment B).

 

4. Design

 

  4.1 The design of the building including its major systems shall be done by the company.

 

  4.2 The planning of the internal partitioning work shall be done by the tenant, by means of the interior designer and the tenant’s consultants. The tenant shall make the payments to the interior designer and to the consultants, including to his project manager/ inspector.

 

  4.3 The tenant shall bear the costs of design and execution of conversion of the systems of the building to the tenant’s interior design, except for those requirements specified in the contract and its appendices.

The tenant shall furnish the company with the architect’s plans and the systems plans for the purpose of their approval by representatives of the building. The representative of the building shall examine the plans regarding their suitability for the building and its systems. The lessee’s plans shall be examined by the company’s designers within 14 working days. The tenant shall coordinate the design and the systems for the working areas to the building permit, the requirements of the law, and the requirements of the company’s consultants.

 

  4.4 The company shall supply to the tenant plans and diskettes (in DWG format) of the leased premises including the systems, within 14 days of the date of signing the contract.

 

  4.5 The tenant must hire the services of the company’s safety consultant who shall approve the tenant’s plans as one of the conditions for commencement of execution of the modifications.

 

5. Execution of the work

 

  5.1 The tenant shall be responsible for execution of the work of internal partitioning of the work areas including in connection with regulations and laws of work safety and hygiene.


  5.2 The company has invested considerable thought and resources in the planning and execution of the building. In order to preserve the building and reduce possible points of failure, the tenant is obligated to exercise the work in general and the air conditioning, plumbing, and sprinklers systems by means of experienced contractors who have been approved in advance and in writing by the company. However, it should be emphasized that sole responsibility in connection with execution of the work lies with the tenant.

 

  5.3 Regarding execution of the work, the tenant’s contractors shall observe the safety instructions of the company’s site manager, who shall be entitled to evict from the site contractors that do not observe the safety instructions.

 

6. Building services

The company shall supply to the tenant, for the purpose of execution of the work of internal partitioning, building services that include, inter alia , the following:

 

  6.1 Enforcement of the safety instructions on the site before receipt of Form 4 for the building shall be done by the company, including training of the sub-contractors regarding the safety instructions. The workers of the tenant’s contractors shall be obligated to observe the instructions of the site manager.

 

  6.2 Before receipt of Form 4 for the building the site manager shall maintain the site during the entire period of execution of the work of finish in the tenant’s areas.

 

  6.3 Before receipt of Form 4 for the building – prevention of accumulation of garbage on the site, maintenance of cleanliness of the site, collection of waste materials on the site, and its disposal to a site approved by the authorities, including waste materials of the tenant’s contractors. It is clarified that within the working areas the tenant shall be responsible for cleanliness and removal of waste materials to the waste materials dump of the site.

After receipt of Form 4 for the building the tenant shall be responsible for removal of the waste materials resulting from its work to a disposal site approved by the authorities. The company shall help the tenant to find a reasonable place to set up a container for removal of waste materials for use during execution of the construction work.

 

  6.4 The possibility exists of use of water, and temporary electricity for lighting and tools in the areas of the leased premises, for the period of execution of the work, against payment. The tariff is for Ziona Water and Israel Electric Corporation, low voltage.

 

  6.5 Giving height points and axes required for the work of the tenant’s contractors and that resulting from the system of axes and heights of every building.

 

  6.6 Coordination of areas for loading, unloading, and storage of materials of the various contractors, with the site manager.

 

  6.7 The lessee shall ensure the installation of various kinds of meters intended for measurement of the lessee’s consultant (water, electricity, energy). All the meters shall be in accordance with the types customary in the building.


Attachment E

Collection of instructions for design, additions, and changes of tenants

In order to permit proper execution of the tenants’ plans in the office building, please note the following instructions:

In this document:

 

Tenant/ lessee:    The final user of any unit whatsoever in the building
The building architect:    The architect who designs the building on behalf of the company
The designer/ interior designer:    The tenant’s architect
The project manager:    The lessor’s project manager/ inspector
Consultants:    Consultants for the systems who design the systems in the area of the tenant and for him

 

1. Definitions

The definitions appear under the heading: “ Technical specification for building 11 ”.

 

2. Responsibility for the interior design

 

  2.1 The tenant is responsible for the interior design of the unit, including the architectural design, the design of the systems within the unit, coordination of the design, its suitability for the building as actually constructed up to the date of the design, its matching with the plans of the building regarding work not yet carried out, and compliance by the design with the requirements of the law.

( Inter alia it should be noted that the tenant by means of its consultants shall consider the location of the electricity cabinets in the light of the new law for non ionic radiation, in connection with their location near areas in which workers are continuously present, etc. in accordance with the new instructions.)

 

  2.2 The tenant shall make a complete and coordinated design of the internal work in his unit and shall furnish this to the company’s project manager, where they are marked “For execution”, including all that required for execution of the internal work inside the unit.

 

  2.3 All the plans shall be furnished at one time as specified in advance and shall include at least the following elements:

 

  2.3.1 Partitioning plans.

 

  2.3.2 Ceilings plans.


  2.3.3 Electricity plans: lighting, power, low voltage, telephones, terminals, electricity boards.

 

  2.3.4 Air conditioning plans.

 

  2.3.5 Plans for plumbing and sprinklers.

 

  2.3.6 List of carpentry, iron, and aluminum work, giving details.

 

  2.3.7 Plan for finish, details of the building, and painting schematic.

 

  2.3.8 Selection and characterization of all the fighting (handles, light fittings, cladding, etc.) including the name of the supplier, the color of the accessory, the Cat. No. of the accessory, color, etc.

 

  2.3.9 Super position plan for the entire system.

 

  2.3.10 Safety program.

 

  2.4 The company shall not be responsible for the interior design of the tenant, including the design of the systems inside the unit, whether made by the building’s consultants, or by other consultants, and including coordination of the design and the degree of its suitability for the building.

 

  2.5 The interior designer shall visit the building and examine the situation existing in it, and not make do with design details given to him only.

 

  2.6 Systems consultants

 

  2.6.1 The company has signed agreements with consultants for electricity and air conditioning systems and safety, and has finalized with them the fees for execution of modification of the design of the aforesaid systems to match the interior design of the tenants, if the tenants should wish to make use of their services. The tenant is invited to use these services for the agreed fees, but he is entitled to use other designers, except for the safety consultant of the company, with whom the tenant must sign an agreement.

 

  2.6.2 It is agreed that the systems consultants, if employed by the tenant, and whether or not their fees are paid by the company or by the tenant himself, serve for the purpose of the services given to the tenant as agents of the company, and there shall be no obligation in connection with their work in execution of the design of the internal partitioning of the tenant.

If the tenant should wish to employ the services of other consultants, he must submit the systems plans for approval by the building consultants. The cost of examination of the plans shall be borne by the tenant.

 

  2.6.3

 

  2.6.4 The names of the building consultants and details of the fees agreed with them, may be received from the company’s project manager.


3. Specification for preparation of the design documents

 

  3.1 Size of the documents (plans)

 

  3.1.1 All the documents shall be of uniform size to be specified by the designer.

 

  3.1.2 If not specified otherwise the drawings sheets shall be of size 70x100 cm, including the title strip.

 

  3.1.3 Details and lists may be in format A3 or A4. Specifications, bills of quantities, and the other written documents shall be on A4 sheets.

 

  3.2 The plan sign – This shall be of similar design to the sign in use by the building architect. The sign shall be on the lower right hand side of the sheet and shall include at least the following data:

 

  3.2.1 The name of the owner of the unit.

 

  3.2.2 The level of the story in the building.

 

  3.2.3 The name of the plan.

 

  3.2.4 The date of preparation of the plan.

 

  3.2.5 The number of the plan.

 

  3.2.6 The last change shall indicate within a triangle of size of 30 mm, at least the changes made in the plan.

 

  3.2.7 A record of the sending of the plan: Date, name of the recipients, number of copies.

 

  3.3 Indication of cross sections and details. Each detail/ cross section shall be marked so that under the number of the detail/ cross section there will appear the number of the sheet in which this detail appears. If the detail/ cross section appears in the same sheet there is no need for this marking.

 

  3.4 Numbering of sheets – Do not include the work number in the designer’s office in the plan number. This number may appear in a separate place so as not to mislead.

 

  3.5 Marking the openings and details of the metal work shall be done as follows:

 

  3.5.1 A – aluminum.

 

  3.5.2 C – building carpentry.

 

  3.5.3 F – expected furniture carpentry.

 

  3.5.4 M – metal work.

 

  3.6 The lists of the items shall be prepared in such a way that each type of items shall appear on a separate document/sheet. Mixed items such as wooden doors with sheet steel frames will be given double marking and will appear in both lists.

 

  3.7 The designer shall include all the details required for execution of the work without the need for supplementary design, except for trades in which the contractor generally makes shop drawings. These details shall include, inter alia :

 

  3.7.1 Projections of claddings (floor, walls, ceilings).

 

  3.7.2 Indicating the Cat. No. If the design requires demolition or removal of existing parts of the building the designer must clearly indicate the parts intended for removal/ demolition, including the region of the removal/ demolition.


4. Stages of the interior design of the tenants’ units

 

  4.1 The interior designer of the tenant shall receive from the project manager architectural plans and systems of the floors of the unit. The architectural plans shall include a disc or the option of receiving the files via the Internet, as well as the relevant cross sections.

 

  4.2 The tenant’s plans shall be processed in the computer and sent as DWG files.

 

  4.3 Preservation of essential systems – the tenant’s designer/ architect shall not be entitled to cancel, change, or add:

 

  4.3.1 To the frame of the building or any element that may influence the stability of the building.

 

  4.3.2 Changes to the frontages of the building.

 

  4.3.3 A change that obligates a building permit or a change to an existing building permit. (In this matter it should be noted that the toilets systems are part of the building permit data.)

 

  4.3.4 A change that obligates the execution of any work whatsoever outside the unit. It is emphasized that the designer of the unit is not entitled to design and/or change anything outside the bounds of the unit. In this context it should be noted that the sewage and effluents piping of the floor toilets are located in the ceiling of the toilets of the story beneath them.

 

  4.3.5 To the vertical plumbing systems that serve more than the area of the unit.

 

  4.3.6 Closing or narrowing or changing the length of the emergency exit passages planned in the unit and in its surroundings.

 

  4.3.7 Elements of safety systems, such as hydrants, entry doors used as smoke doors, sprinklers, etc., except in coordination with and with the express agreement in advance of the safety consultant of the building and of the project manager.

 

  4.3.8 Major systems inside the story, such as main air conditioning piping (as opposed to branching), main ventilation and fresh air channels, the location of the floor toilets, except with the approval of the project manager in writing.

 

  4.3.9 To change the floor lobby, including its design, and the floor protected space.

 

  4.3.10 Installation of obstacles for escaping by means of doors or changes to the planned/existing door fittings.

 

  4.3.11 Preparations for the passage of piping and drainage in the floor protected space.

 

  4.3.12 The lessee may install, at his expense, sun shades on the curtain walls only in accordance with approved models and colors.


  4.4 It is absolutely forbidden to carry out any stone breaking whatsoever in the story and/or in the unit without express approval in writing from the constructional engineer and/or the project manager.

 

  4.5 Compactus units – The floors of the building are not designed for Compactus units loads. In the event of a demand for Compactus units, the subject shall be checked with the constructional engineer who shall give a reply in writing.

 

  4.6 To ensure that the lessee will not use electricity in excess of the size of the electrical connection allocated, the lessee shall install in the leased premises a semi automatic circuit breaker having a nominal value of the size of the connection. The lessee shall not be entitled to change and/or replace the circuit breaker, other than by means of the management company.

 

  4.7 As part of the work of the envelope and the public areas in the building, there have been made in a number of places on each floor preparations and end points (including fresh air channels, smoke removal channels, air conditioning piping, electrical ducts, low voltage ducts, etc.) for future connection of tenants to the technical systems mentioned. In places to be specified the relevant designers of the company, as part of execution of the connection by the tenant to the end points of the systems mentioned, the tenant shall be obligated to design and execute splitting that shall permit future connection by an additional lessee.

 

  4.8 Initial design

 

  4.8.1 The tenant’s architect shall prepare a plan of the proposed partitioning and shall carry out initial coordination with the consultants.

 

  4.8.2 The tenant’s architect shall be responsible for receiving approval for the initial design from the building architect, in writing; and if requested by the project manager, from the safety consultant and any other relevant consultant. These approvals are intended only to ensure that the design will not affect the building and its safety arrangements. The approvals are for continuation of the design only.

 

  4.8.3 The tenant’s architect is responsible for obtaining approval from the fire service or the safety consultant of the building before preparing the detailed design. The tenant’s architect is responsible for receiving the approval.

 

  4.9 Approval of design for execution

 

  4.9.1 If the company gives approval to the tenant to use consultants other than those of the company, the tenant and/or his representative must receive approval, by means of the project manager, from the consultants of the building for the design of his systems by his consultants. For this purpose he shall present if required plans/ calculations, etc.

 

  4.9.2 The working plans require approval from the architect of the building and other consultants of the building (if the design of the systems has not been done by the consultants of the building).

 

  4.10 Estimate of the cost for a tenant who wishes to receive a full specification (when the modifications are done by the company)


  4.10.1 On completion of the design the tenant shall furnish the entire set of plans, including characterization and selection of materials for execution, to the project manager. (It is likely that the project manager will be that of the contractor carrying out the work.) The project manager will cost the work by means of a number of contractors and will send it to the tenant.

 

  4.10.2 The costs of the work shall be sent to the tenant for approval. This approval shall be given within 7 days of receipt of the costing. After this date the company shall be entitled to regard the lack of response to the price quotation as agreement, and to carry out the work while charging the tenant, or, alternatively, to delay its execution until guarantee of the payment for it. Execution whose cost exceeds that of the allocation to which the tenant is entitled in accordance with the contract (with the deduction of the other accompanying costs included in the allocation, such as consultants, project manager, etc.), are conditional in whole or in part on actual execution of payment of 60% of the difference, within 3 days, from the agreement with the tenant. The remaining 40% shall be paid by the tenant within 7 days of receipt of an approved account.

 

  4.11 Coordination of design of the tenants’ areas

 

  4.11.1 Coordination of design of the work of the internal partitioning shall be done by the tenant’s architect/ representative. The company and/or the project manager shall not be responsible for this coordination.

 

  4.11.2 The tenant’s architect shall coordinate the design of the systems so that all the elements of the systems have been allocated a place, and that there is no conflict between the various systems and the elements of construction and the other elements.

 

  4.12 Supply of the working plans (when the modifications are done by the company)

 

  4.12.1 On completion of the design of the internal partitioning, approval by the tenant of the price for the work, and approval by the consultants of the building for the working plans, the tenant shall furnish the project manager with 3 sets of plans for the internal partitioning and 5 sets of plans for the systems, where they are complete and coordinated, for the purpose of execution of all the work in the unit, including specific indication of the materials chosen by him. If the project manager should request this, discs of the design shall also be furnished.

 

  4.12.2 For the specific materials chosen by the tenant’s architect he shall provide the addresses and phone numbers of the suppliers including precise and specific indication of the material chosen (size, color, series, etc.).

 

  4.12.3 In the absence of marking of the plans as “working plans” the company shall be entitled, but not obligated, to regard them as plans suitable for execution, and execute them.

 

  4.12.4 Regarding compliance with the contractual dates for supplying plans, the plans shall be regarded as having been supplied when the conditions as set forth above have been met, including approval of the estimate, marking the aforesaid plans as set forth in section 2.3 as working plans, and their supply as a full set.


  4.12.5 If the tenant’s plans are not received on the date fixed between the company and the tenant, the company shall not hand over the leased premises on the date fixed. The company shall determine and notify the tenant of the new handing over date.

 

  4.12.6 The company shall not be responsible for the dates on which the consultants will carry out their work, even if the tenant uses the consultants of the building.

 

  4.13 Piping outside the unit

The tenant’s designer shall ensure that there will be no need for the passage of piping for sewage, effluents, electricity lines, ventilation channels, etc., outside the area of the unit, except for connection of the unit to the systems of the building via public areas on that floor, in the routes designed for this and in accordance with approval in writing from the customer.

 

5. Execution of the work and changes during execution (when the modifications are made by the company)

 

  5.1 Execution of the work in the unit, in whole or in part, is conditional on approval of the price of the work by the tenant, and payment in accordance with section 7.1.

 

  5.2 Before commencement of execution of the internal partitions the tenant’s architect is requested to check and approve the marking within 3 days of being asked to do so. If the architect does not come to execute the check during the time as set forth above, continuation of the work without a check is at the responsibility of the tenant.

 

  5.3 Any change and/or addition to the working plans after being given to the project manager shall be done in writing, with the signature of the tenant’s architect and a stamp of approval for execution (hereinafter: “ change order ”). The project manager shall issue a change order that describes the change or the addition, and if possible will give for it a financial estimate and an estimate of the time for execution, if the execution is liable to delay the handing over of possession of the unit. The change order shall be carried out only after approval in writing by the tenant or his designer of the change order. However, if execution of the requested change order is essential for continuation of the work, the project manager shall be entitled to execute the change order without waiting for its approval.

 

  5.4 The project manager shall be entitled to refuse to execute a change/ addition that in his opinion will cause a delay to the work will cause, damage to existing work, will require repeat of operations, or whose execution is liable to cause damage to the building or to the work itself. The project manager shall give notice of such refusal to the tenant within a reasonable period of time after receipt of the change order.

 

6. Final account (when the modifications are made by the company)

 

  6.1 The account for the work, including additions and changes of the internal work of the tenant (hereinafter: “ the final account ”) shall be prepared for the items of the finishing work in the unit. The account shall be prepared and furnished to the tenant by the project manager, about two weeks before handing over possession of the unit.


  6.2 The items of the finishing work in the unit shall be priced in accordance with the actual cost of the work based on the accounts of the sub-contractors and consultants and/or approved by the project manager and with the addition of all the direct costs incurred by the company in connection with the modifications (such as, but not only, payment for the services of the prime contractor, including crane services, if the prime contractor is not chosen for execution of the modifications, fees and payments to the authorities if required for the receipt of approval for occupation of the leased premises, etc.).

 

  6.3 The cost of the work of the sub-contractors and the suppliers shall be defined as follows:

 

  6.3.1 In all work in which there is an agreement between the company and the sub-contractors/ suppliers, the project manager shall furnish the tenant with the documents of the agreement including, but without limitation to the generality of the aforesaid, bills of quantities and prices, that refer to these contractors and suppliers. The tenant may choose to use these contractors, or to request from the inspector to receive price quotations from two other suppliers/ contractors. The decision regarding which contractors will supply price quotations lies with the lessor only. The price of the contractor carrying out the work shall require approval by the tenant.

 

  6.3.2 For irregular work that do not exist in the agreement with existing sub-contractors but that is included in the field of activity of the sub-contractor/ supplier, or small jobs, its price shall be determined in negotiations with the sub-contractor/ supplier before their execution, but the prices shall require approval by the tenant.

 

  6.3.3 The prices fixed in accordance with sections 6.1 and 6.2 shall require approval by the tenant, but delays that may occur in handing over possession as a result of non approval by the tenant shall be at the responsibility of the tenant.

 

  6.3.4 It is clarified to the tenant that the agreements with the sub-contractors/ suppliers are suitable only for work carried out in the regular activities in the building and in the unit, during their execution in every unit at the same time, without interruptions, and without repeating stages that have already been made.

 

7. Payments (when the modifications are made by the company)

 

  7.1 Execution of the internal work is conditional on immediate payment of 60% of the difference between the allocation available to the credit of the tenant in accordance with the contract and the estimate of the costs for all the work. The remaining 40% shall be paid by the tenant within 7 days of receipt of the approved account.

 

  7.2 A condition for handing over possession of the unit is payment of the final account.

 

  7.3 Non execution of payments for additions/ changes is liable to cause halting of the work in the unit (at the company’s discretion).

 

  7.4 The tenant shall make payments to the interior designer and to the consultants in respect of the interior design of his areas, and also to the consultants of the building in respect of checking matching of the existing design of the systems of the building with the requirements of the internal partitioning of the tenant, if the planning work is done by consultants who are not the consultants of the building.


8. External contractors

 

  8.1 If it is specified in the agreement between the parties that all the work in the unit will be done by the tenant, the following rules shall apply:

 

  8.1.1 The tenant shall himself make an agreement with contractors and suppliers.

 

  8.1.2 The contractors shall be professional and reliable, of top quality, registered with the Registrar of Contractors, and having proved experience in work of the kind that they are expected to carry out for the lessee. The lessee shall be obligated to replace them at the demand of the company, if they do not comply with the aforesaid criteria, at the company’s discretion.

 

  8.1.3 The tenant shall employ a manager who shall coordinate the work on the floor and who shall be available during working hours on the site.

 

  8.1.4 The tenant shall employ a safety supervisor, shall furnish reports, and shall act in accordance with the provisions of the law regarding the work that he is carrying out.

 

  8.1.5 During execution of the work the lessee shall take all the measures required to ensure the safety of the workers and of the public in accordance with the relevant safety regulations and the requirements of the Ministry of Labor and Welfare.

 

  8.1.6 The tenant shall work and store his materials and waste materials only in the area of the unit, unless he has received express permission in writing from the project manager to deviate from this.

 

  8.1.7 Handling of materials and persons shall be done while using the means of handling existing in the building and that were allocated specially for the handling work, and shall be done in coordination with the site manager regarding the times of handling.

 

  8.1.8 The tenant’s contractors shall observe the rules for discipline on the site, especially the safety rules. The site manager shall be entitled to expel from the site a contractor who does not observe the rules. An offence against the safety rules shall lead to immediate expulsion of the deviating worker or contractor.

 

  8.1.9 The contractors shall be obligated to remove the construction waste materials from the unit to a waste materials disposal location in the building, if such a place is designed, in closed sacks and not in bulk. Disposal of waste materials on the site not in accordance with these rules is liable to lead to disqualification of the contractor. After the receipt of Form 4 for the building there will not be a disposal site in the building, and the contractor shall be obligated to remove all the waste materials to a waste materials disposal site approved by the authority outside the site, at its responsibility and expense.

 

  8.1.10 The tenant shall cooperate with the project manager in connection with maintenance of discipline on the site, and shall delay payments to a deviating contractor or shall take other steps of punishment.

 

  8.1.11 After the date of receipt of Form 4 for the building, site services shall not be given, with all that this entails, and the tenant must coordinate execution of his work with the management of the building, including the extent of the services and the payment for them.


  8.1.12 The lessee shall furnish the company, prior to connection of the leased premises by the company to the electricity supply, approval from a qualified tester regarding the serviceability of the electrical system in the leased premises, and that there is no danger in its connection to the electrical system and/or to any other source of electricity. Display of the approval constitutes a condition for connection of the leased premises to the electricity supply. Non display of the aforesaid approval and non connection of the leased premises to the electricity system shall not exempt the lessee from any of his obligations in accordance with the contract, including payment of rent and management fees.

 

9. Timetable (when the modifications are done by the company)

 

  9.1 At the time of signing the contract a date shall be fixed for furnishing all the plans for execution of the work in the unit. If other dates are not specified in the contract, the working plans shall be supplied 180 days before the date of commencement of the lease/ handing over possession.

 

  9.2 If the tenant delays in furnishing the plans for internal partitioning, or any part thereof, or if the plans are rejected by the project manager as unsuitable for execution:

 

  9.2.1 A delay of 60 days will cause delay in handing over possession of the unit in the amount of the delay (but shall not postpone the date of commencement of the lease).

 

  9.2.2 If the delay exceeds 60 days the project manager shall be entitled to give the tenant an extension in writing, while stipulating conditions regarding payment of the consideration for additional costs and damages for delay caused by the delay, and the date of handing over possession of the unit shall be postponed by the extent of the delay in furnishing the plans, or more, at the discretion of the project manager.

 

10. Handing over the unit

 

  10.1 Shortly before completion of the work the project manager shall give notice of the date for holding final inspection of the unit, while giving at least 7 days warning.

 

  10.2 The tenant shall participate in the inspection. If the tenant is absent the inspection shall be held by the project manager alone.

 

  10.3 The list of defects that do not prevent reasonable use shall not constitute grounds for delay in handing over.

 

  10.4 The unit shall be handed over after:

 

  10.4.1 Holding the inspection.

 

  10.4.2 Correction of the material defects. Correction of non material defects that do not prevent reasonable use of the unit shall be done after the handing over.

 

  10.4.3 All the payments due in respect of the unit, including the final account, have been made.


  10.4.4 The systems that serve the unit are working (only for units handed over at a full standard of finish).

 

  10.4.5 The other conditions appearing in the leasing agreement.

 

11. Annoyances

There should be avoided, as far as possible, the execution of especially noisy work during the daytime. Stone breaking, drilling, shall be done during the late afternoon or during the early morning.

Work in the unit by the tenant is conditional on maintenance of the convenience and welfare of other tenants in the building, including noise annoyances (noisy work shall be done during the night only), avoidance of the use of rock breaking tools or drills that send vibrations throughout the building, the avoidance of the use of any liquid whatsoever, including water, non execution of welding and soldering on the floor, avoidance of damage to piping located under pressure, avoidance of opening valves on the floor.

 

12. Safety

The external contractors shall observe the instructions of the safety supervisor on the site, without the right of appeal. The project manager or anyone appointed by him shall be entitled to expel from the site, or prevent entry to it, any contractor or worker of a contractor who deviates from the safety instructions.

 

13. Observance of standards and planning and building provisions

The design of the tenant, the choice of the materials, and the method of execution of the work shall match in all respects the provisions of the law and the instructions of the Municipality and of the fire service. The tenant is aware that deviation from these instructions in a single point is liable to cause the building in whole or in part to be disqualified from occupancy and direct and indirect results will be caused to the company because of this disqualification. The tenant hereby gives the company permission to enter the unit at any time in order to correct any deviation from these requirements, with the aim of minimizing damage from deviation.

 

14. It is hereby expressly clarified that this document is intended to give practical aid in the description of the work that lessees of areas in the building wish to carry out, and the aforesaid shall not limit the company’s rights in accordance with the provisions of the leasing agreement between the company and the lessees and/or the obligations of the lessees in accordance with the leasing agreement.


LOGO


LOGO


LOGO


LOGO

Exhibit 10.16

 

LOGO

60 Wells Ave, Suite 102

Newton, MA 02459

November 18, 2015

Re: Executive Employment Letter

Dear Tara:

This letter agreement (the “Agreement”) confirms the terms and conditions of your employment with Chiasma, Inc. (the “Company”):

1. Position . You will serve as the Company’s Senior Vice President & General Counsel (the “GC”) and Secretary and report to the Company’s Chief Executive Officer (the “CEO”). This is a full-time exempt position. It is understood and agreed that, while you render services to the Company, you will not engage in any other employment, consulting or other business activities (whether full-time or part-time), unless you first obtain the Company’s approval. It is understood and agreed that you may serve on one other board but only if such outside board service does not present a conflict or potential conflict of interest as determined by the CEO or its Board of Directors in good faith. You also may engage in religious, charitable and other community activities so long as such activities do not interfere or conflict with your obligations to the Company. Upon the ending of your employment, you shall immediately resign from any other position(s) to which you were elected or appointed in connection with your position as GC.

2. Start Date . Your employment with the Company will begin on January 4, 2016, unless another date is mutually agreed upon by you and the Company. For purposes of this Agreement, the actual first day of your employment with the Company shall be referred to as the “Start Date.”

3. Salary . The Company will pay you a base salary at a rate equivalent to $345,000 per year, payable in accordance with the Company’s standard payroll schedule and subject to applicable deductions and withholdings. Your base salary will be subject to periodic review and adjustment at the Company’s discretion.

4. Annual Bonus . Beginning in the calendar year 2016, you will be eligible to receive an annual performance bonus. The Company will target the bonus at 35% of your annual salary rate (the “Bonus Target”). The actual bonus percentage is discretionary and will be subject to an assessment of your performance, as well as business conditions at the Company. The bonus also will be subject to your employment for the full period covered by the bonus, approval by and adjustment at the discretion of the Board and the terms of any applicable bonus plan. The Company expects to review your job performance on an annual basis and will discuss with you the criteria which the Company will use to assess your performance for bonus purposes. The Board may also make adjustments in the targeted amount of your annual performance bonus. The Company will pay any bonus no later than 75 days after the end of the period covered by the bonus.


Tara McCarthy

November 18, 2015

Page 2

 

5. Signing Bonus. In addition to the bonus under Section 4 above, you will receive a one-time cash sign-on bonus in the amount of $100,000 (the “Signing Bonus”), which will be paid to you no later than 30 days following the Start Date. You must be employed by the Company at the time of payment of the Signing Bonus in order to receive the Signing Bonus. The Signing Bonus shall be subject to deductions and withholdings as required by law. If, prior to the 12-month anniversary of the Start Date, your employment is terminated for any reason other than (i) by the Company without Cause, (ii) death, (iii) disability or (iv) a Change in Control Termination, then you agree to repay to the Company the net amount of the signing bonus that you received, after deduction of state and federal withholding tax, social security, FICA, and all other employment taxes and authorized payroll deductions, within 30 days of your Date of Termination.

6. Business Travel/Expenses . The Company will reimburse you for reasonable and documented travel and other business expenses. Such reimbursement will be consistent with the terms and conditions of the Company’s expense reimbursement policies, once the Company has implemented those policies.

7. Benefits/Vacation. You will be eligible to participate in the employee benefits and insurance programs generally made available to the Company’s full-time employees. Details of such benefits programs, including mandatory employee contributions, if any, and waiting periods, if applicable, will be made available to you. You will be eligible for up to 4 weeks of vacation per year, which shall accrue on a prorated basis. Other provisions of the Company’s vacation policy are set forth in the policy itself.

8. Stock Options. Subject to your acceptance of this offer, commencement of employment on the Start Date and continued employment through the grant date described below, you will be granted an option (the “Option”) for the purchase of 200,000 shares of common stock of the Company, with an exercise price equal to the closing price of the common stock of the Company on the NASDAQ Global Market on the first trading day of the next calendar month following the Start Date ( i.e. , February 1, 2016) (the “grant date”). The Option will vest over four (4) years with 25% of the shares vesting on the one year anniversary of the Start Date and the remaining 75% of the shares vesting in equal quarterly installments for the following twelve (12) quarters. Your eligibility for stock options will be governed by the Company’s 2015 Stock Incentive Plan and any associated stock option agreement required to be entered into by you and the Company.

9. At-Will Employment . Your employment is “at will,” meaning you or the Company may terminate it at any time for any or no reason.

10. Termination Benefits .

a. In the event of the termination of your employment for any reason, the Company shall pay you your base salary through your last day of employment (the “Date of Termination”) as well as the amount of any documented expenses properly incurred by you on behalf of the Company prior to any such termination and not yet reimbursed (the “Accrued Obligations”).


Tara McCarthy

November 18, 2015

Page 3

 

b. “Cause” means: (i) conduct by you in connection with your service to the Company that is fraudulent, unlawful or grossly negligent; (ii) your material breach of your material responsibilities to the Company or your willful failure to comply with lawful directives of the Board or written policies of the Company; (iii) breach by you of your representations, warranties, covenants and/or obligations under this Agreement (including the Restrictive Covenant Agreement); (iv) material misconduct by you which seriously discredits or damages the Company or any of its affiliates, and/or (v) nonperformance or unsatisfactory performance of your duties or responsibilities to the Company as determined in good faith by the Company after written notice to you and a reasonable opportunity to cure that shall not exceed thirty (30) days.

c. A “Change in Control” means the sale of all or substantially all of the outstanding shares of capital stock, assets or business of the Company, by merger, consolidation, sale of assets or otherwise (other than a merger or consolidation in which all or substantially all of the individuals and entities who were beneficial owners of the Company’s voting securities immediately prior to such transaction beneficial own, directly or indirectly, more than 50% (determined on an as-converted basis) of the outstanding securities entitled to vote generally in the election of directors of the resulting, surviving or acquiring corporation in such transaction). Notwithstanding the foregoing, where required to avoid extra taxation under Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code, a Change in Control must also satisfy the requirements of Treas. Reg. Section 1.409A-3(a)(5).

d. “Good Reason” means that you have complied with the “Good Reason Process” (hereinafter defined) following the occurrence of any of the following events: (i) a material diminution in your responsibilities, authority or duties; (ii) a material diminution in your Base Salary except for across-the-board salary reductions based on the Company’s financial performance similarly affecting all or substantially all senior management employees of the Company; or (iii) change of more than 60 miles in the geographic location at which you provide services to the Company (each a “Good Reason Condition”). Notwithstanding the foregoing, a suspension of your responsibilities, authority and/or duties for the Company during any portion of a bona fide internal investigation or an investigation by regulatory or law enforcement authorities shall not be a Good Reason Condition. Good Reason Process shall mean that (i) you reasonably determine in good faith that a Good Reason Condition has occurred; (ii) you notify the Company in writing of the occurrence of the Good Reason Condition within 30 days of the occurrence of such condition; (iii) you cooperate in good faith with the Company’s efforts, for a period not less than 30 days following such notice (the “Cure Period”), to remedy the Good Reason Condition; (iv) notwithstanding such efforts, the Good Reason condition continues to exist; and (v) you terminate employment within 30 days after the end of the Cure Period. If the Company cures the Good Reason Condition during the Cure Period, Good Reason shall be deemed not to have occurred.

e. In the event the Company terminates your employment without Cause or you terminate your employment for Good Reason within 12 months after the occurrence of the first event constituting a Change in Control (a “Change in Control Termination”) and provided you (i) enter into, do not revoke and comply with the terms of a separation agreement in a form provided by the Company which shall include a general release of claims against the Company and related


Tara McCarthy

November 18, 2015

Page 4

 

persons and entities (the “Release”) within 60 days after the Date of Termination; (ii) resign from any and all positions, including, without implication of limitation, as a director, trustee or officer, that you then hold with the Company and any affiliate of the Company; and (iii) return all Company property and comply with any instructions related to deleting and purging duplicates of such Company property, the Company will provide you with the following “Termination Benefits”: (a) continuation of your base salary for the twelve (12) month period that immediately follows the Date of Termination; (b) payment of your Bonus Target for the year in which the Change in Control occurs ((a) and (b), the “Severance Payments”); (c) all of the unvested shares subject to the Option shall immediately vest and become exercisable as of the Date of Termination; and (d) if elected, continuation of group health plan benefits to the extent authorized by and consistent with 29 U.S.C. § 1161 et seq. (commonly known as “COBRA”), with the cost of the regular premium for such benefits shared in the same relative proportion by the Company and you as in effect on the Date of Termination until the earlier of (i) the date that is twelve (12) months after the Date of Termination; and (ii) the date you become eligible for health benefits through another employer or otherwise become ineligible for COBRA. This Section 10(e) shall terminate and be of no further force or effect beginning 12 months after the occurrence of a Change in Control.

f. In the event the Company terminates your employment without Cause other than a Change in Control Termination and provided you (i) enter into, do not revoke and comply with the terms of a separation agreement in a form provided by the Company which shall include a general release of claims against the Company and related persons and entities (the “Release”) within 60 days after the Date of Termination; (ii) resign from any and all positions, including, without implication of limitation, as a director, trustee or officer, that you then hold with the Company and any affiliate of the Company; and (iii) return all Company property and comply with any instructions related to deleting and purging duplicates of such Company property, the Company will provide you with the following “Termination Benefits”: (a) continuation of your base salary for the twelve (12) month period that immediately follows the Date of Termination; and (b) if elected, continuation of group health plan benefits to the extent authorized by and consistent with 29 U.S.C. § 1161 et seq. (commonly known as “COBRA”), with the cost of the regular premium for such benefits shared in the same relative proportion by the Company and you as in effect on the Date of Termination until the earlier of (i) the date that is twelve (12) months after the Date of Termination; and (ii) the date you become eligible for health benefits through another employer or otherwise become ineligible for COBRA.

g. The Severance Payments shall commence within 60 days after the Date of Termination and shall be made on the Company’s regular payroll dates; provided, however, that if the 60-day period begins in one calendar year and ends in a second calendar year, the Severance Payments shall begin to be paid in the second calendar year. In the event you miss a regular payroll period between the Date of Termination and first Severance Payment date, the first Severance Payment shall include a “catch up” payment. Solely for purposes of Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, each Severance Payment is considered a separate payment.


Tara McCarthy

November 18, 2015

Page 5

 

11. Termination of Employment as a Result of Death, Disability, Your Resignation or a Termination by the Company for Cause . In the event your employment is terminated as a result of your (i) death, (ii) disability, (iii) resignation other than for Good Reason under Section 10(e) (iv) termination for Cause by the Company; or (v) any other termination of your employment that is not a termination without Cause pursuant to Section 10(f) or a Change in Control Termination, you will be entitled to the Accrued Obligations but you will not be entitled to Termination Benefits.

12. Confidential Information and Restricted Activities . By signing this Agreement, you represent that you have carefully read and considered all the terms and conditions of this Agreement, including the restraints imposed on you pursuant to the Company’s form of non-disclosure, assignment of inventions, non-competition and non-solicitation agreement (the “Restrictive Covenant Agreement”) attached as Exhibit A, the terms of which are incorporated by reference herein. You agree without reservation that these restraints are necessary for the reasonable and proper protection of the Company and its affiliates, and that each and every one of the restraints is reasonable in respect to subject matter, length of time and geographic area. You further agree that, if were you to breach any of the covenants contained in this Agreement or the Restrictive Covenant Agreement, in addition to the Company’s other legal and equitable remedies, the Company may suspend or cease any Termination Benefits to which you might otherwise be entitled. Any such suspension or termination of the Termination Benefits by the Company in the event of a breach by you shall not affect your ongoing obligations to the Company.

13. Taxes; Section 409A; Section 280G; Section 4099 .

a. All forms of compensation referred to in this Agreement are subject to reduction to reflect applicable withholding and payroll taxes and other deductions required by law. You hereby acknowledge that the Company does not have a duty to design its compensation policies in a manner that minimizes your tax liabilities, and you will not make any claim against the Company or its board of directors related to tax liabilities arising from your compensation.

b. Anything in this Agreement to the contrary notwithstanding, if at the time of your separation from service within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code, the Company determines that you are a “specified employee” within the meaning of Section 409A(a)(2)(B)(i) of the Code, then to the extent any payment or benefit that you becomes entitled to under this Agreement on account of your separation from service would be considered deferred compensation subject to the 20 percent additional tax imposed pursuant to Section 409A(a) of the Code as a result of the application of Section 409A(a)(2)(B)(i) of the Code, such payment shall not be payable and such benefit shall not be provided until the date that is the earlier of (A) six months and one day after your separation from service, or (B) your death. If any such delayed cash payment is otherwise payable on an installment basis, the first payment shall include a catch-up payment covering amounts that would otherwise have been paid during the six-month period but for the application of this provision, and the balance of the installments shall be payable in accordance with their original schedule. All in-kind benefits provided and expenses eligible for reimbursement under this Agreement shall be provided by the Company or


Tara McCarthy

November 18, 2015

Page 6

 

incurred by you during the time periods set forth in this Agreement. All reimbursements shall be paid as soon as administratively practicable, but in no event shall any reimbursement be paid after the last day of the taxable year following the taxable year in which the expense was incurred. The amount of in-kind benefits provided or reimbursable expenses incurred in one taxable year shall not affect the in-kind benefits to be provided or the expenses eligible for reimbursement in any other taxable year. Such right to reimbursement or in-kind benefits is not subject to liquidation or exchange for another benefit. To the extent that any payment or benefit described in this Agreement constitutes “non-qualified deferred compensation” under Section 409A of the Code, and to the extent that such payment or benefit is payable upon your termination of employment, then such payments or benefits shall be payable only upon your “separation from service.” The determination of whether and when a separation from service has occurred shall be made in accordance with the presumptions set forth in Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-1(h). The Company and you intend that this Agreement will be administered in accordance with Section 409A of the Code. To the extent that any provision of this Agreement is ambiguous as to its compliance with Section 409A of the Code, the provision shall be read in such a manner so that all payments hereunder comply with Section 409A of the Code. The Company makes no representation or warranty and shall have no liability to you or any other person if any provisions of this Agreement are determined to constitute deferred compensation subject to Section 409A of the Code but do not satisfy an exemption from, or the conditions of, such Section.

c. Anything in this Agreement to the contrary notwithstanding, in the event that the amount of any compensation, payment or distribution by the Company to or for your benefit, whether paid or payable or distributed or distributable pursuant to the terms of this Agreement or otherwise, calculated in a manner consistent with Section 280G of the Code and the applicable regulations thereunder (the “Aggregate Payments”), would be subject to the excise tax imposed by Section 4999 of the Code, then the Aggregate Payments shall be reduced (but not below zero) so that the sum of all of the Aggregate Payments shall be $1.00 less than the amount at which you become subject to the excise tax imposed by Section 4999 of the Code; provided that such reduction shall only occur if it would result in you receiving a higher After Tax Amount (as defined below) than you would receive if the Aggregate Payments were not subject to such reduction. In such event, the Aggregate Payments shall be reduced in the following order, in each case, in reverse chronological order beginning with the Aggregate Payments that are to be paid the furthest in time from consummation of the transaction that is subject to Section 280G of the Code: (1) cash payments not subject to Section 409A of the Code; (2) cash payments subject to Section 409A of the Code; (3) equity-based payments and acceleration; and (4) non-cash forms of benefits; provided that in the case of all the foregoing Aggregate Payments all amounts or payments that are not subject to calculation under Treas. Reg. §1.280G-1, Q&A-24(b) or (c) shall be reduced before any amounts that are subject to calculation under Treas. Reg. §1.280G-1, Q&A-24(b) or (c).

(i) For purposes of this Section 13(c), the “After Tax Amount” means the amount of the Aggregate Payments less all federal, state, and local income, excise and employment taxes imposed on you as a result of your receipt of the Aggregate Payments. For purposes of determining the After Tax Amount, you shall be deemed to pay federal


Tara McCarthy

November 18, 2015

Page 7

 

income taxes at the highest marginal rate of federal income taxation applicable to individuals for the calendar year in which the determination is to be made, and state and local income taxes at the highest marginal rates of individual taxation in each applicable state and locality, net of the maximum reduction in federal income taxes which could be obtained from deduction of such state and local taxes.

(ii) The determination as to whether a reduction in the Aggregate Payments shall be made pursuant to Section 13(c) shall be made by a nationally recognized accounting firm selected by the Company (the “Accounting Firm”), which shall provide detailed supporting calculations both to the Company and you within 15 business days of the Date of Termination, if applicable, or at such earlier time as is reasonably requested by the Company or you. Any determination by the Accounting Firm shall be binding upon the Company and you.

14. Interpretation, Amendment and Enforcement . This Agreement, including the Restrictive Covenant Agreement, constitutes the complete agreement between you and the Company, contains all of the terms of your employment with the Company and supersedes any prior agreements, representations or understandings (whether written, oral or implied) between you and the Company. The terms of this Agreement and the resolution of any disputes as to the meaning, effect, performance or validity of this Agreement or arising out of, related to, or in any way connected with this Agreement, your employment with the Company or any other relationship between you and the Company (the “Disputes”) will be governed by Massachusetts law, excluding laws relating to conflicts or choice of law. You and the Company submit to the exclusive personal jurisdiction of the federal and state courts located in the Commonwealth of Massachusetts in connection with any Dispute or any claim related to any Dispute.

15. Assignment . Neither you nor the Company may make any assignment of this Agreement or any interest in it, by operation of law or otherwise, without the prior written consent of the other; provided, however , that the Company may assign its rights and obligations under this Agreement (including the Restrictive Covenant Agreement) without your consent to any affiliate at any time, or to any person or entity with whom the Company shall hereafter effect a reorganization, consolidate with, or merge into or to whom it transfers all or substantially all of its properties or assets. This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon you and the Company, and each of your and its respective successors, executors, administrators, heirs and permitted assigns.

16. Miscellaneous . This Agreement may not be modified or amended, and no breach shall be deemed to be waived, unless agreed to in writing by you and a Board member of the Company. The headings and captions in this Agreement are for convenience only and in no way define or describe the scope or content of any provision of this Agreement. The words “ include ,” “ includes ” and “ including ” when used herein shall be deemed in each case to be followed by the words “without limitation.” This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be an original and all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.


Tara McCarthy

November 18, 2015

Page 8

 

17. Obligations to Former Employers . By signing this Agreement, you represent to the Company that you have no contractual commitments or other legal obligations that would or may prohibit you from performing your duties for the Company.

18. Other Terms . This offer is subject to background and reference checks that are satisfactory to the Company. As with any employee, you must submit satisfactory proof of your identity and your legal authorization to work in the United States.

Please acknowledge, by signing below, that you have accepted this Agreement.

 

Very truly yours,
By:  

LOGO

 

  Mark Leuchtenberger
  Chief Executive Officer, Chiasma Inc.

I have read and accept this employment offer:

 

/s/ Tara McCarthy

Tara McCarthy
Dated:  

November 20, 2015

EXHIBIT 21.1

SUBSIDIARIES OF THE REGISTRANT

The following is a list of our subsidiaries:

 

Name

  

State or Other Jurisdiction

of Incorporation

  

Name Under Which Does Business

Chiasma (Israel) Ltd.    Israel    Same
Chiasma Securities Corp    United States    Same

EXHIBIT 23.1

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

We consent to the incorporation by reference in the Registration Statement on Form S-8 (File No. 333-205773) pertaining to the Chiasma, Inc. 2008 Stock Incentive Plan, Chiasma, Inc. 2015 Stock Option and Incentive Plan and Chiasma, Inc. Employee Stock Purchase Plan, of our report dated March 17, 2016, with respect to the consolidated financial statements of Chiasma, Inc., included in this Annual Report (Form 10-K) for the year ended December 31, 2015.

 

/s/ Kost Forer Gabbay & Kasierer
KOST FORER GABBAY & KASIERER
A Member of Ernst & Young Global
Tel-Aviv, Israel
March 17, 2016

Exhibit 31.1

CERTIFICATION OF THE CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER PURSUANT TO

SECTION 302 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

I, Mark Leuchtenberger, certify that:

(1) I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2015 of Chiasma, Inc.;

(2) Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

(3) Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects, the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

(4) The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) for the registrant and have:

(a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

(b) (paragraph omitted pursuant to SEC Release Nos. 33-8238/34-47986 and 33-8392/34-49313);

(c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

(d) Disclosed in the report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of the annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

(5) The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

(a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

(b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

 

Dated: March 17, 2016

/s/ Mark Leuchtenberger

Mark Leuchtenberger
President and Chief Executive Officer (Principal Executive Officer)

Exhibit 31.2

CERTIFICATION OF THE CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER PURSUANT TO

SECTION 302 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

I, Mark Fitzpatrick, certify that:

(1) I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2015 of Chiasma, Inc.;

(2) Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

(3) Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects, the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

(4) The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) for the registrant and have:

(a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

(b) (paragraph omitted pursuant to SEC Release Nos. 33-8238/34-47986 and 33-8392/34-49313);

(c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

(d) Disclosed in the report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of the annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

(5) The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

(a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

(b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

 

Dated: March 17, 2016

/s/ Mark Fitzpatrick

Mark Fitzpatrick
Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial Officer and Principal Accounting Officer)

Exhibit 32.1

CERTIFICATION OF THE CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER

PURSUANT TO 18 U.S. C. SECTION 1350

AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO

SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

In connection with the annual report on Form 10-K of Chiasma, Inc. (the “Company”) for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2015, as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), I, Mark Leuchtenberger, President and Chief Executive Officer (Principal Executive Officer) of the Company, certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that, to my knowledge:

(1) The Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and

(2) The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.

 

Dated: March 17, 2016

/s/ Mark Leuchtenberger

Mark Leuchtenberger
President and Chief Executive Officer (Principal Executive Officer)

Exhibit 32.2

CERTIFICATION OF THE CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER

PURSUANT TO 18 U.S. C. SECTION 1350

AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO

SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

In connection with the annual report on Form 10-K of Chiasma, Inc. (the “Company”) for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2015, as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), I, Mark Fitzpatrick, Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial and Accounting Officer) of the Company, certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that, to my knowledge:

(1) The Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and

(2) The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.

 

Dated: March 17, 2016

/s/ Mark Fitzpatrick

Mark Fitzpatrick
Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial Officer and Principal Accounting Officer)